Index: /lang/cplusplus/llv8call/trunk/ext/sqlite3/sqlite3-amalgamination.c
===================================================================
--- /lang/cplusplus/llv8call/trunk/ext/sqlite3/sqlite3-amalgamination.c (revision 19835)
+++ /lang/cplusplus/llv8call/trunk/ext/sqlite3/sqlite3-amalgamination.c (revision 19835)
@@ -0,0 +1,96609 @@
+/******************************************************************************
+** This file is an amalgamation of many separate C source files from SQLite
+** version 3.6.2.  By combining all the individual C code files into this 
+** single large file, the entire code can be compiled as a one translation
+** unit.  This allows many compilers to do optimizations that would not be
+** possible if the files were compiled separately.  Performance improvements
+** of 5% are more are commonly seen when SQLite is compiled as a single
+** translation unit.
+**
+** This file is all you need to compile SQLite.  To use SQLite in other
+** programs, you need this file and the "sqlite3.h" header file that defines
+** the programming interface to the SQLite library.  (If you do not have 
+** the "sqlite3.h" header file at hand, you will find a copy in the first
+** 6312 lines past this header comment.)  Additional code files may be
+** needed if you want a wrapper to interface SQLite with your choice of
+** programming language.  The code for the "sqlite3" command-line shell
+** is also in a separate file.  This file contains only code for the core
+** SQLite library.
+**
+** This amalgamation was generated on 2008-08-30 16:36:54 UTC.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_CORE 1
+#define SQLITE_AMALGAMATION 1
+#ifndef SQLITE_PRIVATE
+# define SQLITE_PRIVATE static
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_API
+# define SQLITE_API
+#endif
+/************** Begin file sqliteInt.h ***************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** Internal interface definitions for SQLite.
+**
+** @(#) $Id: sqliteInt.h,v 1.764 2008/08/29 18:42:30 rse Exp $
+*/
+#ifndef _SQLITEINT_H_
+#define _SQLITEINT_H_
+
+/*
+** Include the configuration header output by 'configure' if we're using the
+** autoconf-based build
+*/
+#ifdef _HAVE_SQLITE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+/************** Include sqliteLimit.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ***********/
+/************** Begin file sqliteLimit.h *************************************/
+/*
+** 2007 May 7
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** 
+** This file defines various limits of what SQLite can process.
+**
+** @(#) $Id: sqliteLimit.h,v 1.8 2008/03/26 15:56:22 drh Exp $
+*/
+
+/*
+** The maximum length of a TEXT or BLOB in bytes.   This also
+** limits the size of a row in a table or index.
+**
+** The hard limit is the ability of a 32-bit signed integer
+** to count the size: 2^31-1 or 2147483647.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH
+# define SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH 1000000000
+#endif
+
+/*
+** This is the maximum number of
+**
+**    * Columns in a table
+**    * Columns in an index
+**    * Columns in a view
+**    * Terms in the SET clause of an UPDATE statement
+**    * Terms in the result set of a SELECT statement
+**    * Terms in the GROUP BY or ORDER BY clauses of a SELECT statement.
+**    * Terms in the VALUES clause of an INSERT statement
+**
+** The hard upper limit here is 32676.  Most database people will
+** tell you that in a well-normalized database, you usually should
+** not have more than a dozen or so columns in any table.  And if
+** that is the case, there is no point in having more than a few
+** dozen values in any of the other situations described above.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN
+# define SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN 2000
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The maximum length of a single SQL statement in bytes.
+**
+** It used to be the case that setting this value to zero would
+** turn the limit off.  That is no longer true.  It is not possible
+** to turn this limit off.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH
+# define SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH 1000000000
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The maximum depth of an expression tree. This is limited to 
+** some extent by SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH. But sometime you might 
+** want to place more severe limits on the complexity of an 
+** expression.
+**
+** A value of 0 used to mean that the limit was not enforced.
+** But that is no longer true.  The limit is now strictly enforced
+** at all times.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH
+# define SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH 1000
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The maximum number of terms in a compound SELECT statement.
+** The code generator for compound SELECT statements does one
+** level of recursion for each term.  A stack overflow can result
+** if the number of terms is too large.  In practice, most SQL
+** never has more than 3 or 4 terms.  Use a value of 0 to disable
+** any limit on the number of terms in a compount SELECT.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT
+# define SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT 500
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The maximum number of opcodes in a VDBE program.
+** Not currently enforced.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP
+# define SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP 25000
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The maximum number of arguments to an SQL function.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG
+# define SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG 100
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The maximum number of in-memory pages to use for the main database
+** table and for temporary tables.  The SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE
+# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE  2000
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_TEMP_CACHE_SIZE
+# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_TEMP_CACHE_SIZE  500
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The maximum number of attached databases.  This must be between 0
+** and 30.  The upper bound on 30 is because a 32-bit integer bitmap
+** is used internally to track attached databases.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED
+# define SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED 10
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** The maximum value of a ?nnn wildcard that the parser will accept.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER
+# define SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER 999
+#endif
+
+/* Maximum page size.  The upper bound on this value is 32768.  This a limit
+** imposed by the necessity of storing the value in a 2-byte unsigned integer
+** and the fact that the page size must be a power of 2.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
+# define SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE 32768
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** The default size of a database page.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE
+# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE 1024
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
+# undef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE
+# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Ordinarily, if no value is explicitly provided, SQLite creates databases
+** with page size SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE. However, based on certain
+** device characteristics (sector-size and atomic write() support),
+** SQLite may choose a larger value. This constant is the maximum value
+** SQLite will choose on its own.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE
+# define SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE 8192
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
+# undef SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE
+# define SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Maximum number of pages in one database file.
+**
+** This is really just the default value for the max_page_count pragma.
+** This value can be lowered (or raised) at run-time using that the
+** max_page_count macro.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT
+# define SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT 1073741823
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Maximum length (in bytes) of the pattern in a LIKE or GLOB
+** operator.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH
+# define SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH 50000
+#endif
+
+/************** End of sqliteLimit.h *****************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
+
+/* Disable nuisance warnings on Borland compilers */
+#if defined(__BORLANDC__)
+#pragma warn -rch /* unreachable code */
+#pragma warn -ccc /* Condition is always true or false */
+#pragma warn -aus /* Assigned value is never used */
+#pragma warn -csu /* Comparing signed and unsigned */
+#pragma warn -spa /* Suspicous pointer arithmetic */
+#endif
+
+/* Needed for various definitions... */
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+# define _GNU_SOURCE
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Include standard header files as necessary
+*/
+#ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H
+#include <stdint.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+#include <inttypes.h>
+#endif
+
+/*
+** A macro used to aid in coverage testing.  When doing coverage
+** testing, the condition inside the argument must be evaluated 
+** both true and false in order to get full branch coverage.
+** This macro can be inserted to ensure adequate test coverage
+** in places where simple condition/decision coverage is inadequate.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3Coverage(int);
+# define testcase(X)  if( X ){ sqlite3Coverage(__LINE__); }
+#else
+# define testcase(X)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The ALWAYS and NEVER macros surround boolean expressions which 
+** are intended to always be true or false, respectively.  Such
+** expressions could be omitted from the code completely.  But they
+** are included in a few cases in order to enhance the resilience
+** of SQLite to unexpected behavior - to make the code "self-healing"
+** or "ductile" rather than being "brittle" and crashing at the first
+** hint of unplanned behavior.
+**
+** When doing coverage testing ALWAYS and NEVER are hard-coded to
+** be true and false so that the unreachable code then specify will
+** not be counted as untested code.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST
+# define ALWAYS(X)      (1)
+# define NEVER(X)       (0)
+#else
+# define ALWAYS(X)      (X)
+# define NEVER(X)       (X)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The macro unlikely() is a hint that surrounds a boolean
+** expression that is usually false.  Macro likely() surrounds
+** a boolean expression that is usually true.  GCC is able to
+** use these hints to generate better code, sometimes.
+*/
+#if defined(__GNUC__) && 0
+# define likely(X)    __builtin_expect((X),1)
+# define unlikely(X)  __builtin_expect((X),0)
+#else
+# define likely(X)    !!(X)
+# define unlikely(X)  !!(X)
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * This macro is used to "hide" some ugliness in casting an int
+ * value to a ptr value under the MSVC 64-bit compiler.   Casting
+ * non 64-bit values to ptr types results in a "hard" error with 
+ * the MSVC 64-bit compiler which this attempts to avoid.  
+ *
+ * A simple compiler pragma or casting sequence could not be found
+ * to correct this in all situations, so this macro was introduced.
+ *
+ * It could be argued that the intptr_t type could be used in this
+ * case, but that type is not available on all compilers, or 
+ * requires the #include of specific headers which differs between
+ * platforms.
+ */
+#define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X)   ((void*)&((char*)0)[X])
+#define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X)   ((int)(((char*)X)-(char*)0))
+
+/*
+** These #defines should enable >2GB file support on Posix if the
+** underlying operating system supports it.  If the OS lacks
+** large file support, or if the OS is windows, these should be no-ops.
+**
+** Ticket #2739:  The _LARGEFILE_SOURCE macro must appear before any
+** system #includes.  Hence, this block of code must be the very first
+** code in all source files.
+**
+** Large file support can be disabled using the -DSQLITE_DISABLE_LFS switch
+** on the compiler command line.  This is necessary if you are compiling
+** on a recent machine (ex: RedHat 7.2) but you want your code to work
+** on an older machine (ex: RedHat 6.0).  If you compile on RedHat 7.2
+** without this option, LFS is enable.  But LFS does not exist in the kernel
+** in RedHat 6.0, so the code won't work.  Hence, for maximum binary
+** portability you should omit LFS.
+**
+** Similar is true for MacOS.  LFS is only supported on MacOS 9 and later.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS
+# define _LARGE_FILE       1
+# ifndef _FILE_OFFSET_BITS
+#   define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64
+# endif
+# define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE 1
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** The SQLITE_THREADSAFE macro must be defined as either 0 or 1.
+** Older versions of SQLite used an optional THREADSAFE macro.
+** We support that for legacy
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE)
+#if defined(THREADSAFE)
+# define SQLITE_THREADSAFE THREADSAFE
+#else
+# define SQLITE_THREADSAFE 1
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Exactly one of the following macros must be defined in order to
+** specify which memory allocation subsystem to use.
+**
+**     SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC          // Use normal system malloc()
+**     SQLITE_MEMDEBUG               // Debugging version of system malloc()
+**     SQLITE_MEMORY_SIZE            // internal allocator #1
+**     SQLITE_MMAP_HEAP_SIZE         // internal mmap() allocator
+**     SQLITE_POW2_MEMORY_SIZE       // internal power-of-two allocator
+**
+** If none of the above are defined, then set SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC as
+** the default.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC)+defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)+\
+    defined(SQLITE_MEMORY_SIZE)+defined(SQLITE_MMAP_HEAP_SIZE)+\
+    defined(SQLITE_POW2_MEMORY_SIZE)>1
+# error "At most one of the following compile-time configuration options\
+ is allows: SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC, SQLITE_MEMDEBUG, SQLITE_MEMORY_SIZE,\
+ SQLITE_MMAP_HEAP_SIZE, SQLITE_POW2_MEMORY_SIZE"
+#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC)+defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)+\
+    defined(SQLITE_MEMORY_SIZE)+defined(SQLITE_MMAP_HEAP_SIZE)+\
+    defined(SQLITE_POW2_MEMORY_SIZE)==0
+# define SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC 1
+#endif
+
+/*
+** If SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT is defined, then try to keep the
+** sizes of memory allocations below this value where possible.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_POW2_MEMORY_SIZE) && !defined(SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT)
+# define SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT 1024
+#endif
+
+/*
+** We need to define _XOPEN_SOURCE as follows in order to enable
+** recursive mutexes on most unix systems.  But Mac OS X is different.
+** The _XOPEN_SOURCE define causes problems for Mac OS X we are told,
+** so it is omitted there.  See ticket #2673.
+**
+** Later we learn that _XOPEN_SOURCE is poorly or incorrectly
+** implemented on some systems.  So we avoid defining it at all
+** if it is already defined or if it is unneeded because we are
+** not doing a threadsafe build.  Ticket #2681.
+**
+** See also ticket #2741.
+*/
+#if !defined(_XOPEN_SOURCE) && !defined(__DARWIN__) && !defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+#  define _XOPEN_SOURCE 500  /* Needed to enable pthread recursive mutexes */
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The TCL headers are only needed when compiling the TCL bindings.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_TCL) || defined(TCLSH)
+# include <tcl.h>
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Many people are failing to set -DNDEBUG=1 when compiling SQLite.
+** Setting NDEBUG makes the code smaller and run faster.  So the following
+** lines are added to automatically set NDEBUG unless the -DSQLITE_DEBUG=1
+** option is set.  Thus NDEBUG becomes an opt-in rather than an opt-out
+** feature.
+*/
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) 
+# define NDEBUG 1
+#endif
+
+/************** Include sqlite3.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ***************/
+/************** Begin file sqlite3.h *****************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This header file defines the interface that the SQLite library
+** presents to client programs.  If a C-function, structure, datatype,
+** or constant definition does not appear in this file, then it is
+** not a published API of SQLite, is subject to change without
+** notice, and should not be referenced by programs that use SQLite.
+**
+** Some of the definitions that are in this file are marked as
+** "experimental".  Experimental interfaces are normally new
+** features recently added to SQLite.  We do not anticipate changes
+** to experimental interfaces but reserve to make minor changes if
+** experience from use "in the wild" suggest such changes are prudent.
+**
+** The official C-language API documentation for SQLite is derived
+** from comments in this file.  This file is the authoritative source
+** on how SQLite interfaces are suppose to operate.
+**
+** The name of this file under configuration management is "sqlite.h.in".
+** The makefile makes some minor changes to this file (such as inserting
+** the version number) and changes its name to "sqlite3.h" as
+** part of the build process.
+**
+** @(#) $Id: sqlite.h.in,v 1.394 2008/08/25 21:23:02 drh Exp $
+*/
+#ifndef _SQLITE3_H_
+#define _SQLITE3_H_
+#include <stdarg.h>     /* Needed for the definition of va_list */
+
+/*
+** Make sure we can call this stuff from C++.
+*/
+#if 0
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Add the ability to override 'extern'
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_EXTERN
+# define SQLITE_EXTERN extern
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Add the ability to mark interfaces as deprecated.
+*/
+#if (__GNUC__ > 3 || (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 1))
+  /* GCC added the deprecated attribute in version 3.1 */
+  #define SQLITE_DEPRECATED __attribute__ ((deprecated))
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+  #define SQLITE_DEPRECATED __declspec(deprecated)
+#else
+  #define SQLITE_DEPRECATED
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Add the ability to mark interfaces as experimental.
+*/
+#if (__GNUC__ > 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3))
+  /* I can confirm that it does not work on version 4.1.0... */
+  /* First appears in GCC docs for version 4.3.0 */
+  #define SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL __attribute__ ((warning ("is experimental")))
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+  #define SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL __declspec(deprecated("was declared experimental"))
+#else
+  #define SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Ensure these symbols were not defined by some previous header file.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_VERSION
+# undef SQLITE_VERSION
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER
+# undef SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER
+#endif
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Library Version Numbers {H10010} <S60100>
+**
+** The SQLITE_VERSION and SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER #defines in
+** the sqlite3.h file specify the version of SQLite with which
+** that header file is associated.
+**
+** The "version" of SQLite is a string of the form "X.Y.Z".
+** The phrase "alpha" or "beta" might be appended after the Z.
+** The X value is major version number always 3 in SQLite3.
+** The X value only changes when backwards compatibility is
+** broken and we intend to never break backwards compatibility.
+** The Y value is the minor version number and only changes when
+** there are major feature enhancements that are forwards compatible
+** but not backwards compatible.
+** The Z value is the release number and is incremented with
+** each release but resets back to 0 whenever Y is incremented.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_libversion()] and [sqlite3_libversion_number()].
+**
+** INVARIANTS:
+**
+** {H10011} The SQLITE_VERSION #define in the sqlite3.h header file shall
+**          evaluate to a string literal that is the SQLite version
+**          with which the header file is associated.
+**
+** {H10014} The SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER #define shall resolve to an integer
+**          with the value (X*1000000 + Y*1000 + Z) where X, Y, and Z
+**          are the major version, minor version, and release number.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_VERSION         "3.6.2"
+#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER  3006002
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers {H10020} <S60100>
+** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_version
+**
+** These features provide the same information as the [SQLITE_VERSION]
+** and [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER] #defines in the header, but are associated
+** with the library instead of the header file.  Cautious programmers might
+** include a check in their application to verify that
+** sqlite3_libversion_number() always returns the value
+** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER].
+**
+** The sqlite3_libversion() function returns the same information as is
+** in the sqlite3_version[] string constant.  The function is provided
+** for use in DLLs since DLL users usually do not have direct access to string
+** constants within the DLL.
+**
+** INVARIANTS:
+**
+** {H10021} The [sqlite3_libversion_number()] interface shall return
+**          an integer equal to [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER].
+**
+** {H10022} The [sqlite3_version] string constant shall contain
+**          the text of the [SQLITE_VERSION] string.
+**
+** {H10023} The [sqlite3_libversion()] function shall return
+**          a pointer to the [sqlite3_version] string constant.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char sqlite3_version[];
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_libversion(void);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_libversion_number(void);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Test To See If The Library Is Threadsafe {H10100} <S60100>
+**
+** SQLite can be compiled with or without mutexes.  When
+** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] C preprocessor macro is true, mutexes
+** are enabled and SQLite is threadsafe.  When that macro is false,
+** the mutexes are omitted.  Without the mutexes, it is not safe
+** to use SQLite concurrently from more than one thread.
+**
+** Enabling mutexes incurs a measurable performance penalty.
+** So if speed is of utmost importance, it makes sense to disable
+** the mutexes.  But for maximum safety, mutexes should be enabled.
+** The default behavior is for mutexes to be enabled.
+**
+** This interface can be used by a program to make sure that the
+** version of SQLite that it is linking against was compiled with
+** the desired setting of the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro.
+**
+** This interface only reports on the compile-time mutex setting
+** of the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] flag.  If SQLite is compiled with
+** SQLITE_THREADSAFE=1 then mutexes are enabled by default but
+** can be fully or partially disabled using a call to [sqlite3_config()]
+** with the verbs [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD], [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD],
+** or [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX].  The return value of this function shows
+** only the default compile-time setting, not any run-time changes
+** to that setting.
+**
+** INVARIANTS:
+**
+** {H10101} The [sqlite3_threadsafe()] function shall return nonzero if
+**          SQLite was compiled with the its mutexes enabled by default
+**          or zero if SQLite was compiled such that mutexes are
+**          permanently disabled.
+**
+** {H10102} The value returned by the [sqlite3_threadsafe()] function
+**          shall not change when mutex setting are modified at
+**          runtime using the [sqlite3_config()] interface and 
+**          especially the [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD],
+**          [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD], [SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED],
+**          and [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX] verbs.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_threadsafe(void);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Handle {H12000} <S40200>
+** KEYWORDS: {database connection} {database connections}
+**
+** Each open SQLite database is represented by a pointer to an instance of
+** the opaque structure named "sqlite3".  It is useful to think of an sqlite3
+** pointer as an object.  The [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], and
+** [sqlite3_open_v2()] interfaces are its constructors, and [sqlite3_close()]
+** is its destructor.  There are many other interfaces (such as
+** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_create_function()], and
+** [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] to name but three) that are methods on an
+** sqlite3 object.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3 sqlite3;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: 64-Bit Integer Types {H10200} <S10110>
+** KEYWORDS: sqlite_int64 sqlite_uint64
+**
+** Because there is no cross-platform way to specify 64-bit integer types
+** SQLite includes typedefs for 64-bit signed and unsigned integers.
+**
+** The sqlite3_int64 and sqlite3_uint64 are the preferred type definitions.
+** The sqlite_int64 and sqlite_uint64 types are supported for backwards
+** compatibility only.
+**
+** INVARIANTS:
+**
+** {H10201} The [sqlite_int64] and [sqlite3_int64] type shall specify
+**          a 64-bit signed integer.
+**
+** {H10202} The [sqlite_uint64] and [sqlite3_uint64] type shall specify
+**          a 64-bit unsigned integer.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE
+  typedef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_int64;
+  typedef unsigned SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_uint64;
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__BORLANDC__)
+  typedef __int64 sqlite_int64;
+  typedef unsigned __int64 sqlite_uint64;
+#else
+  typedef long long int sqlite_int64;
+  typedef unsigned long long int sqlite_uint64;
+#endif
+typedef sqlite_int64 sqlite3_int64;
+typedef sqlite_uint64 sqlite3_uint64;
+
+/*
+** If compiling for a processor that lacks floating point support,
+** substitute integer for floating-point.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+# define double sqlite3_int64
+#endif
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Closing A Database Connection {H12010} <S30100><S40200>
+**
+** This routine is the destructor for the [sqlite3] object.
+**
+** Applications should [sqlite3_finalize | finalize] all [prepared statements]
+** and [sqlite3_blob_close | close] all [BLOB handles] associated with
+** the [sqlite3] object prior to attempting to close the object.
+** The [sqlite3_next_stmt()] interface can be used to locate all
+** [prepared statements] associated with a [database connection] if desired.
+** Typical code might look like this:
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+** sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+** while( (pStmt = sqlite3_next_stmt(db, 0))!=0 ){
+** &nbsp;   sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+** }
+** </pre></blockquote>
+**
+** If [sqlite3_close()] is invoked while a transaction is open,
+** the transaction is automatically rolled back.
+**
+** INVARIANTS:
+**
+** {H12011} A successful call to [sqlite3_close(C)] shall destroy the
+**          [database connection] object C.
+**
+** {H12012} A successful call to [sqlite3_close(C)] shall return SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** {H12013} A successful call to [sqlite3_close(C)] shall release all
+**          memory and system resources associated with [database connection]
+**          C.
+**
+** {H12014} A call to [sqlite3_close(C)] on a [database connection] C that
+**          has one or more open [prepared statements] shall fail with
+**          an [SQLITE_BUSY] error code.
+**
+** {H12015} A call to [sqlite3_close(C)] where C is a NULL pointer shall
+**          return SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** {H12019} When [sqlite3_close(C)] is invoked on a [database connection] C
+**          that has a pending transaction, the transaction shall be
+**          rolled back.
+**
+** ASSUMPTIONS:
+**
+** {A12016} The C parameter to [sqlite3_close(C)] must be either a NULL
+**          pointer or an [sqlite3] object pointer obtained
+**          from [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], or
+**          [sqlite3_open_v2()], and not previously closed.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close(sqlite3 *);
+
+/*
+** The type for a callback function.
+** This is legacy and deprecated.  It is included for historical
+** compatibility and is not documented.
+*/
+typedef int (*sqlite3_callback)(void*,int,char**, char**);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: One-Step Query Execution Interface {H12100} <S10000>
+**
+** The sqlite3_exec() interface is a convenient way of running one or more
+** SQL statements without having to write a lot of C code.  The UTF-8 encoded
+** SQL statements are passed in as the second parameter to sqlite3_exec().
+** The statements are evaluated one by one until either an error or
+** an interrupt is encountered, or until they are all done.  The 3rd parameter
+** is an optional callback that is invoked once for each row of any query
+** results produced by the SQL statements.  The 5th parameter tells where
+** to write any error messages.
+**
+** The error message passed back through the 5th parameter is held
+** in memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()].  To avoid a memory leak,
+** the calling application should call [sqlite3_free()] on any error
+** message returned through the 5th parameter when it has finished using
+** the error message.
+**
+** If the SQL statement in the 2nd parameter is NULL or an empty string
+** or a string containing only whitespace and comments, then no SQL
+** statements are evaluated and the database is not changed.
+**
+** The sqlite3_exec() interface is implemented in terms of
+** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_step()], and [sqlite3_finalize()].
+** The sqlite3_exec() routine does nothing to the database that cannot be done
+** by [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_step()], and [sqlite3_finalize()].
+**
+** INVARIANTS:
+**
+** {H12101} A successful invocation of [sqlite3_exec(D,S,C,A,E)]
+**          shall sequentially evaluate all of the UTF-8 encoded,
+**          semicolon-separated SQL statements in the zero-terminated
+**          string S within the context of the [database connection] D.
+**
+** {H12102} If the S parameter to [sqlite3_exec(D,S,C,A,E)] is NULL then
+**          the actions of the interface shall be the same as if the
+**          S parameter were an empty string.
+**
+** {H12104} The return value of [sqlite3_exec()] shall be [SQLITE_OK] if all
+**          SQL statements run successfully and to completion.
+**
+** {H12105} The return value of [sqlite3_exec()] shall be an appropriate
+**          non-zero [error code] if any SQL statement fails.
+**
+** {H12107} If one or more of the SQL statements handed to [sqlite3_exec()]
+**          return results and the 3rd parameter is not NULL, then
+**          the callback function specified by the 3rd parameter shall be
+**          invoked once for each row of result.
+**
+** {H12110} If the callback returns a non-zero value then [sqlite3_exec()]
+**          shall abort the SQL statement it is currently evaluating,
+**          skip all subsequent SQL statements, and return [SQLITE_ABORT].
+**
+** {H12113} The [sqlite3_exec()] routine shall pass its 4th parameter through
+**          as the 1st parameter of the callback.
+**
+** {H12116} The [sqlite3_exec()] routine shall set the 2nd parameter of its
+**          callback to be the number of columns in the current row of
+**          result.
+**
+** {H12119} The [sqlite3_exec()] routine shall set the 3rd parameter of its
+**          callback to be an array of pointers to strings holding the
+**          values for each column in the current result set row as
+**          obtained from [sqlite3_column_text()].
+**
+** {H12122} The [sqlite3_exec()] routine shall set the 4th parameter of its
+**          callback to be an array of pointers to strings holding the
+**          names of result columns as obtained from [sqlite3_column_name()].
+**
+** {H12125} If the 3rd parameter to [sqlite3_exec()] is NULL then
+**          [sqlite3_exec()] shall silently discard query results.
+**
+** {H12131} If an error occurs while parsing or evaluating any of the SQL
+**          statements in the S parameter of [sqlite3_exec(D,S,C,A,E)] and if
+**          the E parameter is not NULL, then [sqlite3_exec()] shall store
+**          in *E an appropriate error message written into memory obtained
+**          from [sqlite3_malloc()].
+**
+** {H12134} The [sqlite3_exec(D,S,C,A,E)] routine shall set the value of
+**          *E to NULL if E is not NULL and there are no errors.
+**
+** {H12137} The [sqlite3_exec(D,S,C,A,E)] function shall set the [error code]
+**          and message accessible via [sqlite3_errcode()],
+**          [sqlite3_errmsg()], and [sqlite3_errmsg16()].
+**
+** {H12138} If the S parameter to [sqlite3_exec(D,S,C,A,E)] is NULL or an
+**          empty string or contains nothing other than whitespace, comments,
+**          and/or semicolons, then results of [sqlite3_errcode()],
+**          [sqlite3_errmsg()], and [sqlite3_errmsg16()]
+**          shall reset to indicate no errors.
+**
+** ASSUMPTIONS:
+**
+** {A12141} The first parameter to [sqlite3_exec()] must be an valid and open
+**          [database connection].
+**
+** {A12142} The database connection must not be closed while
+**          [sqlite3_exec()] is running.
+**
+** {A12143} The calling function should use [sqlite3_free()] to free
+**          the memory that *errmsg is left pointing at once the error
+**          message is no longer needed.
+**
+** {A12145} The SQL statement text in the 2nd parameter to [sqlite3_exec()]
+**          must remain unchanged while [sqlite3_exec()] is running.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec(
+  sqlite3*,                                  /* An open database */
+  const char *sql,                           /* SQL to be evaluated */
+  int (*callback)(void*,int,char**,char**),  /* Callback function */
+  void *,                                    /* 1st argument to callback */
+  char **errmsg                              /* Error msg written here */
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Result Codes {H10210} <S10700>
+** KEYWORDS: SQLITE_OK {error code} {error codes}
+** KEYWORDS: {result code} {result codes}
+**
+** Many SQLite functions return an integer result code from the set shown
+** here in order to indicates success or failure.
+**
+** New error codes may be added in future versions of SQLite.
+**
+** See also: [SQLITE_IOERR_READ | extended result codes]
+*/
+#define SQLITE_OK           0   /* Successful result */
+/* beginning-of-error-codes */
+#define SQLITE_ERROR        1   /* SQL error or missing database */
+#define SQLITE_INTERNAL     2   /* Internal logic error in SQLite */
+#define SQLITE_PERM         3   /* Access permission denied */
+#define SQLITE_ABORT        4   /* Callback routine requested an abort */
+#define SQLITE_BUSY         5   /* The database file is locked */
+#define SQLITE_LOCKED       6   /* A table in the database is locked */
+#define SQLITE_NOMEM        7   /* A malloc() failed */
+#define SQLITE_READONLY     8   /* Attempt to write a readonly database */
+#define SQLITE_INTERRUPT    9   /* Operation terminated by sqlite3_interrupt()*/
+#define SQLITE_IOERR       10   /* Some kind of disk I/O error occurred */
+#define SQLITE_CORRUPT     11   /* The database disk image is malformed */
+#define SQLITE_NOTFOUND    12   /* NOT USED. Table or record not found */
+#define SQLITE_FULL        13   /* Insertion failed because database is full */
+#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN    14   /* Unable to open the database file */
+#define SQLITE_PROTOCOL    15   /* NOT USED. Database lock protocol error */
+#define SQLITE_EMPTY       16   /* Database is empty */
+#define SQLITE_SCHEMA      17   /* The database schema changed */
+#define SQLITE_TOOBIG      18   /* String or BLOB exceeds size limit */
+#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT  19   /* Abort due to constraint violation */
+#define SQLITE_MISMATCH    20   /* Data type mismatch */
+#define SQLITE_MISUSE      21   /* Library used incorrectly */
+#define SQLITE_NOLFS       22   /* Uses OS features not supported on host */
+#define SQLITE_AUTH        23   /* Authorization denied */
+#define SQLITE_FORMAT      24   /* Auxiliary database format error */
+#define SQLITE_RANGE       25   /* 2nd parameter to sqlite3_bind out of range */
+#define SQLITE_NOTADB      26   /* File opened that is not a database file */
+#define SQLITE_ROW         100  /* sqlite3_step() has another row ready */
+#define SQLITE_DONE        101  /* sqlite3_step() has finished executing */
+/* end-of-error-codes */
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Extended Result Codes {H10220} <S10700>
+** KEYWORDS: {extended error code} {extended error codes}
+** KEYWORDS: {extended result code} {extended result codes}
+**
+** In its default configuration, SQLite API routines return one of 26 integer
+** [SQLITE_OK | result codes].  However, experience has shown that many of
+** these result codes are too coarse-grained.  They do not provide as
+** much information about problems as programmers might like.  In an effort to
+** address this, newer versions of SQLite (version 3.3.8 and later) include
+** support for additional result codes that provide more detailed information
+** about errors. The extended result codes are enabled or disabled
+** on a per database connection basis using the
+** [sqlite3_extended_result_codes()] API.
+**
+** Some of the available extended result codes are listed here.
+** One may expect the number of extended result codes will be expand
+** over time.  Software that uses extended result codes should expect
+** to see new result codes in future releases of SQLite.
+**
+** The SQLITE_OK result code will never be extended.  It will always
+** be exactly zero.
+**
+** INVARIANTS:
+**
+** {H10223} The symbolic name for an extended result code shall contains
+**          a related primary result code as a prefix.
+**
+** {H10224} Primary result code names shall contain a single "_" character.
+**
+** {H10225} Extended result code names shall contain two or more "_" characters.
+**
+** {H10226} The numeric value of an extended result code shall contain the
+**          numeric value of its corresponding primary result code in
+**          its least significant 8 bits.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_READ              (SQLITE_IOERR | (1<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ        (SQLITE_IOERR | (2<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE             (SQLITE_IOERR | (3<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC             (SQLITE_IOERR | (4<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC         (SQLITE_IOERR | (5<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE          (SQLITE_IOERR | (6<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT             (SQLITE_IOERR | (7<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK            (SQLITE_IOERR | (8<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK            (SQLITE_IOERR | (9<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE            (SQLITE_IOERR | (10<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED           (SQLITE_IOERR | (11<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM             (SQLITE_IOERR | (12<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS            (SQLITE_IOERR | (13<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (14<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK              (SQLITE_IOERR | (15<<8))
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Flags For File Open Operations {H10230} <H11120> <H12700>
+**
+** These bit values are intended for use in the
+** 3rd parameter to the [sqlite3_open_v2()] interface and
+** in the 4th parameter to the xOpen method of the
+** [sqlite3_vfs] object.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY         0x00000001
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE        0x00000002
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE           0x00000004
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE    0x00000008
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE        0x00000010
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB          0x00000100
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB          0x00000200
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB     0x00000400
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL     0x00000800
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL     0x00001000
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL       0x00002000
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL   0x00004000
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX          0x00008000
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX        0x00010000
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Device Characteristics {H10240} <H11120>
+**
+** The xDeviceCapabilities method of the [sqlite3_io_methods]
+** object returns an integer which is a vector of the these
+** bit values expressing I/O characteristics of the mass storage
+** device that holds the file that the [sqlite3_io_methods]
+** refers to.
+**
+** The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC property means that all writes of
+** any size are atomic.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMICnnn values
+** mean that writes of blocks that are nnn bytes in size and
+** are aligned to an address which is an integer multiple of
+** nnn are atomic.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND value means
+** that when data is appended to a file, the data is appended
+** first then the size of the file is extended, never the other
+** way around.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL property means that
+** information is written to disk in the same order as calls
+** to xWrite().
+*/
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC          0x00000001
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512       0x00000002
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC1K        0x00000004
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC2K        0x00000008
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K        0x00000010
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC8K        0x00000020
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC16K       0x00000040
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC32K       0x00000080
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K       0x00000100
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND     0x00000200
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL      0x00000400
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: File Locking Levels {H10250} <H11120> <H11310>
+**
+** SQLite uses one of these integer values as the second
+** argument to calls it makes to the xLock() and xUnlock() methods
+** of an [sqlite3_io_methods] object.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_LOCK_NONE          0
+#define SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED        1
+#define SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED      2
+#define SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING       3
+#define SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE     4
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Synchronization Type Flags {H10260} <H11120>
+**
+** When SQLite invokes the xSync() method of an
+** [sqlite3_io_methods] object it uses a combination of
+** these integer values as the second argument.
+**
+** When the SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY flag is used, it means that the
+** sync operation only needs to flush data to mass storage.  Inode
+** information need not be flushed. The SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL flag means
+** to use normal fsync() semantics. The SQLITE_SYNC_FULL flag means
+** to use Mac OS-X style fullsync instead of fsync().
+*/
+#define SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL        0x00002
+#define SQLITE_SYNC_FULL          0x00003
+#define SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY      0x00010
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Open File Handle {H11110} <S20110>
+**
+** An [sqlite3_file] object represents an open file in the OS
+** interface layer.  Individual OS interface implementations will
+** want to subclass this object by appending additional fields
+** for their own use.  The pMethods entry is a pointer to an
+** [sqlite3_io_methods] object that defines methods for performing
+** I/O operations on the open file.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_file sqlite3_file;
+struct sqlite3_file {
+  const struct sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods;  /* Methods for an open file */
+};
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: OS Interface File Virtual Methods Object {H11120} <S20110>
+**
+** Every file opened by the [sqlite3_vfs] xOpen method populates an
+** [sqlite3_file] object (or, more commonly, a subclass of the
+** [sqlite3_file] object) with a pointer to an instance of this object.
+** This object defines the methods used to perform various operations
+** against the open file represented by the [sqlite3_file] object.
+**
+** The flags argument to xSync may be one of [SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL] or
+** [SQLITE_SYNC_FULL].  The first choice is the normal fsync().
+** The second choice is a Mac OS-X style fullsync.  The [SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY]
+** flag may be ORed in to indicate that only the data of the file
+** and not its inode needs to be synced.
+**
+** The integer values to xLock() and xUnlock() are one of
+** <ul>
+** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_NONE],
+** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED],
+** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED],
+** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING], or
+** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE].
+** </ul>
+** xLock() increases the lock. xUnlock() decreases the lock.
+** The xCheckReservedLock() method checks whether any database connection,
+** either in this process or in some other process, is holding a RESERVED,
+** PENDING, or EXCLUSIVE lock on the file.  It returns true
+** if such a lock exists and false otherwise.
+**
+** The xFileControl() method is a generic interface that allows custom
+** VFS implementations to directly control an open file using the
+** [sqlite3_file_control()] interface.  The second "op" argument is an
+** integer opcode.  The third argument is a generic pointer intended to
+** point to a structure that may contain arguments or space in which to
+** write return values.  Potential uses for xFileControl() might be
+** functions to enable blocking locks with timeouts, to change the
+** locking strategy (for example to use dot-file locks), to inquire
+** about the status of a lock, or to break stale locks.  The SQLite
+** core reserves all opcodes less than 100 for its own use.
+** A [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE | list of opcodes] less than 100 is available.
+** Applications that define a custom xFileControl method should use opcodes
+** greater than 100 to avoid conflicts.
+**
+** The xSectorSize() method returns the sector size of the
+** device that underlies the file.  The sector size is the
+** minimum write that can be performed without disturbing
+** other bytes in the file.  The xDeviceCharacteristics()
+** method returns a bit vector describing behaviors of the
+** underlying device:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC]
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512]
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC1K]
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC2K]
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K]
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC8K]
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC16K]
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC32K]
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K]
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND]
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL]
+** </ul>
+**
+** The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC property means that all writes of
+** any size are atomic.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMICnnn values
+** mean that writes of blocks that are nnn bytes in size and
+** are aligned to an address which is an integer multiple of
+** nnn are atomic.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND value means
+** that when data is appended to a file, the data is appended
+** first then the size of the file is extended, never the other
+** way around.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL property means that
+** information is written to disk in the same order as calls
+** to xWrite().
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_io_methods sqlite3_io_methods;
+struct sqlite3_io_methods {
+  int iVersion;
+  int (*xClose)(sqlite3_file*);
+  int (*xRead)(sqlite3_file*, void*, int iAmt, sqlite3_int64 iOfst);
+  int (*xWrite)(sqlite3_file*, const void*, int iAmt, sqlite3_int64 iOfst);
+  int (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 size);
+  int (*xSync)(sqlite3_file*, int flags);
+  int (*xFileSize)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 *pSize);
+  int (*xLock)(sqlite3_file*, int);
+  int (*xUnlock)(sqlite3_file*, int);
+  int (*xCheckReservedLock)(sqlite3_file*, int *pResOut);
+  int (*xFileControl)(sqlite3_file*, int op, void *pArg);
+  int (*xSectorSize)(sqlite3_file*);
+  int (*xDeviceCharacteristics)(sqlite3_file*);
+  /* Additional methods may be added in future releases */
+};
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Standard File Control Opcodes {H11310} <S30800>
+**
+** These integer constants are opcodes for the xFileControl method
+** of the [sqlite3_io_methods] object and for the [sqlite3_file_control()]
+** interface.
+**
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE] opcode is used for debugging.  This
+** opcode causes the xFileControl method to write the current state of
+** the lock (one of [SQLITE_LOCK_NONE], [SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED],
+** [SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED], [SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING], or [SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE])
+** into an integer that the pArg argument points to. This capability
+** is used during testing and only needs to be supported when SQLITE_TEST
+** is defined.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE        1
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Mutex Handle {H17110} <S20130>
+**
+** The mutex module within SQLite defines [sqlite3_mutex] to be an
+** abstract type for a mutex object.  The SQLite core never looks
+** at the internal representation of an [sqlite3_mutex].  It only
+** deals with pointers to the [sqlite3_mutex] object.
+**
+** Mutexes are created using [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()].
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_mutex sqlite3_mutex;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Object {H11140} <S20100>
+**
+** An instance of the sqlite3_vfs object defines the interface between
+** the SQLite core and the underlying operating system.  The "vfs"
+** in the name of the object stands for "virtual file system".
+**
+** The value of the iVersion field is initially 1 but may be larger in
+** future versions of SQLite.  Additional fields may be appended to this
+** object when the iVersion value is increased.  Note that the structure
+** of the sqlite3_vfs object changes in the transaction between
+** SQLite version 3.5.9 and 3.6.0 and yet the iVersion field was not
+** modified.
+**
+** The szOsFile field is the size of the subclassed [sqlite3_file]
+** structure used by this VFS.  mxPathname is the maximum length of
+** a pathname in this VFS.
+**
+** Registered sqlite3_vfs objects are kept on a linked list formed by
+** the pNext pointer.  The [sqlite3_vfs_register()]
+** and [sqlite3_vfs_unregister()] interfaces manage this list
+** in a thread-safe way.  The [sqlite3_vfs_find()] interface
+** searches the list.  Neither the application code nor the VFS
+** implementation should use the pNext pointer.
+**
+** The pNext field is the only field in the sqlite3_vfs
+** structure that SQLite will ever modify.  SQLite will only access
+** or modify this field while holding a particular static mutex.
+** The application should never modify anything within the sqlite3_vfs
+** object once the object has been registered.
+**
+** The zName field holds the name of the VFS module.  The name must
+** be unique across all VFS modules.
+**
+** {H11141} SQLite will guarantee that the zFilename parameter to xOpen
+** is either a NULL pointer or string obtained
+** from xFullPathname().  SQLite further guarantees that
+** the string will be valid and unchanged until xClose() is
+** called. {END}  Because of the previous sentense,
+** the [sqlite3_file] can safely store a pointer to the
+** filename if it needs to remember the filename for some reason.
+** If the zFilename parameter is xOpen is a NULL pointer then xOpen
+** must invite its own temporary name for the file.  Whenever the 
+** xFilename parameter is NULL it will also be the case that the
+** flags parameter will include [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE].
+**
+** {H11142} The flags argument to xOpen() includes all bits set in
+** the flags argument to [sqlite3_open_v2()].  Or if [sqlite3_open()]
+** or [sqlite3_open16()] is used, then flags includes at least
+** [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]. {END}
+** If xOpen() opens a file read-only then it sets *pOutFlags to
+** include [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY].  Other bits in *pOutFlags may be set.
+**
+** {H11143} SQLite will also add one of the following flags to the xOpen()
+** call, depending on the object being opened:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB]
+** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL]
+** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB]
+** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL]
+** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB]
+** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL]
+** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL]
+** </ul> {END}
+**
+** The file I/O implementation can use the object type flags to
+** change the way it deals with files.  For example, an application
+** that does not care about crash recovery or rollback might make
+** the open of a journal file a no-op.  Writes to this journal would
+** also be no-ops, and any attempt to read the journal would return
+** SQLITE_IOERR.  Or the implementation might recognize that a database
+** file will be doing page-aligned sector reads and writes in a random
+** order and set up its I/O subsystem accordingly.
+**
+** SQLite might also add one of the following flags to the xOpen method:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE]
+** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE]
+** </ul>
+**
+** {H11145} The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE] flag means the file should be
+** deleted when it is closed.  {H11146} The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE]
+** will be set for TEMP  databases, journals and for subjournals.
+**
+** {H11147} The [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE] flag means the file should be opened
+** for exclusive access.  This flag is set for all files except
+** for the main database file.
+**
+** {H11148} At least szOsFile bytes of memory are allocated by SQLite
+** to hold the  [sqlite3_file] structure passed as the third
+** argument to xOpen. {END}  The xOpen method does not have to
+** allocate the structure; it should just fill it in.
+**
+** {H11149} The flags argument to xAccess() may be [SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS]
+** to test for the existence of a file, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE] to
+** test whether a file is readable and writable, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READ]
+** to test whether a file is at least readable. {END}  The file can be a
+** directory.
+**
+** {H11150} SQLite will always allocate at least mxPathname+1 bytes for the
+** output buffer xFullPathname. {H11151} The exact size of the output buffer
+** is also passed as a parameter to both  methods. {END}  If the output buffer
+** is not large enough, [SQLITE_CANTOPEN] should be returned. Since this is
+** handled as a fatal error by SQLite, vfs implementations should endeavor
+** to prevent this by setting mxPathname to a sufficiently large value.
+**
+** The xRandomness(), xSleep(), and xCurrentTime() interfaces
+** are not strictly a part of the filesystem, but they are
+** included in the VFS structure for completeness.
+** The xRandomness() function attempts to return nBytes bytes
+** of good-quality randomness into zOut.  The return value is
+** the actual number of bytes of randomness obtained.
+** The xSleep() method causes the calling thread to sleep for at
+** least the number of microseconds given.  The xCurrentTime()
+** method returns a Julian Day Number for the current date and time.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_vfs sqlite3_vfs;
+struct sqlite3_vfs {
+  int iVersion;            /* Structure version number */
+  int szOsFile;            /* Size of subclassed sqlite3_file */
+  int mxPathname;          /* Maximum file pathname length */
+  sqlite3_vfs *pNext;      /* Next registered VFS */
+  const char *zName;       /* Name of this virtual file system */
+  void *pAppData;          /* Pointer to application-specific data */
+  int (*xOpen)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, sqlite3_file*,
+               int flags, int *pOutFlags);
+  int (*xDelete)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int syncDir);
+  int (*xAccess)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int flags, int *pResOut);
+  int (*xFullPathname)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int nOut, char *zOut);
+  void *(*xDlOpen)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zFilename);
+  void (*xDlError)(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zErrMsg);
+  void *(*xDlSym)(sqlite3_vfs*,void*, const char *zSymbol);
+  void (*xDlClose)(sqlite3_vfs*, void*);
+  int (*xRandomness)(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zOut);
+  int (*xSleep)(sqlite3_vfs*, int microseconds);
+  int (*xCurrentTime)(sqlite3_vfs*, double*);
+  int (*xGetLastError)(sqlite3_vfs*, int, char *);
+  /* New fields may be appended in figure versions.  The iVersion
+  ** value will increment whenever this happens. */
+};
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Flags for the xAccess VFS method {H11190} <H11140>
+**
+** {H11191} These integer constants can be used as the third parameter to
+** the xAccess method of an [sqlite3_vfs] object. {END}  They determine
+** what kind of permissions the xAccess method is looking for.
+** {H11192} With SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, the xAccess method
+** simply checks whether the file exists.
+** {H11193} With SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE, the xAccess method
+** checks whether the file is both readable and writable.
+** {H11194} With SQLITE_ACCESS_READ, the xAccess method
+** checks whether the file is readable.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS    0
+#define SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE 1
+#define SQLITE_ACCESS_READ      2
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Initialize The SQLite Library {H10130} <S20000><S30100>
+**
+** The sqlite3_initialize() routine initializes the
+** SQLite library.  The sqlite3_shutdown() routine
+** deallocates any resources that were allocated by sqlite3_initialize().
+**
+** A call to sqlite3_initialize() is an "effective" call if it is
+** the first time sqlite3_initialize() is invoked during the lifetime of
+** the process, or if it is the first time sqlite3_initialize() is invoked
+** following a call to sqlite3_shutdown().  Only an effective call
+** of sqlite3_initialize() does any initialization.  All other calls
+** are harmless no-ops.
+**
+** Among other things, sqlite3_initialize() shall invoke
+** sqlite3_os_init().  Similarly, sqlite3_shutdown()
+** shall invoke sqlite3_os_end().
+**
+** The sqlite3_initialize() routine returns SQLITE_OK on success.
+** If for some reason, sqlite3_initialize() is unable to initialize
+** the library (perhaps it is unable to allocate a needed resource such
+** as a mutex) it returns an [error code] other than SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** The sqlite3_initialize() routine is called internally by many other
+** SQLite interfaces so that an application usually does not need to
+** invoke sqlite3_initialize() directly.  For example, [sqlite3_open()]
+** calls sqlite3_initialize() so the SQLite library will be automatically
+** initialized when [sqlite3_open()] is called if it has not be initialized
+** already.  However, if SQLite is compiled with the SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+** compile-time option, then the automatic calls to sqlite3_initialize()
+** are omitted and the application must call sqlite3_initialize() directly
+** prior to using any other SQLite interface.  For maximum portability,
+** it is recommended that applications always invoke sqlite3_initialize()
+** directly prior to using any other SQLite interface.  Future releases
+** of SQLite may require this.  In other words, the behavior exhibited
+** when SQLite is compiled with SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT might become the
+** default behavior in some future release of SQLite.
+**
+** The sqlite3_os_init() routine does operating-system specific
+** initialization of the SQLite library.  The sqlite3_os_end()
+** routine undoes the effect of sqlite3_os_init().  Typical tasks
+** performed by these routines include allocation or deallocation
+** of static resources, initialization of global variables,
+** setting up a default [sqlite3_vfs] module, or setting up
+** a default configuration using [sqlite3_config()].
+**
+** The application should never invoke either sqlite3_os_init()
+** or sqlite3_os_end() directly.  The application should only invoke
+** sqlite3_initialize() and sqlite3_shutdown().  The sqlite3_os_init()
+** interface is called automatically by sqlite3_initialize() and
+** sqlite3_os_end() is called by sqlite3_shutdown().  Appropriate
+** implementations for sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end()
+** are built into SQLite when it is compiled for unix, windows, or os/2.
+** When built for other platforms (using the SQLITE_OS_OTHER=1 compile-time
+** option) the application must supply a suitable implementation for
+** sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end().  An application-supplied
+** implementation of sqlite3_os_init() or sqlite3_os_end()
+** must return SQLITE_OK on success and some other [error code] upon
+** failure.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_initialize(void);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_shutdown(void);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Configuring The SQLite Library {H10145} <S20000><S30200>
+** EXPERIMENTAL
+**
+** The sqlite3_config() interface is used to make global configuration
+** changes to SQLite in order to tune SQLite to the specific needs of
+** the application.  The default configuration is recommended for most
+** applications and so this routine is usually not necessary.  It is
+** provided to support rare applications with unusual needs.
+**
+** The sqlite3_config() interface is not threadsafe.  The application
+** must insure that no other SQLite interfaces are invoked by other
+** threads while sqlite3_config() is running.  Furthermore, sqlite3_config()
+** may only be invoked prior to library initialization using
+** [sqlite3_initialize()] or after shutdown by [sqlite3_shutdown()].
+** Note, however, that sqlite3_config() can be called as part of the
+** implementation of an application-defined [sqlite3_os_init()].
+**
+** The first argument to sqlite3_config() is an integer
+** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD | configuration option] that determines
+** what property of SQLite is to be configured.  Subsequent arguments
+** vary depending on the [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD | configuration option]
+** in the first argument.
+**
+** When a configuration option is set, sqlite3_config() returns SQLITE_OK.
+** If the option is unknown or SQLite is unable to set the option
+** then this routine returns a non-zero [error code].
+*/
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_config(int, ...);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Configure database connections  {H10180} <S20000>
+** EXPERIMENTAL
+**
+** The sqlite3_db_config() interface is used to make configuration
+** changes to a [database connection].  The interface is similar to
+** [sqlite3_config()] except that the changes apply to a single
+** [database connection] (specified in the first argument).  The
+** sqlite3_db_config() interface can only be used immediately after
+** the database connection is created using [sqlite3_open()],
+** [sqlite3_open16()], or [sqlite3_open_v2()].  
+**
+** The second argument to sqlite3_db_config(D,V,...)  is the
+** configuration verb - an integer code that indicates what
+** aspect of the [database connection] is being configured.
+** The only choice for this value is [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE].
+** New verbs are likely to be added in future releases of SQLite.
+** Additional arguments depend on the verb.
+*/
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocation Routines {H10155} <S20120>
+** EXPERIMENTAL
+**
+** An instance of this object defines the interface between SQLite
+** and low-level memory allocation routines.
+**
+** This object is used in only one place in the SQLite interface.
+** A pointer to an instance of this object is the argument to
+** [sqlite3_config()] when the configuration option is
+** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC].  By creating an instance of this object
+** and passing it to [sqlite3_config()] during configuration, an
+** application can specify an alternative memory allocation subsystem
+** for SQLite to use for all of its dynamic memory needs.
+**
+** Note that SQLite comes with a built-in memory allocator that is
+** perfectly adequate for the overwhelming majority of applications
+** and that this object is only useful to a tiny minority of applications
+** with specialized memory allocation requirements.  This object is
+** also used during testing of SQLite in order to specify an alternative
+** memory allocator that simulates memory out-of-memory conditions in
+** order to verify that SQLite recovers gracefully from such
+** conditions.
+**
+** The xMalloc, xFree, and xRealloc methods must work like the
+** malloc(), free(), and realloc() functions from the standard library.
+**
+** xSize should return the allocated size of a memory allocation
+** previously obtained from xMalloc or xRealloc.  The allocated size
+** is always at least as big as the requested size but may be larger.
+**
+** The xRoundup method returns what would be the allocated size of
+** a memory allocation given a particular requested size.  Most memory
+** allocators round up memory allocations at least to the next multiple
+** of 8.  Some allocators round up to a larger multiple or to a power of 2.
+**
+** The xInit method initializes the memory allocator.  (For example,
+** it might allocate any require mutexes or initialize internal data
+** structures.  The xShutdown method is invoked (indirectly) by
+** [sqlite3_shutdown()] and should deallocate any resources acquired
+** by xInit.  The pAppData pointer is used as the only parameter to
+** xInit and xShutdown.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_mem_methods sqlite3_mem_methods;
+struct sqlite3_mem_methods {
+  void *(*xMalloc)(int);         /* Memory allocation function */
+  void (*xFree)(void*);          /* Free a prior allocation */
+  void *(*xRealloc)(void*,int);  /* Resize an allocation */
+  int (*xSize)(void*);           /* Return the size of an allocation */
+  int (*xRoundup)(int);          /* Round up request size to allocation size */
+  int (*xInit)(void*);           /* Initialize the memory allocator */
+  void (*xShutdown)(void*);      /* Deinitialize the memory allocator */
+  void *pAppData;                /* Argument to xInit() and xShutdown() */
+};
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Configuration Options {H10160} <S20000>
+** EXPERIMENTAL
+**
+** These constants are the available integer configuration options that
+** can be passed as the first argument to the [sqlite3_config()] interface.
+**
+** New configuration options may be added in future releases of SQLite.
+** Existing configuration options might be discontinued.  Applications
+** should check the return code from [sqlite3_config()] to make sure that
+** the call worked.  The [sqlite3_config()] interface will return a
+** non-zero [error code] if a discontinued or unsupported configuration option
+** is invoked.
+**
+** <dl>
+** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD</dt>
+** <dd>There are no arguments to this option.  This option disables
+** all mutexing and puts SQLite into a mode where it can only be used
+** by a single thread.</dd>
+**
+** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD</dt>
+** <dd>There are no arguments to this option.  This option disables
+** mutexing on [database connection] and [prepared statement] objects.
+** The application is responsible for serializing access to
+** [database connections] and [prepared statements].  But other mutexes
+** are enabled so that SQLite will be safe to use in a multi-threaded
+** environment.</dd>
+**
+** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED</dt>
+** <dd>There are no arguments to this option.  This option enables
+** all mutexes including the recursive
+** mutexes on [database connection] and [prepared statement] objects.
+** In this mode (which is the default when SQLite is compiled with
+** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE=1]) the SQLite library will itself serialize access
+** to [database connections] and [prepared statements] so that the
+** application is free to use the same [database connection] or the
+** same [prepared statement] in different threads at the same time.
+**
+** <p>This configuration option merely sets the default mutex 
+** behavior to serialize access to [database connections].  Individual
+** [database connections] can override this setting
+** using the [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX] flag to [sqlite3_open_v2()].</p></dd>
+**
+** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC</dt>
+** <dd>This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an
+** instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure.  The argument specifies
+** alternative low-level memory allocation routines to be used in place of
+** the memory allocation routines built into SQLite.</dd>
+**
+** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC</dt>
+** <dd>This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an
+** instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure.  The [sqlite3_mem_methods]
+** structure is filled with the currently defined memory allocation routines.
+** This option can be used to overload the default memory allocation
+** routines with a wrapper that simulations memory allocation failure or
+** tracks memory usage, for example.</dd>
+**
+** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS</dt>
+** <dd>This option takes single argument of type int, interpreted as a 
+** boolean, which enables or disables the collection of memory allocation 
+** statistics. When disabled, the following SQLite interfaces become 
+** non-operational:
+**   <ul>
+**   <li> [sqlite3_memory_used()]
+**   <li> [sqlite3_memory_highwater()]
+**   <li> [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit()]
+**   <li> [sqlite3_status()]
+**   </ul>
+** </dd>
+**
+** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH</dt>
+** <dd>This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite can use for
+** scratch memory.  There are three arguments:  A pointer to the memory, the
+** size of each scratch buffer (sz), and the number of buffers (N).  The sz
+** argument must be a multiple of 16. The sz parameter should be a few bytes
+** larger than the actual scratch space required due internal overhead.
+** The first
+** argument should point to an allocation of at least sz*N bytes of memory.
+** SQLite will use no more than one scratch buffer at once per thread, so
+** N should be set to the expected maximum number of threads.  The sz
+** parameter should be 6 times the size of the largest database page size.
+** Scratch buffers are used as part of the btree balance operation.  If
+** The btree balancer needs additional memory beyond what is provided by
+** scratch buffers or if no scratch buffer space is specified, then SQLite
+** goes to [sqlite3_malloc()] to obtain the memory it needs.</dd>
+**
+** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE</dt>
+** <dd>This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite can use for
+** the database page cache.  There are three arguments: A pointer to the
+** memory, the size of each page buffer (sz), and the number of pages (N).
+** The sz argument must be a power of two between 512 and 32768.  The first
+** argument should point to an allocation of at least sz*N bytes of memory.
+** SQLite will use the memory provided by the first argument to satisfy its
+** memory needs for the first N pages that it adds to cache.  If additional
+** page cache memory is needed beyond what is provided by this option, then
+** SQLite goes to [sqlite3_malloc()] for the additional storage space.
+** The implementation might use one or more of the N buffers to hold 
+** memory accounting information. </dd>
+**
+** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP</dt>
+** <dd>This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite will use
+** for all of its dynamic memory allocation needs beyond those provided
+** for by [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] and [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE].
+** There are three arguments: A pointer to the memory, the number of
+** bytes in the memory buffer, and the minimum allocation size.  If
+** the first pointer (the memory pointer) is NULL, then SQLite reverts
+** to using its default memory allocator (the system malloc() implementation),
+** undoing any prior invocation of [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC].  If the
+** memory pointer is not NULL and either [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3] or
+** [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5] are defined, then the alternative memory
+** allocator is engaged to handle all of SQLites memory allocation needs.</dd>
+**
+** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX</dt>
+** <dd>This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an
+** instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure.  The argument specifies
+** alternative low-level mutex routines to be used in place
+** the mutex routines built into SQLite.</dd>
+**
+** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX</dt>
+** <dd>This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an
+** instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure.  The
+** [sqlite3_mutex_methods]
+** structure is filled with the currently defined mutex routines.
+** This option can be used to overload the default mutex allocation
+** routines with a wrapper used to track mutex usage for performance
+** profiling or testing, for example.</dd>
+**
+** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE</dt>
+** <dd>This option takes two arguments that determine the default
+** memory allcation lookaside optimization.  The first argument is the
+** size of each lookaside buffer slot and the second is the number of
+** slots allocated to each database connection.</dd>
+**
+** </dl>
+*/
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD  1  /* nil */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD   2  /* nil */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED    3  /* nil */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC        4  /* sqlite3_mem_methods* */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC     5  /* sqlite3_mem_methods* */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH       6  /* void*, int sz, int N */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE     7  /* void*, int sz, int N */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP          8  /* void*, int nByte, int min */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS     9  /* boolean */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX        10  /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX     11  /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_CHUNKALLOC   12  /* int threshold */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE    13  /* int int */
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Configuration Options {H10170} <S20000>
+** EXPERIMENTAL
+**
+** These constants are the available integer configuration options that
+** can be passed as the second argument to the [sqlite3_db_config()] interface.
+**
+** New configuration options may be added in future releases of SQLite.
+** Existing configuration options might be discontinued.  Applications
+** should check the return code from [sqlite3_db_config()] to make sure that
+** the call worked.  The [sqlite3_db_config()] interface will return a
+** non-zero [error code] if a discontinued or unsupported configuration option
+** is invoked.
+**
+** <dl>
+** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE</dt>
+** <dd>This option takes three additional arguments that determine the 
+** [lookaside memory allocator] configuration for the [database connection].
+** The first argument (the third parameter to [sqlite3_db_config()] is a
+** pointer to a memory buffer to use for lookaside memory.  The first
+** argument may be NULL in which case SQLite will allocate the lookaside
+** buffer itself using [sqlite3_malloc()].  The second argument is the
+** size of each lookaside buffer slot and the third argument is the number of
+** slots.  The size of the buffer in the first argument must be greater than
+** or equal to the product of the second and third arguments.</dd>
+**
+** </dl>
+*/
+#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE    1001  /* void* int int */
+
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extended Result Codes {H12200} <S10700>
+**
+** The sqlite3_extended_result_codes() routine enables or disables the
+** [extended result codes] feature of SQLite. The extended result
+** codes are disabled by default for historical compatibility considerations.
+**
+** INVARIANTS:
+**
+** {H12201} Each new [database connection] shall have the
+**          [extended result codes] feature disabled by default.
+**
+** {H12202} The [sqlite3_extended_result_codes(D,F)] interface shall enable
+**          [extended result codes] for the  [database connection] D
+**          if the F parameter is true, or disable them if F is false.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3*, int onoff);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Last Insert Rowid {H12220} <S10700>
+**
+** Each entry in an SQLite table has a unique 64-bit signed
+** integer key called the "rowid". The rowid is always available
+** as an undeclared column named ROWID, OID, or _ROWID_ as long as those
+** names are not also used by explicitly declared columns. If
+** the table has a column of type INTEGER PRIMARY KEY then that column
+** is another alias for the rowid.
+**
+** This routine returns the rowid of the most recent
+** successful INSERT into the database from the [database connection]
+** in the first argument.  If no successful INSERTs
+** have ever occurred on that database connection, zero is returned.
+**
+** If an INSERT occurs within a trigger, then the rowid of the inserted
+** row is returned by this routine as long as the trigger is running.
+** But once the trigger terminates, the value returned by this routine
+** reverts to the last value inserted before the trigger fired.
+**
+** An INSERT that fails due to a constraint violation is not a
+** successful INSERT and does not change the value returned by this
+** routine.  Thus INSERT OR FAIL, INSERT OR IGNORE, INSERT OR ROLLBACK,
+** and INSERT OR ABORT make no changes to the return value of this
+** routine when their insertion fails.  When INSERT OR REPLACE
+** encounters a constraint violation, it does not fail.  The
+** INSERT continues to completion after deleting rows that caused
+** the constraint problem so INSERT OR REPLACE will always change
+** the return value of this interface.
+**
+** For the purposes of this routine, an INSERT is considered to
+** be successful even if it is subsequently rolled back.
+**
+** INVARIANTS:
+**
+** {H12221} The [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()] function returns the rowid
+**          of the most recent successful INSERT performed on the same
+**          [database connection] and within the same or higher level
+**          trigger context, or zero if there have been no qualifying inserts.
+**
+** {H12223} The [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()] function returns the
+**          same value when called from the same trigger context
+**          immediately before and after a ROLLBACK.
+**
+** ASSUMPTIONS:
+**
+** {A12232} If a separate thread performs a new INSERT on the same
+**          database connection while the [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()]
+**          function is running and thus changes the last insert rowid,
+**          then the value returned by [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()] is
+**          unpredictable and might not equal either the old or the new
+**          last insert rowid.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Count The Number Of Rows Modified {H12240} <S10600>
+**
+** This function returns the number of database rows that were changed
+** or inserted or deleted by the most recently completed SQL statement
+** on the [database connection] specified by the first parameter.
+** Only changes that are directly specified by the INSERT, UPDATE,
+** or DELETE statement are counted.  Auxiliary changes caused by
+** triggers are not counted. Use the [sqlite3_total_changes()] function
+** to find the total number of changes including changes caused by triggers.
+**
+** A "row change" is a change to a single row of a single table
+** caused by an INSERT, DELETE, or UPDATE statement.  Rows that
+** are changed as side effects of REPLACE constraint resolution,
+** rollback, ABORT processing, DROP TABLE, or by any other
+** mechanisms do not count as direct row changes.
+**
+** A "trigger context" is a scope of execution that begins and
+** ends with the script of a trigger.  Most SQL statements are
+** evaluated outside of any trigger.  This is the "top level"
+** trigger context.  If a trigger fires from the top level, a
+** new trigger context is entered for the duration of that one
+** trigger.  Subtriggers create subcontexts for their duration.
+**
+** Calling [sqlite3_exec()] or [sqlite3_step()] recursively does
+** not create a new trigger context.
+**
+** This function returns the number of direct row changes in the
+** most recent INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE statement within the same
+** trigger context.
+**
+** Thus, when called from the top level, this function returns the
+** number of changes in the most recent INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE
+** that also occurred at the top level.  Within the body of a trigger,
+** the sqlite3_changes() interface can be called to find the number of
+** changes in the most recently completed INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE
+** statement within the body of the same trigger.
+** However, the number returned does not include changes
+** caused by subtriggers since those have their own context.
+**
+** SQLite implements the command "DELETE FROM table" without a WHERE clause
+** by dropping and recreating the table.  (This is much faster than going
+** through and deleting individual elements from the table.)  Because of this
+** optimization, the deletions in "DELETE FROM table" are not row changes and
+** will not be counted by the sqlite3_changes() or [sqlite3_total_changes()]
+** functions, regardless of the number of elements that were originally
+** in the table.  To get an accurate count of the number of rows deleted, use
+** "DELETE FROM table WHERE 1" instead.
+**
+** INVARIANTS:
+**
+** {H12241} The [sqlite3_changes()] function shall return the number of
+**          row changes caused by the most recent INSERT, UPDATE,
+**          or DELETE statement on the same database connection and
+**          within the same or higher trigger context, or zero if there have
+**          not been any qualifying row changes.
+**
+** {H12243} Statements of the form "DELETE FROM tablename" with no
+**          WHERE clause shall cause subsequent calls to
+**          [sqlite3_changes()] to return zero, regardless of the
+**          number of rows originally in the table.
+**
+** ASSUMPTIONS:
+**
+** {A12252} If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection
+**          while [sqlite3_changes()] is running then the value returned
+**          is unpredictable and not meaningful.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Total Number Of Rows Modified {H12260} <S10600>
+**
+** This function returns the number of row changes caused by INSERT,
+** UPDATE or DELETE statements since the [database connection] was opened.
+** The count includes all changes from all trigger contexts.  However,
+** the count does not include changes used to implement REPLACE constraints,
+** do rollbacks or ABORT processing, or DROP table processing.
+** The changes are counted as soon as the statement that makes them is
+** completed (when the statement handle is passed to [sqlite3_reset()] or
+** [sqlite3_finalize()]).
+**
+** SQLite implements the command "DELETE FROM table" without a WHERE clause
+** by dropping and recreating the table.  (This is much faster than going
+** through and deleting individual elements from the table.)  Because of this
+** optimization, the deletions in "DELETE FROM table" are not row changes and
+** will not be counted by the sqlite3_changes() or [sqlite3_total_changes()]
+** functions, regardless of the number of elements that were originally
+** in the table.  To get an accurate count of the number of rows deleted, use
+** "DELETE FROM table WHERE 1" instead.
+**
+** See also the [sqlite3_changes()] interface.
+**
+** INVARIANTS:
+**
+** {H12261} The [sqlite3_total_changes()] returns the total number
+**          of row changes caused by INSERT, UPDATE, and/or DELETE
+**          statements on the same [database connection], in any
+**          trigger context, since the database connection was created.
+**
+** {H12263} Statements of the form "DELETE FROM tablename" with no
+**          WHERE clause shall not change the value returned
+**          by [sqlite3_total_changes()].
+**
+** ASSUMPTIONS:
+**
+** {A12264} If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection
+**          while [sqlite3_total_changes()] is running then the value
+**          returned is unpredictable and not meaningful.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Interrupt A Long-Running Query {H12270} <S30500>
+**
+** This function causes any pending database operation to abort and
+** return at its earliest opportunity. This routine is typically
+** called in response to a user action such as pressing "Cancel"
+** or Ctrl-C where the user wants a long query operation to halt
+** immediately.
+**
+** It is safe to call this routine from a thread different from the
+** thread that is currently running the database operation.  But it
+** is not safe to call this routine with a [database connection] that
+** is closed or might close before sqlite3_interrupt() returns.
+**
+** If an SQL operation is very nearly finished at the time when
+** sqlite3_interrupt() is called, then it might not have an opportunity
+** to be interrupted and might continue to completion.
+**
+** An SQL operation that is interrupted will return [SQLITE_INTERRUPT].
+** If the interrupted SQL operation is an INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE
+** that is inside an explicit transaction, then the entire transaction
+** will be rolled back automatically.
+**
+** A call to sqlite3_interrupt() has no effect on SQL statements
+** that are started after sqlite3_interrupt() returns.
+**
+** INVARIANTS:
+**
+** {H12271} The [sqlite3_interrupt()] interface will force all running
+**          SQL statements associated with the same database connection
+**          to halt after processing at most one additional row of data.
+**
+** {H12272} Any SQL statement that is interrupted by [sqlite3_interrupt()]
+**          will return [SQLITE_INTERRUPT].
+**
+** ASSUMPTIONS:
+**
+** {A12279} If the database connection closes while [sqlite3_interrupt()]
+**          is running then bad things will likely happen.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Determine If An SQL Statement Is Complete {H10510} <S70200>
+**
+** These routines are useful for command-line input to determine if the
+** currently entered text seems to form complete a SQL statement or
+** if additional input is needed before sending the text into
+** SQLite for parsing.  These routines return true if the input string
+** appears to be a complete SQL statement.  A statement is judged to be
+** complete if it ends with a semicolon token and is not a fragment of a
+** CREATE TRIGGER statement.  Semicolons that are embedded within
+** string literals or quoted identifier names or comments are not
+** independent tokens (they are part of the token in which they are
+** embedded) and thus do not count as a statement terminator.
+**
+** These routines do not parse the SQL statements thus
+** will not detect syntactically incorrect SQL.
+**
+** INVARIANTS:
+**
+** {H10511} A successful evaluation of [sqlite3_complete()] or
+**          [sqlite3_complete16()] functions shall
+**          return a numeric 1 if and only if the last non-whitespace
+**          token in their input is a semicolon that is not in between
+**          the BEGIN and END of a CREATE TRIGGER statement.
+**
+** {H10512} If a memory allocation error occurs during an invocation
+**          of [sqlite3_complete()] or [sqlite3_complete16()] then the
+**          routine shall return [SQLITE_NOMEM].
+**
+** ASSUMPTIONS:
+**
+** {A10512} The input to [sqlite3_complete()] must be a zero-terminated
+**          UTF-8 string.
+**
+** {A10513} The input to [sqlite3_complete16()] must be a zero-terminated
+**          UTF-16 string in native byte order.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete(const char *sql);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete16(const void *sql);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Register A Callback To Handle SQLITE_BUSY Errors {H12310} <S40400>
+**
+** This routine sets a callback function that might be invoked whenever
+** an attempt is made to open a database table that another thread
+** or process has locked.
+**
+** If the busy callback is NULL, then [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED]
+** is returned immediately upon encountering the lock. If the busy callback
+** is not NULL, then the callback will be invoked with two arguments.
+**
+** The first argument to the handler is a copy of the void* pointer which
+** is the third argument to sqlite3_busy_handler().  The second argument to
+** the handler callback is the number of times that the busy handler has
+** been invoked for this locking event.  If the
+** busy callback returns 0, then no additional attempts are made to
+** access the database and [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] is returned.
+** If the callback returns non-zero, then another attempt
+** is made to open the database for reading and the cycle repeats.
+**
+** The presence of a busy handler does not guarantee that it will be invoked
+** when there is lock contention. If SQLite determines that invoking the busy
+** handler could result in a deadlock, it will go ahead and return [SQLITE_BUSY]
+** or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] instead of invoking the busy handler.
+** Consider a scenario where one process is holding a read lock that
+** it is trying to promote to a reserved lock and
+** a second process is holding a reserved lock that it is trying
+** to promote to an exclusive lock.  The first process cannot proceed
+** because it is blocked by the second and the second process cannot
+** proceed because it is blocked by the first.  If both processes
+** invoke the busy handlers, neither will make any progress.  Therefore,
+** SQLite returns [SQLITE_BUSY] for the first process, hoping that this
+** will induce the first process to release its read lock and allow
+** the second process to proceed.
+**
+** The default busy callback is NULL.
+**
+** The [SQLITE_BUSY] error is converted to [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED]
+** when SQLite is in the middle of a large transaction where all the
+** changes will not fit into the in-memory cache.  SQLite will
+** already hold a RESERVED lock on the database file, but it needs
+** to promote this lock to EXCLUSIVE so that it can spill cache
+** pages into the database file without harm to concurrent
+** readers.  If it is unable to promote the lock, then the in-memory
+** cache will be left in an inconsistent state and so the error
+** code is promoted from the relatively benign [SQLITE_BUSY] to
+** the more severe [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED].  This error code promotion
+** forces an automatic rollback of the changes.  See the
+** <a href="/cvstrac/wiki?p=CorruptionFollowingBusyError">
+** CorruptionFollowingBusyError</a> wiki page for a discussion of why
+** this is important.
+**
+** There can only be a single busy handler defined for each
+** [database connection].  Setting a new busy handler clears any
+** previously set handler.  Note that calling [sqlite3_busy_timeout()]
+** will also set or clear the busy handler.
+**
+** INVARIANTS:
+**
+** {H12311} The [sqlite3_busy_handler(D,C,A)] function shall replace
+**          busy callback in the [database connection] D with a new
+**          a new busy handler C and application data pointer A.
+**
+** {H12312} Newly created [database connections] shall have a busy
+**          handler of NULL.
+**
+** {H12314} When two or more [database connections] share a
+**          [sqlite3_enable_shared_cache | common cache],
+**          the busy handler for the database connection currently using
+**          the cache shall be invoked when the cache encounters a lock.
+**
+** {H12316} If a busy handler callback returns zero, then the SQLite interface
+**          that provoked the locking event shall return [SQLITE_BUSY].
+**
+** {H12318} SQLite shall invokes the busy handler with two arguments which
+**          are a copy of the pointer supplied by the 3rd parameter to
+**          [sqlite3_busy_handler()] and a count of the number of prior
+**          invocations of the busy handler for the same locking event.
+**
+** ASSUMPTIONS:
+**
+** {A12319} A busy handler must not close the database connection
+**          or [prepared statement] that invoked the busy handler.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_handler(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*,int), void*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Set A Busy Timeout {H12340} <S40410>
+**
+** This routine sets a [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy handler] that sleeps
+** for a specified amount of time when a table is locked.  The handler
+** will sleep multiple times until at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping
+** have accumulated. {H12343} After "ms" milliseconds of sleeping,
+** the handler returns 0 which causes [sqlite3_step()] to return
+** [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED].
+**
+** Calling this routine with an argument less than or equal to zero
+** turns off all busy handlers.
+**
+** There can only be a single busy handler for a particular
+** [database connection] any any given moment.  If another busy handler
+** was defined  (using [sqlite3_busy_handler()]) prior to calling
+** this routine, that other busy handler is cleared.
+**
+** INVARIANTS:
+**
+** {H12341} The [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] function shall override any prior
+**          [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] or [sqlite3_busy_handler()] setting
+**          on the same [database connection].
+**
+** {H12343} If the 2nd parameter to [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] is less than
+**          or equal to zero, then the busy handler shall be cleared so that
+**          all subsequent locking events immediately return [SQLITE_BUSY].
+**
+** {H12344} If the 2nd parameter to [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] is a positive
+**          number N, then a busy handler shall be set that repeatedly calls
+**          the xSleep() method in the [sqlite3_vfs | VFS interface] until
+**          either the lock clears or until the cumulative sleep time
+**          reported back by xSleep() exceeds N milliseconds.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3*, int ms);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Convenience Routines For Running Queries {H12370} <S10000>
+**
+** Definition: A <b>result table</b> is memory data structure created by the
+** [sqlite3_get_table()] interface.  A result table records the
+** complete query results from one or more queries.
+**
+** The table conceptually has a number of rows and columns.  But
+** these numbers are not part of the result table itself.  These
+** numbers are obtained separately.  Let N be the number of rows
+** and M be the number of columns.
+**
+** A result table is an array of pointers to zero-terminated UTF-8 strings.
+** There are (N+1)*M elements in the array.  The first M pointers point
+** to zero-terminated strings that  contain the names of the columns.
+** The remaining entries all point to query results.  NULL values result
+** in NULL pointers.  All other values are in their UTF-8 zero-terminated
+** string representation as returned by [sqlite3_column_text()].
+**
+** A result table might consist of one or more memory allocations.
+** It is not safe to pass a result table directly to [sqlite3_free()].
+** A result table should be deallocated using [sqlite3_free_table()].
+**
+** As an example of the result table format, suppose a query result
+** is as follows:
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+**        Name        | Age
+**        -----------------------
+**        Alice       | 43
+**        Bob         | 28
+**        Cindy       | 21
+** </pre></blockquote>
+**
+** There are two column (M==2) and three rows (N==3).  Thus the
+** result table has 8 entries.  Suppose the result table is stored
+** in an array names azResult.  Then azResult holds this content:
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+**        azResult&#91;0] = "Name";
+**        azResult&#91;1] = "Age";
+**        azResult&#91;2] = "Alice";
+**        azResult&#91;3] = "43";
+**        azResult&#91;4] = "Bob";
+**        azResult&#91;5] = "28";
+**        azResult&#91;6] = "Cindy";
+**        azResult&#91;7] = "21";
+** </pre></blockquote>
+**
+** The sqlite3_get_table() function evaluates one or more
+** semicolon-separated SQL statements in the zero-terminated UTF-8
+** string of its 2nd parameter.  It returns a result table to the
+** pointer given in its 3rd parameter.
+**
+** After the calling function has finished using the result, it should
+** pass the pointer to the result table to sqlite3_free_table() in order to
+** release the memory that was malloced.  Because of the way the
+** [sqlite3_malloc()] happens within sqlite3_get_table(), the calling
+** function must not try to call [sqlite3_free()] directly.  Only
+** [sqlite3_free_table()] is able to release the memory properly and safely.
+**
+** The sqlite3_get_table() interface is implemented as a wrapper around
+** [sqlite3_exec()].  The sqlite3_get_table() routine does not have access
+** to any internal data structures of SQLite.  It uses only the public
+** interface defined here.  As a consequence, errors that occur in the
+** wrapper layer outside of the internal [sqlite3_exec()] call are not
+** reflected in subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode()] or [sqlite3_errmsg()].
+**
+** INVARIANTS:
+**
+** {H12371} If a [sqlite3_get_table()] fails a memory allocation, then
+**          it shall free the result table under construction, abort the
+**          query in process, skip any subsequent queries, set the
+**          *pazResult output pointer to NULL and return [SQLITE_NOMEM].
+**
+** {H12373} If the pnColumn parameter to [sqlite3_get_table()] is not NULL
+**          then a successful invocation of [sqlite3_get_table()] shall
+**          write the number of columns in the
+**          result set of the query into *pnColumn.
+**
+** {H12374} If the pnRow parameter to [sqlite3_get_table()] is not NULL
+**          then a successful invocation of [sqlite3_get_table()] shall
+**          writes the number of rows in the
+**          result set of the query into *pnRow.
+**
+** {H12376} A successful invocation of [sqlite3_get_table()] that computes
+**          N rows of result with C columns per row shall make *pazResult
+**          point to an array of pointers to (N+1)*C strings where the first
+**          C strings are column names as obtained from
+**          [sqlite3_column_name()] and the rest are column result values
+**          obtained from [sqlite3_column_text()].
+**
+** {H12379} The values in the pazResult array returned by [sqlite3_get_table()]
+**          shall remain valid until cleared by [sqlite3_free_table()].
+**
+** {H12382} When an error occurs during evaluation of [sqlite3_get_table()]
+**          the function shall set *pazResult to NULL, write an error message
+**          into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()], make
+**          **pzErrmsg point to that error message, and return a
+**          appropriate [error code].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_table(
+  sqlite3 *db,          /* An open database */
+  const char *zSql,     /* SQL to be evaluated */
+  char ***pazResult,    /* Results of the query */
+  int *pnRow,           /* Number of result rows written here */
+  int *pnColumn,        /* Number of result columns written here */
+  char **pzErrmsg       /* Error msg written here */
+);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table(char **result);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Formatted String Printing Functions {H17400} <S70000><S20000>
+**
+** These routines are workalikes of the "printf()" family of functions
+** from the standard C library.
+**
+** The sqlite3_mprintf() and sqlite3_vmprintf() routines write their
+** results into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()].
+** The strings returned by these two routines should be
+** released by [sqlite3_free()].  Both routines return a
+** NULL pointer if [sqlite3_malloc()] is unable to allocate enough
+** memory to hold the resulting string.
+**
+** In sqlite3_snprintf() routine is similar to "snprintf()" from
+** the standard C library.  The result is written into the
+** buffer supplied as the second parameter whose size is given by
+** the first parameter. Note that the order of the
+** first two parameters is reversed from snprintf().  This is an
+** historical accident that cannot be fixed without breaking
+** backwards compatibility.  Note also that sqlite3_snprintf()
+** returns a pointer to its buffer instead of the number of
+** characters actually written into the buffer.  We admit that
+** the number of characters written would be a more useful return
+** value but we cannot change the implementation of sqlite3_snprintf()
+** now without breaking compatibility.
+**
+** As long as the buffer size is greater than zero, sqlite3_snprintf()
+** guarantees that the buffer is always zero-terminated.  The first
+** parameter "n" is the total size of the buffer, including space for
+** the zero terminator.  So the longest string that can be completely
+** written will be n-1 characters.
+**
+** These routines all implement some additional formatting
+** options that are useful for constructing SQL statements.
+** All of the usual printf() formatting options apply.  In addition, there
+** is are "%q", "%Q", and "%z" options.
+**
+** The %q option works like %s in that it substitutes a null-terminated
+** string from the argument list.  But %q also doubles every '\'' character.
+** %q is designed for use inside a string literal.  By doubling each '\''
+** character it escapes that character and allows it to be inserted into
+** the string.
+**
+** For example, assume the string variable zText contains text as follows:
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+**  char *zText = "It's a happy day!";
+** </pre></blockquote>
+**
+** One can use this text in an SQL statement as follows:
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+**  char *zSQL = sqlite3_mprintf("INSERT INTO table VALUES('%q')", zText);
+**  sqlite3_exec(db, zSQL, 0, 0, 0);
+**  sqlite3_free(zSQL);
+** </pre></blockquote>
+**
+** Because the %q format string is used, the '\'' character in zText
+** is escaped and the SQL generated is as follows:
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+**  INSERT INTO table1 VALUES('It''s a happy day!')
+** </pre></blockquote>
+**
+** This is correct.  Had we used %s instead of %q, the generated SQL
+** would have looked like this:
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+**  INSERT INTO table1 VALUES('It's a happy day!');
+** </pre></blockquote>
+**
+** This second example is an SQL syntax error.  As a general rule you should
+** always use %q instead of %s when inserting text into a string literal.
+**
+** The %Q option works like %q except it also adds single quotes around
+** the outside of the total string.  Additionally, if the parameter in the
+** argument list is a NULL pointer, %Q substitutes the text "NULL" (without
+** single quotes) in place of the %Q option.  So, for example, one could say:
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+**  char *zSQL = sqlite3_mprintf("INSERT INTO table VALUES(%Q)", zText);
+**  sqlite3_exec(db, zSQL, 0, 0, 0);
+**  sqlite3_free(zSQL);
+** </pre></blockquote>
+**
+** The code above will render a correct SQL statement in the zSQL
+** variable even if the zText variable is a NULL pointer.
+**
+** The "%z" formatting option works exactly like "%s" with the
+** addition that after the string has been read and copied into
+** the result, [sqlite3_free()] is called on the input string. {END}
+**
+** INVARIANTS:
+**
+** {H17403}  The [sqlite3_mprintf()] and [sqlite3_vmprintf()] interfaces
+**           return either pointers to zero-terminated UTF-8 strings held in
+**           memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()] or NULL pointers if
+**           a call to [sqlite3_malloc()] fails.
+**
+** {H17406}  The [sqlite3_snprintf()] interface writes a zero-terminated
+**           UTF-8 string into the buffer pointed to by the second parameter
+**           provided that the first parameter is greater than zero.
+**
+** {H17407}  The [sqlite3_snprintf()] interface does not write slots of
+**           its output buffer (the second parameter) outside the range
+**           of 0 through N-1 (where N is the first parameter)
+**           regardless of the length of the string
+**           requested by the format specification.
+*/
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_mprintf(const char*,...);
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char*, va_list);
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_snprintf(int,char*,const char*, ...);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocation Subsystem {H17300} <S20000>
+**
+** The SQLite core  uses these three routines for all of its own
+** internal memory allocation needs. "Core" in the previous sentence
+** does not include operating-system specific VFS implementation.  The
+** Windows VFS uses native malloc() and free() for some operations.
+**
+** The sqlite3_malloc() routine returns a pointer to a block
+** of memory at least N bytes in length, where N is the parameter.
+** If sqlite3_malloc() is unable to obtain sufficient free
+** memory, it returns a NULL pointer.  If the parameter N to
+** sqlite3_malloc() is zero or negative then sqlite3_malloc() returns
+** a NULL pointer.
+**
+** Calling sqlite3_free() with a pointer previously returned
+** by sqlite3_malloc() or sqlite3_realloc() releases that memory so
+** that it might be reused.  The sqlite3_free() routine is
+** a no-op if is called with a NULL pointer.  Passing a NULL pointer
+** to sqlite3_free() is harmless.  After being freed, memory
+** should neither be read nor written.  Even reading previously freed
+** memory might result in a segmentation fault or other severe error.
+** Memory corruption, a segmentation fault, or other severe error
+** might result if sqlite3_free() is called with a non-NULL pointer that
+** was not obtained from sqlite3_malloc() or sqlite3_free().
+**
+** The sqlite3_realloc() interface attempts to resize a
+** prior memory allocation to be at least N bytes, where N is the
+** second parameter.  The memory allocation to be resized is the first
+** parameter.  If the first parameter to sqlite3_realloc()
+** is a NULL pointer then its behavior is identical to calling
+** sqlite3_malloc(N) where N is the second parameter to sqlite3_realloc().
+** If the second parameter to sqlite3_realloc() is zero or
+** negative then the behavior is exactly the same as calling
+** sqlite3_free(P) where P is the first parameter to sqlite3_realloc().
+** sqlite3_realloc() returns a pointer to a memory allocation
+** of at least N bytes in size or NULL if sufficient memory is unavailable.
+** If M is the size of the prior allocation, then min(N,M) bytes
+** of the prior allocation are copied into the beginning of buffer returned
+** by sqlite3_realloc() and the prior allocation is freed.
+** If sqlite3_realloc() returns NULL, then the prior allocation
+** is not freed.
+**
+** The memory returned by sqlite3_malloc() and sqlite3_realloc()
+** is always aligned to at least an 8 byte boundary. {END}
+**
+** The default implementation of the memory allocation subsystem uses
+** the malloc(), realloc() and free() provided by the standard C library.
+** {H17382} However, if SQLite is compiled with the
+** SQLITE_MEMORY_SIZE=<i>NNN</i> C preprocessor macro (where <i>NNN</i>
+** is an integer), then SQLite create a static array of at least
+** <i>NNN</i> bytes in size and uses that array for all of its dynamic
+** memory allocation needs. {END}  Additional memory allocator options
+** may be added in future releases.
+**
+** In SQLite version 3.5.0 and 3.5.1, it was possible to define
+** the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORY_ALLOCATION which would cause the built-in
+** implementation of these routines to be omitted.  That capability
+** is no longer provided.  Only built-in memory allocators can be used.
+**
+** The Windows OS interface layer calls
+** the system malloc() and free() directly when converting
+** filenames between the UTF-8 encoding used by SQLite
+** and whatever filename encoding is used by the particular Windows
+** installation.  Memory allocation errors are detected, but
+** they are reported back as [SQLITE_CANTOPEN] or
+** [SQLITE_IOERR] rather than [SQLITE_NOMEM].
+**
+** INVARIANTS:
+**
+** {H17303}  The [sqlite3_malloc(N)] interface returns either a pointer to
+**           a newly checked-out block of at least N bytes of memory
+**           that is 8-byte aligned, or it returns NULL if it is unable
+**           to fulfill the request.
+**
+** {H17304}  The [sqlite3_malloc(N)] interface returns a NULL pointer if
+**           N is less than or equal to zero.
+**
+** {H17305}  The [sqlite3_free(P)] interface releases memory previously
+**           returned from [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()],
+**           making it available for reuse.
+**
+** {H17306}  A call to [sqlite3_free(NULL)] is a harmless no-op.
+**
+** {H17310}  A call to [sqlite3_realloc(0,N)] is equivalent to a call
+**           to [sqlite3_malloc(N)].
+**
+** {H17312}  A call to [sqlite3_realloc(P,0)] is equivalent to a call
+**           to [sqlite3_free(P)].
+**
+** {H17315}  The SQLite core uses [sqlite3_malloc()], [sqlite3_realloc()],
+**           and [sqlite3_free()] for all of its memory allocation and
+**           deallocation needs.
+**
+** {H17318}  The [sqlite3_realloc(P,N)] interface returns either a pointer
+**           to a block of checked-out memory of at least N bytes in size
+**           that is 8-byte aligned, or a NULL pointer.
+**
+** {H17321}  When [sqlite3_realloc(P,N)] returns a non-NULL pointer, it first
+**           copies the first K bytes of content from P into the newly
+**           allocated block, where K is the lesser of N and the size of
+**           the buffer P.
+**
+** {H17322}  When [sqlite3_realloc(P,N)] returns a non-NULL pointer, it first
+**           releases the buffer P.
+**
+** {H17323}  When [sqlite3_realloc(P,N)] returns NULL, the buffer P is
+**           not modified or released.
+**
+** ASSUMPTIONS:
+**
+** {A17350}  The pointer arguments to [sqlite3_free()] and [sqlite3_realloc()]
+**           must be either NULL or else pointers obtained from a prior
+**           invocation of [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] that have
+**           not yet been released.
+**
+** {A17351}  The application must not read or write any part of
+**           a block of memory after it has been released using
+**           [sqlite3_free()] or [sqlite3_realloc()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_malloc(int);
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_realloc(void*, int);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free(void*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocator Statistics {H17370} <S30210>
+**
+** SQLite provides these two interfaces for reporting on the status
+** of the [sqlite3_malloc()], [sqlite3_free()], and [sqlite3_realloc()]
+** routines, which form the built-in memory allocation subsystem.
+**
+** INVARIANTS:
+**
+** {H17371} The [sqlite3_memory_used()] routine returns the number of bytes
+**          of memory currently outstanding (malloced but not freed).
+**
+** {H17373} The [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] routine returns the maximum
+**          value of [sqlite3_memory_used()] since the high-water mark
+**          was last reset.
+**
+** {H17374} The values returned by [sqlite3_memory_used()] and
+**          [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] include any overhead
+**          added by SQLite in its implementation of [sqlite3_malloc()],
+**          but not overhead added by the any underlying system library
+**          routines that [sqlite3_malloc()] may call.
+**
+** {H17375} The memory high-water mark is reset to the current value of
+**          [sqlite3_memory_used()] if and only if the parameter to
+**          [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] is true.  The value returned
+**          by [sqlite3_memory_highwater(1)] is the high-water mark
+**          prior to the reset.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_used(void);
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_highwater(int resetFlag);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Pseudo-Random Number Generator {H17390} <S20000>
+**
+** SQLite contains a high-quality pseudo-random number generator (PRNG) used to
+** select random ROWIDs when inserting new records into a table that
+** already uses the largest possible ROWID.  The PRNG is also used for
+** the build-in random() and randomblob() SQL functions.  This interface allows
+** applications to access the same PRNG for other purposes.
+**
+** A call to this routine stores N bytes of randomness into buffer P.
+**
+** The first time this routine is invoked (either internally or by
+** the application) the PRNG is seeded using randomness obtained
+** from the xRandomness method of the default [sqlite3_vfs] object.
+** On all subsequent invocations, the pseudo-randomness is generated
+** internally and without recourse to the [sqlite3_vfs] xRandomness
+** method.
+**
+** INVARIANTS:
+**
+** {H17392} The [sqlite3_randomness(N,P)] interface writes N bytes of
+**          high-quality pseudo-randomness into buffer P.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *P);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Authorization Callbacks {H12500} <S70100>
+**
+** This routine registers a authorizer callback with a particular
+** [database connection], supplied in the first argument.
+** The authorizer callback is invoked as SQL statements are being compiled
+** by [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants [sqlite3_prepare_v2()],
+** [sqlite3_prepare16()] and [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()].  At various
+** points during the compilation process, as logic is being created
+** to perform various actions, the authorizer callback is invoked to
+** see if those actions are allowed.  The authorizer callback should
+** return [SQLITE_OK] to allow the action, [SQLITE_IGNORE] to disallow the
+** specific action but allow the SQL statement to continue to be
+** compiled, or [SQLITE_DENY] to cause the entire SQL statement to be
+** rejected with an error.  If the authorizer callback returns
+** any value other than [SQLITE_IGNORE], [SQLITE_OK], or [SQLITE_DENY]
+** then the [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered
+** the authorizer will fail with an error message.
+**
+** When the callback returns [SQLITE_OK], that means the operation
+** requested is ok.  When the callback returns [SQLITE_DENY], the
+** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered the
+** authorizer will fail with an error message explaining that
+** access is denied.  If the authorizer code is [SQLITE_READ]
+** and the callback returns [SQLITE_IGNORE] then the
+** [prepared statement] statement is constructed to substitute
+** a NULL value in place of the table column that would have
+** been read if [SQLITE_OK] had been returned.  The [SQLITE_IGNORE]
+** return can be used to deny an untrusted user access to individual
+** columns of a table.
+**
+** The first parameter to the authorizer callback is a copy of the third
+** parameter to the sqlite3_set_authorizer() interface. The second parameter
+** to the callback is an integer [SQLITE_COPY | action code] that specifies
+** the particular action to be authorized. The third through sixth parameters
+** to the callback are zero-terminated strings that contain additional
+** details about the action to be authorized.
+**
+** An authorizer is used when [sqlite3_prepare | preparing]
+** SQL statements from an untrusted source, to ensure that the SQL statements
+** do not try to access data they are not allowed to see, or that they do not
+** try to execute malicious statements that damage the database.  For
+** example, an application may allow a user to enter arbitrary
+** SQL queries for evaluation by a database.  But the application does
+** not want the user to be able to make arbitrary changes to the
+** database.  An authorizer could then be put in place while the
+** user-entered SQL is being [sqlite3_prepare | prepared] that
+** disallows everything except [SELECT] statements.
+**
+** Applications that need to process SQL from untrusted sources
+** might also consider lowering resource limits using [sqlite3_limit()]
+** and limiting database size using the [max_page_count] [PRAGMA]
+** in addition to using an authorizer.
+**
+** Only a single authorizer can be in place on a database connection
+** at a time.  Each call to sqlite3_set_authorizer overrides the
+** previous call.  Disable the authorizer by installing a NULL callback.
+** The authorizer is disabled by default.
+**
+** When [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] is used to prepare a statement, the
+** statement might be reprepared during [sqlite3_step()] due to a 
+** schema change.  Hence, the application should ensure that the
+** correct authorizer callback remains in place during the [sqlite3_step()].
+**
+** Note that the authorizer callback is invoked only during
+** [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants.  Authorization is not
+** performed during statement evaluation in [sqlite3_step()].
+**
+** INVARIANTS:
+**
+** {H12501} The [sqlite3_set_authorizer(D,...)] interface registers a
+**          authorizer callback with database connection D.
+**
+** {H12502} The authorizer callback is invoked as SQL statements are
+**          being parseed and compiled.
+**
+** {H12503} If the authorizer callback returns any value other than
+**          [SQLITE_IGNORE], [SQLITE_OK], or [SQLITE_DENY], then
+**          the application interface call that caused
+**          the authorizer callback to run shall fail with an
+**          [SQLITE_ERROR] error code and an appropriate error message.
+**
+** {H12504} When the authorizer callback returns [SQLITE_OK], the operation
+**          described is processed normally.
+**
+** {H12505} When the authorizer callback returns [SQLITE_DENY], the
+**          application interface call that caused the
+**          authorizer callback to run shall fail
+**          with an [SQLITE_ERROR] error code and an error message
+**          explaining that access is denied.
+**
+** {H12506} If the authorizer code (the 2nd parameter to the authorizer
+**          callback) is [SQLITE_READ] and the authorizer callback returns
+**          [SQLITE_IGNORE], then the prepared statement is constructed to
+**          insert a NULL value in place of the table column that would have
+**          been read if [SQLITE_OK] had been returned.
+**
+** {H12507} If the authorizer code (the 2nd parameter to the authorizer
+**          callback) is anything other than [SQLITE_READ], then
+**          a return of [SQLITE_IGNORE] has the same effect as [SQLITE_DENY].
+**
+** {H12510} The first parameter to the authorizer callback is a copy of
+**          the third parameter to the [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] interface.
+**
+** {H12511} The second parameter to the callback is an integer
+**          [SQLITE_COPY | action code] that specifies the particular action
+**          to be authorized.
+**
+** {H12512} The third through sixth parameters to the callback are
+**          zero-terminated strings that contain
+**          additional details about the action to be authorized.
+**
+** {H12520} Each call to [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] overrides
+**          any previously installed authorizer.
+**
+** {H12521} A NULL authorizer means that no authorization
+**          callback is invoked.
+**
+** {H12522} The default authorizer is NULL.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_set_authorizer(
+  sqlite3*,
+  int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*),
+  void *pUserData
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Authorizer Return Codes {H12590} <H12500>
+**
+** The [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer callback function] must
+** return either [SQLITE_OK] or one of these two constants in order
+** to signal SQLite whether or not the action is permitted.  See the
+** [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer documentation] for additional
+** information.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_DENY   1   /* Abort the SQL statement with an error */
+#define SQLITE_IGNORE 2   /* Don't allow access, but don't generate an error */
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Authorizer Action Codes {H12550} <H12500>
+**
+** The [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] interface registers a callback function
+** that is invoked to authorize certain SQL statement actions.  The
+** second parameter to the callback is an integer code that specifies
+** what action is being authorized.  These are the integer action codes that
+** the authorizer callback may be passed.
+**
+** These action code values signify what kind of operation is to be
+** authorized.  The 3rd and 4th parameters to the authorization
+** callback function will be parameters or NULL depending on which of these
+** codes is used as the second parameter.  The 5th parameter to the
+** authorizer callback is the name of the database ("main", "temp",
+** etc.) if applicable.  The 6th parameter to the authorizer callback
+** is the name of the inner-most trigger or view that is responsible for
+** the access attempt or NULL if this access attempt is directly from
+** top-level SQL code.
+**
+** INVARIANTS:
+**
+** {H12551} The second parameter to an
+**          [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer callback] shall be an integer
+**          [SQLITE_COPY | authorizer code] that specifies what action
+**          is being authorized.
+**
+** {H12552} The 3rd and 4th parameters to the
+**          [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorization callback]
+**          shall be parameters or NULL depending on which
+**          [SQLITE_COPY | authorizer code] is used as the second parameter.
+**
+** {H12553} The 5th parameter to the
+**          [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer callback] shall be the name
+**          of the database (example: "main", "temp", etc.) if applicable.
+**
+** {H12554} The 6th parameter to the
+**          [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer callback] shall be the name
+**          of the inner-most trigger or view that is responsible for
+**          the access attempt or NULL if this access attempt is directly from
+**          top-level SQL code.
+*/
+/******************************************* 3rd ************ 4th ***********/
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX          1   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE          2   /* Table Name      NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX     3   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE     4   /* Table Name      NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER   5   /* Trigger Name    Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW      6   /* View Name       NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER        7   /* Trigger Name    Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW           8   /* View Name       NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_DELETE                9   /* Table Name      NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_INDEX           10   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_TABLE           11   /* Table Name      NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX      12   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE      13   /* Table Name      NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER    14   /* Trigger Name    Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW       15   /* View Name       NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER         16   /* Trigger Name    Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_VIEW            17   /* View Name       NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_INSERT               18   /* Table Name      NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_PRAGMA               19   /* Pragma Name     1st arg or NULL */
+#define SQLITE_READ                 20   /* Table Name      Column Name     */
+#define SQLITE_SELECT               21   /* NULL            NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_TRANSACTION          22   /* NULL            NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_UPDATE               23   /* Table Name      Column Name     */
+#define SQLITE_ATTACH               24   /* Filename        NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_DETACH               25   /* Database Name   NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE          26   /* Database Name   Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_REINDEX              27   /* Index Name      NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_ANALYZE              28   /* Table Name      NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_VTABLE        29   /* Table Name      Module Name     */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_VTABLE          30   /* Table Name      Module Name     */
+#define SQLITE_FUNCTION             31   /* Function Name   NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_COPY                  0   /* No longer used */
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Tracing And Profiling Functions {H12280} <S60400>
+** EXPERIMENTAL
+**
+** These routines register callback functions that can be used for
+** tracing and profiling the execution of SQL statements.
+**
+** The callback function registered by sqlite3_trace() is invoked at
+** various times when an SQL statement is being run by [sqlite3_step()].
+** The callback returns a UTF-8 rendering of the SQL statement text
+** as the statement first begins executing.  Additional callbacks occur
+** as each triggered subprogram is entered.  The callbacks for triggers
+** contain a UTF-8 SQL comment that identifies the trigger.
+**
+** The callback function registered by sqlite3_profile() is invoked
+** as each SQL statement finishes.  The profile callback contains
+** the original statement text and an estimate of wall-clock time
+** of how long that statement took to run.
+**
+** INVARIANTS:
+**
+** {H12281} The callback function registered by [sqlite3_trace()] 
+**          shall be invoked
+**          whenever an SQL statement first begins to execute and
+**          whenever a trigger subprogram first begins to run.
+**
+** {H12282} Each call to [sqlite3_trace()] shall override the previously
+**          registered trace callback.
+**
+** {H12283} A NULL trace callback shall disable tracing.
+**
+** {H12284} The first argument to the trace callback shall be a copy of
+**          the pointer which was the 3rd argument to [sqlite3_trace()].
+**
+** {H12285} The second argument to the trace callback is a
+**          zero-terminated UTF-8 string containing the original text
+**          of the SQL statement as it was passed into [sqlite3_prepare_v2()]
+**          or the equivalent, or an SQL comment indicating the beginning
+**          of a trigger subprogram.
+**
+** {H12287} The callback function registered by [sqlite3_profile()] is invoked
+**          as each SQL statement finishes.
+**
+** {H12288} The first parameter to the profile callback is a copy of
+**          the 3rd parameter to [sqlite3_profile()].
+**
+** {H12289} The second parameter to the profile callback is a
+**          zero-terminated UTF-8 string that contains the complete text of
+**          the SQL statement as it was processed by [sqlite3_prepare_v2()]
+**          or the equivalent.
+**
+** {H12290} The third parameter to the profile callback is an estimate
+**          of the number of nanoseconds of wall-clock time required to
+**          run the SQL statement from start to finish.
+*/
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3*, void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void*);
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL void *sqlite3_profile(sqlite3*,
+   void(*xProfile)(void*,const char*,sqlite3_uint64), void*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Query Progress Callbacks {H12910} <S60400>
+**
+** This routine configures a callback function - the
+** progress callback - that is invoked periodically during long
+** running calls to [sqlite3_exec()], [sqlite3_step()] and
+** [sqlite3_get_table()].  An example use for this
+** interface is to keep a GUI updated during a large query.
+**
+** If the progress callback returns non-zero, the operation is
+** interrupted.  This feature can be used to implement a
+** "Cancel" button on a GUI dialog box.
+**
+** INVARIANTS:
+**
+** {H12911} The callback function registered by sqlite3_progress_handler()
+**          is invoked periodically during long running calls to
+**          [sqlite3_step()].
+**
+** {H12912} The progress callback is invoked once for every N virtual
+**          machine opcodes, where N is the second argument to
+**          the [sqlite3_progress_handler()] call that registered
+**          the callback.  If N is less than 1, sqlite3_progress_handler()
+**          acts as if a NULL progress handler had been specified.
+**
+** {H12913} The progress callback itself is identified by the third
+**          argument to sqlite3_progress_handler().
+**
+** {H12914} The fourth argument to sqlite3_progress_handler() is a
+**          void pointer passed to the progress callback
+**          function each time it is invoked.
+**
+** {H12915} If a call to [sqlite3_step()] results in fewer than N opcodes
+**          being executed, then the progress callback is never invoked.
+**
+** {H12916} Every call to [sqlite3_progress_handler()]
+**          overwrites any previously registered progress handler.
+**
+** {H12917} If the progress handler callback is NULL then no progress
+**          handler is invoked.
+**
+** {H12918} If the progress callback returns a result other than 0, then
+**          the behavior is a if [sqlite3_interrupt()] had been called.
+**          <S30500>
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Opening A New Database Connection {H12700} <S40200>
+**
+** These routines open an SQLite database file whose name is given by the
+** filename argument. The filename argument is interpreted as UTF-8 for
+** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() and as UTF-16 in the native byte
+** order for sqlite3_open16(). A [database connection] handle is usually
+** returned in *ppDb, even if an error occurs.  The only exception is that
+** if SQLite is unable to allocate memory to hold the [sqlite3] object,
+** a NULL will be written into *ppDb instead of a pointer to the [sqlite3]
+** object. If the database is opened (and/or created) successfully, then
+** [SQLITE_OK] is returned.  Otherwise an [error code] is returned.  The
+** [sqlite3_errmsg()] or [sqlite3_errmsg16()] routines can be used to obtain
+** an English language description of the error.
+**
+** The default encoding for the database will be UTF-8 if
+** sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2() is called and
+** UTF-16 in the native byte order if sqlite3_open16() is used.
+**
+** Whether or not an error occurs when it is opened, resources
+** associated with the [database connection] handle should be released by
+** passing it to [sqlite3_close()] when it is no longer required.
+**
+** The sqlite3_open_v2() interface works like sqlite3_open()
+** except that it accepts two additional parameters for additional control
+** over the new database connection.  The flags parameter can take one of
+** the following three values, optionally combined with the 
+** [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX] flag:
+**
+** <dl>
+** <dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY]</dt>
+** <dd>The database is opened in read-only mode.  If the database does not
+** already exist, an error is returned.</dd>
+**
+** <dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE]</dt>
+** <dd>The database is opened for reading and writing if possible, or reading
+** only if the file is write protected by the operating system.  In either
+** case the database must already exist, otherwise an error is returned.</dd>
+**
+** <dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]</dt>
+** <dd>The database is opened for reading and writing, and is creates it if
+** it does not already exist. This is the behavior that is always used for
+** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open16().</dd>
+** </dl>
+**
+** If the 3rd parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is not one of the
+** combinations shown above or one of the combinations shown above combined
+** with the [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX] flag, then the behavior is undefined.
+**
+** If the [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX] flag is set, then mutexes on the
+** opened [database connection] are disabled and the appliation must
+** insure that access to the [database connection] and its associated
+** [prepared statements] is serialized.  The [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX] flag
+** is the default behavior is SQLite is configured using the
+** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD] options
+** to [sqlite3_config()].  The [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX] flag only makes a
+** difference when SQLite is in its default [SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED] mode.
+**
+** If the filename is ":memory:", then a private, temporary in-memory database
+** is created for the connection.  This in-memory database will vanish when
+** the database connection is closed.  Future versions of SQLite might
+** make use of additional special filenames that begin with the ":" character.
+** It is recommended that when a database filename actually does begin with
+** a ":" character you should prefix the filename with a pathname such as
+** "./" to avoid ambiguity.
+**
+** If the filename is an empty string, then a private, temporary
+** on-disk database will be created.  This private database will be
+** automatically deleted as soon as the database connection is closed.
+**
+** The fourth parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is the name of the
+** [sqlite3_vfs] object that defines the operating system interface that
+** the new database connection should use.  If the fourth parameter is
+** a NULL pointer then the default [sqlite3_vfs] object is used.
+**
+** <b>Note to Windows users:</b>  The encoding used for the filename argument
+** of sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() must be UTF-8, not whatever
+** codepage is currently defined.  Filenames containing international
+** characters must be converted to UTF-8 prior to passing them into
+** sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2().
+**
+** INVARIANTS:
+**
+** {H12701} The [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], and
+**          [sqlite3_open_v2()] interfaces create a new
+**          [database connection] associated with
+**          the database file given in their first parameter.
+**
+** {H12702} The filename argument is interpreted as UTF-8
+**          for [sqlite3_open()] and [sqlite3_open_v2()] and as UTF-16
+**          in the native byte order for [sqlite3_open16()].
+**
+** {H12703} A successful invocation of [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()],
+**          or [sqlite3_open_v2()] writes a pointer to a new
+**          [database connection] into *ppDb.
+**
+** {H12704} The [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], and
+**          [sqlite3_open_v2()] interfaces return [SQLITE_OK] upon success,
+**          or an appropriate [error code] on failure.
+**
+** {H12706} The default text encoding for a new database created using
+**          [sqlite3_open()] or [sqlite3_open_v2()] will be UTF-8.
+**
+** {H12707} The default text encoding for a new database created using
+**          [sqlite3_open16()] will be UTF-16.
+**
+** {H12709} The [sqlite3_open(F,D)] interface is equivalent to
+**          [sqlite3_open_v2(F,D,G,0)] where the G parameter is
+**          [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE]|[SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE].
+**
+** {H12711} If the G parameter to [sqlite3_open_v2(F,D,G,V)] contains the
+**          bit value [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY] then the database is opened
+**          for reading only.
+**
+** {H12712} If the G parameter to [sqlite3_open_v2(F,D,G,V)] contains the
+**          bit value [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] then the database is opened
+**          reading and writing if possible, or for reading only if the
+**          file is write protected by the operating system.
+**
+** {H12713} If the G parameter to [sqlite3_open_v2(F,D,G,V)] omits the
+**          bit value [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE] and the database does not
+**          previously exist, an error is returned.
+**
+** {H12714} If the G parameter to [sqlite3_open_v2(F,D,G,V)] contains the
+**          bit value [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE] and the database does not
+**          previously exist, then an attempt is made to create and
+**          initialize the database.
+**
+** {H12717} If the filename argument to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()],
+**          or [sqlite3_open_v2()] is ":memory:", then an private,
+**          ephemeral, in-memory database is created for the connection.
+**          <todo>Is SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE required
+**          in sqlite3_open_v2()?</todo>
+**
+** {H12719} If the filename is NULL or an empty string, then a private,
+**          ephemeral on-disk database will be created.
+**          <todo>Is SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE required
+**          in sqlite3_open_v2()?</todo>
+**
+** {H12721} The [database connection] created by [sqlite3_open_v2(F,D,G,V)]
+**          will use the [sqlite3_vfs] object identified by the V parameter,
+**          or the default [sqlite3_vfs] object if V is a NULL pointer.
+**
+** {H12723} Two [database connections] will share a common cache if both were
+**          opened with the same VFS while [shared cache mode] was enabled and
+**          if both filenames compare equal using memcmp() after having been
+**          processed by the [sqlite3_vfs | xFullPathname] method of the VFS.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open(
+  const char *filename,   /* Database filename (UTF-8) */
+  sqlite3 **ppDb          /* OUT: SQLite db handle */
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open16(
+  const void *filename,   /* Database filename (UTF-16) */
+  sqlite3 **ppDb          /* OUT: SQLite db handle */
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_v2(
+  const char *filename,   /* Database filename (UTF-8) */
+  sqlite3 **ppDb,         /* OUT: SQLite db handle */
+  int flags,              /* Flags */
+  const char *zVfs        /* Name of VFS module to use */
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Error Codes And Messages {H12800} <S60200>
+**
+** The sqlite3_errcode() interface returns the numeric [result code] or
+** [extended result code] for the most recent failed sqlite3_* API call
+** associated with a [database connection]. If a prior API call failed
+** but the most recent API call succeeded, the return value from
+** sqlite3_errcode() is undefined.
+**
+** The sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16() return English-language
+** text that describes the error, as either UTF-8 or UTF-16 respectively.
+** Memory to hold the error message string is managed internally.
+** The application does not need to worry about freeing the result.
+** However, the error string might be overwritten or deallocated by
+** subsequent calls to other SQLite interface functions.
+**
+** If an interface fails with SQLITE_MISUSE, that means the interface
+** was invoked incorrectly by the application.  In that case, the
+** error code and message may or may not be set.
+**
+** INVARIANTS:
+**
+** {H12801} The [sqlite3_errcode(D)] interface returns the numeric
+**          [result code] or [extended result code] for the most recently
+**          failed interface call associated with the [database connection] D.
+**
+** {H12803} The [sqlite3_errmsg(D)] and [sqlite3_errmsg16(D)]
+**          interfaces return English-language text that describes
+**          the error in the mostly recently failed interface call,
+**          encoded as either UTF-8 or UTF-16 respectively.
+**
+** {H12807} The strings returned by [sqlite3_errmsg()] and [sqlite3_errmsg16()]
+**          are valid until the next SQLite interface call.
+**
+** {H12808} Calls to API routines that do not return an error code
+**          (example: [sqlite3_data_count()]) do not
+**          change the error code or message returned by
+**          [sqlite3_errcode()], [sqlite3_errmsg()], or [sqlite3_errmsg16()].
+**
+** {H12809} Interfaces that are not associated with a specific
+**          [database connection] (examples:
+**          [sqlite3_mprintf()] or [sqlite3_enable_shared_cache()]
+**          do not change the values returned by
+**          [sqlite3_errcode()], [sqlite3_errmsg()], or [sqlite3_errmsg16()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_errcode(sqlite3 *db);
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: SQL Statement Object {H13000} <H13010>
+** KEYWORDS: {prepared statement} {prepared statements}
+**
+** An instance of this object represents a single SQL statement.
+** This object is variously known as a "prepared statement" or a
+** "compiled SQL statement" or simply as a "statement".
+**
+** The life of a statement object goes something like this:
+**
+** <ol>
+** <li> Create the object using [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or a related
+**      function.
+** <li> Bind values to [host parameters] using the sqlite3_bind_*()
+**      interfaces.
+** <li> Run the SQL by calling [sqlite3_step()] one or more times.
+** <li> Reset the statement using [sqlite3_reset()] then go back
+**      to step 2.  Do this zero or more times.
+** <li> Destroy the object using [sqlite3_finalize()].
+** </ol>
+**
+** Refer to documentation on individual methods above for additional
+** information.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_stmt sqlite3_stmt;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Run-time Limits {H12760} <S20600>
+**
+** This interface allows the size of various constructs to be limited
+** on a connection by connection basis.  The first parameter is the
+** [database connection] whose limit is to be set or queried.  The
+** second parameter is one of the [limit categories] that define a
+** class of constructs to be size limited.  The third parameter is the
+** new limit for that construct.  The function returns the old limit.
+**
+** If the new limit is a negative number, the limit is unchanged.
+** For the limit category of SQLITE_LIMIT_XYZ there is a hard upper
+** bound set by a compile-time C preprocessor macro named SQLITE_MAX_XYZ.
+** (The "_LIMIT_" in the name is changed to "_MAX_".)
+** Attempts to increase a limit above its hard upper bound are
+** silently truncated to the hard upper limit.
+**
+** Run time limits are intended for use in applications that manage
+** both their own internal database and also databases that are controlled
+** by untrusted external sources.  An example application might be a
+** webbrowser that has its own databases for storing history and
+** separate databases controlled by JavaScript applications downloaded
+** off the Internet.  The internal databases can be given the
+** large, default limits.  Databases managed by external sources can
+** be given much smaller limits designed to prevent a denial of service
+** attack.  Developers might also want to use the [sqlite3_set_authorizer()]
+** interface to further control untrusted SQL.  The size of the database
+** created by an untrusted script can be contained using the
+** [max_page_count] [PRAGMA].
+**
+** New run-time limit categories may be added in future releases.
+**
+** INVARIANTS:
+**
+** {H12762} A successful call to [sqlite3_limit(D,C,V)] where V is
+**          positive changes the limit on the size of construct C in the
+**          [database connection] D to the lesser of V and the hard upper
+**          bound on the size of C that is set at compile-time.
+**
+** {H12766} A successful call to [sqlite3_limit(D,C,V)] where V is negative
+**          leaves the state of the [database connection] D unchanged.
+**
+** {H12769} A successful call to [sqlite3_limit(D,C,V)] returns the
+**          value of the limit on the size of construct C in the
+**          [database connection] D as it was prior to the call.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Limit Categories {H12790} <H12760>
+** KEYWORDS: {limit category} {limit categories}
+**
+** These constants define various aspects of a [database connection]
+** that can be limited in size by calls to [sqlite3_limit()].
+** The meanings of the various limits are as follows:
+**
+** <dl>
+** <dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum size of any string or BLOB or table row.<dd>
+**
+** <dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum length of an SQL statement.</dd>
+**
+** <dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum number of columns in a table definition or in the
+** result set of a SELECT or the maximum number of columns in an index
+** or in an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause.</dd>
+**
+** <dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum depth of the parse tree on any expression.</dd>
+**
+** <dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum number of terms in a compound SELECT statement.</dd>
+**
+** <dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum number of instructions in a virtual machine program
+** used to implement an SQL statement.</dd>
+**
+** <dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum number of arguments on a function.</dd>
+**
+** <dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum number of attached databases.</dd>
+**
+** <dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum length of the pattern argument to the LIKE or
+** GLOB operators.</dd>
+**
+** <dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum number of variables in an SQL statement that can
+** be bound.</dd>
+** </dl>
+*/
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH                    0
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH                1
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN                    2
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH                3
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT           4
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP                   5
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG              6
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED                  7
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH       8
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER           9
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Compiling An SQL Statement {H13010} <S10000>
+** KEYWORDS: {SQL statement compiler}
+**
+** To execute an SQL query, it must first be compiled into a byte-code
+** program using one of these routines.
+**
+** The first argument, "db", is a [database connection] obtained from a
+** prior call to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()] or [sqlite3_open16()].
+**
+** The second argument, "zSql", is the statement to be compiled, encoded
+** as either UTF-8 or UTF-16.  The sqlite3_prepare() and sqlite3_prepare_v2()
+** interfaces use UTF-8, and sqlite3_prepare16() and sqlite3_prepare16_v2()
+** use UTF-16.
+**
+** If the nByte argument is less than zero, then zSql is read up to the
+** first zero terminator. If nByte is non-negative, then it is the maximum
+** number of  bytes read from zSql.  When nByte is non-negative, the
+** zSql string ends at either the first '\000' or '\u0000' character or
+** the nByte-th byte, whichever comes first. If the caller knows
+** that the supplied string is nul-terminated, then there is a small
+** performance advantage to be gained by passing an nByte parameter that
+** is equal to the number of bytes in the input string <i>including</i>
+** the nul-terminator bytes.
+**
+** *pzTail is made to point to the first byte past the end of the
+** first SQL statement in zSql.  These routines only compile the first
+** statement in zSql, so *pzTail is left pointing to what remains
+** uncompiled.
+**
+** *ppStmt is left pointing to a compiled [prepared statement] that can be
+** executed using [sqlite3_step()].  If there is an error, *ppStmt is set
+** to NULL.  If the input text contains no SQL (if the input is an empty
+** string or a comment) then *ppStmt is set to NULL.
+** {A13018} The calling procedure is responsible for deleting the compiled
+** SQL statement using [sqlite3_finalize()] after it has finished with it.
+**
+** On success, [SQLITE_OK] is returned, otherwise an [error code] is returned.
+**
+** The sqlite3_prepare_v2() and sqlite3_prepare16_v2() interfaces are
+** recommended for all new programs. The two older interfaces are retained
+** for backwards compatibility, but their use is discouraged.
+** In the "v2" interfaces, the prepared statement
+** that is returned (the [sqlite3_stmt] object) contains a copy of the
+** original SQL text. This causes the [sqlite3_step()] interface to
+** behave a differently in two ways:
+**
+** <ol>
+** <li>
+** If the database schema changes, instead of returning [SQLITE_SCHEMA] as it
+** always used to do, [sqlite3_step()] will automatically recompile the SQL
+** statement and try to run it again.  If the schema has changed in
+** a way that makes the statement no longer valid, [sqlite3_step()] will still
+** return [SQLITE_SCHEMA].  But unlike the legacy behavior, [SQLITE_SCHEMA] is
+** now a fatal error.  Calling [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] again will not make the
+** error go away.  Note: use [sqlite3_errmsg()] to find the text
+** of the parsing error that results in an [SQLITE_SCHEMA] return.
+** </li>
+**
+** <li>
+** When an error occurs, [sqlite3_step()] will return one of the detailed
+** [error codes] or [extended error codes].  The legacy behavior was that
+** [sqlite3_step()] would only return a generic [SQLITE_ERROR] result code
+** and you would have to make a second call to [sqlite3_reset()] in order
+** to find the underlying cause of the problem. With the "v2" prepare
+** interfaces, the underlying reason for the error is returned immediately.
+** </li>
+** </ol>
+**
+** INVARIANTS:
+**
+** {H13011} The [sqlite3_prepare(db,zSql,...)] and
+**          [sqlite3_prepare_v2(db,zSql,...)] interfaces interpret the
+**          text in their zSql parameter as UTF-8.
+**
+** {H13012} The [sqlite3_prepare16(db,zSql,...)] and
+**          [sqlite3_prepare16_v2(db,zSql,...)] interfaces interpret the
+**          text in their zSql parameter as UTF-16 in the native byte order.
+**
+** {H13013} If the nByte argument to [sqlite3_prepare_v2(db,zSql,nByte,...)]
+**          and its variants is less than zero, the SQL text is
+**          read from zSql is read up to the first zero terminator.
+**
+** {H13014} If the nByte argument to [sqlite3_prepare_v2(db,zSql,nByte,...)]
+**          and its variants is non-negative, then at most nBytes bytes of
+**          SQL text is read from zSql.
+**
+** {H13015} In [sqlite3_prepare_v2(db,zSql,N,P,pzTail)] and its variants
+**          if the zSql input text contains more than one SQL statement
+**          and pzTail is not NULL, then *pzTail is made to point to the
+**          first byte past the end of the first SQL statement in zSql.
+**          <todo>What does *pzTail point to if there is one statement?</todo>
+**
+** {H13016} A successful call to [sqlite3_prepare_v2(db,zSql,N,ppStmt,...)]
+**          or one of its variants writes into *ppStmt a pointer to a new
+**          [prepared statement] or a pointer to NULL if zSql contains
+**          nothing other than whitespace or comments.
+**
+** {H13019} The [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] interface and its variants return
+**          [SQLITE_OK] or an appropriate [error code] upon failure.
+**
+** {H13021} Before [sqlite3_prepare(db,zSql,nByte,ppStmt,pzTail)] or its
+**          variants returns an error (any value other than [SQLITE_OK]),
+**          they first set *ppStmt to NULL.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare(
+  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
+  const char *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */
+  int nByte,              /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
+  const char **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare_v2(
+  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
+  const char *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */
+  int nByte,              /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
+  const char **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16(
+  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
+  const void *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-16 encoded */
+  int nByte,              /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
+  const void **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16_v2(
+  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
+  const void *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-16 encoded */
+  int nByte,              /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
+  const void **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPIREF: Retrieving Statement SQL {H13100} <H13000>
+**
+** This interface can be used to retrieve a saved copy of the original
+** SQL text used to create a [prepared statement] if that statement was
+** compiled using either [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()].
+**
+** INVARIANTS:
+**
+** {H13101} If the [prepared statement] passed as the argument to
+**          [sqlite3_sql()] was compiled using either [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or
+**          [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()], then [sqlite3_sql()] returns
+**          a pointer to a zero-terminated string containing a UTF-8 rendering
+**          of the original SQL statement.
+**
+** {H13102} If the [prepared statement] passed as the argument to
+**          [sqlite3_sql()] was compiled using either [sqlite3_prepare()] or
+**          [sqlite3_prepare16()], then [sqlite3_sql()] returns a NULL pointer.
+**
+** {H13103} The string returned by [sqlite3_sql(S)] is valid until the
+**          [prepared statement] S is deleted using [sqlite3_finalize(S)].
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Dynamically Typed Value Object {H15000} <S20200>
+** KEYWORDS: {protected sqlite3_value} {unprotected sqlite3_value}
+**
+** SQLite uses the sqlite3_value object to represent all values
+** that can be stored in a database table. SQLite uses dynamic typing
+** for the values it stores. Values stored in sqlite3_value objects
+** can be integers, floating point values, strings, BLOBs, or NULL.
+**
+** An sqlite3_value object may be either "protected" or "unprotected".
+** Some interfaces require a protected sqlite3_value.  Other interfaces
+** will accept either a protected or an unprotected sqlite3_value.
+** Every interface that accepts sqlite3_value arguments specifies
+** whether or not it requires a protected sqlite3_value.
+**
+** The terms "protected" and "unprotected" refer to whether or not
+** a mutex is held.  A internal mutex is held for a protected
+** sqlite3_value object but no mutex is held for an unprotected
+** sqlite3_value object.  If SQLite is compiled to be single-threaded
+** (with [SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] and with [sqlite3_threadsafe()] returning 0)
+** or if SQLite is run in one of reduced mutex modes 
+** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD]
+** then there is no distinction between protected and unprotected
+** sqlite3_value objects and they can be used interchangeably.  However,
+** for maximum code portability it is recommended that applications
+** still make the distinction between between protected and unprotected
+** sqlite3_value objects even when not strictly required.
+**
+** The sqlite3_value objects that are passed as parameters into the
+** implementation of [application-defined SQL functions] are protected.
+** The sqlite3_value object returned by
+** [sqlite3_column_value()] is unprotected.
+** Unprotected sqlite3_value objects may only be used with
+** [sqlite3_result_value()] and [sqlite3_bind_value()].
+** The [sqlite3_value_blob | sqlite3_value_type()] family of
+** interfaces require protected sqlite3_value objects.
+*/
+typedef struct Mem sqlite3_value;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: SQL Function Context Object {H16001} <S20200>
+**
+** The context in which an SQL function executes is stored in an
+** sqlite3_context object.  A pointer to an sqlite3_context object
+** is always first parameter to [application-defined SQL functions].
+** The application-defined SQL function implementation will pass this
+** pointer through into calls to [sqlite3_result_int | sqlite3_result()],
+** [sqlite3_aggregate_context()], [sqlite3_user_data()],
+** [sqlite3_context_db_handle()], [sqlite3_get_auxdata()],
+** and/or [sqlite3_set_auxdata()].
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Binding Values To Prepared Statements {H13500} <S70300>
+** KEYWORDS: {host parameter} {host parameters} {host parameter name}
+** KEYWORDS: {SQL parameter} {SQL parameters} {parameter binding}
+**
+** In the SQL strings input to [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and its variants,
+** literals may be replaced by a parameter in one of these forms:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li>  ?
+** <li>  ?NNN
+** <li>  :VVV
+** <li>  @VVV
+** <li>  $VVV
+** </ul>
+**
+** In the parameter forms shown above NNN is an integer literal,
+** and VVV is an alpha-numeric parameter name. The values of these
+** parameters (also called "host parameter names" or "SQL parameters")
+** can be set using the sqlite3_bind_*() routines defined here.
+**
+** The first argument to the sqlite3_bind_*() routines is always
+** a pointer to the [sqlite3_stmt] object returned from
+** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or its variants.
+**
+** The second argument is the index of the SQL parameter to be set.
+** The leftmost SQL parameter has an index of 1.  When the same named
+** SQL parameter is used more than once, second and subsequent
+** occurrences have the same index as the first occurrence.
+** The index for named parameters can be looked up using the
+** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()] API if desired.  The index
+** for "?NNN" parameters is the value of NNN.
+** The NNN value must be between 1 and the [sqlite3_limit()]
+** parameter [SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] (default value: 999).
+**
+** The third argument is the value to bind to the parameter.
+**
+** In those routines that have a fourth argument, its value is the
+** number of bytes in the parameter.  To be clear: the value is the
+** number of <u>bytes</u> in the value, not the number of characters.
+** If the fourth parameter is negative, the length of the string is
+** the number of bytes up to the first zero terminator.
+**
+** The fifth argument to sqlite3_bind_blob(), sqlite3_bind_text(), and
+** sqlite3_bind_text16() is a destructor used to dispose of the BLOB or
+** string after SQLite has finished with it. If the fifth argument is
+** the special value [SQLITE_STATIC], then SQLite assumes that the
+** information is in static, unmanaged space and does not need to be freed.
+** If the fifth argument has the value [SQLITE_TRANSIENT], then
+** SQLite makes its own private copy of the data immediately, before
+** the sqlite3_bind_*() routine returns.
+**
+** The sqlite3_bind_zeroblob() routine binds a BLOB of length N that
+** is filled with zeroes.  A zeroblob uses a fixed amount of memory
+** (just an integer to hold its size) while it is being processed.
+** Zeroblobs are intended to serve as placeholders for BLOBs whose
+** content is later written using
+** [sqlite3_blob_open | incremental BLOB I/O] routines.
+** A negative value for the zeroblob results in a zero-length BLOB.
+**
+** The sqlite3_bind_*() routines must be called after
+** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] (and its variants) or [sqlite3_reset()] and
+** before [sqlite3_step()].
+** Bindings are not cleared by the [sqlite3_reset()] routine.
+** Unbound parameters are interpreted as NULL.
+**
+** These routines return [SQLITE_OK] on success or an error code if
+** anything goes wrong.  [SQLITE_RANGE] is returned if the parameter
+** index is out of range.  [SQLITE_NOMEM] is returned if malloc() fails.
+** [SQLITE_MISUSE] might be returned if these routines are called on a
+** virtual machine that is the wrong state or which has already been finalized.
+** Detection of misuse is unreliable.  Applications should not depend
+** on SQLITE_MISUSE returns.  SQLITE_MISUSE is intended to indicate a
+** a logic error in the application.  Future versions of SQLite might
+** panic rather than return SQLITE_MISUSE.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()],
+** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()], and [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
+**
+** INVARIANTS:
+**
+** {H13506} The [SQL statement compiler] recognizes tokens of the forms
+**          "?", "?NNN", "$VVV", ":VVV", and "@VVV" as SQL parameters,
+**          where NNN is any sequence of one or more digits
+**          and where VVV is any sequence of one or more alphanumeric
+**          characters or "::" optionally followed by a string containing
+**          no spaces and contained within parentheses.
+**
+** {H13509} The initial value of an SQL parameter is NULL.
+**
+** {H13512} The index of an "?" SQL parameter is one larger than the
+**          largest index of SQL parameter to the left, or 1 if
+**          the "?" is the leftmost SQL parameter.
+**
+** {H13515} The index of an "?NNN" SQL parameter is the integer NNN.
+**
+** {H13518} The index of an ":VVV", "$VVV", or "@VVV" SQL parameter is
+**          the same as the index of leftmost occurrences of the same
+**          parameter, or one more than the largest index over all
+**          parameters to the left if this is the first occurrence
+**          of this parameter, or 1 if this is the leftmost parameter.
+**
+** {H13521} The [SQL statement compiler] fails with an [SQLITE_RANGE]
+**          error if the index of an SQL parameter is less than 1
+**          or greater than the compile-time SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER
+**          parameter.
+**
+** {H13524} Calls to [sqlite3_bind_text | sqlite3_bind(S,N,V,...)]
+**          associate the value V with all SQL parameters having an
+**          index of N in the [prepared statement] S.
+**
+** {H13527} Calls to [sqlite3_bind_text | sqlite3_bind(S,N,...)]
+**          override prior calls with the same values of S and N.
+**
+** {H13530} Bindings established by [sqlite3_bind_text | sqlite3_bind(S,...)]
+**          persist across calls to [sqlite3_reset(S)].
+**
+** {H13533} In calls to [sqlite3_bind_blob(S,N,V,L,D)],
+**          [sqlite3_bind_text(S,N,V,L,D)], or
+**          [sqlite3_bind_text16(S,N,V,L,D)] SQLite binds the first L
+**          bytes of the BLOB or string pointed to by V, when L
+**          is non-negative.
+**
+** {H13536} In calls to [sqlite3_bind_text(S,N,V,L,D)] or
+**          [sqlite3_bind_text16(S,N,V,L,D)] SQLite binds characters
+**          from V through the first zero character when L is negative.
+**
+** {H13539} In calls to [sqlite3_bind_blob(S,N,V,L,D)],
+**          [sqlite3_bind_text(S,N,V,L,D)], or
+**          [sqlite3_bind_text16(S,N,V,L,D)] when D is the special
+**          constant [SQLITE_STATIC], SQLite assumes that the value V
+**          is held in static unmanaged space that will not change
+**          during the lifetime of the binding.
+**
+** {H13542} In calls to [sqlite3_bind_blob(S,N,V,L,D)],
+**          [sqlite3_bind_text(S,N,V,L,D)], or
+**          [sqlite3_bind_text16(S,N,V,L,D)] when D is the special
+**          constant [SQLITE_TRANSIENT], the routine makes a
+**          private copy of the value V before it returns.
+**
+** {H13545} In calls to [sqlite3_bind_blob(S,N,V,L,D)],
+**          [sqlite3_bind_text(S,N,V,L,D)], or
+**          [sqlite3_bind_text16(S,N,V,L,D)] when D is a pointer to
+**          a function, SQLite invokes that function to destroy the
+**          value V after it has finished using the value V.
+**
+** {H13548} In calls to [sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(S,N,V,L)] the value bound
+**          is a BLOB of L bytes, or a zero-length BLOB if L is negative.
+**
+** {H13551} In calls to [sqlite3_bind_value(S,N,V)] the V argument may
+**          be either a [protected sqlite3_value] object or an
+**          [unprotected sqlite3_value] object.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int n, void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int, double);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, sqlite3_int64);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_null(sqlite3_stmt*, int);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const char*, int n, void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int n);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Number Of SQL Parameters {H13600} <S70300>
+**
+** This routine can be used to find the number of [SQL parameters]
+** in a [prepared statement].  SQL parameters are tokens of the
+** form "?", "?NNN", ":AAA", "$AAA", or "@AAA" that serve as
+** placeholders for values that are [sqlite3_bind_blob | bound]
+** to the parameters at a later time.
+**
+** This routine actually returns the index of the largest (rightmost)
+** parameter. For all forms except ?NNN, this will correspond to the
+** number of unique parameters.  If parameters of the ?NNN are used,
+** there may be gaps in the list.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()],
+** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()], and
+** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
+**
+** INVARIANTS:
+**
+** {H13601} The [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(S)] interface returns
+**          the largest index of all SQL parameters in the
+**          [prepared statement] S, or 0 if S contains no SQL parameters.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(sqlite3_stmt*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Name Of A Host Parameter {H13620} <S70300>
+**
+** This routine returns a pointer to the name of the n-th
+** [SQL parameter] in a [prepared statement].
+** SQL parameters of the form "?NNN" or ":AAA" or "@AAA" or "$AAA"
+** have a name which is the string "?NNN" or ":AAA" or "@AAA" or "$AAA"
+** respectively.
+** In other words, the initial ":" or "$" or "@" or "?"
+** is included as part of the name.
+** Parameters of the form "?" without a following integer have no name
+** and are also referred to as "anonymous parameters".
+**
+** The first host parameter has an index of 1, not 0.
+**
+** If the value n is out of range or if the n-th parameter is
+** nameless, then NULL is returned.  The returned string is
+** always in UTF-8 encoding even if the named parameter was
+** originally specified as UTF-16 in [sqlite3_prepare16()] or
+** [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()].
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()],
+** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], and
+** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
+**
+** INVARIANTS:
+**
+** {H13621} The [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(S,N)] interface returns
+**          a UTF-8 rendering of the name of the SQL parameter in
+**          the [prepared statement] S having index N, or
+**          NULL if there is no SQL parameter with index N or if the
+**          parameter with index N is an anonymous parameter "?".
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Index Of A Parameter With A Given Name {H13640} <S70300>
+**
+** Return the index of an SQL parameter given its name.  The
+** index value returned is suitable for use as the second
+** parameter to [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()].  A zero
+** is returned if no matching parameter is found.  The parameter
+** name must be given in UTF-8 even if the original statement
+** was prepared from UTF-16 text using [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()].
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()],
+** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], and
+** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
+**
+** INVARIANTS:
+**
+** {H13641} The [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(S,N)] interface returns
+**          the index of SQL parameter in the [prepared statement]
+**          S whose name matches the UTF-8 string N, or 0 if there is
+**          no match.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(sqlite3_stmt*, const char *zName);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Reset All Bindings On A Prepared Statement {H13660} <S70300>
+**
+** Contrary to the intuition of many, [sqlite3_reset()] does not reset
+** the [sqlite3_bind_blob | bindings] on a [prepared statement].
+** Use this routine to reset all host parameters to NULL.
+**
+** INVARIANTS:
+**
+** {H13661} The [sqlite3_clear_bindings(S)] interface resets all SQL
+**          parameter bindings in the [prepared statement] S back to NULL.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_clear_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Number Of Columns In A Result Set {H13710} <S10700>
+**
+** Return the number of columns in the result set returned by the
+** [prepared statement]. This routine returns 0 if pStmt is an SQL
+** statement that does not return data (for example an [UPDATE]).
+**
+** INVARIANTS:
+**
+** {H13711} The [sqlite3_column_count(S)] interface returns the number of
+**          columns in the result set generated by the [prepared statement] S,
+**          or 0 if S does not generate a result set.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Column Names In A Result Set {H13720} <S10700>
+**
+** These routines return the name assigned to a particular column
+** in the result set of a [SELECT] statement.  The sqlite3_column_name()
+** interface returns a pointer to a zero-terminated UTF-8 string
+** and sqlite3_column_name16() returns a pointer to a zero-terminated
+** UTF-16 string.  The first parameter is the [prepared statement]
+** that implements the [SELECT] statement. The second parameter is the
+** column number.  The leftmost column is number 0.
+**
+** The returned string pointer is valid until either the [prepared statement]
+** is destroyed by [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the next call to
+** sqlite3_column_name() or sqlite3_column_name16() on the same column.
+**
+** If sqlite3_malloc() fails during the processing of either routine
+** (for example during a conversion from UTF-8 to UTF-16) then a
+** NULL pointer is returned.
+**
+** The name of a result column is the value of the "AS" clause for
+** that column, if there is an AS clause.  If there is no AS clause
+** then the name of the column is unspecified and may change from
+** one release of SQLite to the next.
+**
+** INVARIANTS:
+**
+** {H13721} A successful invocation of the [sqlite3_column_name(S,N)]
+**          interface returns the name of the Nth column (where 0 is
+**          the leftmost column) for the result set of the
+**          [prepared statement] S as a zero-terminated UTF-8 string.
+**
+** {H13723} A successful invocation of the [sqlite3_column_name16(S,N)]
+**          interface returns the name of the Nth column (where 0 is
+**          the leftmost column) for the result set of the
+**          [prepared statement] S as a zero-terminated UTF-16 string
+**          in the native byte order.
+**
+** {H13724} The [sqlite3_column_name()] and [sqlite3_column_name16()]
+**          interfaces return a NULL pointer if they are unable to
+**          allocate memory to hold their normal return strings.
+**
+** {H13725} If the N parameter to [sqlite3_column_name(S,N)] or
+**          [sqlite3_column_name16(S,N)] is out of range, then the
+**          interfaces return a NULL pointer.
+**
+** {H13726} The strings returned by [sqlite3_column_name(S,N)] and
+**          [sqlite3_column_name16(S,N)] are valid until the next
+**          call to either routine with the same S and N parameters
+**          or until [sqlite3_finalize(S)] is called.
+**
+** {H13727} When a result column of a [SELECT] statement contains
+**          an AS clause, the name of that column is the identifier
+**          to the right of the AS keyword.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int N);
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_name16(sqlite3_stmt*, int N);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Source Of Data In A Query Result {H13740} <S10700>
+**
+** These routines provide a means to determine what column of what
+** table in which database a result of a [SELECT] statement comes from.
+** The name of the database or table or column can be returned as
+** either a UTF-8 or UTF-16 string.  The _database_ routines return
+** the database name, the _table_ routines return the table name, and
+** the origin_ routines return the column name.
+** The returned string is valid until the [prepared statement] is destroyed
+** using [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the same information is requested
+** again in a different encoding.
+**
+** The names returned are the original un-aliased names of the
+** database, table, and column.
+**
+** The first argument to the following calls is a [prepared statement].
+** These functions return information about the Nth column returned by
+** the statement, where N is the second function argument.
+**
+** If the Nth column returned by the statement is an expression or
+** subquery and is not a column value, then all of these functions return
+** NULL.  These routine might also return NULL if a memory allocation error
+** occurs.  Otherwise, they return the name of the attached database, table
+** and column that query result column was extracted from.
+**
+** As with all other SQLite APIs, those postfixed with "16" return
+** UTF-16 encoded strings, the other functions return UTF-8. {END}
+**
+** These APIs are only available if the library was compiled with the
+** [SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA] C-preprocessor symbol defined.
+**
+** {A13751}
+** If two or more threads call one or more of these routines against the same
+** prepared statement and column at the same time then the results are
+** undefined.
+**
+** INVARIANTS:
+**
+** {H13741} The [sqlite3_column_database_name(S,N)] interface returns either
+**          the UTF-8 zero-terminated name of the database from which the
+**          Nth result column of the [prepared statement] S is extracted,
+**          or NULL if the Nth column of S is a general expression
+**          or if unable to allocate memory to store the name.
+**
+** {H13742} The [sqlite3_column_database_name16(S,N)] interface returns either
+**          the UTF-16 native byte order zero-terminated name of the database
+**          from which the Nth result column of the [prepared statement] S is
+**          extracted, or NULL if the Nth column of S is a general expression
+**          or if unable to allocate memory to store the name.
+**
+** {H13743} The [sqlite3_column_table_name(S,N)] interface returns either
+**          the UTF-8 zero-terminated name of the table from which the
+**          Nth result column of the [prepared statement] S is extracted,
+**          or NULL if the Nth column of S is a general expression
+**          or if unable to allocate memory to store the name.
+**
+** {H13744} The [sqlite3_column_table_name16(S,N)] interface returns either
+**          the UTF-16 native byte order zero-terminated name of the table
+**          from which the Nth result column of the [prepared statement] S is
+**          extracted, or NULL if the Nth column of S is a general expression
+**          or if unable to allocate memory to store the name.
+**
+** {H13745} The [sqlite3_column_origin_name(S,N)] interface returns either
+**          the UTF-8 zero-terminated name of the table column from which the
+**          Nth result column of the [prepared statement] S is extracted,
+**          or NULL if the Nth column of S is a general expression
+**          or if unable to allocate memory to store the name.
+**
+** {H13746} The [sqlite3_column_origin_name16(S,N)] interface returns either
+**          the UTF-16 native byte order zero-terminated name of the table
+**          column from which the Nth result column of the
+**          [prepared statement] S is extracted, or NULL if the Nth column
+**          of S is a general expression or if unable to allocate memory
+**          to store the name.
+**
+** {H13748} The return values from
+**          [sqlite3_column_database_name | column metadata interfaces]
+**          are valid for the lifetime of the [prepared statement]
+**          or until the encoding is changed by another metadata
+**          interface call for the same prepared statement and column.
+**
+** ASSUMPTIONS:
+**
+** {A13751} If two or more threads call one or more
+**          [sqlite3_column_database_name | column metadata interfaces]
+**          for the same [prepared statement] and result column
+**          at the same time then the results are undefined.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_database_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_database_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_table_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_table_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_origin_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_origin_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Declared Datatype Of A Query Result {H13760} <S10700>
+**
+** The first parameter is a [prepared statement].
+** If this statement is a [SELECT] statement and the Nth column of the
+** returned result set of that [SELECT] is a table column (not an
+** expression or subquery) then the declared type of the table
+** column is returned.  If the Nth column of the result set is an
+** expression or subquery, then a NULL pointer is returned.
+** The returned string is always UTF-8 encoded. {END}
+**
+** For example, given the database schema:
+**
+** CREATE TABLE t1(c1 VARIANT);
+**
+** and the following statement to be compiled:
+**
+** SELECT c1 + 1, c1 FROM t1;
+**
+** this routine would return the string "VARIANT" for the second result
+** column (i==1), and a NULL pointer for the first result column (i==0).
+**
+** SQLite uses dynamic run-time typing.  So just because a column
+** is declared to contain a particular type does not mean that the
+** data stored in that column is of the declared type.  SQLite is
+** strongly typed, but the typing is dynamic not static.  Type
+** is associated with individual values, not with the containers
+** used to hold those values.
+**
+** INVARIANTS:
+**
+** {H13761}  A successful call to [sqlite3_column_decltype(S,N)] returns a
+**           zero-terminated UTF-8 string containing the declared datatype
+**           of the table column that appears as the Nth column (numbered
+**           from 0) of the result set to the [prepared statement] S.
+**
+** {H13762}  A successful call to [sqlite3_column_decltype16(S,N)]
+**           returns a zero-terminated UTF-16 native byte order string
+**           containing the declared datatype of the table column that appears
+**           as the Nth column (numbered from 0) of the result set to the
+**           [prepared statement] S.
+**
+** {H13763}  If N is less than 0 or N is greater than or equal to
+**           the number of columns in the [prepared statement] S,
+**           or if the Nth column of S is an expression or subquery rather
+**           than a table column, or if a memory allocation failure
+**           occurs during encoding conversions, then
+**           calls to [sqlite3_column_decltype(S,N)] or
+**           [sqlite3_column_decltype16(S,N)] return NULL.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_decltype(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Evaluate An SQL Statement {H13200} <S10000>
+**
+** After a [prepared statement] has been prepared using either
+** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or one of the legacy
+** interfaces [sqlite3_prepare()] or [sqlite3_prepare16()], this function
+** must be called one or more times to evaluate the statement.
+**
+** The details of the behavior of the sqlite3_step() interface depend
+** on whether the statement was prepared using the newer "v2" interface
+** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or the older legacy
+** interface [sqlite3_prepare()] and [sqlite3_prepare16()].  The use of the
+** new "v2" interface is recommended for new applications but the legacy
+** interface will continue to be supported.
+**
+** In the legacy interface, the return value will be either [SQLITE_BUSY],
+** [SQLITE_DONE], [SQLITE_ROW], [SQLITE_ERROR], or [SQLITE_MISUSE].
+** With the "v2" interface, any of the other [result codes] or
+** [extended result codes] might be returned as well.
+**
+** [SQLITE_BUSY] means that the database engine was unable to acquire the
+** database locks it needs to do its job.  If the statement is a [COMMIT]
+** or occurs outside of an explicit transaction, then you can retry the
+** statement.  If the statement is not a [COMMIT] and occurs within a
+** explicit transaction then you should rollback the transaction before
+** continuing.
+**
+** [SQLITE_DONE] means that the statement has finished executing
+** successfully.  sqlite3_step() should not be called again on this virtual
+** machine without first calling [sqlite3_reset()] to reset the virtual
+** machine back to its initial state.
+**
+** If the SQL statement being executed returns any data, then [SQLITE_ROW]
+** is returned each time a new row of data is ready for processing by the
+** caller. The values may be accessed using the [column access functions].
+** sqlite3_step() is called again to retrieve the next row of data.
+**
+** [SQLITE_ERROR] means that a run-time error (such as a constraint
+** violation) has occurred.  sqlite3_step() should not be called again on
+** the VM. More information may be found by calling [sqlite3_errmsg()].
+** With the legacy interface, a more specific error code (for example,
+** [SQLITE_INTERRUPT], [SQLITE_SCHEMA], [SQLITE_CORRUPT], and so forth)
+** can be obtained by calling [sqlite3_reset()] on the
+** [prepared statement].  In the "v2" interface,
+** the more specific error code is returned directly by sqlite3_step().
+**
+** [SQLITE_MISUSE] means that the this routine was called inappropriately.
+** Perhaps it was called on a [prepared statement] that has
+** already been [sqlite3_finalize | finalized] or on one that had
+** previously returned [SQLITE_ERROR] or [SQLITE_DONE].  Or it could
+** be the case that the same database connection is being used by two or
+** more threads at the same moment in time.
+**
+** <b>Goofy Interface Alert:</b> In the legacy interface, the sqlite3_step()
+** API always returns a generic error code, [SQLITE_ERROR], following any
+** error other than [SQLITE_BUSY] and [SQLITE_MISUSE].  You must call
+** [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()] in order to find one of the
+** specific [error codes] that better describes the error.
+** We admit that this is a goofy design.  The problem has been fixed
+** with the "v2" interface.  If you prepare all of your SQL statements
+** using either [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] instead
+** of the legacy [sqlite3_prepare()] and [sqlite3_prepare16()] interfaces,
+** then the more specific [error codes] are returned directly
+** by sqlite3_step().  The use of the "v2" interface is recommended.
+**
+** INVARIANTS:
+**
+** {H13202}  If the [prepared statement] S is ready to be run, then
+**           [sqlite3_step(S)] advances that prepared statement until
+**           completion or until it is ready to return another row of the
+**           result set, or until an [sqlite3_interrupt | interrupt]
+**           or a run-time error occurs.
+**
+** {H15304}  When a call to [sqlite3_step(S)] causes the [prepared statement]
+**           S to run to completion, the function returns [SQLITE_DONE].
+**
+** {H15306}  When a call to [sqlite3_step(S)] stops because it is ready to
+**           return another row of the result set, it returns [SQLITE_ROW].
+**
+** {H15308}  If a call to [sqlite3_step(S)] encounters an
+**           [sqlite3_interrupt | interrupt] or a run-time error,
+**           it returns an appropriate error code that is not one of
+**           [SQLITE_OK], [SQLITE_ROW], or [SQLITE_DONE].
+**
+** {H15310}  If an [sqlite3_interrupt | interrupt] or a run-time error
+**           occurs during a call to [sqlite3_step(S)]
+**           for a [prepared statement] S created using
+**           legacy interfaces [sqlite3_prepare()] or
+**           [sqlite3_prepare16()], then the function returns either
+**           [SQLITE_ERROR], [SQLITE_BUSY], or [SQLITE_MISUSE].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Number of columns in a result set {H13770} <S10700>
+**
+** Returns the number of values in the current row of the result set.
+**
+** INVARIANTS:
+**
+** {H13771}  After a call to [sqlite3_step(S)] that returns [SQLITE_ROW],
+**           the [sqlite3_data_count(S)] routine will return the same value
+**           as the [sqlite3_column_count(S)] function.
+**
+** {H13772}  After [sqlite3_step(S)] has returned any value other than
+**           [SQLITE_ROW] or before [sqlite3_step(S)] has been called on the
+**           [prepared statement] for the first time since it was
+**           [sqlite3_prepare | prepared] or [sqlite3_reset | reset],
+**           the [sqlite3_data_count(S)] routine returns zero.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Fundamental Datatypes {H10265} <S10110><S10120>
+** KEYWORDS: SQLITE_TEXT
+**
+** {H10266} Every value in SQLite has one of five fundamental datatypes:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li> 64-bit signed integer
+** <li> 64-bit IEEE floating point number
+** <li> string
+** <li> BLOB
+** <li> NULL
+** </ul> {END}
+**
+** These constants are codes for each of those types.
+**
+** Note that the SQLITE_TEXT constant was also used in SQLite version 2
+** for a completely different meaning.  Software that links against both
+** SQLite version 2 and SQLite version 3 should use SQLITE3_TEXT, not
+** SQLITE_TEXT.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_INTEGER  1
+#define SQLITE_FLOAT    2
+#define SQLITE_BLOB     4
+#define SQLITE_NULL     5
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEXT
+# undef SQLITE_TEXT
+#else
+# define SQLITE_TEXT     3
+#endif
+#define SQLITE3_TEXT     3
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Result Values From A Query {H13800} <S10700>
+** KEYWORDS: {column access functions}
+**
+** These routines form the "result set query" interface.
+**
+** These routines return information about a single column of the current
+** result row of a query.  In every case the first argument is a pointer
+** to the [prepared statement] that is being evaluated (the [sqlite3_stmt*]
+** that was returned from [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or one of its variants)
+** and the second argument is the index of the column for which information
+** should be returned.  The leftmost column of the result set has the index 0.
+**
+** If the SQL statement does not currently point to a valid row, or if the
+** column index is out of range, the result is undefined.
+** These routines may only be called when the most recent call to
+** [sqlite3_step()] has returned [SQLITE_ROW] and neither
+** [sqlite3_reset()] nor [sqlite3_finalize()] have been called subsequently.
+** If any of these routines are called after [sqlite3_reset()] or
+** [sqlite3_finalize()] or after [sqlite3_step()] has returned
+** something other than [SQLITE_ROW], the results are undefined.
+** If [sqlite3_step()] or [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()]
+** are called from a different thread while any of these routines
+** are pending, then the results are undefined.
+**
+** The sqlite3_column_type() routine returns the
+** [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype code] for the initial data type
+** of the result column.  The returned value is one of [SQLITE_INTEGER],
+** [SQLITE_FLOAT], [SQLITE_TEXT], [SQLITE_BLOB], or [SQLITE_NULL].  The value
+** returned by sqlite3_column_type() is only meaningful if no type
+** conversions have occurred as described below.  After a type conversion,
+** the value returned by sqlite3_column_type() is undefined.  Future
+** versions of SQLite may change the behavior of sqlite3_column_type()
+** following a type conversion.
+**
+** If the result is a BLOB or UTF-8 string then the sqlite3_column_bytes()
+** routine returns the number of bytes in that BLOB or string.
+** If the result is a UTF-16 string, then sqlite3_column_bytes() converts
+** the string to UTF-8 and then returns the number of bytes.
+** If the result is a numeric value then sqlite3_column_bytes() uses
+** [sqlite3_snprintf()] to convert that value to a UTF-8 string and returns
+** the number of bytes in that string.
+** The value returned does not include the zero terminator at the end
+** of the string.  For clarity: the value returned is the number of
+** bytes in the string, not the number of characters.
+**
+** Strings returned by sqlite3_column_text() and sqlite3_column_text16(),
+** even empty strings, are always zero terminated.  The return
+** value from sqlite3_column_blob() for a zero-length BLOB is an arbitrary
+** pointer, possibly even a NULL pointer.
+**
+** The sqlite3_column_bytes16() routine is similar to sqlite3_column_bytes()
+** but leaves the result in UTF-16 in native byte order instead of UTF-8.
+** The zero terminator is not included in this count.
+**
+** The object returned by [sqlite3_column_value()] is an
+** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object.  An unprotected sqlite3_value object
+** may only be used with [sqlite3_bind_value()] and [sqlite3_result_value()].
+** If the [unprotected sqlite3_value] object returned by
+** [sqlite3_column_value()] is used in any other way, including calls
+** to routines like [sqlite3_value_int()], [sqlite3_value_text()],
+** or [sqlite3_value_bytes()], then the behavior is undefined.
+**
+** These routines attempt to convert the value where appropriate.  For
+** example, if the internal representation is FLOAT and a text result
+** is requested, [sqlite3_snprintf()] is used internally to perform the
+** conversion automatically.  The following table details the conversions
+** that are applied:
+**
+** <blockquote>
+** <table border="1">
+** <tr><th> Internal<br>Type <th> Requested<br>Type <th>  Conversion
+**
+** <tr><td>  NULL    <td> INTEGER   <td> Result is 0
+** <tr><td>  NULL    <td>  FLOAT    <td> Result is 0.0
+** <tr><td>  NULL    <td>   TEXT    <td> Result is NULL pointer
+** <tr><td>  NULL    <td>   BLOB    <td> Result is NULL pointer
+** <tr><td> INTEGER  <td>  FLOAT    <td> Convert from integer to float
+** <tr><td> INTEGER  <td>   TEXT    <td> ASCII rendering of the integer
+** <tr><td> INTEGER  <td>   BLOB    <td> Same as INTEGER->TEXT
+** <tr><td>  FLOAT   <td> INTEGER   <td> Convert from float to integer
+** <tr><td>  FLOAT   <td>   TEXT    <td> ASCII rendering of the float
+** <tr><td>  FLOAT   <td>   BLOB    <td> Same as FLOAT->TEXT
+** <tr><td>  TEXT    <td> INTEGER   <td> Use atoi()
+** <tr><td>  TEXT    <td>  FLOAT    <td> Use atof()
+** <tr><td>  TEXT    <td>   BLOB    <td> No change
+** <tr><td>  BLOB    <td> INTEGER   <td> Convert to TEXT then use atoi()
+** <tr><td>  BLOB    <td>  FLOAT    <td> Convert to TEXT then use atof()
+** <tr><td>  BLOB    <td>   TEXT    <td> Add a zero terminator if needed
+** </table>
+** </blockquote>
+**
+** The table above makes reference to standard C library functions atoi()
+** and atof().  SQLite does not really use these functions.  It has its
+** own equivalent internal routines.  The atoi() and atof() names are
+** used in the table for brevity and because they are familiar to most
+** C programmers.
+**
+** Note that when type conversions occur, pointers returned by prior
+** calls to sqlite3_column_blob(), sqlite3_column_text(), and/or
+** sqlite3_column_text16() may be invalidated.
+** Type conversions and pointer invalidations might occur
+** in the following cases:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li> The initial content is a BLOB and sqlite3_column_text() or
+**      sqlite3_column_text16() is called.  A zero-terminator might
+**      need to be added to the string.</li>
+** <li> The initial content is UTF-8 text and sqlite3_column_bytes16() or
+**      sqlite3_column_text16() is called.  The content must be converted
+**      to UTF-16.</li>
+** <li> The initial content is UTF-16 text and sqlite3_column_bytes() or
+**      sqlite3_column_text() is called.  The content must be converted
+**      to UTF-8.</li>
+** </ul>
+**
+** Conversions between UTF-16be and UTF-16le are always done in place and do
+** not invalidate a prior pointer, though of course the content of the buffer
+** that the prior pointer points to will have been modified.  Other kinds
+** of conversion are done in place when it is possible, but sometimes they
+** are not possible and in those cases prior pointers are invalidated.
+**
+** The safest and easiest to remember policy is to invoke these routines
+** in one of the following ways:
+**
+** <ul>
+**  <li>sqlite3_column_text() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes()</li>
+**  <li>sqlite3_column_blob() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes()</li>
+**  <li>sqlite3_column_text16() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes16()</li>
+** </ul>
+**
+** In other words, you should call sqlite3_column_text(),
+** sqlite3_column_blob(), or sqlite3_column_text16() first to force the result
+** into the desired format, then invoke sqlite3_column_bytes() or
+** sqlite3_column_bytes16() to find the size of the result.  Do not mix calls
+** to sqlite3_column_text() or sqlite3_column_blob() with calls to
+** sqlite3_column_bytes16(), and do not mix calls to sqlite3_column_text16()
+** with calls to sqlite3_column_bytes().
+**
+** The pointers returned are valid until a type conversion occurs as
+** described above, or until [sqlite3_step()] or [sqlite3_reset()] or
+** [sqlite3_finalize()] is called.  The memory space used to hold strings
+** and BLOBs is freed automatically.  Do <b>not</b> pass the pointers returned
+** [sqlite3_column_blob()], [sqlite3_column_text()], etc. into
+** [sqlite3_free()].
+**
+** If a memory allocation error occurs during the evaluation of any
+** of these routines, a default value is returned.  The default value
+** is either the integer 0, the floating point number 0.0, or a NULL
+** pointer.  Subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode()] will return
+** [SQLITE_NOMEM].
+**
+** INVARIANTS:
+**
+** {H13803} The [sqlite3_column_blob(S,N)] interface converts the
+**          Nth column in the current row of the result set for
+**          the [prepared statement] S into a BLOB and then returns a
+**          pointer to the converted value.
+**
+** {H13806} The [sqlite3_column_bytes(S,N)] interface returns the
+**          number of bytes in the BLOB or string (exclusive of the
+**          zero terminator on the string) that was returned by the
+**          most recent call to [sqlite3_column_blob(S,N)] or
+**          [sqlite3_column_text(S,N)].
+**
+** {H13809} The [sqlite3_column_bytes16(S,N)] interface returns the
+**          number of bytes in the string (exclusive of the
+**          zero terminator on the string) that was returned by the
+**          most recent call to [sqlite3_column_text16(S,N)].
+**
+** {H13812} The [sqlite3_column_double(S,N)] interface converts the
+**          Nth column in the current row of the result set for the
+**          [prepared statement] S into a floating point value and
+**          returns a copy of that value.
+**
+** {H13815} The [sqlite3_column_int(S,N)] interface converts the
+**          Nth column in the current row of the result set for the
+**          [prepared statement] S into a 64-bit signed integer and
+**          returns the lower 32 bits of that integer.
+**
+** {H13818} The [sqlite3_column_int64(S,N)] interface converts the
+**          Nth column in the current row of the result set for the
+**          [prepared statement] S into a 64-bit signed integer and
+**          returns a copy of that integer.
+**
+** {H13821} The [sqlite3_column_text(S,N)] interface converts the
+**          Nth column in the current row of the result set for
+**          the [prepared statement] S into a zero-terminated UTF-8
+**          string and returns a pointer to that string.
+**
+** {H13824} The [sqlite3_column_text16(S,N)] interface converts the
+**          Nth column in the current row of the result set for the
+**          [prepared statement] S into a zero-terminated 2-byte
+**          aligned UTF-16 native byte order string and returns
+**          a pointer to that string.
+**
+** {H13827} The [sqlite3_column_type(S,N)] interface returns
+**          one of [SQLITE_NULL], [SQLITE_INTEGER], [SQLITE_FLOAT],
+**          [SQLITE_TEXT], or [SQLITE_BLOB] as appropriate for
+**          the Nth column in the current row of the result set for
+**          the [prepared statement] S.
+**
+** {H13830} The [sqlite3_column_value(S,N)] interface returns a
+**          pointer to an [unprotected sqlite3_value] object for the
+**          Nth column in the current row of the result set for
+**          the [prepared statement] S.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+SQLITE_API double sqlite3_column_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_column_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_column_text(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_type(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_value *sqlite3_column_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Destroy A Prepared Statement Object {H13300} <S70300><S30100>
+**
+** The sqlite3_finalize() function is called to delete a [prepared statement].
+** If the statement was executed successfully or not executed at all, then
+** SQLITE_OK is returned. If execution of the statement failed then an
+** [error code] or [extended error code] is returned.
+**
+** This routine can be called at any point during the execution of the
+** [prepared statement].  If the virtual machine has not
+** completed execution when this routine is called, that is like
+** encountering an error or an [sqlite3_interrupt | interrupt].
+** Incomplete updates may be rolled back and transactions canceled,
+** depending on the circumstances, and the
+** [error code] returned will be [SQLITE_ABORT].
+**
+** INVARIANTS:
+**
+** {H11302} The [sqlite3_finalize(S)] interface destroys the
+**          [prepared statement] S and releases all
+**          memory and file resources held by that object.
+**
+** {H11304} If the most recent call to [sqlite3_step(S)] for the
+**          [prepared statement] S returned an error,
+**          then [sqlite3_finalize(S)] returns that same error.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_finalize(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Reset A Prepared Statement Object {H13330} <S70300>
+**
+** The sqlite3_reset() function is called to reset a [prepared statement]
+** object back to its initial state, ready to be re-executed.
+** Any SQL statement variables that had values bound to them using
+** the [sqlite3_bind_blob | sqlite3_bind_*() API] retain their values.
+** Use [sqlite3_clear_bindings()] to reset the bindings.
+**
+** {H11332} The [sqlite3_reset(S)] interface resets the [prepared statement] S
+**          back to the beginning of its program.
+**
+** {H11334} If the most recent call to [sqlite3_step(S)] for the
+**          [prepared statement] S returned [SQLITE_ROW] or [SQLITE_DONE],
+**          or if [sqlite3_step(S)] has never before been called on S,
+**          then [sqlite3_reset(S)] returns [SQLITE_OK].
+**
+** {H11336} If the most recent call to [sqlite3_step(S)] for the
+**          [prepared statement] S indicated an error, then
+**          [sqlite3_reset(S)] returns an appropriate [error code].
+**
+** {H11338} The [sqlite3_reset(S)] interface does not change the values
+**          of any [sqlite3_bind_blob|bindings] on the [prepared statement] S.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Create Or Redefine SQL Functions {H16100} <S20200>
+** KEYWORDS: {function creation routines}
+** KEYWORDS: {application-defined SQL function}
+** KEYWORDS: {application-defined SQL functions}
+**
+** These two functions (collectively known as "function creation routines")
+** are used to add SQL functions or aggregates or to redefine the behavior
+** of existing SQL functions or aggregates.  The only difference between the
+** two is that the second parameter, the name of the (scalar) function or
+** aggregate, is encoded in UTF-8 for sqlite3_create_function() and UTF-16
+** for sqlite3_create_function16().
+**
+** The first parameter is the [database connection] to which the SQL
+** function is to be added.  If a single program uses more than one database
+** connection internally, then SQL functions must be added individually to
+** each database connection.
+**
+** The second parameter is the name of the SQL function to be created or
+** redefined.  The length of the name is limited to 255 bytes, exclusive of
+** the zero-terminator.  Note that the name length limit is in bytes, not
+** characters.  Any attempt to create a function with a longer name
+** will result in [SQLITE_ERROR] being returned.
+**
+** The third parameter is the number of arguments that the SQL function or
+** aggregate takes. If this parameter is negative, then the SQL function or
+** aggregate may take any number of arguments.
+**
+** The fourth parameter, eTextRep, specifies what
+** [SQLITE_UTF8 | text encoding] this SQL function prefers for
+** its parameters.  Any SQL function implementation should be able to work
+** work with UTF-8, UTF-16le, or UTF-16be.  But some implementations may be
+** more efficient with one encoding than another.  It is allowed to
+** invoke sqlite3_create_function() or sqlite3_create_function16() multiple
+** times with the same function but with different values of eTextRep.
+** When multiple implementations of the same function are available, SQLite
+** will pick the one that involves the least amount of data conversion.
+** If there is only a single implementation which does not care what text
+** encoding is used, then the fourth argument should be [SQLITE_ANY].
+**
+** The fifth parameter is an arbitrary pointer.  The implementation of the
+** function can gain access to this pointer using [sqlite3_user_data()].
+**
+** The seventh, eighth and ninth parameters, xFunc, xStep and xFinal, are
+** pointers to C-language functions that implement the SQL function or
+** aggregate. A scalar SQL function requires an implementation of the xFunc
+** callback only, NULL pointers should be passed as the xStep and xFinal
+** parameters. An aggregate SQL function requires an implementation of xStep
+** and xFinal and NULL should be passed for xFunc. To delete an existing
+** SQL function or aggregate, pass NULL for all three function callbacks.
+**
+** It is permitted to register multiple implementations of the same
+** functions with the same name but with either differing numbers of
+** arguments or differing preferred text encodings.  SQLite will use
+** the implementation most closely matches the way in which the
+** SQL function is used.
+**
+** INVARIANTS:
+**
+** {H16103} The [sqlite3_create_function16()] interface behaves exactly
+**          like [sqlite3_create_function()] in every way except that it
+**          interprets the zFunctionName argument as zero-terminated UTF-16
+**          native byte order instead of as zero-terminated UTF-8.
+**
+** {H16106} A successful invocation of
+**          the [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,N,E,...)] interface registers
+**          or replaces callback functions in the [database connection] D
+**          used to implement the SQL function named X with N parameters
+**          and having a preferred text encoding of E.
+**
+** {H16109} A successful call to [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,N,E,P,F,S,L)]
+**          replaces the P, F, S, and L values from any prior calls with
+**          the same D, X, N, and E values.
+**
+** {H16112} The [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,...)] interface fails with
+**          a return code of [SQLITE_ERROR] if the SQL function name X is
+**          longer than 255 bytes exclusive of the zero terminator.
+**
+** {H16118} Either F must be NULL and S and L are non-NULL or else F
+**          is non-NULL and S and L are NULL, otherwise
+**          [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,N,E,P,F,S,L)] returns [SQLITE_ERROR].
+**
+** {H16121} The [sqlite3_create_function(D,...)] interface fails with an
+**          error code of [SQLITE_BUSY] if there exist [prepared statements]
+**          associated with the [database connection] D.
+**
+** {H16124} The [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,N,...)] interface fails with an
+**          error code of [SQLITE_ERROR] if parameter N (specifying the number
+**          of arguments to the SQL function being registered) is less
+**          than -1 or greater than 127.
+**
+** {H16127} When N is non-negative, the [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,N,...)]
+**          interface causes callbacks to be invoked for the SQL function
+**          named X when the number of arguments to the SQL function is
+**          exactly N.
+**
+** {H16130} When N is -1, the [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,N,...)]
+**          interface causes callbacks to be invoked for the SQL function
+**          named X with any number of arguments.
+**
+** {H16133} When calls to [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,N,...)]
+**          specify multiple implementations of the same function X
+**          and when one implementation has N>=0 and the other has N=(-1)
+**          the implementation with a non-zero N is preferred.
+**
+** {H16136} When calls to [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,N,E,...)]
+**          specify multiple implementations of the same function X with
+**          the same number of arguments N but with different
+**          encodings E, then the implementation where E matches the
+**          database encoding is preferred.
+**
+** {H16139} For an aggregate SQL function created using
+**          [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,N,E,P,0,S,L)] the finalizer
+**          function L will always be invoked exactly once if the
+**          step function S is called one or more times.
+**
+** {H16142} When SQLite invokes either the xFunc or xStep function of
+**          an application-defined SQL function or aggregate created
+**          by [sqlite3_create_function()] or [sqlite3_create_function16()],
+**          then the array of [sqlite3_value] objects passed as the
+**          third parameter are always [protected sqlite3_value] objects.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  const char *zFunctionName,
+  int nArg,
+  int eTextRep,
+  void *pApp,
+  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function16(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  const void *zFunctionName,
+  int nArg,
+  int eTextRep,
+  void *pApp,
+  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Text Encodings {H10267} <S50200> <H16100>
+**
+** These constant define integer codes that represent the various
+** text encodings supported by SQLite.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_UTF8           1
+#define SQLITE_UTF16LE        2
+#define SQLITE_UTF16BE        3
+#define SQLITE_UTF16          4    /* Use native byte order */
+#define SQLITE_ANY            5    /* sqlite3_create_function only */
+#define SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED  8    /* sqlite3_create_collation only */
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Deprecated Functions
+** DEPRECATED
+**
+** These functions are [deprecated].  In order to maintain
+** backwards compatibility with older code, these functions continue 
+** to be supported.  However, new applications should avoid
+** the use of these functions.  To help encourage people to avoid
+** using these functions, we are not going to tell you want they do.
+*/
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_aggregate_count(sqlite3_context*);
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_expired(sqlite3_stmt*);
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_transfer_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*, sqlite3_stmt*);
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_global_recover(void);
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void sqlite3_thread_cleanup(void);
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_memory_alarm(void(*)(void*,sqlite3_int64,int),void*,sqlite3_int64);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Obtaining SQL Function Parameter Values {H15100} <S20200>
+**
+** The C-language implementation of SQL functions and aggregates uses
+** this set of interface routines to access the parameter values on
+** the function or aggregate.
+**
+** The xFunc (for scalar functions) or xStep (for aggregates) parameters
+** to [sqlite3_create_function()] and [sqlite3_create_function16()]
+** define callbacks that implement the SQL functions and aggregates.
+** The 4th parameter to these callbacks is an array of pointers to
+** [protected sqlite3_value] objects.  There is one [sqlite3_value] object for
+** each parameter to the SQL function.  These routines are used to
+** extract values from the [sqlite3_value] objects.
+**
+** These routines work only with [protected sqlite3_value] objects.
+** Any attempt to use these routines on an [unprotected sqlite3_value]
+** object results in undefined behavior.
+**
+** These routines work just like the corresponding [column access functions]
+** except that  these routines take a single [protected sqlite3_value] object
+** pointer instead of a [sqlite3_stmt*] pointer and an integer column number.
+**
+** The sqlite3_value_text16() interface extracts a UTF-16 string
+** in the native byte-order of the host machine.  The
+** sqlite3_value_text16be() and sqlite3_value_text16le() interfaces
+** extract UTF-16 strings as big-endian and little-endian respectively.
+**
+** The sqlite3_value_numeric_type() interface attempts to apply
+** numeric affinity to the value.  This means that an attempt is
+** made to convert the value to an integer or floating point.  If
+** such a conversion is possible without loss of information (in other
+** words, if the value is a string that looks like a number)
+** then the conversion is performed.  Otherwise no conversion occurs.
+** The [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype] after conversion is returned.
+**
+** Please pay particular attention to the fact that the pointer returned
+** from [sqlite3_value_blob()], [sqlite3_value_text()], or
+** [sqlite3_value_text16()] can be invalidated by a subsequent call to
+** [sqlite3_value_bytes()], [sqlite3_value_bytes16()], [sqlite3_value_text()],
+** or [sqlite3_value_text16()].
+**
+** These routines must be called from the same thread as
+** the SQL function that supplied the [sqlite3_value*] parameters.
+**
+** INVARIANTS:
+**
+** {H15103} The [sqlite3_value_blob(V)] interface converts the
+**          [protected sqlite3_value] object V into a BLOB and then
+**          returns a pointer to the converted value.
+**
+** {H15106} The [sqlite3_value_bytes(V)] interface returns the
+**          number of bytes in the BLOB or string (exclusive of the
+**          zero terminator on the string) that was returned by the
+**          most recent call to [sqlite3_value_blob(V)] or
+**          [sqlite3_value_text(V)].
+**
+** {H15109} The [sqlite3_value_bytes16(V)] interface returns the
+**          number of bytes in the string (exclusive of the
+**          zero terminator on the string) that was returned by the
+**          most recent call to [sqlite3_value_text16(V)],
+**          [sqlite3_value_text16be(V)], or [sqlite3_value_text16le(V)].
+**
+** {H15112} The [sqlite3_value_double(V)] interface converts the
+**          [protected sqlite3_value] object V into a floating point value and
+**          returns a copy of that value.
+**
+** {H15115} The [sqlite3_value_int(V)] interface converts the
+**          [protected sqlite3_value] object V into a 64-bit signed integer and
+**          returns the lower 32 bits of that integer.
+**
+** {H15118} The [sqlite3_value_int64(V)] interface converts the
+**          [protected sqlite3_value] object V into a 64-bit signed integer and
+**          returns a copy of that integer.
+**
+** {H15121} The [sqlite3_value_text(V)] interface converts the
+**          [protected sqlite3_value] object V into a zero-terminated UTF-8
+**          string and returns a pointer to that string.
+**
+** {H15124} The [sqlite3_value_text16(V)] interface converts the
+**          [protected sqlite3_value] object V into a zero-terminated 2-byte
+**          aligned UTF-16 native byte order
+**          string and returns a pointer to that string.
+**
+** {H15127} The [sqlite3_value_text16be(V)] interface converts the
+**          [protected sqlite3_value] object V into a zero-terminated 2-byte
+**          aligned UTF-16 big-endian
+**          string and returns a pointer to that string.
+**
+** {H15130} The [sqlite3_value_text16le(V)] interface converts the
+**          [protected sqlite3_value] object V into a zero-terminated 2-byte
+**          aligned UTF-16 little-endian
+**          string and returns a pointer to that string.
+**
+** {H15133} The [sqlite3_value_type(V)] interface returns
+**          one of [SQLITE_NULL], [SQLITE_INTEGER], [SQLITE_FLOAT],
+**          [SQLITE_TEXT], or [SQLITE_BLOB] as appropriate for
+**          the [sqlite3_value] object V.
+**
+** {H15136} The [sqlite3_value_numeric_type(V)] interface converts
+**          the [protected sqlite3_value] object V into either an integer or
+**          a floating point value if it can do so without loss of
+**          information, and returns one of [SQLITE_NULL],
+**          [SQLITE_INTEGER], [SQLITE_FLOAT], [SQLITE_TEXT], or
+**          [SQLITE_BLOB] as appropriate for the
+**          [protected sqlite3_value] object V after the conversion attempt.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_blob(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes16(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API double sqlite3_value_double(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_int(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_value_int64(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_value_text(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16le(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16be(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_type(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Obtain Aggregate Function Context {H16210} <S20200>
+**
+** The implementation of aggregate SQL functions use this routine to allocate
+** a structure for storing their state.
+**
+** The first time the sqlite3_aggregate_context() routine is called for a
+** particular aggregate, SQLite allocates nBytes of memory, zeroes out that
+** memory, and returns a pointer to it. On second and subsequent calls to
+** sqlite3_aggregate_context() for the same aggregate function index,
+** the same buffer is returned. The implementation of the aggregate can use
+** the returned buffer to accumulate data.
+**
+** SQLite automatically frees the allocated buffer when the aggregate
+** query concludes.
+**
+** The first parameter should be a copy of the
+** [sqlite3_context | SQL function context] that is the first parameter
+** to the callback routine that implements the aggregate function.
+**
+** This routine must be called from the same thread in which
+** the aggregate SQL function is running.
+**
+** INVARIANTS:
+**
+** {H16211} The first invocation of [sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N)] for
+**          a particular instance of an aggregate function (for a particular
+**          context C) causes SQLite to allocate N bytes of memory,
+**          zero that memory, and return a pointer to the allocated memory.
+**
+** {H16213} If a memory allocation error occurs during
+**          [sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N)] then the function returns 0.
+**
+** {H16215} Second and subsequent invocations of
+**          [sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N)] for the same context pointer C
+**          ignore the N parameter and return a pointer to the same
+**          block of memory returned by the first invocation.
+**
+** {H16217} The memory allocated by [sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N)] is
+**          automatically freed on the next call to [sqlite3_reset()]
+**          or [sqlite3_finalize()] for the [prepared statement] containing
+**          the aggregate function associated with context C.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_aggregate_context(sqlite3_context*, int nBytes);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: User Data For Functions {H16240} <S20200>
+**
+** The sqlite3_user_data() interface returns a copy of
+** the pointer that was the pUserData parameter (the 5th parameter)
+** of the [sqlite3_create_function()]
+** and [sqlite3_create_function16()] routines that originally
+** registered the application defined function. {END}
+**
+** This routine must be called from the same thread in which
+** the application-defined function is running.
+**
+** INVARIANTS:
+**
+** {H16243} The [sqlite3_user_data(C)] interface returns a copy of the
+**          P pointer from the [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,N,E,P,F,S,L)]
+**          or [sqlite3_create_function16(D,X,N,E,P,F,S,L)] call that
+**          registered the SQL function associated with [sqlite3_context] C.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_user_data(sqlite3_context*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Database Connection For Functions {H16250} <S60600><S20200>
+**
+** The sqlite3_context_db_handle() interface returns a copy of
+** the pointer to the [database connection] (the 1st parameter)
+** of the [sqlite3_create_function()]
+** and [sqlite3_create_function16()] routines that originally
+** registered the application defined function.
+**
+** INVARIANTS:
+**
+** {H16253} The [sqlite3_context_db_handle(C)] interface returns a copy of the
+**          D pointer from the [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,N,E,P,F,S,L)]
+**          or [sqlite3_create_function16(D,X,N,E,P,F,S,L)] call that
+**          registered the SQL function associated with [sqlite3_context] C.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_context_db_handle(sqlite3_context*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Function Auxiliary Data {H16270} <S20200>
+**
+** The following two functions may be used by scalar SQL functions to
+** associate metadata with argument values. If the same value is passed to
+** multiple invocations of the same SQL function during query execution, under
+** some circumstances the associated metadata may be preserved. This may
+** be used, for example, to add a regular-expression matching scalar
+** function. The compiled version of the regular expression is stored as
+** metadata associated with the SQL value passed as the regular expression
+** pattern.  The compiled regular expression can be reused on multiple
+** invocations of the same function so that the original pattern string
+** does not need to be recompiled on each invocation.
+**
+** The sqlite3_get_auxdata() interface returns a pointer to the metadata
+** associated by the sqlite3_set_auxdata() function with the Nth argument
+** value to the application-defined function. If no metadata has been ever
+** been set for the Nth argument of the function, or if the corresponding
+** function parameter has changed since the meta-data was set,
+** then sqlite3_get_auxdata() returns a NULL pointer.
+**
+** The sqlite3_set_auxdata() interface saves the metadata
+** pointed to by its 3rd parameter as the metadata for the N-th
+** argument of the application-defined function.  Subsequent
+** calls to sqlite3_get_auxdata() might return this data, if it has
+** not been destroyed.
+** If it is not NULL, SQLite will invoke the destructor
+** function given by the 4th parameter to sqlite3_set_auxdata() on
+** the metadata when the corresponding function parameter changes
+** or when the SQL statement completes, whichever comes first.
+**
+** SQLite is free to call the destructor and drop metadata on any
+** parameter of any function at any time.  The only guarantee is that
+** the destructor will be called before the metadata is dropped.
+**
+** In practice, metadata is preserved between function calls for
+** expressions that are constant at compile time. This includes literal
+** values and SQL variables.
+**
+** These routines must be called from the same thread in which
+** the SQL function is running.
+**
+** INVARIANTS:
+**
+** {H16272} The [sqlite3_get_auxdata(C,N)] interface returns a pointer
+**          to metadata associated with the Nth parameter of the SQL function
+**          whose context is C, or NULL if there is no metadata associated
+**          with that parameter.
+**
+** {H16274} The [sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,D)] interface assigns a metadata
+**          pointer P to the Nth parameter of the SQL function with context C.
+**
+** {H16276} SQLite will invoke the destructor D with a single argument
+**          which is the metadata pointer P following a call to
+**          [sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,D)] when SQLite ceases to hold
+**          the metadata.
+**
+** {H16277} SQLite ceases to hold metadata for an SQL function parameter
+**          when the value of that parameter changes.
+**
+** {H16278} When [sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,D)] is invoked, the destructor
+**          is called for any prior metadata associated with the same function
+**          context C and parameter N.
+**
+** {H16279} SQLite will call destructors for any metadata it is holding
+**          in a particular [prepared statement] S when either
+**          [sqlite3_reset(S)] or [sqlite3_finalize(S)] is called.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_get_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int N);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_set_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int N, void*, void (*)(void*));
+
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Constants Defining Special Destructor Behavior {H10280} <S30100>
+**
+** These are special values for the destructor that is passed in as the
+** final argument to routines like [sqlite3_result_blob()].  If the destructor
+** argument is SQLITE_STATIC, it means that the content pointer is constant
+** and will never change.  It does not need to be destroyed.  The
+** SQLITE_TRANSIENT value means that the content will likely change in
+** the near future and that SQLite should make its own private copy of
+** the content before returning.
+**
+** The typedef is necessary to work around problems in certain
+** C++ compilers.  See ticket #2191.
+*/
+typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*);
+#define SQLITE_STATIC      ((sqlite3_destructor_type)0)
+#define SQLITE_TRANSIENT   ((sqlite3_destructor_type)-1)
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Setting The Result Of An SQL Function {H16400} <S20200>
+**
+** These routines are used by the xFunc or xFinal callbacks that
+** implement SQL functions and aggregates.  See
+** [sqlite3_create_function()] and [sqlite3_create_function16()]
+** for additional information.
+**
+** These functions work very much like the [parameter binding] family of
+** functions used to bind values to host parameters in prepared statements.
+** Refer to the [SQL parameter] documentation for additional information.
+**
+** The sqlite3_result_blob() interface sets the result from
+** an application-defined function to be the BLOB whose content is pointed
+** to by the second parameter and which is N bytes long where N is the
+** third parameter.
+**
+** The sqlite3_result_zeroblob() interfaces set the result of
+** the application-defined function to be a BLOB containing all zero
+** bytes and N bytes in size, where N is the value of the 2nd parameter.
+**
+** The sqlite3_result_double() interface sets the result from
+** an application-defined function to be a floating point value specified
+** by its 2nd argument.
+**
+** The sqlite3_result_error() and sqlite3_result_error16() functions
+** cause the implemented SQL function to throw an exception.
+** SQLite uses the string pointed to by the
+** 2nd parameter of sqlite3_result_error() or sqlite3_result_error16()
+** as the text of an error message.  SQLite interprets the error
+** message string from sqlite3_result_error() as UTF-8. SQLite
+** interprets the string from sqlite3_result_error16() as UTF-16 in native
+** byte order.  If the third parameter to sqlite3_result_error()
+** or sqlite3_result_error16() is negative then SQLite takes as the error
+** message all text up through the first zero character.
+** If the third parameter to sqlite3_result_error() or
+** sqlite3_result_error16() is non-negative then SQLite takes that many
+** bytes (not characters) from the 2nd parameter as the error message.
+** The sqlite3_result_error() and sqlite3_result_error16()
+** routines make a private copy of the error message text before
+** they return.  Hence, the calling function can deallocate or
+** modify the text after they return without harm.
+** The sqlite3_result_error_code() function changes the error code
+** returned by SQLite as a result of an error in a function.  By default,
+** the error code is SQLITE_ERROR.  A subsequent call to sqlite3_result_error()
+** or sqlite3_result_error16() resets the error code to SQLITE_ERROR.
+**
+** The sqlite3_result_toobig() interface causes SQLite to throw an error
+** indicating that a string or BLOB is to long to represent.
+**
+** The sqlite3_result_nomem() interface causes SQLite to throw an error
+** indicating that a memory allocation failed.
+**
+** The sqlite3_result_int() interface sets the return value
+** of the application-defined function to be the 32-bit signed integer
+** value given in the 2nd argument.
+** The sqlite3_result_int64() interface sets the return value
+** of the application-defined function to be the 64-bit signed integer
+** value given in the 2nd argument.
+**
+** The sqlite3_result_null() interface sets the return value
+** of the application-defined function to be NULL.
+**
+** The sqlite3_result_text(), sqlite3_result_text16(),
+** sqlite3_result_text16le(), and sqlite3_result_text16be() interfaces
+** set the return value of the application-defined function to be
+** a text string which is represented as UTF-8, UTF-16 native byte order,
+** UTF-16 little endian, or UTF-16 big endian, respectively.
+** SQLite takes the text result from the application from
+** the 2nd parameter of the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces.
+** If the 3rd parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
+** is negative, then SQLite takes result text from the 2nd parameter
+** through the first zero character.
+** If the 3rd parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
+** is non-negative, then as many bytes (not characters) of the text
+** pointed to by the 2nd parameter are taken as the application-defined
+** function result.
+** If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
+** or sqlite3_result_blob is a non-NULL pointer, then SQLite calls that
+** function as the destructor on the text or BLOB result when it has
+** finished using that result.
+** If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces or
+** sqlite3_result_blob is the special constant SQLITE_STATIC, then SQLite
+** assumes that the text or BLOB result is in constant space and does not
+** copy the it or call a destructor when it has finished using that result.
+** If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
+** or sqlite3_result_blob is the special constant SQLITE_TRANSIENT
+** then SQLite makes a copy of the result into space obtained from
+** from [sqlite3_malloc()] before it returns.
+**
+** The sqlite3_result_value() interface sets the result of
+** the application-defined function to be a copy the
+** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object specified by the 2nd parameter.  The
+** sqlite3_result_value() interface makes a copy of the [sqlite3_value]
+** so that the [sqlite3_value] specified in the parameter may change or
+** be deallocated after sqlite3_result_value() returns without harm.
+** A [protected sqlite3_value] object may always be used where an
+** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object is required, so either
+** kind of [sqlite3_value] object can be used with this interface.
+**
+** If these routines are called from within the different thread
+** than the one containing the application-defined function that received
+** the [sqlite3_context] pointer, the results are undefined.
+**
+** INVARIANTS:
+**
+** {H16403} The default return value from any SQL function is NULL.
+**
+** {H16406} The [sqlite3_result_blob(C,V,N,D)] interface changes the
+**          return value of function C to be a BLOB that is N bytes
+**          in length and with content pointed to by V.
+**
+** {H16409} The [sqlite3_result_double(C,V)] interface changes the
+**          return value of function C to be the floating point value V.
+**
+** {H16412} The [sqlite3_result_error(C,V,N)] interface changes the return
+**          value of function C to be an exception with error code
+**          [SQLITE_ERROR] and a UTF-8 error message copied from V up to the
+**          first zero byte or until N bytes are read if N is positive.
+**
+** {H16415} The [sqlite3_result_error16(C,V,N)] interface changes the return
+**          value of function C to be an exception with error code
+**          [SQLITE_ERROR] and a UTF-16 native byte order error message
+**          copied from V up to the first zero terminator or until N bytes
+**          are read if N is positive.
+**
+** {H16418} The [sqlite3_result_error_toobig(C)] interface changes the return
+**          value of the function C to be an exception with error code
+**          [SQLITE_TOOBIG] and an appropriate error message.
+**
+** {H16421} The [sqlite3_result_error_nomem(C)] interface changes the return
+**          value of the function C to be an exception with error code
+**          [SQLITE_NOMEM] and an appropriate error message.
+**
+** {H16424} The [sqlite3_result_error_code(C,E)] interface changes the return
+**          value of the function C to be an exception with error code E.
+**          The error message text is unchanged.
+**
+** {H16427} The [sqlite3_result_int(C,V)] interface changes the
+**          return value of function C to be the 32-bit integer value V.
+**
+** {H16430} The [sqlite3_result_int64(C,V)] interface changes the
+**          return value of function C to be the 64-bit integer value V.
+**
+** {H16433} The [sqlite3_result_null(C)] interface changes the
+**          return value of function C to be NULL.
+**
+** {H16436} The [sqlite3_result_text(C,V,N,D)] interface changes the
+**          return value of function C to be the UTF-8 string
+**          V up to the first zero if N is negative
+**          or the first N bytes of V if N is non-negative.
+**
+** {H16439} The [sqlite3_result_text16(C,V,N,D)] interface changes the
+**          return value of function C to be the UTF-16 native byte order
+**          string V up to the first zero if N is negative
+**          or the first N bytes of V if N is non-negative.
+**
+** {H16442} The [sqlite3_result_text16be(C,V,N,D)] interface changes the
+**          return value of function C to be the UTF-16 big-endian
+**          string V up to the first zero if N is negative
+**          or the first N bytes or V if N is non-negative.
+**
+** {H16445} The [sqlite3_result_text16le(C,V,N,D)] interface changes the
+**          return value of function C to be the UTF-16 little-endian
+**          string V up to the first zero if N is negative
+**          or the first N bytes of V if N is non-negative.
+**
+** {H16448} The [sqlite3_result_value(C,V)] interface changes the
+**          return value of function C to be the [unprotected sqlite3_value]
+**          object V.
+**
+** {H16451} The [sqlite3_result_zeroblob(C,N)] interface changes the
+**          return value of function C to be an N-byte BLOB of all zeros.
+**
+** {H16454} The [sqlite3_result_error()] and [sqlite3_result_error16()]
+**          interfaces make a copy of their error message strings before
+**          returning.
+**
+** {H16457} If the D destructor parameter to [sqlite3_result_blob(C,V,N,D)],
+**          [sqlite3_result_text(C,V,N,D)], [sqlite3_result_text16(C,V,N,D)],
+**          [sqlite3_result_text16be(C,V,N,D)], or
+**          [sqlite3_result_text16le(C,V,N,D)] is the constant [SQLITE_STATIC]
+**          then no destructor is ever called on the pointer V and SQLite
+**          assumes that V is immutable.
+**
+** {H16460} If the D destructor parameter to [sqlite3_result_blob(C,V,N,D)],
+**          [sqlite3_result_text(C,V,N,D)], [sqlite3_result_text16(C,V,N,D)],
+**          [sqlite3_result_text16be(C,V,N,D)], or
+**          [sqlite3_result_text16le(C,V,N,D)] is the constant
+**          [SQLITE_TRANSIENT] then the interfaces makes a copy of the
+**          content of V and retains the copy.
+**
+** {H16463} If the D destructor parameter to [sqlite3_result_blob(C,V,N,D)],
+**          [sqlite3_result_text(C,V,N,D)], [sqlite3_result_text16(C,V,N,D)],
+**          [sqlite3_result_text16be(C,V,N,D)], or
+**          [sqlite3_result_text16le(C,V,N,D)] is some value other than
+**          the constants [SQLITE_STATIC] and [SQLITE_TRANSIENT] then
+**          SQLite will invoke the destructor D with V as its only argument
+**          when it has finished with the V value.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_blob(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_double(sqlite3_context*, double);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_toobig(sqlite3_context*);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_nomem(sqlite3_context*);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_code(sqlite3_context*, int);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int(sqlite3_context*, int);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int64(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_int64);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_null(sqlite3_context*);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int, void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16le(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16be(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_value(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context*, int n);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Define New Collating Sequences {H16600} <S20300>
+**
+** These functions are used to add new collation sequences to the
+** [database connection] specified as the first argument.
+**
+** The name of the new collation sequence is specified as a UTF-8 string
+** for sqlite3_create_collation() and sqlite3_create_collation_v2()
+** and a UTF-16 string for sqlite3_create_collation16(). In all cases
+** the name is passed as the second function argument.
+**
+** The third argument may be one of the constants [SQLITE_UTF8],
+** [SQLITE_UTF16LE] or [SQLITE_UTF16BE], indicating that the user-supplied
+** routine expects to be passed pointers to strings encoded using UTF-8,
+** UTF-16 little-endian, or UTF-16 big-endian, respectively. The
+** third argument might also be [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED] to indicate that
+** the routine expects pointers to 16-bit word aligned strings
+** of UTF-16 in the native byte order of the host computer.
+**
+** A pointer to the user supplied routine must be passed as the fifth
+** argument.  If it is NULL, this is the same as deleting the collation
+** sequence (so that SQLite cannot call it anymore).
+** Each time the application supplied function is invoked, it is passed
+** as its first parameter a copy of the void* passed as the fourth argument
+** to sqlite3_create_collation() or sqlite3_create_collation16().
+**
+** The remaining arguments to the application-supplied routine are two strings,
+** each represented by a (length, data) pair and encoded in the encoding
+** that was passed as the third argument when the collation sequence was
+** registered. {END}  The application defined collation routine should
+** return negative, zero or positive if the first string is less than,
+** equal to, or greater than the second string. i.e. (STRING1 - STRING2).
+**
+** The sqlite3_create_collation_v2() works like sqlite3_create_collation()
+** except that it takes an extra argument which is a destructor for
+** the collation.  The destructor is called when the collation is
+** destroyed and is passed a copy of the fourth parameter void* pointer
+** of the sqlite3_create_collation_v2().
+** Collations are destroyed when they are overridden by later calls to the
+** collation creation functions or when the [database connection] is closed
+** using [sqlite3_close()].
+**
+** INVARIANTS:
+**
+** {H16603} A successful call to the
+**          [sqlite3_create_collation_v2(B,X,E,P,F,D)] interface
+**          registers function F as the comparison function used to
+**          implement collation X on the [database connection] B for
+**          databases having encoding E.
+**
+** {H16604} SQLite understands the X parameter to
+**          [sqlite3_create_collation_v2(B,X,E,P,F,D)] as a zero-terminated
+**          UTF-8 string in which case is ignored for ASCII characters and
+**          is significant for non-ASCII characters.
+**
+** {H16606} Successive calls to [sqlite3_create_collation_v2(B,X,E,P,F,D)]
+**          with the same values for B, X, and E, override prior values
+**          of P, F, and D.
+**
+** {H16609} If the destructor D in [sqlite3_create_collation_v2(B,X,E,P,F,D)]
+**          is not NULL then it is called with argument P when the
+**          collating function is dropped by SQLite.
+**
+** {H16612} A collating function is dropped when it is overloaded.
+**
+** {H16615} A collating function is dropped when the database connection
+**          is closed using [sqlite3_close()].
+**
+** {H16618} The pointer P in [sqlite3_create_collation_v2(B,X,E,P,F,D)]
+**          is passed through as the first parameter to the comparison
+**          function F for all subsequent invocations of F.
+**
+** {H16621} A call to [sqlite3_create_collation(B,X,E,P,F)] is exactly
+**          the same as a call to [sqlite3_create_collation_v2()] with
+**          the same parameters and a NULL destructor.
+**
+** {H16624} Following a [sqlite3_create_collation_v2(B,X,E,P,F,D)],
+**          SQLite uses the comparison function F for all text comparison
+**          operations on the [database connection] B on text values that
+**          use the collating sequence named X.
+**
+** {H16627} The [sqlite3_create_collation16(B,X,E,P,F)] works the same
+**          as [sqlite3_create_collation(B,X,E,P,F)] except that the
+**          collation name X is understood as UTF-16 in native byte order
+**          instead of UTF-8.
+**
+** {H16630} When multiple comparison functions are available for the same
+**          collating sequence, SQLite chooses the one whose text encoding
+**          requires the least amount of conversion from the default
+**          text encoding of the database.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation(
+  sqlite3*, 
+  const char *zName, 
+  int eTextRep, 
+  void*,
+  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation_v2(
+  sqlite3*, 
+  const char *zName, 
+  int eTextRep, 
+  void*,
+  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),
+  void(*xDestroy)(void*)
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation16(
+  sqlite3*, 
+  const void *zName,
+  int eTextRep, 
+  void*,
+  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Collation Needed Callbacks {H16700} <S20300>
+**
+** To avoid having to register all collation sequences before a database
+** can be used, a single callback function may be registered with the
+** [database connection] to be called whenever an undefined collation
+** sequence is required.
+**
+** If the function is registered using the sqlite3_collation_needed() API,
+** then it is passed the names of undefined collation sequences as strings
+** encoded in UTF-8. {H16703} If sqlite3_collation_needed16() is used,
+** the names are passed as UTF-16 in machine native byte order.
+** A call to either function replaces any existing callback.
+**
+** When the callback is invoked, the first argument passed is a copy
+** of the second argument to sqlite3_collation_needed() or
+** sqlite3_collation_needed16().  The second argument is the database
+** connection.  The third argument is one of [SQLITE_UTF8], [SQLITE_UTF16BE],
+** or [SQLITE_UTF16LE], indicating the most desirable form of the collation
+** sequence function required.  The fourth parameter is the name of the
+** required collation sequence.
+**
+** The callback function should register the desired collation using
+** [sqlite3_create_collation()], [sqlite3_create_collation16()], or
+** [sqlite3_create_collation_v2()].
+**
+** INVARIANTS:
+**
+** {H16702} A successful call to [sqlite3_collation_needed(D,P,F)]
+**          or [sqlite3_collation_needed16(D,P,F)] causes
+**          the [database connection] D to invoke callback F with first
+**          parameter P whenever it needs a comparison function for a
+**          collating sequence that it does not know about.
+**
+** {H16704} Each successful call to [sqlite3_collation_needed()] or
+**          [sqlite3_collation_needed16()] overrides the callback registered
+**          on the same [database connection] by prior calls to either
+**          interface.
+**
+** {H16706} The name of the requested collating function passed in the
+**          4th parameter to the callback is in UTF-8 if the callback
+**          was registered using [sqlite3_collation_needed()] and
+**          is in UTF-16 native byte order if the callback was
+**          registered using [sqlite3_collation_needed16()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed(
+  sqlite3*, 
+  void*, 
+  void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*)
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed16(
+  sqlite3*, 
+  void*,
+  void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*)
+);
+
+/*
+** Specify the key for an encrypted database.  This routine should be
+** called right after sqlite3_open().
+**
+** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release
+** of SQLite.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_key(
+  sqlite3 *db,                   /* Database to be rekeyed */
+  const void *pKey, int nKey     /* The key */
+);
+
+/*
+** Change the key on an open database.  If the current database is not
+** encrypted, this routine will encrypt it.  If pNew==0 or nNew==0, the
+** database is decrypted.
+**
+** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release
+** of SQLite.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rekey(
+  sqlite3 *db,                   /* Database to be rekeyed */
+  const void *pKey, int nKey     /* The new key */
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Suspend Execution For A Short Time {H10530} <S40410>
+**
+** The sqlite3_sleep() function causes the current thread to suspend execution
+** for at least a number of milliseconds specified in its parameter.
+**
+** If the operating system does not support sleep requests with
+** millisecond time resolution, then the time will be rounded up to
+** the nearest second. The number of milliseconds of sleep actually
+** requested from the operating system is returned.
+**
+** SQLite implements this interface by calling the xSleep()
+** method of the default [sqlite3_vfs] object.
+**
+** INVARIANTS:
+**
+** {H10533} The [sqlite3_sleep(M)] interface invokes the xSleep
+**          method of the default [sqlite3_vfs|VFS] in order to
+**          suspend execution of the current thread for at least
+**          M milliseconds.
+**
+** {H10536} The [sqlite3_sleep(M)] interface returns the number of
+**          milliseconds of sleep actually requested of the operating
+**          system, which might be larger than the parameter M.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sleep(int);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Name Of The Folder Holding Temporary Files {H10310} <S20000>
+**
+** If this global variable is made to point to a string which is
+** the name of a folder (a.k.a. directory), then all temporary files
+** created by SQLite will be placed in that directory.  If this variable
+** is a NULL pointer, then SQLite performs a search for an appropriate
+** temporary file directory.
+**
+** It is not safe to modify this variable once a [database connection]
+** has been opened.  It is intended that this variable be set once
+** as part of process initialization and before any SQLite interface
+** routines have been call and remain unchanged thereafter.
+*/
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_temp_directory;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Test For Auto-Commit Mode {H12930} <S60200>
+** KEYWORDS: {autocommit mode}
+**
+** The sqlite3_get_autocommit() interface returns non-zero or
+** zero if the given database connection is or is not in autocommit mode,
+** respectively.  Autocommit mode is on by default.
+** Autocommit mode is disabled by a [BEGIN] statement.
+** Autocommit mode is re-enabled by a [COMMIT] or [ROLLBACK].
+**
+** If certain kinds of errors occur on a statement within a multi-statement
+** transaction (errors including [SQLITE_FULL], [SQLITE_IOERR],
+** [SQLITE_NOMEM], [SQLITE_BUSY], and [SQLITE_INTERRUPT]) then the
+** transaction might be rolled back automatically.  The only way to
+** find out whether SQLite automatically rolled back the transaction after
+** an error is to use this function.
+**
+** INVARIANTS:
+**
+** {H12931} The [sqlite3_get_autocommit(D)] interface returns non-zero or
+**          zero if the [database connection] D is or is not in autocommit
+**          mode, respectively.
+**
+** {H12932} Autocommit mode is on by default.
+**
+** {H12933} Autocommit mode is disabled by a successful [BEGIN] statement.
+**
+** {H12934} Autocommit mode is enabled by a successful [COMMIT] or [ROLLBACK]
+**          statement.
+**
+** ASSUMPTIONS:
+**
+** {A12936} If another thread changes the autocommit status of the database
+**          connection while this routine is running, then the return value
+**          is undefined.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_autocommit(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Find The Database Handle Of A Prepared Statement {H13120} <S60600>
+**
+** The sqlite3_db_handle interface returns the [database connection] handle
+** to which a [prepared statement] belongs.  The database handle returned by
+** sqlite3_db_handle is the same database handle that was the first argument
+** to the [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] call (or its variants) that was used to
+** create the statement in the first place.
+**
+** INVARIANTS:
+**
+** {H13123} The [sqlite3_db_handle(S)] interface returns a pointer
+**          to the [database connection] associated with the
+**          [prepared statement] S.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_db_handle(sqlite3_stmt*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Find the next prepared statement {H13140} <S60600>
+**
+** This interface returns a pointer to the next [prepared statement] after
+** pStmt associated with the [database connection] pDb.  If pStmt is NULL
+** then this interface returns a pointer to the first prepared statement
+** associated with the database connection pDb.  If no prepared statement
+** satisfies the conditions of this routine, it returns NULL.
+**
+** INVARIANTS:
+**
+** {H13143} If D is a [database connection] that holds one or more
+**          unfinalized [prepared statements] and S is a NULL pointer,
+**          then [sqlite3_next_stmt(D, S)] routine shall return a pointer
+**          to one of the prepared statements associated with D.
+**
+** {H13146} If D is a [database connection] that holds no unfinalized
+**          [prepared statements] and S is a NULL pointer, then
+**          [sqlite3_next_stmt(D, S)] routine shall return a NULL pointer.
+**
+** {H13149} If S is a [prepared statement] in the [database connection] D
+**          and S is not the last prepared statement in D, then
+**          [sqlite3_next_stmt(D, S)] routine shall return a pointer
+**          to the next prepared statement in D after S.
+**
+** {H13152} If S is the last [prepared statement] in the
+**          [database connection] D then the [sqlite3_next_stmt(D, S)]
+**          routine shall return a NULL pointer.
+**
+** ASSUMPTIONS:
+**
+** {A13154} The [database connection] pointer D in a call to
+**          [sqlite3_next_stmt(D,S)] must refer to an open database
+**          connection and in particular must not be a NULL pointer.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_stmt *sqlite3_next_stmt(sqlite3 *pDb, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Commit And Rollback Notification Callbacks {H12950} <S60400>
+**
+** The sqlite3_commit_hook() interface registers a callback
+** function to be invoked whenever a transaction is committed.
+** Any callback set by a previous call to sqlite3_commit_hook()
+** for the same database connection is overridden.
+** The sqlite3_rollback_hook() interface registers a callback
+** function to be invoked whenever a transaction is committed.
+** Any callback set by a previous call to sqlite3_commit_hook()
+** for the same database connection is overridden.
+** The pArg argument is passed through to the callback.
+** If the callback on a commit hook function returns non-zero,
+** then the commit is converted into a rollback.
+**
+** If another function was previously registered, its
+** pArg value is returned.  Otherwise NULL is returned.
+**
+** Registering a NULL function disables the callback.
+**
+** For the purposes of this API, a transaction is said to have been
+** rolled back if an explicit "ROLLBACK" statement is executed, or
+** an error or constraint causes an implicit rollback to occur.
+** The rollback callback is not invoked if a transaction is
+** automatically rolled back because the database connection is closed.
+** The rollback callback is not invoked if a transaction is
+** rolled back because a commit callback returned non-zero.
+** <todo> Check on this </todo>
+**
+** INVARIANTS:
+**
+** {H12951} The [sqlite3_commit_hook(D,F,P)] interface registers the
+**          callback function F to be invoked with argument P whenever
+**          a transaction commits on the [database connection] D.
+**
+** {H12952} The [sqlite3_commit_hook(D,F,P)] interface returns the P argument
+**          from the previous call with the same [database connection] D,
+**          or NULL on the first call for a particular database connection D.
+**
+** {H12953} Each call to [sqlite3_commit_hook()] overwrites the callback
+**          registered by prior calls.
+**
+** {H12954} If the F argument to [sqlite3_commit_hook(D,F,P)] is NULL
+**          then the commit hook callback is canceled and no callback
+**          is invoked when a transaction commits.
+**
+** {H12955} If the commit callback returns non-zero then the commit is
+**          converted into a rollback.
+**
+** {H12961} The [sqlite3_rollback_hook(D,F,P)] interface registers the
+**          callback function F to be invoked with argument P whenever
+**          a transaction rolls back on the [database connection] D.
+**
+** {H12962} The [sqlite3_rollback_hook(D,F,P)] interface returns the P
+**          argument from the previous call with the same
+**          [database connection] D, or NULL on the first call
+**          for a particular database connection D.
+**
+** {H12963} Each call to [sqlite3_rollback_hook()] overwrites the callback
+**          registered by prior calls.
+**
+** {H12964} If the F argument to [sqlite3_rollback_hook(D,F,P)] is NULL
+**          then the rollback hook callback is canceled and no callback
+**          is invoked when a transaction rolls back.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_commit_hook(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*), void*);
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_rollback_hook(sqlite3*, void(*)(void *), void*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Data Change Notification Callbacks {H12970} <S60400>
+**
+** The sqlite3_update_hook() interface registers a callback function
+** with the [database connection] identified by the first argument
+** to be invoked whenever a row is updated, inserted or deleted.
+** Any callback set by a previous call to this function
+** for the same database connection is overridden.
+**
+** The second argument is a pointer to the function to invoke when a
+** row is updated, inserted or deleted.
+** The first argument to the callback is a copy of the third argument
+** to sqlite3_update_hook().
+** The second callback argument is one of [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE],
+** or [SQLITE_UPDATE], depending on the operation that caused the callback
+** to be invoked.
+** The third and fourth arguments to the callback contain pointers to the
+** database and table name containing the affected row.
+** The final callback parameter is the rowid of the row. In the case of
+** an update, this is the rowid after the update takes place.
+**
+** The update hook is not invoked when internal system tables are
+** modified (i.e. sqlite_master and sqlite_sequence).
+**
+** If another function was previously registered, its pArg value
+** is returned.  Otherwise NULL is returned.
+**
+** INVARIANTS:
+**
+** {H12971} The [sqlite3_update_hook(D,F,P)] interface causes the callback
+**          function F to be invoked with first parameter P whenever
+**          a table row is modified, inserted, or deleted on
+**          the [database connection] D.
+**
+** {H12973} The [sqlite3_update_hook(D,F,P)] interface returns the value
+**          of P for the previous call on the same [database connection] D,
+**          or NULL for the first call.
+**
+** {H12975} If the update hook callback F in [sqlite3_update_hook(D,F,P)]
+**          is NULL then the no update callbacks are made.
+**
+** {H12977} Each call to [sqlite3_update_hook(D,F,P)] overrides prior calls
+**          to the same interface on the same [database connection] D.
+**
+** {H12979} The update hook callback is not invoked when internal system
+**          tables such as sqlite_master and sqlite_sequence are modified.
+**
+** {H12981} The second parameter to the update callback
+**          is one of [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE] or [SQLITE_UPDATE],
+**          depending on the operation that caused the callback to be invoked.
+**
+** {H12983} The third and fourth arguments to the callback contain pointers
+**          to zero-terminated UTF-8 strings which are the names of the
+**          database and table that is being updated.
+
+** {H12985} The final callback parameter is the rowid of the row after
+**          the change occurs.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook(
+  sqlite3*, 
+  void(*)(void *,int ,char const *,char const *,sqlite3_int64),
+  void*
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Shared Pager Cache {H10330} <S30900>
+** KEYWORDS: {shared cache} {shared cache mode}
+**
+** This routine enables or disables the sharing of the database cache
+** and schema data structures between [database connection | connections]
+** to the same database. Sharing is enabled if the argument is true
+** and disabled if the argument is false.
+**
+** Cache sharing is enabled and disabled for an entire process. {END}
+** This is a change as of SQLite version 3.5.0. In prior versions of SQLite,
+** sharing was enabled or disabled for each thread separately.
+**
+** The cache sharing mode set by this interface effects all subsequent
+** calls to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()], and [sqlite3_open16()].
+** Existing database connections continue use the sharing mode
+** that was in effect at the time they were opened.
+**
+** Virtual tables cannot be used with a shared cache.  When shared
+** cache is enabled, the [sqlite3_create_module()] API used to register
+** virtual tables will always return an error.
+**
+** This routine returns [SQLITE_OK] if shared cache was enabled or disabled
+** successfully.  An [error code] is returned otherwise.
+**
+** Shared cache is disabled by default. But this might change in
+** future releases of SQLite.  Applications that care about shared
+** cache setting should set it explicitly.
+**
+** INVARIANTS:
+**
+** {H10331} A successful invocation of [sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(B)]
+**          will enable or disable shared cache mode for any subsequently
+**          created [database connection] in the same process.
+**
+** {H10336} When shared cache is enabled, the [sqlite3_create_module()]
+**          interface will always return an error.
+**
+** {H10337} The [sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(B)] interface returns
+**          [SQLITE_OK] if shared cache was enabled or disabled successfully.
+**
+** {H10339} Shared cache is disabled by default.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Attempt To Free Heap Memory {H17340} <S30220>
+**
+** The sqlite3_release_memory() interface attempts to free N bytes
+** of heap memory by deallocating non-essential memory allocations
+** held by the database library. {END}  Memory used to cache database
+** pages to improve performance is an example of non-essential memory.
+** sqlite3_release_memory() returns the number of bytes actually freed,
+** which might be more or less than the amount requested.
+**
+** INVARIANTS:
+**
+** {H17341} The [sqlite3_release_memory(N)] interface attempts to
+**          free N bytes of heap memory by deallocating non-essential
+**          memory allocations held by the database library.
+**
+** {H16342} The [sqlite3_release_memory(N)] returns the number
+**          of bytes actually freed, which might be more or less
+**          than the amount requested.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_release_memory(int);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Impose A Limit On Heap Size {H17350} <S30220>
+**
+** The sqlite3_soft_heap_limit() interface places a "soft" limit
+** on the amount of heap memory that may be allocated by SQLite.
+** If an internal allocation is requested that would exceed the
+** soft heap limit, [sqlite3_release_memory()] is invoked one or
+** more times to free up some space before the allocation is performed.
+**
+** The limit is called "soft", because if [sqlite3_release_memory()]
+** cannot free sufficient memory to prevent the limit from being exceeded,
+** the memory is allocated anyway and the current operation proceeds.
+**
+** A negative or zero value for N means that there is no soft heap limit and
+** [sqlite3_release_memory()] will only be called when memory is exhausted.
+** The default value for the soft heap limit is zero.
+**
+** SQLite makes a best effort to honor the soft heap limit.
+** But if the soft heap limit cannot be honored, execution will
+** continue without error or notification.  This is why the limit is
+** called a "soft" limit.  It is advisory only.
+**
+** Prior to SQLite version 3.5.0, this routine only constrained the memory
+** allocated by a single thread - the same thread in which this routine
+** runs.  Beginning with SQLite version 3.5.0, the soft heap limit is
+** applied to all threads. The value specified for the soft heap limit
+** is an upper bound on the total memory allocation for all threads. In
+** version 3.5.0 there is no mechanism for limiting the heap usage for
+** individual threads.
+**
+** INVARIANTS:
+**
+** {H16351} The [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(N)] interface places a soft limit
+**          of N bytes on the amount of heap memory that may be allocated
+**          using [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] at any point
+**          in time.
+**
+** {H16352} If a call to [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] would
+**          cause the total amount of allocated memory to exceed the
+**          soft heap limit, then [sqlite3_release_memory()] is invoked
+**          in an attempt to reduce the memory usage prior to proceeding
+**          with the memory allocation attempt.
+**
+** {H16353} Calls to [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] that trigger
+**          attempts to reduce memory usage through the soft heap limit
+**          mechanism continue even if the attempt to reduce memory
+**          usage is unsuccessful.
+**
+** {H16354} A negative or zero value for N in a call to
+**          [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(N)] means that there is no soft
+**          heap limit and [sqlite3_release_memory()] will only be
+**          called when memory is completely exhausted.
+**
+** {H16355} The default value for the soft heap limit is zero.
+**
+** {H16358} Each call to [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(N)] overrides the
+**          values set by all prior calls.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Extract Metadata About A Column Of A Table {H12850} <S60300>
+**
+** This routine returns metadata about a specific column of a specific
+** database table accessible using the [database connection] handle
+** passed as the first function argument.
+**
+** The column is identified by the second, third and fourth parameters to
+** this function. The second parameter is either the name of the database
+** (i.e. "main", "temp" or an attached database) containing the specified
+** table or NULL. If it is NULL, then all attached databases are searched
+** for the table using the same algorithm used by the database engine to
+** resolve unqualified table references.
+**
+** The third and fourth parameters to this function are the table and column
+** name of the desired column, respectively. Neither of these parameters
+** may be NULL.
+**
+** Metadata is returned by writing to the memory locations passed as the 5th
+** and subsequent parameters to this function. Any of these arguments may be
+** NULL, in which case the corresponding element of metadata is omitted.
+**
+** <blockquote>
+** <table border="1">
+** <tr><th> Parameter <th> Output<br>Type <th>  Description
+**
+** <tr><td> 5th <td> const char* <td> Data type
+** <tr><td> 6th <td> const char* <td> Name of default collation sequence
+** <tr><td> 7th <td> int         <td> True if column has a NOT NULL constraint
+** <tr><td> 8th <td> int         <td> True if column is part of the PRIMARY KEY
+** <tr><td> 9th <td> int         <td> True if column is AUTOINCREMENT
+** </table>
+** </blockquote>
+**
+** The memory pointed to by the character pointers returned for the
+** declaration type and collation sequence is valid only until the next
+** call to any SQLite API function.
+**
+** If the specified table is actually a view, an [error code] is returned.
+**
+** If the specified column is "rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" and an
+** INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column has been explicitly declared, then the output
+** parameters are set for the explicitly declared column. If there is no
+** explicitly declared INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column, then the output
+** parameters are set as follows:
+**
+** <pre>
+**     data type: "INTEGER"
+**     collation sequence: "BINARY"
+**     not null: 0
+**     primary key: 1
+**     auto increment: 0
+** </pre>
+**
+** This function may load one or more schemas from database files. If an
+** error occurs during this process, or if the requested table or column
+** cannot be found, an [error code] is returned and an error message left
+** in the [database connection] (to be retrieved using sqlite3_errmsg()).
+**
+** This API is only available if the library was compiled with the
+** [SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA] C-preprocessor symbol defined.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_table_column_metadata(
+  sqlite3 *db,                /* Connection handle */
+  const char *zDbName,        /* Database name or NULL */
+  const char *zTableName,     /* Table name */
+  const char *zColumnName,    /* Column name */
+  char const **pzDataType,    /* OUTPUT: Declared data type */
+  char const **pzCollSeq,     /* OUTPUT: Collation sequence name */
+  int *pNotNull,              /* OUTPUT: True if NOT NULL constraint exists */
+  int *pPrimaryKey,           /* OUTPUT: True if column part of PK */
+  int *pAutoinc               /* OUTPUT: True if column is auto-increment */
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Load An Extension {H12600} <S20500>
+**
+** This interface loads an SQLite extension library from the named file.
+**
+** {H12601} The sqlite3_load_extension() interface attempts to load an
+**          SQLite extension library contained in the file zFile.
+**
+** {H12602} The entry point is zProc.
+**
+** {H12603} zProc may be 0, in which case the name of the entry point
+**          defaults to "sqlite3_extension_init".
+**
+** {H12604} The sqlite3_load_extension() interface shall return
+**          [SQLITE_OK] on success and [SQLITE_ERROR] if something goes wrong.
+**
+** {H12605} If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then the
+**          [sqlite3_load_extension()] interface shall attempt to
+**          fill *pzErrMsg with error message text stored in memory
+**          obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()]. {END}  The calling function
+**          should free this memory by calling [sqlite3_free()].
+**
+** {H12606} Extension loading must be enabled using
+**          [sqlite3_enable_load_extension()] prior to calling this API,
+**          otherwise an error will be returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_load_extension(
+  sqlite3 *db,          /* Load the extension into this database connection */
+  const char *zFile,    /* Name of the shared library containing extension */
+  const char *zProc,    /* Entry point.  Derived from zFile if 0 */
+  char **pzErrMsg       /* Put error message here if not 0 */
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extension Loading {H12620} <S20500>
+**
+** So as not to open security holes in older applications that are
+** unprepared to deal with extension loading, and as a means of disabling
+** extension loading while evaluating user-entered SQL, the following API
+** is provided to turn the [sqlite3_load_extension()] mechanism on and off.
+**
+** Extension loading is off by default. See ticket #1863.
+**
+** {H12621} Call the sqlite3_enable_load_extension() routine with onoff==1
+**          to turn extension loading on and call it with onoff==0 to turn
+**          it back off again.
+**
+** {H12622} Extension loading is off by default.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Automatically Load An Extensions {H12640} <S20500>
+**
+** This API can be invoked at program startup in order to register
+** one or more statically linked extensions that will be available
+** to all new [database connections]. {END}
+**
+** This routine stores a pointer to the extension in an array that is
+** obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()].  If you run a memory leak checker
+** on your program and it reports a leak because of this array, invoke
+** [sqlite3_reset_auto_extension()] prior to shutdown to free the memory.
+**
+** {H12641} This function registers an extension entry point that is
+**          automatically invoked whenever a new [database connection]
+**          is opened using [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()],
+**          or [sqlite3_open_v2()].
+**
+** {H12642} Duplicate extensions are detected so calling this routine
+**          multiple times with the same extension is harmless.
+**
+** {H12643} This routine stores a pointer to the extension in an array
+**          that is obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()].
+**
+** {H12644} Automatic extensions apply across all threads.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_auto_extension(void *xEntryPoint);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Reset Automatic Extension Loading {H12660} <S20500>
+**
+** This function disables all previously registered automatic
+** extensions. {END}  It undoes the effect of all prior
+** [sqlite3_auto_extension()] calls.
+**
+** {H12661} This function disables all previously registered
+**          automatic extensions.
+**
+** {H12662} This function disables automatic extensions in all threads.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_reset_auto_extension(void);
+
+/*
+****** EXPERIMENTAL - subject to change without notice **************
+**
+** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism is currently considered
+** to be experimental.  The interface might change in incompatible ways.
+** If this is a problem for you, do not use the interface at this time.
+**
+** When the virtual-table mechanism stabilizes, we will declare the
+** interface fixed, support it indefinitely, and remove this comment.
+*/
+
+/*
+** Structures used by the virtual table interface
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_vtab sqlite3_vtab;
+typedef struct sqlite3_index_info sqlite3_index_info;
+typedef struct sqlite3_vtab_cursor sqlite3_vtab_cursor;
+typedef struct sqlite3_module sqlite3_module;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Object {H18000} <S20400>
+** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_module
+** EXPERIMENTAL
+**
+** A module is a class of virtual tables.  Each module is defined
+** by an instance of the following structure.  This structure consists
+** mostly of methods for the module.
+**
+** This interface is experimental and is subject to change or
+** removal in future releases of SQLite.
+*/
+struct sqlite3_module {
+  int iVersion;
+  int (*xCreate)(sqlite3*, void *pAux,
+               int argc, const char *const*argv,
+               sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, char**);
+  int (*xConnect)(sqlite3*, void *pAux,
+               int argc, const char *const*argv,
+               sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, char**);
+  int (*xBestIndex)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info*);
+  int (*xDisconnect)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
+  int (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
+  int (*xOpen)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor);
+  int (*xClose)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*);
+  int (*xFilter)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, int idxNum, const char *idxStr,
+                int argc, sqlite3_value **argv);
+  int (*xNext)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*);
+  int (*xEof)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*);
+  int (*xColumn)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, sqlite3_context*, int);
+  int (*xRowid)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, sqlite3_int64 *pRowid);
+  int (*xUpdate)(sqlite3_vtab *, int, sqlite3_value **, sqlite3_int64 *);
+  int (*xBegin)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
+  int (*xSync)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
+  int (*xCommit)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
+  int (*xRollback)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
+  int (*xFindFunction)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int nArg, const char *zName,
+                       void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+                       void **ppArg);
+  int (*xRename)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, const char *zNew);
+};
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Indexing Information {H18100} <S20400>
+** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_index_info
+** EXPERIMENTAL
+**
+** The sqlite3_index_info structure and its substructures is used to
+** pass information into and receive the reply from the xBestIndex
+** method of an sqlite3_module.  The fields under **Inputs** are the
+** inputs to xBestIndex and are read-only.  xBestIndex inserts its
+** results into the **Outputs** fields.
+**
+** The aConstraint[] array records WHERE clause constraints of the form:
+**
+** <pre>column OP expr</pre>
+**
+** where OP is =, &lt;, &lt;=, &gt;, or &gt;=.  The particular operator is
+** stored in aConstraint[].op.  The index of the column is stored in
+** aConstraint[].iColumn.  aConstraint[].usable is TRUE if the
+** expr on the right-hand side can be evaluated (and thus the constraint
+** is usable) and false if it cannot.
+**
+** The optimizer automatically inverts terms of the form "expr OP column"
+** and makes other simplifications to the WHERE clause in an attempt to
+** get as many WHERE clause terms into the form shown above as possible.
+** The aConstraint[] array only reports WHERE clause terms in the correct
+** form that refer to the particular virtual table being queried.
+**
+** Information about the ORDER BY clause is stored in aOrderBy[].
+** Each term of aOrderBy records a column of the ORDER BY clause.
+**
+** The xBestIndex method must fill aConstraintUsage[] with information
+** about what parameters to pass to xFilter.  If argvIndex>0 then
+** the right-hand side of the corresponding aConstraint[] is evaluated
+** and becomes the argvIndex-th entry in argv.  If aConstraintUsage[].omit
+** is true, then the constraint is assumed to be fully handled by the
+** virtual table and is not checked again by SQLite.
+**
+** The idxNum and idxPtr values are recorded and passed into xFilter.
+** sqlite3_free() is used to free idxPtr if needToFreeIdxPtr is true.
+**
+** The orderByConsumed means that output from xFilter will occur in
+** the correct order to satisfy the ORDER BY clause so that no separate
+** sorting step is required.
+**
+** The estimatedCost value is an estimate of the cost of doing the
+** particular lookup.  A full scan of a table with N entries should have
+** a cost of N.  A binary search of a table of N entries should have a
+** cost of approximately log(N).
+**
+** This interface is experimental and is subject to change or
+** removal in future releases of SQLite.
+*/
+struct sqlite3_index_info {
+  /* Inputs */
+  int nConstraint;           /* Number of entries in aConstraint */
+  struct sqlite3_index_constraint {
+     int iColumn;              /* Column on left-hand side of constraint */
+     unsigned char op;         /* Constraint operator */
+     unsigned char usable;     /* True if this constraint is usable */
+     int iTermOffset;          /* Used internally - xBestIndex should ignore */
+  } *aConstraint;            /* Table of WHERE clause constraints */
+  int nOrderBy;              /* Number of terms in the ORDER BY clause */
+  struct sqlite3_index_orderby {
+     int iColumn;              /* Column number */
+     unsigned char desc;       /* True for DESC.  False for ASC. */
+  } *aOrderBy;               /* The ORDER BY clause */
+  /* Outputs */
+  struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage {
+    int argvIndex;           /* if >0, constraint is part of argv to xFilter */
+    unsigned char omit;      /* Do not code a test for this constraint */
+  } *aConstraintUsage;
+  int idxNum;                /* Number used to identify the index */
+  char *idxStr;              /* String, possibly obtained from sqlite3_malloc */
+  int needToFreeIdxStr;      /* Free idxStr using sqlite3_free() if true */
+  int orderByConsumed;       /* True if output is already ordered */
+  double estimatedCost;      /* Estimated cost of using this index */
+};
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ    2
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT    4
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE    8
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT    16
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE    32
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH 64
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Register A Virtual Table Implementation {H18200} <S20400>
+** EXPERIMENTAL
+**
+** This routine is used to register a new module name with a
+** [database connection].  Module names must be registered before
+** creating new virtual tables on the module, or before using
+** preexisting virtual tables of the module.
+**
+** This interface is experimental and is subject to change or
+** removal in future releases of SQLite.
+*/
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_create_module(
+  sqlite3 *db,               /* SQLite connection to register module with */
+  const char *zName,         /* Name of the module */
+  const sqlite3_module *,    /* Methods for the module */
+  void *                     /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Register A Virtual Table Implementation {H18210} <S20400>
+** EXPERIMENTAL
+**
+** This routine is identical to the [sqlite3_create_module()] method above,
+** except that it allows a destructor function to be specified. It is
+** even more experimental than the rest of the virtual tables API.
+*/
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_create_module_v2(
+  sqlite3 *db,               /* SQLite connection to register module with */
+  const char *zName,         /* Name of the module */
+  const sqlite3_module *,    /* Methods for the module */
+  void *,                    /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */
+  void(*xDestroy)(void*)     /* Module destructor function */
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Instance Object {H18010} <S20400>
+** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_vtab
+** EXPERIMENTAL
+**
+** Every module implementation uses a subclass of the following structure
+** to describe a particular instance of the module.  Each subclass will
+** be tailored to the specific needs of the module implementation.
+** The purpose of this superclass is to define certain fields that are
+** common to all module implementations.
+**
+** Virtual tables methods can set an error message by assigning a
+** string obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()] to zErrMsg.  The method should
+** take care that any prior string is freed by a call to [sqlite3_free()]
+** prior to assigning a new string to zErrMsg.  After the error message
+** is delivered up to the client application, the string will be automatically
+** freed by sqlite3_free() and the zErrMsg field will be zeroed.  Note
+** that sqlite3_mprintf() and sqlite3_free() are used on the zErrMsg field
+** since virtual tables are commonly implemented in loadable extensions which
+** do not have access to sqlite3MPrintf() or sqlite3Free().
+**
+** This interface is experimental and is subject to change or
+** removal in future releases of SQLite.
+*/
+struct sqlite3_vtab {
+  const sqlite3_module *pModule;  /* The module for this virtual table */
+  int nRef;                       /* Used internally */
+  char *zErrMsg;                  /* Error message from sqlite3_mprintf() */
+  /* Virtual table implementations will typically add additional fields */
+};
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Cursor Object  {H18020} <S20400>
+** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_vtab_cursor
+** EXPERIMENTAL
+**
+** Every module implementation uses a subclass of the following structure
+** to describe cursors that point into the virtual table and are used
+** to loop through the virtual table.  Cursors are created using the
+** xOpen method of the module.  Each module implementation will define
+** the content of a cursor structure to suit its own needs.
+**
+** This superclass exists in order to define fields of the cursor that
+** are common to all implementations.
+**
+** This interface is experimental and is subject to change or
+** removal in future releases of SQLite.
+*/
+struct sqlite3_vtab_cursor {
+  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;      /* Virtual table of this cursor */
+  /* Virtual table implementations will typically add additional fields */
+};
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Declare The Schema Of A Virtual Table {H18280} <S20400>
+** EXPERIMENTAL
+**
+** The xCreate and xConnect methods of a module use the following API
+** to declare the format (the names and datatypes of the columns) of
+** the virtual tables they implement.
+**
+** This interface is experimental and is subject to change or
+** removal in future releases of SQLite.
+*/
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3*, const char *zCreateTable);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Overload A Function For A Virtual Table {H18300} <S20400>
+** EXPERIMENTAL
+**
+** Virtual tables can provide alternative implementations of functions
+** using the xFindFunction method.  But global versions of those functions
+** must exist in order to be overloaded.
+**
+** This API makes sure a global version of a function with a particular
+** name and number of parameters exists.  If no such function exists
+** before this API is called, a new function is created.  The implementation
+** of the new function always causes an exception to be thrown.  So
+** the new function is not good for anything by itself.  Its only
+** purpose is to be a placeholder function that can be overloaded
+** by virtual tables.
+**
+** This API should be considered part of the virtual table interface,
+** which is experimental and subject to change.
+*/
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_overload_function(sqlite3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg);
+
+/*
+** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism defined above (back up
+** to a comment remarkably similar to this one) is currently considered
+** to be experimental.  The interface might change in incompatible ways.
+** If this is a problem for you, do not use the interface at this time.
+**
+** When the virtual-table mechanism stabilizes, we will declare the
+** interface fixed, support it indefinitely, and remove this comment.
+**
+****** EXPERIMENTAL - subject to change without notice **************
+*/
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: A Handle To An Open BLOB {H17800} <S30230>
+** KEYWORDS: {BLOB handle} {BLOB handles}
+**
+** An instance of this object represents an open BLOB on which
+** [sqlite3_blob_open | incremental BLOB I/O] can be performed.
+** Objects of this type are created by [sqlite3_blob_open()]
+** and destroyed by [sqlite3_blob_close()].
+** The [sqlite3_blob_read()] and [sqlite3_blob_write()] interfaces
+** can be used to read or write small subsections of the BLOB.
+** The [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface returns the size of the BLOB in bytes.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_blob sqlite3_blob;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Open A BLOB For Incremental I/O {H17810} <S30230>
+**
+** This interfaces opens a [BLOB handle | handle] to the BLOB located
+** in row iRow, column zColumn, table zTable in database zDb;
+** in other words, the same BLOB that would be selected by:
+**
+** <pre>
+**     SELECT zColumn FROM zDb.zTable WHERE rowid = iRow;
+** </pre> {END}
+**
+** If the flags parameter is non-zero, the the BLOB is opened for read
+** and write access. If it is zero, the BLOB is opened for read access.
+**
+** Note that the database name is not the filename that contains
+** the database but rather the symbolic name of the database that
+** is assigned when the database is connected using [ATTACH].
+** For the main database file, the database name is "main".
+** For TEMP tables, the database name is "temp".
+**
+** On success, [SQLITE_OK] is returned and the new [BLOB handle] is written
+** to *ppBlob. Otherwise an [error code] is returned and any value written
+** to *ppBlob should not be used by the caller.
+** This function sets the [database connection] error code and message
+** accessible via [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()].
+**
+** If the row that a BLOB handle points to is modified by an
+** [UPDATE], [DELETE], or by [ON CONFLICT] side-effects
+** then the BLOB handle is marked as "expired".
+** This is true if any column of the row is changed, even a column
+** other than the one the BLOB handle is open on.
+** Calls to [sqlite3_blob_read()] and [sqlite3_blob_write()] for
+** a expired BLOB handle fail with an return code of [SQLITE_ABORT].
+** Changes written into a BLOB prior to the BLOB expiring are not
+** rollback by the expiration of the BLOB.  Such changes will eventually
+** commit if the transaction continues to completion.
+**
+** INVARIANTS:
+**
+** {H17813} A successful invocation of the [sqlite3_blob_open(D,B,T,C,R,F,P)]
+**          interface shall open an [sqlite3_blob] object P on the BLOB
+**          in column C of the table T in the database B on
+**          the [database connection] D.
+**
+** {H17814} A successful invocation of [sqlite3_blob_open(D,...)] shall start
+**          a new transaction on the [database connection] D if that
+**          connection is not already in a transaction.
+**
+** {H17816} The [sqlite3_blob_open(D,B,T,C,R,F,P)] interface shall open
+**          the BLOB for read and write access if and only if the F
+**          parameter is non-zero.
+**
+** {H17819} The [sqlite3_blob_open()] interface shall return [SQLITE_OK] on
+**          success and an appropriate [error code] on failure.
+**
+** {H17821} If an error occurs during evaluation of [sqlite3_blob_open(D,...)]
+**          then subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode(D)],
+**          [sqlite3_errmsg(D)], and [sqlite3_errmsg16(D)] shall return
+**          information appropriate for that error.
+**
+** {H17824} If any column in the row that a [sqlite3_blob] has open is
+**          changed by a separate [UPDATE] or [DELETE] statement or by
+**          an [ON CONFLICT] side effect, then the [sqlite3_blob] shall
+**          be marked as invalid.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open(
+  sqlite3*,
+  const char *zDb,
+  const char *zTable,
+  const char *zColumn,
+  sqlite3_int64 iRow,
+  int flags,
+  sqlite3_blob **ppBlob
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Close A BLOB Handle {H17830} <S30230>
+**
+** Closes an open [BLOB handle].
+**
+** Closing a BLOB shall cause the current transaction to commit
+** if there are no other BLOBs, no pending prepared statements, and the
+** database connection is in [autocommit mode].
+** If any writes were made to the BLOB, they might be held in cache
+** until the close operation if they will fit. {END}
+**
+** Closing the BLOB often forces the changes
+** out to disk and so if any I/O errors occur, they will likely occur
+** at the time when the BLOB is closed.  {H17833} Any errors that occur during
+** closing are reported as a non-zero return value.
+**
+** The BLOB is closed unconditionally.  Even if this routine returns
+** an error code, the BLOB is still closed.
+**
+** INVARIANTS:
+**
+** {H17833} The [sqlite3_blob_close(P)] interface closes an [sqlite3_blob]
+**          object P previously opened using [sqlite3_blob_open()].
+**
+** {H17836} Closing an [sqlite3_blob] object using
+**          [sqlite3_blob_close()] shall cause the current transaction to
+**          commit if there are no other open [sqlite3_blob] objects
+**          or [prepared statements] on the same [database connection] and
+**          the database connection is in [autocommit mode].
+**
+** {H17839} The [sqlite3_blob_close(P)] interfaces shall close the
+**          [sqlite3_blob] object P unconditionally, even if
+**          [sqlite3_blob_close(P)] returns something other than [SQLITE_OK].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_close(sqlite3_blob *);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Return The Size Of An Open BLOB {H17840} <S30230>
+**
+** Returns the size in bytes of the BLOB accessible via the open
+** []BLOB handle] in its only argument.
+**
+** INVARIANTS:
+**
+** {H17843} The [sqlite3_blob_bytes(P)] interface returns the size
+**          in bytes of the BLOB that the [sqlite3_blob] object P
+**          refers to.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_bytes(sqlite3_blob *);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Read Data From A BLOB Incrementally {H17850} <S30230>
+**
+** This function is used to read data from an open [BLOB handle] into a
+** caller-supplied buffer. N bytes of data are copied into buffer Z
+** from the open BLOB, starting at offset iOffset.
+**
+** If offset iOffset is less than N bytes from the end of the BLOB,
+** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is read.  If N or iOffset is
+** less than zero, [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is read.
+**
+** An attempt to read from an expired [BLOB handle] fails with an
+** error code of [SQLITE_ABORT].
+**
+** On success, SQLITE_OK is returned.
+** Otherwise, an [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.
+**
+** INVARIANTS:
+**
+** {H17853} A successful invocation of [sqlite3_blob_read(P,Z,N,X)] 
+**          shall reads N bytes of data out of the BLOB referenced by
+**          [BLOB handle] P beginning at offset X and store those bytes
+**          into buffer Z.
+**
+** {H17856} In [sqlite3_blob_read(P,Z,N,X)] if the size of the BLOB
+**          is less than N+X bytes, then the function shall leave the
+**          Z buffer unchanged and return [SQLITE_ERROR].
+**
+** {H17859} In [sqlite3_blob_read(P,Z,N,X)] if X or N is less than zero
+**          then the function shall leave the Z buffer unchanged
+**          and return [SQLITE_ERROR].
+**
+** {H17862} The [sqlite3_blob_read(P,Z,N,X)] interface shall return [SQLITE_OK]
+**          if N bytes are successfully read into buffer Z.
+**
+** {H17863} If the [BLOB handle] P is expired and X and N are within bounds
+**          then [sqlite3_blob_read(P,Z,N,X)] shall leave the Z buffer
+**          unchanged and return [SQLITE_ABORT].
+**
+** {H17865} If the requested read could not be completed,
+**          the [sqlite3_blob_read(P,Z,N,X)] interface shall return an
+**          appropriate [error code] or [extended error code].
+**
+** {H17868} If an error occurs during evaluation of [sqlite3_blob_read(P,...)]
+**          then subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode(D)],
+**          [sqlite3_errmsg(D)], and [sqlite3_errmsg16(D)] shall return
+**          information appropriate for that error, where D is the
+**          [database connection] that was used to open the [BLOB handle] P.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_read(sqlite3_blob *, void *Z, int N, int iOffset);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Write Data Into A BLOB Incrementally {H17870} <S30230>
+**
+** This function is used to write data into an open [BLOB handle] from a
+** caller-supplied buffer. N bytes of data are copied from the buffer Z
+** into the open BLOB, starting at offset iOffset.
+**
+** If the [BLOB handle] passed as the first argument was not opened for
+** writing (the flags parameter to [sqlite3_blob_open()] was zero),
+** this function returns [SQLITE_READONLY].
+**
+** This function may only modify the contents of the BLOB; it is
+** not possible to increase the size of a BLOB using this API.
+** If offset iOffset is less than N bytes from the end of the BLOB,
+** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written.  If N is
+** less than zero [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written.
+**
+** An attempt to write to an expired [BLOB handle] fails with an
+** error code of [SQLITE_ABORT].  Writes to the BLOB that occurred
+** before the [BLOB handle] expired are not rolled back by the
+** expiration of the handle, though of course those changes might
+** have been overwritten by the statement that expired the BLOB handle
+** or by other independent statements.
+**
+** On success, SQLITE_OK is returned.
+** Otherwise, an  [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.
+**
+** INVARIANTS:
+**
+** {H17873} A successful invocation of [sqlite3_blob_write(P,Z,N,X)]
+**          shall write N bytes of data from buffer Z into the BLOB 
+**          referenced by [BLOB handle] P beginning at offset X into
+**          the BLOB.
+**
+** {H17874} In the absence of other overridding changes, the changes
+**          written to a BLOB by [sqlite3_blob_write()] shall
+**          remain in effect after the associated [BLOB handle] expires.
+**
+** {H17875} If the [BLOB handle] P was opened for reading only then
+**          an invocation of [sqlite3_blob_write(P,Z,N,X)] shall leave
+**          the referenced BLOB unchanged and return [SQLITE_READONLY].
+**
+** {H17876} If the size of the BLOB referenced by [BLOB handle] P is
+**          less than N+X bytes then [sqlite3_blob_write(P,Z,N,X)] shall
+**          leave the BLOB unchanged and return [SQLITE_ERROR].
+**
+** {H17877} If the [BLOB handle] P is expired and X and N are within bounds
+**          then [sqlite3_blob_read(P,Z,N,X)] shall leave the BLOB
+**          unchanged and return [SQLITE_ABORT].
+**
+** {H17879} If X or N are less than zero then [sqlite3_blob_write(P,Z,N,X)]
+**          shall leave the BLOB referenced by [BLOB handle] P unchanged
+**          and return [SQLITE_ERROR].
+**
+** {H17882} The [sqlite3_blob_write(P,Z,N,X)] interface shall return
+**          [SQLITE_OK] if N bytes where successfully written into the BLOB.
+**
+** {H17885} If the requested write could not be completed,
+**          the [sqlite3_blob_write(P,Z,N,X)] interface shall return an
+**          appropriate [error code] or [extended error code].
+**
+** {H17888} If an error occurs during evaluation of [sqlite3_blob_write(D,...)]
+**          then subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode(D)],
+**          [sqlite3_errmsg(D)], and [sqlite3_errmsg16(D)] shall return
+**          information appropriate for that error.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_write(sqlite3_blob *, const void *z, int n, int iOffset);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Virtual File System Objects {H11200} <S20100>
+**
+** A virtual filesystem (VFS) is an [sqlite3_vfs] object
+** that SQLite uses to interact
+** with the underlying operating system.  Most SQLite builds come with a
+** single default VFS that is appropriate for the host computer.
+** New VFSes can be registered and existing VFSes can be unregistered.
+** The following interfaces are provided.
+**
+** The sqlite3_vfs_find() interface returns a pointer to a VFS given its name.
+** Names are case sensitive.
+** Names are zero-terminated UTF-8 strings.
+** If there is no match, a NULL pointer is returned.
+** If zVfsName is NULL then the default VFS is returned.
+**
+** New VFSes are registered with sqlite3_vfs_register().
+** Each new VFS becomes the default VFS if the makeDflt flag is set.
+** The same VFS can be registered multiple times without injury.
+** To make an existing VFS into the default VFS, register it again
+** with the makeDflt flag set.  If two different VFSes with the
+** same name are registered, the behavior is undefined.  If a
+** VFS is registered with a name that is NULL or an empty string,
+** then the behavior is undefined.
+**
+** Unregister a VFS with the sqlite3_vfs_unregister() interface.
+** If the default VFS is unregistered, another VFS is chosen as
+** the default.  The choice for the new VFS is arbitrary.
+**
+** INVARIANTS:
+**
+** {H11203} The [sqlite3_vfs_find(N)] interface returns a pointer to the
+**          registered [sqlite3_vfs] object whose name exactly matches
+**          the zero-terminated UTF-8 string N, or it returns NULL if
+**          there is no match.
+**
+** {H11206} If the N parameter to [sqlite3_vfs_find(N)] is NULL then
+**          the function returns a pointer to the default [sqlite3_vfs]
+**          object if there is one, or NULL if there is no default
+**          [sqlite3_vfs] object.
+**
+** {H11209} The [sqlite3_vfs_register(P,F)] interface registers the
+**          well-formed [sqlite3_vfs] object P using the name given
+**          by the zName field of the object.
+**
+** {H11212} Using the [sqlite3_vfs_register(P,F)] interface to register
+**          the same [sqlite3_vfs] object multiple times is a harmless no-op.
+**
+** {H11215} The [sqlite3_vfs_register(P,F)] interface makes the [sqlite3_vfs]
+**          object P the default [sqlite3_vfs] object if F is non-zero.
+**
+** {H11218} The [sqlite3_vfs_unregister(P)] interface unregisters the
+**          [sqlite3_vfs] object P so that it is no longer returned by
+**          subsequent calls to [sqlite3_vfs_find()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3_vfs_find(const char *zVfsName);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_register(sqlite3_vfs*, int makeDflt);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Mutexes {H17000} <S20000>
+**
+** The SQLite core uses these routines for thread
+** synchronization. Though they are intended for internal
+** use by SQLite, code that links against SQLite is
+** permitted to use any of these routines.
+**
+** The SQLite source code contains multiple implementations
+** of these mutex routines.  An appropriate implementation
+** is selected automatically at compile-time.  The following
+** implementations are available in the SQLite core:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li>   SQLITE_MUTEX_OS2
+** <li>   SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREAD
+** <li>   SQLITE_MUTEX_W32
+** <li>   SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
+** </ul>
+**
+** The SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP implementation is a set of routines
+** that does no real locking and is appropriate for use in
+** a single-threaded application.  The SQLITE_MUTEX_OS2,
+** SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREAD, and SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 implementations
+** are appropriate for use on OS/2, Unix, and Windows.
+**
+** If SQLite is compiled with the SQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF preprocessor
+** macro defined (with "-DSQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF=1"), then no mutex
+** implementation is included with the library. In this case the
+** application must supply a custom mutex implementation using the
+** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX] option of the sqlite3_config() function
+** before calling sqlite3_initialize() or any other public sqlite3_
+** function that calls sqlite3_initialize().
+**
+** {H17011} The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new
+** mutex and returns a pointer to it. {H17012} If it returns NULL
+** that means that a mutex could not be allocated. {H17013} SQLite
+** will unwind its stack and return an error. {H17014} The argument
+** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2
+** </ul>
+**
+** {H17015} The first two constants cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create
+** a new mutex.  The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
+** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used. {END}
+** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction
+** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does
+** not want to.  {H17016} But SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in
+** cases where it really needs one.  {END} If a faster non-recursive mutex
+** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem
+** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST.
+**
+** {H17017} The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() each return
+** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex. {END}  Four static mutexes are
+** used by the current version of SQLite.  Future versions of SQLite
+** may add additional static mutexes.  Static mutexes are for internal
+** use by SQLite only.  Applications that use SQLite mutexes should
+** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or
+** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE.
+**
+** {H17018} Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
+** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc()
+** returns a different mutex on every call.  {H17034} But for the static
+** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has
+** the same type number.
+**
+** {H17019} The sqlite3_mutex_free() routine deallocates a previously
+** allocated dynamic mutex. {H17020} SQLite is careful to deallocate every
+** dynamic mutex that it allocates. {A17021} The dynamic mutexes must not be in
+** use when they are deallocated. {A17022} Attempting to deallocate a static
+** mutex results in undefined behavior. {H17023} SQLite never deallocates
+** a static mutex. {END}
+**
+** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt
+** to enter a mutex. {H17024} If another thread is already within the mutex,
+** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return
+** SQLITE_BUSY. {H17025}  The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns [SQLITE_OK]
+** upon successful entry.  {H17026} Mutexes created using
+** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can be entered multiple times by the same thread.
+** {H17027} In such cases the,
+** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread
+** can enter.  {A17028} If the same thread tries to enter any other
+** kind of mutex more than once, the behavior is undefined.
+** {H17029} SQLite will never exhibit
+** such behavior in its own use of mutexes.
+**
+** Some systems (for example, Windows 95) do not support the operation
+** implemented by sqlite3_mutex_try().  On those systems, sqlite3_mutex_try()
+** will always return SQLITE_BUSY.  {H17030} The SQLite core only ever uses
+** sqlite3_mutex_try() as an optimization so this is acceptable behavior.
+**
+** {H17031} The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was
+** previously entered by the same thread.  {A17032} The behavior
+** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered by the
+** calling thread or is not currently allocated.  {H17033} SQLite will
+** never do either. {END}
+**
+** If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_enter(), sqlite3_mutex_try(), or
+** sqlite3_mutex_leave() is a NULL pointer, then all three routines
+** behave as no-ops.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_mutex_held()] and [sqlite3_mutex_notheld()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_mutex_alloc(int);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3_mutex*);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex*);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_try(sqlite3_mutex*);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Mutex Methods Object {H17120} <S20130>
+** EXPERIMENTAL
+**
+** An instance of this structure defines the low-level routines
+** used to allocate and use mutexes.
+**
+** Usually, the default mutex implementations provided by SQLite are
+** sufficient, however the user has the option of substituting a custom
+** implementation for specialized deployments or systems for which SQLite
+** does not provide a suitable implementation. In this case, the user
+** creates and populates an instance of this structure to pass
+** to sqlite3_config() along with the [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX] option.
+** Additionally, an instance of this structure can be used as an
+** output variable when querying the system for the current mutex
+** implementation, using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX] option.
+**
+** The xMutexInit method defined by this structure is invoked as
+** part of system initialization by the sqlite3_initialize() function.
+** {H17001} The xMutexInit routine shall be called by SQLite once for each
+** effective call to [sqlite3_initialize()].
+**
+** The xMutexEnd method defined by this structure is invoked as
+** part of system shutdown by the sqlite3_shutdown() function. The
+** implementation of this method is expected to release all outstanding
+** resources obtained by the mutex methods implementation, especially
+** those obtained by the xMutexInit method. {H17003} The xMutexEnd()
+** interface shall be invoked once for each call to [sqlite3_shutdown()].
+**
+** The remaining seven methods defined by this structure (xMutexAlloc,
+** xMutexFree, xMutexEnter, xMutexTry, xMutexLeave, xMutexHeld and
+** xMutexNotheld) implement the following interfaces (respectively):
+**
+** <ul>
+**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()] </li>
+**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_free()] </li>
+**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_enter()] </li>
+**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_try()] </li>
+**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_leave()] </li>
+**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_held()] </li>
+**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_notheld()] </li>
+** </ul>
+**
+** The only difference is that the public sqlite3_XXX functions enumerated
+** above silently ignore any invocations that pass a NULL pointer instead
+** of a valid mutex handle. The implementations of the methods defined
+** by this structure are not required to handle this case, the results
+** of passing a NULL pointer instead of a valid mutex handle are undefined
+** (i.e. it is acceptable to provide an implementation that segfaults if
+** it is passed a NULL pointer).
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_mutex_methods sqlite3_mutex_methods;
+struct sqlite3_mutex_methods {
+  int (*xMutexInit)(void);
+  int (*xMutexEnd)(void);
+  sqlite3_mutex *(*xMutexAlloc)(int);
+  void (*xMutexFree)(sqlite3_mutex *);
+  void (*xMutexEnter)(sqlite3_mutex *);
+  int (*xMutexTry)(sqlite3_mutex *);
+  void (*xMutexLeave)(sqlite3_mutex *);
+  int (*xMutexHeld)(sqlite3_mutex *);
+  int (*xMutexNotheld)(sqlite3_mutex *);
+};
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Mutex Verification Routines {H17080} <S20130> <S30800>
+**
+** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routines
+** are intended for use inside assert() statements. {H17081} The SQLite core
+** never uses these routines except inside an assert() and applications
+** are advised to follow the lead of the core.  {H17082} The core only
+** provides implementations for these routines when it is compiled
+** with the SQLITE_DEBUG flag.  {A17087} External mutex implementations
+** are only required to provide these routines if SQLITE_DEBUG is
+** defined and if NDEBUG is not defined.
+**
+** {H17083} These routines should return true if the mutex in their argument
+** is held or not held, respectively, by the calling thread.
+**
+** {X17084} The implementation is not required to provided versions of these
+** routines that actually work. If the implementation does not provide working
+** versions of these routines, it should at least provide stubs that always
+** return true so that one does not get spurious assertion failures.
+**
+** {H17085} If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_held() is a NULL pointer then
+** the routine should return 1.  {END} This seems counter-intuitive since
+** clearly the mutex cannot be held if it does not exist.  But the
+** the reason the mutex does not exist is because the build is not
+** using mutexes.  And we do not want the assert() containing the
+** call to sqlite3_mutex_held() to fail, so a non-zero return is
+** the appropriate thing to do.  {H17086} The sqlite3_mutex_notheld()
+** interface should also return 1 when given a NULL pointer.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3_mutex*);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Mutex Types {H17001} <H17000>
+**
+** The [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()] interface takes a single argument
+** which is one of these integer constants.
+**
+** The set of static mutexes may change from one SQLite release to the
+** next.  Applications that override the built-in mutex logic must be
+** prepared to accommodate additional static mutexes.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST             0
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE        1
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER    2
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM       3  /* sqlite3_malloc() */
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2      4  /* sqlite3_release_memory() */
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG      5  /* sqlite3_random() */
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU       6  /* lru page list */
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2      7  /* lru page list */
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Low-Level Control Of Database Files {H11300} <S30800>
+**
+** {H11301} The [sqlite3_file_control()] interface makes a direct call to the
+** xFileControl method for the [sqlite3_io_methods] object associated
+** with a particular database identified by the second argument. {H11302} The
+** name of the database is the name assigned to the database by the
+** <a href="lang_attach.html">ATTACH</a> SQL command that opened the
+** database. {H11303} To control the main database file, use the name "main"
+** or a NULL pointer. {H11304} The third and fourth parameters to this routine
+** are passed directly through to the second and third parameters of
+** the xFileControl method.  {H11305} The return value of the xFileControl
+** method becomes the return value of this routine.
+**
+** {H11306} If the second parameter (zDbName) does not match the name of any
+** open database file, then SQLITE_ERROR is returned. {H11307} This error
+** code is not remembered and will not be recalled by [sqlite3_errcode()]
+** or [sqlite3_errmsg()]. {A11308} The underlying xFileControl method might
+** also return SQLITE_ERROR.  {A11309} There is no way to distinguish between
+** an incorrect zDbName and an SQLITE_ERROR return from the underlying
+** xFileControl method. {END}
+**
+** See also: [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE]
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_file_control(sqlite3*, const char *zDbName, int op, void*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Testing Interface {H11400} <S30800>
+**
+** The sqlite3_test_control() interface is used to read out internal
+** state of SQLite and to inject faults into SQLite for testing
+** purposes.  The first parameter is an operation code that determines
+** the number, meaning, and operation of all subsequent parameters.
+**
+** This interface is not for use by applications.  It exists solely
+** for verifying the correct operation of the SQLite library.  Depending
+** on how the SQLite library is compiled, this interface might not exist.
+**
+** The details of the operation codes, their meanings, the parameters
+** they take, and what they do are all subject to change without notice.
+** Unlike most of the SQLite API, this function is not guaranteed to
+** operate consistently from one release to the next.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Testing Interface Operation Codes {H11410} <H11400>
+**
+** These constants are the valid operation code parameters used
+** as the first argument to [sqlite3_test_control()].
+**
+** These parameters and their meanings are subject to change
+** without notice.  These values are for testing purposes only.
+** Applications should not use any of these parameters or the
+** [sqlite3_test_control()] interface.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_SAVE                5
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESTORE             6
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESET               7
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BITVEC_TEST              8
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL            9
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS     10
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: SQLite Runtime Status {H17200} <S60200>
+** EXPERIMENTAL
+**
+** This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information
+** about the preformance of SQLite, and optionally to reset various
+** highwater marks.  The first argument is an integer code for
+** the specific parameter to measure.  Recognized integer codes
+** are of the form [SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED | SQLITE_STATUS_...].
+** The current value of the parameter is returned into *pCurrent.
+** The highest recorded value is returned in *pHighwater.  If the
+** resetFlag is true, then the highest record value is reset after
+** *pHighwater is written. Some parameters do not record the highest
+** value.  For those parameters
+** nothing is written into *pHighwater and the resetFlag is ignored.
+** Other parameters record only the highwater mark and not the current
+** value.  For these latter parameters nothing is written into *pCurrent.
+**
+** This routine returns SQLITE_OK on success and a non-zero
+** [error code] on failure.
+**
+** This routine is threadsafe but is not atomic.  This routine can
+** called while other threads are running the same or different SQLite
+** interfaces.  However the values returned in *pCurrent and
+** *pHighwater reflect the status of SQLite at different points in time
+** and it is possible that another thread might change the parameter
+** in between the times when *pCurrent and *pHighwater are written.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_db_status()]
+*/
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetFlag);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Status {H17201} <S60200>
+** EXPERIMENTAL
+**
+** This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information 
+** about a single [database connection].  The first argument is the
+** database connection object to be interrogated.  The second argument
+** is the parameter to interrogate.  Currently, the only allowed value
+** for the second parameter is [SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED].
+** Additional options will likely appear in future releases of SQLite.
+**
+** The current value of the request parameter is written into *pCur
+** and the highest instantaneous value is written into *pHiwtr.  If
+** the resetFlg is true, then the highest instantaneous value is
+** reset back down to the current value.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_status()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int resetFlg);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters {H17250} <H17200>
+** EXPERIMENTAL
+**
+** These integer constants designate various run-time status parameters
+** that can be returned by [sqlite3_status()].
+**
+** <dl>
+** <dt>SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter is the current amount of memory checked out
+** using [sqlite3_malloc()], either directly or indirectly.  The
+** figure includes calls made to [sqlite3_malloc()] by the application
+** and internal memory usage by the SQLite library.  Scratch memory
+** controlled by [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] and auxiliary page-cache
+** memory controlled by [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE] is not included in
+** this parameter.  The amount returned is the sum of the allocation
+** sizes as reported by the xSize method in [sqlite3_mem_methods].</dd>
+**
+** <dt>SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request
+** handed to [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] (or their
+** internal equivalents).  Only the value returned in the
+** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest.  
+** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>
+**
+** <dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pages used out of the
+** [pagecache memory allocator] that was configured using 
+** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE].  The
+** value returned is in pages, not in bytes.</dd>
+**
+** <dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number of bytes of page cache
+** allocation which could not be statisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]
+** buffer and where forced to overflow to [sqlite3_malloc()].  The
+** returned value includes allocations that overflowed because they
+** where too large (they were larger than the "sz" parameter to
+** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]) and allocations that overflowed because
+** no space was left in the page cache.</dd>
+**
+** <dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request
+** handed to [pagecache memory allocator].  Only the value returned in the
+** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest.  
+** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>
+**
+** <dt>SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number of allocations used out of the
+** [scratch memory allocator] configured using
+** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH].  The value returned is in allocations, not
+** in bytes.  Since a single thread may only have one scratch allocation
+** outstanding at time, this parameter also reports the number of threads
+** using scratch memory at the same time.</dd>
+**
+** <dt>SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number of bytes of scratch memory
+** allocation which could not be statisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]
+** buffer and where forced to overflow to [sqlite3_malloc()].  The values
+** returned include overflows because the requested allocation was too
+** larger (that is, because the requested allocation was larger than the
+** "sz" parameter to [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]) and because no scratch buffer
+** slots were available.
+** </dd>
+**
+** <dt>SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request
+** handed to [scratch memory allocator].  Only the value returned in the
+** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest.  
+** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>
+**
+** <dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter records the deepest parser stack.  It is only
+** meaningful if SQLite is compiled with [YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH].</dd>
+** </dl>
+**
+** New status parameters may be added from time to time.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED          0
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED       1
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW   2
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED         3
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW     4
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE          5
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK         6
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE       7
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE         8
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters for database connections {H17275} <H17200>
+** EXPERIMENTAL
+**
+** Status verbs for [sqlite3_db_status()].
+**
+** <dl>
+** <dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number of lookaside memory slots currently
+** checked out.</dd>
+** </dl>
+*/
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED     0
+
+/*
+** Undo the hack that converts floating point types to integer for
+** builds on processors without floating point support.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+# undef double
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+}  /* End of the 'extern "C"' block */
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/************** End of sqlite3.h *********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
+/************** Include hash.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ******************/
+/************** Begin file hash.h ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implemenation
+** used in SQLite.
+**
+** $Id: hash.h,v 1.11 2007/09/04 14:31:47 danielk1977 Exp $
+*/
+#ifndef _SQLITE_HASH_H_
+#define _SQLITE_HASH_H_
+
+/* Forward declarations of structures. */
+typedef struct Hash Hash;
+typedef struct HashElem HashElem;
+
+/* A complete hash table is an instance of the following structure.
+** The internals of this structure are intended to be opaque -- client
+** code should not attempt to access or modify the fields of this structure
+** directly.  Change this structure only by using the routines below.
+** However, many of the "procedures" and "functions" for modifying and
+** accessing this structure are really macros, so we can't really make
+** this structure opaque.
+*/
+struct Hash {
+  char keyClass;          /* SQLITE_HASH_INT, _POINTER, _STRING, _BINARY */
+  char copyKey;           /* True if copy of key made on insert */
+  int count;              /* Number of entries in this table */
+  int htsize;             /* Number of buckets in the hash table */
+  HashElem *first;        /* The first element of the array */
+  struct _ht {            /* the hash table */
+    int count;               /* Number of entries with this hash */
+    HashElem *chain;         /* Pointer to first entry with this hash */
+  } *ht;
+};
+
+/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following 
+** structure.  All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list.
+**
+** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really
+** be opaque because it is used by macros.
+*/
+struct HashElem {
+  HashElem *next, *prev;   /* Next and previous elements in the table */
+  void *data;              /* Data associated with this element */
+  void *pKey; int nKey;    /* Key associated with this element */
+};
+
+/*
+** There are 4 different modes of operation for a hash table:
+**
+**   SQLITE_HASH_INT         nKey is used as the key and pKey is ignored.
+**
+**   SQLITE_HASH_POINTER     pKey is used as the key and nKey is ignored.
+**
+**   SQLITE_HASH_STRING      pKey points to a string that is nKey bytes long
+**                           (including the null-terminator, if any).  Case
+**                           is ignored in comparisons.
+**
+**   SQLITE_HASH_BINARY      pKey points to binary data nKey bytes long. 
+**                           memcmp() is used to compare keys.
+**
+** A copy of the key is made for SQLITE_HASH_STRING and SQLITE_HASH_BINARY
+** if the copyKey parameter to HashInit is 1.  
+*/
+/* #define SQLITE_HASH_INT       1 // NOT USED */
+/* #define SQLITE_HASH_POINTER   2 // NOT USED */
+#define SQLITE_HASH_STRING    3
+#define SQLITE_HASH_BINARY    4
+
+/*
+** Access routines.  To delete, insert a NULL pointer.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashInit(Hash*, int keytype, int copyKey);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey, void *pData);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE HashElem *sqlite3HashFindElem(const Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashClear(Hash*);
+
+/*
+** Macros for looping over all elements of a hash table.  The idiom is
+** like this:
+**
+**   Hash h;
+**   HashElem *p;
+**   ...
+**   for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&h); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
+**     SomeStructure *pData = sqliteHashData(p);
+**     // do something with pData
+**   }
+*/
+#define sqliteHashFirst(H)  ((H)->first)
+#define sqliteHashNext(E)   ((E)->next)
+#define sqliteHashData(E)   ((E)->data)
+#define sqliteHashKey(E)    ((E)->pKey)
+#define sqliteHashKeysize(E) ((E)->nKey)
+
+/*
+** Number of entries in a hash table
+*/
+#define sqliteHashCount(H)  ((H)->count)
+
+#endif /* _SQLITE_HASH_H_ */
+
+/************** End of hash.h ************************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
+/************** Include parse.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/
+/************** Begin file parse.h *******************************************/
+#define TK_SEMI                            1
+#define TK_EXPLAIN                         2
+#define TK_QUERY                           3
+#define TK_PLAN                            4
+#define TK_BEGIN                           5
+#define TK_TRANSACTION                     6
+#define TK_DEFERRED                        7
+#define TK_IMMEDIATE                       8
+#define TK_EXCLUSIVE                       9
+#define TK_COMMIT                         10
+#define TK_END                            11
+#define TK_ROLLBACK                       12
+#define TK_CREATE                         13
+#define TK_TABLE                          14
+#define TK_IF                             15
+#define TK_NOT                            16
+#define TK_EXISTS                         17
+#define TK_TEMP                           18
+#define TK_LP                             19
+#define TK_RP                             20
+#define TK_AS                             21
+#define TK_COMMA                          22
+#define TK_ID                             23
+#define TK_ABORT                          24
+#define TK_AFTER                          25
+#define TK_ANALYZE                        26
+#define TK_ASC                            27
+#define TK_ATTACH                         28
+#define TK_BEFORE                         29
+#define TK_CASCADE                        30
+#define TK_CAST                           31
+#define TK_CONFLICT                       32
+#define TK_DATABASE                       33
+#define TK_DESC                           34
+#define TK_DETACH                         35
+#define TK_EACH                           36
+#define TK_FAIL                           37
+#define TK_FOR                            38
+#define TK_IGNORE                         39
+#define TK_INITIALLY                      40
+#define TK_INSTEAD                        41
+#define TK_LIKE_KW                        42
+#define TK_MATCH                          43
+#define TK_KEY                            44
+#define TK_OF                             45
+#define TK_OFFSET                         46
+#define TK_PRAGMA                         47
+#define TK_RAISE                          48
+#define TK_REPLACE                        49
+#define TK_RESTRICT                       50
+#define TK_ROW                            51
+#define TK_TRIGGER                        52
+#define TK_VACUUM                         53
+#define TK_VIEW                           54
+#define TK_VIRTUAL                        55
+#define TK_REINDEX                        56
+#define TK_RENAME                         57
+#define TK_CTIME_KW                       58
+#define TK_ANY                            59
+#define TK_OR                             60
+#define TK_AND                            61
+#define TK_IS                             62
+#define TK_BETWEEN                        63
+#define TK_IN                             64
+#define TK_ISNULL                         65
+#define TK_NOTNULL                        66
+#define TK_NE                             67
+#define TK_EQ                             68
+#define TK_GT                             69
+#define TK_LE                             70
+#define TK_LT                             71
+#define TK_GE                             72
+#define TK_ESCAPE                         73
+#define TK_BITAND                         74
+#define TK_BITOR                          75
+#define TK_LSHIFT                         76
+#define TK_RSHIFT                         77
+#define TK_PLUS                           78
+#define TK_MINUS                          79
+#define TK_STAR                           80
+#define TK_SLASH                          81
+#define TK_REM                            82
+#define TK_CONCAT                         83
+#define TK_COLLATE                        84
+#define TK_UMINUS                         85
+#define TK_UPLUS                          86
+#define TK_BITNOT                         87
+#define TK_STRING                         88
+#define TK_JOIN_KW                        89
+#define TK_CONSTRAINT                     90
+#define TK_DEFAULT                        91
+#define TK_NULL                           92
+#define TK_PRIMARY                        93
+#define TK_UNIQUE                         94
+#define TK_CHECK                          95
+#define TK_REFERENCES                     96
+#define TK_AUTOINCR                       97
+#define TK_ON                             98
+#define TK_DELETE                         99
+#define TK_UPDATE                         100
+#define TK_INSERT                         101
+#define TK_SET                            102
+#define TK_DEFERRABLE                     103
+#define TK_FOREIGN                        104
+#define TK_DROP                           105
+#define TK_UNION                          106
+#define TK_ALL                            107
+#define TK_EXCEPT                         108
+#define TK_INTERSECT                      109
+#define TK_SELECT                         110
+#define TK_DISTINCT                       111
+#define TK_DOT                            112
+#define TK_FROM                           113
+#define TK_JOIN                           114
+#define TK_USING                          115
+#define TK_ORDER                          116
+#define TK_BY                             117
+#define TK_GROUP                          118
+#define TK_HAVING                         119
+#define TK_LIMIT                          120
+#define TK_WHERE                          121
+#define TK_INTO                           122
+#define TK_VALUES                         123
+#define TK_INTEGER                        124
+#define TK_FLOAT                          125
+#define TK_BLOB                           126
+#define TK_REGISTER                       127
+#define TK_VARIABLE                       128
+#define TK_CASE                           129
+#define TK_WHEN                           130
+#define TK_THEN                           131
+#define TK_ELSE                           132
+#define TK_INDEX                          133
+#define TK_ALTER                          134
+#define TK_TO                             135
+#define TK_ADD                            136
+#define TK_COLUMNKW                       137
+#define TK_TO_TEXT                        138
+#define TK_TO_BLOB                        139
+#define TK_TO_NUMERIC                     140
+#define TK_TO_INT                         141
+#define TK_TO_REAL                        142
+#define TK_END_OF_FILE                    143
+#define TK_ILLEGAL                        144
+#define TK_SPACE                          145
+#define TK_UNCLOSED_STRING                146
+#define TK_FUNCTION                       147
+#define TK_COLUMN                         148
+#define TK_AGG_FUNCTION                   149
+#define TK_AGG_COLUMN                     150
+#define TK_CONST_FUNC                     151
+
+/************** End of parse.h ***********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/*
+** If compiling for a processor that lacks floating point support,
+** substitute integer for floating-point
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+# define double sqlite_int64
+# define LONGDOUBLE_TYPE sqlite_int64
+# ifndef SQLITE_BIG_DBL
+#   define SQLITE_BIG_DBL (0x7fffffffffffffff)
+# endif
+# define SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS 1
+# define SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE 1
+# undef SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_BIG_DBL
+# define SQLITE_BIG_DBL (1e99)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** OMIT_TEMPDB is set to 1 if SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB is defined, or 0
+** afterward. Having this macro allows us to cause the C compiler 
+** to omit code used by TEMP tables without messy #ifndef statements.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB
+#define OMIT_TEMPDB 1
+#else
+#define OMIT_TEMPDB 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** If the following macro is set to 1, then NULL values are considered
+** distinct when determining whether or not two entries are the same
+** in a UNIQUE index.  This is the way PostgreSQL, Oracle, DB2, MySQL,
+** OCELOT, and Firebird all work.  The SQL92 spec explicitly says this
+** is the way things are suppose to work.
+**
+** If the following macro is set to 0, the NULLs are indistinct for
+** a UNIQUE index.  In this mode, you can only have a single NULL entry
+** for a column declared UNIQUE.  This is the way Informix and SQL Server
+** work.
+*/
+#define NULL_DISTINCT_FOR_UNIQUE 1
+
+/*
+** The "file format" number is an integer that is incremented whenever
+** the VDBE-level file format changes.  The following macros define the
+** the default file format for new databases and the maximum file format
+** that the library can read.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT 4
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT
+# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT 1
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Provide a default value for SQLITE_TEMP_STORE in case it is not specified
+** on the command-line
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_TEMP_STORE
+# define SQLITE_TEMP_STORE 1
+#endif
+
+/*
+** GCC does not define the offsetof() macro so we'll have to do it
+** ourselves.
+*/
+#ifndef offsetof
+#define offsetof(STRUCTURE,FIELD) ((int)((char*)&((STRUCTURE*)0)->FIELD))
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Check to see if this machine uses EBCDIC.  (Yes, believe it or
+** not, there are still machines out there that use EBCDIC.)
+*/
+#if 'A' == '\301'
+# define SQLITE_EBCDIC 1
+#else
+# define SQLITE_ASCII 1
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Integers of known sizes.  These typedefs might change for architectures
+** where the sizes very.  Preprocessor macros are available so that the
+** types can be conveniently redefined at compile-type.  Like this:
+**
+**         cc '-DUINTPTR_TYPE=long long int' ...
+*/
+#ifndef UINT32_TYPE
+# ifdef HAVE_UINT32_T
+#  define UINT32_TYPE uint32_t
+# else
+#  define UINT32_TYPE unsigned int
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifndef UINT16_TYPE
+# ifdef HAVE_UINT16_T
+#  define UINT16_TYPE uint16_t
+# else
+#  define UINT16_TYPE unsigned short int
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifndef INT16_TYPE
+# ifdef HAVE_INT16_T
+#  define INT16_TYPE int16_t
+# else
+#  define INT16_TYPE short int
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifndef UINT8_TYPE
+# ifdef HAVE_UINT8_T
+#  define UINT8_TYPE uint8_t
+# else
+#  define UINT8_TYPE unsigned char
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifndef INT8_TYPE
+# ifdef HAVE_INT8_T
+#  define INT8_TYPE int8_t
+# else
+#  define INT8_TYPE signed char
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifndef LONGDOUBLE_TYPE
+# define LONGDOUBLE_TYPE long double
+#endif
+typedef sqlite_int64 i64;          /* 8-byte signed integer */
+typedef sqlite_uint64 u64;         /* 8-byte unsigned integer */
+typedef UINT32_TYPE u32;           /* 4-byte unsigned integer */
+typedef UINT16_TYPE u16;           /* 2-byte unsigned integer */
+typedef INT16_TYPE i16;            /* 2-byte signed integer */
+typedef UINT8_TYPE u8;             /* 1-byte unsigned integer */
+typedef INT8_TYPE i8;              /* 1-byte signed integer */
+
+/*
+** Macros to determine whether the machine is big or little endian,
+** evaluated at runtime.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const int sqlite3one;
+#else
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const int sqlite3one;
+#endif
+#if defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86)
+# define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN    0
+# define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN 1
+# define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE  SQLITE_UTF16LE
+#else
+# define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN    (*(char *)(&sqlite3one)==0)
+# define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN (*(char *)(&sqlite3one)==1)
+# define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE (SQLITE_BIGENDIAN?SQLITE_UTF16BE:SQLITE_UTF16LE)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Constants for the largest and smallest possible 64-bit signed integers.
+** These macros are designed to work correctly on both 32-bit and 64-bit
+** compilers.
+*/
+#define LARGEST_INT64  (0xffffffff|(((i64)0x7fffffff)<<32))
+#define SMALLEST_INT64 (((i64)-1) - LARGEST_INT64)
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure is used to store the busy-handler
+** callback for a given sqlite handle. 
+**
+** The sqlite.busyHandler member of the sqlite struct contains the busy
+** callback for the database handle. Each pager opened via the sqlite
+** handle is passed a pointer to sqlite.busyHandler. The busy-handler
+** callback is currently invoked only from within pager.c.
+*/
+typedef struct BusyHandler BusyHandler;
+struct BusyHandler {
+  int (*xFunc)(void *,int);  /* The busy callback */
+  void *pArg;                /* First arg to busy callback */
+  int nBusy;                 /* Incremented with each busy call */
+};
+
+/*
+** Name of the master database table.  The master database table
+** is a special table that holds the names and attributes of all
+** user tables and indices.
+*/
+#define MASTER_NAME       "sqlite_master"
+#define TEMP_MASTER_NAME  "sqlite_temp_master"
+
+/*
+** The root-page of the master database table.
+*/
+#define MASTER_ROOT       1
+
+/*
+** The name of the schema table.
+*/
+#define SCHEMA_TABLE(x)  ((!OMIT_TEMPDB)&&(x==1)?TEMP_MASTER_NAME:MASTER_NAME)
+
+/*
+** A convenience macro that returns the number of elements in
+** an array.
+*/
+#define ArraySize(X)    (sizeof(X)/sizeof(X[0]))
+
+/*
+** The following value as a destructor means to use sqlite3DbFree().
+** This is an internal extension to SQLITE_STATIC and SQLITE_TRANSIENT.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_DYNAMIC   ((sqlite3_destructor_type)sqlite3DbFree)
+
+/*
+** Forward references to structures
+*/
+typedef struct AggInfo AggInfo;
+typedef struct AuthContext AuthContext;
+typedef struct Bitvec Bitvec;
+typedef struct CollSeq CollSeq;
+typedef struct Column Column;
+typedef struct Db Db;
+typedef struct Schema Schema;
+typedef struct Expr Expr;
+typedef struct ExprList ExprList;
+typedef struct FKey FKey;
+typedef struct FuncDef FuncDef;
+typedef struct FuncDefHash FuncDefHash;
+typedef struct IdList IdList;
+typedef struct Index Index;
+typedef struct KeyClass KeyClass;
+typedef struct KeyInfo KeyInfo;
+typedef struct Lookaside Lookaside;
+typedef struct LookasideSlot LookasideSlot;
+typedef struct Module Module;
+typedef struct NameContext NameContext;
+typedef struct Parse Parse;
+typedef struct Select Select;
+typedef struct SrcList SrcList;
+typedef struct StrAccum StrAccum;
+typedef struct Table Table;
+typedef struct TableLock TableLock;
+typedef struct Token Token;
+typedef struct TriggerStack TriggerStack;
+typedef struct TriggerStep TriggerStep;
+typedef struct Trigger Trigger;
+typedef struct UnpackedRecord UnpackedRecord;
+typedef struct Walker Walker;
+typedef struct WhereInfo WhereInfo;
+typedef struct WhereLevel WhereLevel;
+
+/*
+** Defer sourcing vdbe.h and btree.h until after the "u8" and 
+** "BusyHandler" typedefs. vdbe.h also requires a few of the opaque
+** pointer types (i.e. FuncDef) defined above.
+*/
+/************** Include btree.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/
+/************** Begin file btree.h *******************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite B-Tree file
+** subsystem.  See comments in the source code for a detailed description
+** of what each interface routine does.
+**
+** @(#) $Id: btree.h,v 1.103 2008/08/13 19:11:48 drh Exp $
+*/
+#ifndef _BTREE_H_
+#define _BTREE_H_
+
+/* TODO: This definition is just included so other modules compile. It
+** needs to be revisited.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_N_BTREE_META 10
+
+/*
+** If defined as non-zero, auto-vacuum is enabled by default. Otherwise
+** it must be turned on for each database using "PRAGMA auto_vacuum = 1".
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM
+  #define SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM 0
+#endif
+
+#define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE 0        /* Do not do auto-vacuum */
+#define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_FULL 1        /* Do full auto-vacuum */
+#define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_INCR 2        /* Incremental vacuum */
+
+/*
+** Forward declarations of structure
+*/
+typedef struct Btree Btree;
+typedef struct BtCursor BtCursor;
+typedef struct BtShared BtShared;
+typedef struct BtreeMutexArray BtreeMutexArray;
+
+/*
+** This structure records all of the Btrees that need to hold
+** a mutex before we enter sqlite3VdbeExec().  The Btrees are
+** are placed in aBtree[] in order of aBtree[]->pBt.  That way,
+** we can always lock and unlock them all quickly.
+*/
+struct BtreeMutexArray {
+  int nMutex;
+  Btree *aBtree[SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED+1];
+};
+
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeOpen(
+  const char *zFilename,   /* Name of database file to open */
+  sqlite3 *db,             /* Associated database connection */
+  Btree **,                /* Return open Btree* here */
+  int flags,               /* Flags */
+  int vfsFlags             /* Flags passed through to VFS open */
+);
+
+/* The flags parameter to sqlite3BtreeOpen can be the bitwise or of the
+** following values.
+**
+** NOTE:  These values must match the corresponding PAGER_ values in
+** pager.h.
+*/
+#define BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL  1  /* Do not use journal.  No argument */
+#define BTREE_NO_READLOCK   2  /* Omit readlocks on readonly files */
+#define BTREE_MEMORY        4  /* In-memory DB.  No argument */
+#define BTREE_READONLY      8  /* Open the database in read-only mode */
+#define BTREE_READWRITE    16  /* Open for both reading and writing */
+#define BTREE_CREATE       32  /* Create the database if it does not exist */
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(Btree*,int,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(Btree*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree*,int,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(Btree*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree*, const char *zMaster);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitStmt(Btree*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeRollbackStmt(Btree*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree*, int*, int flags);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(Btree*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInStmt(Btree*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(Btree*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3BtreeSchema(Btree *, int, void(*)(void *));
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(Btree *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLockTable(Btree *, int, u8);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(Btree *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetDirname(Btree *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(Btree *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *, Btree *);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(Btree *);
+
+/* The flags parameter to sqlite3BtreeCreateTable can be the bitwise OR
+** of the following flags:
+*/
+#define BTREE_INTKEY     1    /* Table has only 64-bit signed integer keys */
+#define BTREE_ZERODATA   2    /* Table has keys only - no data */
+#define BTREE_LEAFDATA   4    /* Data stored in leaves only.  Implies INTKEY */
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree*, int, int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(Btree*, int idx, u32 *pValue);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree*, int idx, u32 value);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(Btree*, int);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursor(
+  Btree*,                              /* BTree containing table to open */
+  int iTable,                          /* Index of root page */
+  int wrFlag,                          /* 1 for writing.  0 for read-only */
+  struct KeyInfo*,                     /* First argument to compare function */
+  BtCursor *pCursor                    /* Space to write cursor structure */
+);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorSize(void);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(BtCursor*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMoveto(
+  BtCursor*,
+  const void *pKey,
+  i64 nKey,
+  int bias,
+  int *pRes
+);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(
+  BtCursor*,
+  UnpackedRecord *pUnKey,
+  i64 intKey,
+  int bias,
+  int *pRes
+);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(BtCursor*, int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeInsert(BtCursor*, const void *pKey, i64 nKey,
+                                  const void *pData, int nData,
+                                  int nZero, int bias);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeEof(BtCursor*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeFlags(BtCursor*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePrevious(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeKeySize(BtCursor*, i64 *pSize);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeKey(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3 *sqlite3BtreeCursorDb(const BtCursor*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(BtCursor*, int *pAmt);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(BtCursor*, int *pAmt);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDataSize(BtCursor*, u32 *pSize);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeData(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(Btree*, int *aRoot, int nRoot, int, int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE struct Pager *sqlite3BtreePager(Btree*);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePutData(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCacheOverflow(BtCursor *);
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorInfo(BtCursor*, int*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorList(Btree*);
+#endif
+
+/*
+** If we are not using shared cache, then there is no need to
+** use mutexes to access the BtShared structures.  So make the
+** Enter and Leave procedures no-ops.
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeLeave(Btree*);
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  /* This routine is used inside assert() statements only. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(Btree*);
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(BtCursor*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(BtCursor*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(sqlite3*);
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  /* This routine is used inside assert() statements only. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(sqlite3*);
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayEnter(BtreeMutexArray*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayLeave(BtreeMutexArray*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayInsert(BtreeMutexArray*, Btree*);
+#else
+# define sqlite3BtreeEnter(X)
+# define sqlite3BtreeLeave(X)
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  /* This routine is used inside assert() statements only. */
+# define sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(X) 1
+#endif
+# define sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(X)
+# define sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(X)
+# define sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(X)
+# define sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(X)
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  /* This routine is used inside assert() statements only. */
+# define sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(X) 1
+#endif
+# define sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayEnter(X)
+# define sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayLeave(X)
+# define sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayInsert(X,Y)
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* _BTREE_H_ */
+
+/************** End of btree.h ***********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
+/************** Include vdbe.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ******************/
+/************** Begin file vdbe.h ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** Header file for the Virtual DataBase Engine (VDBE)
+**
+** This header defines the interface to the virtual database engine
+** or VDBE.  The VDBE implements an abstract machine that runs a
+** simple program to access and modify the underlying database.
+**
+** $Id: vdbe.h,v 1.138 2008/08/20 22:06:48 drh Exp $
+*/
+#ifndef _SQLITE_VDBE_H_
+#define _SQLITE_VDBE_H_
+
+/*
+** A single VDBE is an opaque structure named "Vdbe".  Only routines
+** in the source file sqliteVdbe.c are allowed to see the insides
+** of this structure.
+*/
+typedef struct Vdbe Vdbe;
+
+/*
+** The names of the following types declared in vdbeInt.h are required
+** for the VdbeOp definition.
+*/
+typedef struct VdbeFunc VdbeFunc;
+typedef struct Mem Mem;
+
+/*
+** A single instruction of the virtual machine has an opcode
+** and as many as three operands.  The instruction is recorded
+** as an instance of the following structure:
+*/
+struct VdbeOp {
+  u8 opcode;          /* What operation to perform */
+  signed char p4type; /* One of the P4_xxx constants for p4 */
+  u8 opflags;         /* Not currently used */
+  u8 p5;              /* Fifth parameter is an unsigned character */
+  int p1;             /* First operand */
+  int p2;             /* Second parameter (often the jump destination) */
+  int p3;             /* The third parameter */
+  union {             /* forth parameter */
+    int i;                 /* Integer value if p4type==P4_INT32 */
+    void *p;               /* Generic pointer */
+    char *z;               /* Pointer to data for string (char array) types */
+    i64 *pI64;             /* Used when p4type is P4_INT64 */
+    double *pReal;         /* Used when p4type is P4_REAL */
+    FuncDef *pFunc;        /* Used when p4type is P4_FUNCDEF */
+    VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc;   /* Used when p4type is P4_VDBEFUNC */
+    CollSeq *pColl;        /* Used when p4type is P4_COLLSEQ */
+    Mem *pMem;             /* Used when p4type is P4_MEM */
+    sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;   /* Used when p4type is P4_VTAB */
+    KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;     /* Used when p4type is P4_KEYINFO */
+    int *ai;               /* Used when p4type is P4_INTARRAY */
+  } p4;
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  char *zComment;          /* Comment to improve readability */
+#endif
+#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
+  int cnt;                 /* Number of times this instruction was executed */
+  u64 cycles;              /* Total time spent executing this instruction */
+#endif
+};
+typedef struct VdbeOp VdbeOp;
+
+/*
+** A smaller version of VdbeOp used for the VdbeAddOpList() function because
+** it takes up less space.
+*/
+struct VdbeOpList {
+  u8 opcode;          /* What operation to perform */
+  signed char p1;     /* First operand */
+  signed char p2;     /* Second parameter (often the jump destination) */
+  signed char p3;     /* Third parameter */
+};
+typedef struct VdbeOpList VdbeOpList;
+
+/*
+** Allowed values of VdbeOp.p3type
+*/
+#define P4_NOTUSED    0   /* The P4 parameter is not used */
+#define P4_DYNAMIC  (-1)  /* Pointer to a string obtained from sqliteMalloc() */
+#define P4_STATIC   (-2)  /* Pointer to a static string */
+#define P4_COLLSEQ  (-4)  /* P4 is a pointer to a CollSeq structure */
+#define P4_FUNCDEF  (-5)  /* P4 is a pointer to a FuncDef structure */
+#define P4_KEYINFO  (-6)  /* P4 is a pointer to a KeyInfo structure */
+#define P4_VDBEFUNC (-7)  /* P4 is a pointer to a VdbeFunc structure */
+#define P4_MEM      (-8)  /* P4 is a pointer to a Mem*    structure */
+#define P4_TRANSIENT (-9) /* P4 is a pointer to a transient string */
+#define P4_VTAB     (-10) /* P4 is a pointer to an sqlite3_vtab structure */
+#define P4_MPRINTF  (-11) /* P4 is a string obtained from sqlite3_mprintf() */
+#define P4_REAL     (-12) /* P4 is a 64-bit floating point value */
+#define P4_INT64    (-13) /* P4 is a 64-bit signed integer */
+#define P4_INT32    (-14) /* P4 is a 32-bit signed integer */
+#define P4_INTARRAY (-15) /* P4 is a vector of 32-bit integers */
+
+/* When adding a P4 argument using P4_KEYINFO, a copy of the KeyInfo structure
+** is made.  That copy is freed when the Vdbe is finalized.  But if the
+** argument is P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF, the passed in pointer is used.  It still
+** gets freed when the Vdbe is finalized so it still should be obtained
+** from a single sqliteMalloc().  But no copy is made and the calling
+** function should *not* try to free the KeyInfo.
+*/
+#define P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF (-16)
+#define P4_KEYINFO_STATIC  (-17)
+
+/*
+** The Vdbe.aColName array contains 5n Mem structures, where n is the 
+** number of columns of data returned by the statement.
+*/
+#define COLNAME_NAME     0
+#define COLNAME_DECLTYPE 1
+#define COLNAME_DATABASE 2
+#define COLNAME_TABLE    3
+#define COLNAME_COLUMN   4
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
+# define COLNAME_N        5      /* Number of COLNAME_xxx symbols */
+#else
+# ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE
+#   define COLNAME_N      1      /* Store only the name */
+# else
+#   define COLNAME_N      2      /* Store the name and decltype */
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The following macro converts a relative address in the p2 field
+** of a VdbeOp structure into a negative number so that 
+** sqlite3VdbeAddOpList() knows that the address is relative.  Calling
+** the macro again restores the address.
+*/
+#define ADDR(X)  (-1-(X))
+
+/*
+** The makefile scans the vdbe.c source file and creates the "opcodes.h"
+** header file that defines a number for each opcode used by the VDBE.
+*/
+/************** Include opcodes.h in the middle of vdbe.h ********************/
+/************** Begin file opcodes.h *****************************************/
+/* Automatically generated.  Do not edit */
+/* See the mkopcodeh.awk script for details */
+#define OP_VNext                                1
+#define OP_Affinity                             2
+#define OP_Column                               3
+#define OP_SetCookie                            4
+#define OP_Real                               125   /* same as TK_FLOAT    */
+#define OP_Sequence                             5
+#define OP_MoveGt                               6
+#define OP_Ge                                  72   /* same as TK_GE       */
+#define OP_RowKey                               7
+#define OP_SCopy                                8
+#define OP_Eq                                  68   /* same as TK_EQ       */
+#define OP_OpenWrite                            9
+#define OP_NotNull                             66   /* same as TK_NOTNULL  */
+#define OP_If                                  10
+#define OP_ToInt                              141   /* same as TK_TO_INT   */
+#define OP_String8                             88   /* same as TK_STRING   */
+#define OP_VRowid                              11
+#define OP_CollSeq                             12
+#define OP_OpenRead                            13
+#define OP_Expire                              14
+#define OP_AutoCommit                          15
+#define OP_Gt                                  69   /* same as TK_GT       */
+#define OP_Pagecount                           17
+#define OP_IntegrityCk                         18
+#define OP_Sort                                19
+#define OP_Copy                                20
+#define OP_Trace                               21
+#define OP_Function                            22
+#define OP_IfNeg                               23
+#define OP_And                                 61   /* same as TK_AND      */
+#define OP_Subtract                            79   /* same as TK_MINUS    */
+#define OP_Noop                                24
+#define OP_Return                              25
+#define OP_Remainder                           82   /* same as TK_REM      */
+#define OP_NewRowid                            26
+#define OP_Multiply                            80   /* same as TK_STAR     */
+#define OP_Variable                            27
+#define OP_String                              28
+#define OP_RealAffinity                        29
+#define OP_VRename                             30
+#define OP_ParseSchema                         31
+#define OP_VOpen                               32
+#define OP_Close                               33
+#define OP_CreateIndex                         34
+#define OP_IsUnique                            35
+#define OP_NotFound                            36
+#define OP_Int64                               37
+#define OP_MustBeInt                           38
+#define OP_Halt                                39
+#define OP_Rowid                               40
+#define OP_IdxLT                               41
+#define OP_AddImm                              42
+#define OP_Statement                           43
+#define OP_RowData                             44
+#define OP_MemMax                              45
+#define OP_Or                                  60   /* same as TK_OR       */
+#define OP_NotExists                           46
+#define OP_Gosub                               47
+#define OP_Divide                              81   /* same as TK_SLASH    */
+#define OP_Integer                             48
+#define OP_ToNumeric                          140   /* same as TK_TO_NUMERIC*/
+#define OP_Prev                                49
+#define OP_Concat                              83   /* same as TK_CONCAT   */
+#define OP_BitAnd                              74   /* same as TK_BITAND   */
+#define OP_VColumn                             50
+#define OP_CreateTable                         51
+#define OP_Last                                52
+#define OP_IsNull                              65   /* same as TK_ISNULL   */
+#define OP_IncrVacuum                          53
+#define OP_IdxRowid                            54
+#define OP_ShiftRight                          77   /* same as TK_RSHIFT   */
+#define OP_ResetCount                          55
+#define OP_FifoWrite                           56
+#define OP_ContextPush                         57
+#define OP_Yield                               58
+#define OP_DropTrigger                         59
+#define OP_DropIndex                           62
+#define OP_IdxGE                               63
+#define OP_IdxDelete                           64
+#define OP_Vacuum                              73
+#define OP_MoveLe                              84
+#define OP_IfNot                               85
+#define OP_DropTable                           86
+#define OP_MakeRecord                          89
+#define OP_ToBlob                             139   /* same as TK_TO_BLOB  */
+#define OP_ResultRow                           90
+#define OP_Delete                              91
+#define OP_AggFinal                            92
+#define OP_Compare                             93
+#define OP_ShiftLeft                           76   /* same as TK_LSHIFT   */
+#define OP_Goto                                94
+#define OP_TableLock                           95
+#define OP_FifoRead                            96
+#define OP_Clear                               97
+#define OP_MoveLt                              98
+#define OP_Le                                  70   /* same as TK_LE       */
+#define OP_VerifyCookie                        99
+#define OP_AggStep                            100
+#define OP_ToText                             138   /* same as TK_TO_TEXT  */
+#define OP_Not                                 16   /* same as TK_NOT      */
+#define OP_ToReal                             142   /* same as TK_TO_REAL  */
+#define OP_SetNumColumns                      101
+#define OP_Transaction                        102
+#define OP_VFilter                            103
+#define OP_Ne                                  67   /* same as TK_NE       */
+#define OP_VDestroy                           104
+#define OP_ContextPop                         105
+#define OP_BitOr                               75   /* same as TK_BITOR    */
+#define OP_Next                               106
+#define OP_IdxInsert                          107
+#define OP_Lt                                  71   /* same as TK_LT       */
+#define OP_Insert                             108
+#define OP_Destroy                            109
+#define OP_ReadCookie                         110
+#define OP_ForceInt                           111
+#define OP_LoadAnalysis                       112
+#define OP_Explain                            113
+#define OP_OpenPseudo                         114
+#define OP_OpenEphemeral                      115
+#define OP_Null                               116
+#define OP_Move                               117
+#define OP_Blob                               118
+#define OP_Add                                 78   /* same as TK_PLUS     */
+#define OP_Rewind                             119
+#define OP_MoveGe                             120
+#define OP_VBegin                             121
+#define OP_VUpdate                            122
+#define OP_IfZero                             123
+#define OP_BitNot                              87   /* same as TK_BITNOT   */
+#define OP_VCreate                            124
+#define OP_Found                              126
+#define OP_IfPos                              127
+#define OP_NullRow                            128
+#define OP_Jump                               129
+#define OP_Permutation                        130
+
+/* The following opcode values are never used */
+#define OP_NotUsed_131                        131
+#define OP_NotUsed_132                        132
+#define OP_NotUsed_133                        133
+#define OP_NotUsed_134                        134
+#define OP_NotUsed_135                        135
+#define OP_NotUsed_136                        136
+#define OP_NotUsed_137                        137
+
+
+/* Properties such as "out2" or "jump" that are specified in
+** comments following the "case" for each opcode in the vdbe.c
+** are encoded into bitvectors as follows:
+*/
+#define OPFLG_JUMP            0x0001  /* jump:  P2 holds jmp target */
+#define OPFLG_OUT2_PRERELEASE 0x0002  /* out2-prerelease: */
+#define OPFLG_IN1             0x0004  /* in1:   P1 is an input */
+#define OPFLG_IN2             0x0008  /* in2:   P2 is an input */
+#define OPFLG_IN3             0x0010  /* in3:   P3 is an input */
+#define OPFLG_OUT3            0x0020  /* out3:  P3 is an output */
+#define OPFLG_INITIALIZER {\
+/*   0 */ 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x02, 0x11, 0x00,\
+/*   8 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x05, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
+/*  16 */ 0x04, 0x02, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x05,\
+/*  24 */ 0x00, 0x04, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x04, 0x00, 0x00,\
+/*  32 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x11, 0x11, 0x02, 0x05, 0x00,\
+/*  40 */ 0x02, 0x11, 0x04, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0c, 0x11, 0x01,\
+/*  48 */ 0x02, 0x01, 0x00, 0x02, 0x01, 0x01, 0x02, 0x00,\
+/*  56 */ 0x04, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x00, 0x11,\
+/*  64 */ 0x00, 0x05, 0x05, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15,\
+/*  72 */ 0x15, 0x00, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c,\
+/*  80 */ 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x11, 0x05, 0x00, 0x04,\
+/*  88 */ 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00,\
+/*  96 */ 0x01, 0x00, 0x11, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01,\
+/* 104 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x08, 0x00, 0x02, 0x02, 0x05,\
+/* 112 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x02, 0x01,\
+/* 120 */ 0x11, 0x00, 0x00, 0x05, 0x00, 0x02, 0x11, 0x05,\
+/* 128 */ 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
+/* 136 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x04, 0x04, 0x04, 0x04, 0x04,}
+
+/************** End of opcodes.h *********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in vdbe.h ***********************/
+
+/*
+** Prototypes for the VDBE interface.  See comments on the implementation
+** for a description of what each of these routines does.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3VdbeCreate(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(Vdbe*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(Vdbe*,int,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(Vdbe*,int,int,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int,const char *zP4,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(Vdbe*, int nOp, VdbeOpList const *aOp);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(Vdbe*, int addr, int P1);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(Vdbe*, int addr, int P2);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(Vdbe*, int addr, int P3);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(Vdbe*, u8 P5);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(Vdbe*, int addr);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(Vdbe*, int addr, int N);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(Vdbe*, int addr, const char *zP4, int N);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(Vdbe*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeGetOp(Vdbe*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDelete(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFinalize(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(Vdbe*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(Vdbe*);
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbeTrace(Vdbe*,FILE*);
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReset(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(Vdbe*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSetColName(Vdbe*, int, int, const char *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3 *sqlite3VdbeDb(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetSql(Vdbe*, const char *z, int n);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSwap(Vdbe*,Vdbe*);
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReleaseMemory(int);
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE UnpackedRecord *sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(KeyInfo*,int,const void*,
+                                        UnpackedRecord*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDeleteUnpackedRecord(UnpackedRecord*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*);
+
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbeComment(Vdbe*, const char*, ...);
+# define VdbeComment(X)  sqlite3VdbeComment X
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbeNoopComment(Vdbe*, const char*, ...);
+# define VdbeNoopComment(X)  sqlite3VdbeNoopComment X
+#else
+# define VdbeComment(X)
+# define VdbeNoopComment(X)
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/************** End of vdbe.h ************************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
+/************** Include pager.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/
+/************** Begin file pager.h *******************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite page cache
+** subsystem.  The page cache subsystem reads and writes a file a page
+** at a time and provides a journal for rollback.
+**
+** @(#) $Id: pager.h,v 1.81 2008/08/27 15:16:34 danielk1977 Exp $
+*/
+
+#ifndef _PAGER_H_
+#define _PAGER_H_
+
+/*
+** If defined as non-zero, auto-vacuum is enabled by default. Otherwise
+** it must be turned on for each database using "PRAGMA auto_vacuum = 1".
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT
+  #define SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT -1
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The type used to represent a page number.  The first page in a file
+** is called page 1.  0 is used to represent "not a page".
+*/
+typedef u32 Pgno;
+
+/*
+** Each open file is managed by a separate instance of the "Pager" structure.
+*/
+typedef struct Pager Pager;
+
+/*
+** Handle type for pages.
+*/
+typedef struct PgHdr DbPage;
+
+/*
+** Allowed values for the flags parameter to sqlite3PagerOpen().
+**
+** NOTE: This values must match the corresponding BTREE_ values in btree.h.
+*/
+#define PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL  0x0001    /* Do not use a rollback journal */
+#define PAGER_NO_READLOCK   0x0002    /* Omit readlocks on readonly files */
+
+/*
+** Valid values for the second argument to sqlite3PagerLockingMode().
+*/
+#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY      -1
+#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL      0
+#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE   1
+
+/*
+** Valid values for the second argument to sqlite3PagerJournalMode().
+*/
+#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY      -1
+#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE      0   /* Commit by deleting journal file */
+#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST     1   /* Commit by zeroing journal header */
+#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF         2   /* Journal omitted.  */
+
+/*
+** See source code comments for a detailed description of the following
+** routines:
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, Pager **ppPager, const char*, void(*)(DbPage*), int,int,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(Pager*, BusyHandler *pBusyHandler);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetReiniter(Pager*, void(*)(DbPage*,int));
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager*, u16*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager*, int, unsigned char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerAcquire(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno, DbPage **ppPage, int clrFlag);
+#define sqlite3PagerGet(A,B,C) sqlite3PagerAcquire(A,B,C,0)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWrite(DbPage*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager*, int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerTruncate(Pager*,Pgno);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerBegin(DbPage*, int exFlag);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(Pager*,const char *zMaster, Pgno, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerStmtBegin(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerStmtCommit(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerStmtRollback(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerDontRollback(DbPage*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerDontWrite(DbPage*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetSafetyLevel(Pager*,int,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerDirname(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerNosync(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager*,DbPage*,Pgno,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *); 
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *); 
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerJournalMode(Pager *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *, i64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerAlwaysRollback(Pager *pPager);
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3PagerSetCodec(Pager*,void*(*)(void*,void*,Pgno,int),void*);
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage*);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3PagerRefdump(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager*);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+void disable_simulated_io_errors(void);
+void enable_simulated_io_errors(void);
+#else
+# define disable_simulated_io_errors()
+# define enable_simulated_io_errors()
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _PAGER_H_ */
+
+/************** End of pager.h ***********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
+/************** Include pcache.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ****************/
+/************** Begin file pcache.h ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 August 05
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite page cache
+** subsystem. 
+**
+** @(#) $Id: pcache.h,v 1.9 2008/08/29 09:10:03 danielk1977 Exp $
+*/
+
+#ifndef _PCACHE_H_
+
+typedef struct PgHdr PgHdr;
+typedef struct PCache PCache;
+
+/*
+** Every page in the cache is controlled by an instance of the following
+** structure.
+*/
+struct PgHdr {
+  void *pData;                   /* Content of this page */
+  void *pExtra;                  /* Extra content */
+  PgHdr *pDirty;                 /* Transient list of dirty pages */
+  Pgno pgno;                     /* Page number for this page */
+  Pager *pPager;                 /* The pager this page is part of */
+#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
+  u32 pageHash;                  /* Hash of page content */
+#endif
+  u16 flags;                     /* PGHDR flags defined below */
+  /**********************************************************************
+  ** Elements above are public.  All that follows is private to pcache.c
+  ** and should not be accessed by other modules.
+  */
+  i16 nRef;                      /* Number of users of this page */
+  PCache *pCache;                /* Cache that owns this page */
+  void *apSave[2];               /* Journal entries for in-memory databases */
+  /**********************************************************************
+  ** Elements above are accessible at any time by the owner of the cache
+  ** without the need for a mutex.  The elements that follow can only be
+  ** accessed while holding the SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU mutex.
+  */
+  PgHdr *pNextHash, *pPrevHash;  /* Hash collision chain for PgHdr.pgno */
+  PgHdr *pNext, *pPrev;          /* List of clean or dirty pages */
+  PgHdr *pNextLru, *pPrevLru;    /* Part of global LRU list */
+};
+
+/* Bit values for PgHdr.flags */
+#define PGHDR_IN_JOURNAL        0x001  /* Page is in rollback journal */
+#define PGHDR_IN_STMTJRNL       0x002  /* Page is in the statement journal */
+#define PGHDR_DIRTY             0x004  /* Page has changed */
+#define PGHDR_NEED_SYNC         0x008  /* Peed to fsync this page */
+#define PGHDR_NEED_READ         0x020  /* Content is unread */
+#define PGHDR_IS_INIT           0x040  /* pData is initialized */
+#define PGHDR_REUSE_UNLIKELY    0x080  /* Hint: Reuse is unlikely */
+#define PGHDR_DONT_WRITE        0x100  /* Do not write content to disk */
+
+/* Initialize and shutdown the page cache subsystem */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheInitialize(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheShutdown(void);
+
+/* Page cache buffer management:
+** These routines implement SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup(void *, int sz, int n);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PCacheMalloc(int sz);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheFree(void*);
+
+/* Create a new pager cache.
+** Under memory stress, invoke xStress to try to make pages clean.
+** Only clean and unpinned pages can be reclaimed.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheOpen(
+  int szPage,                    /* Size of every page */
+  int szExtra,                   /* Extra space associated with each page */
+  int bPurgeable,                /* True if pages are on backing store */
+  void (*xDestroy)(PgHdr *),     /* Called to destroy a page */
+  int (*xStress)(void*, PgHdr*), /* Call to try to make pages clean */
+  void *pStress,                 /* Argument to xStress */
+  PCache *pToInit                /* Preallocated space for the PCache */
+);
+
+/* Modify the page-size after the cache has been created. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(PCache *, int);
+
+/* Return the size in bytes of a PCache object.  Used to preallocate
+** storage space.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheSize(void);
+
+/* One release per successful fetch.  Page is pinned until released.
+** Reference counted. 
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheFetch(PCache*, Pgno, int createFlag, PgHdr**);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheRelease(PgHdr*);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheDrop(PgHdr*);         /* Remove page from cache */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(PgHdr*);    /* Make sure page is marked dirty */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(PgHdr*);    /* Mark a single page as clean */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(PCache*);    /* Mark all dirty list pages as clean */
+
+/* Change a page number.  Used by incr-vacuum. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMove(PgHdr*, Pgno);
+
+/* Remove all pages with pgno>x.  Reset the cache if x==0 */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheTruncate(PCache*, Pgno x);
+
+/* Routines used to implement transactions on memory-only databases. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePreserve(PgHdr*, int);    /* Preserve current page content */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheCommit(PCache*, int);    /* Drop preserved copy */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheRollback(PCache*, int);  /* Rollback to preserved copy */
+
+/* Get a list of all dirty pages in the cache, sorted by page number */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE PgHdr *sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(PCache*);
+
+/* Reset and close the cache object */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClose(PCache*);
+
+/* Set flags on all pages in the page cache */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheSetFlags(PCache*, int andMask, int orMask);
+
+/* Assert flags settings on all pages.  Debugging only */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheAssertFlags(PCache*, int trueMask, int falseMask);
+
+/* Return true if the number of dirty pages is 0 or 1 */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheZeroOrOneDirtyPages(PCache*);
+
+/* Discard the contents of the cache */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheClear(PCache*);
+
+/* Return the total number of outstanding page references */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheRefCount(PCache*);
+
+/* Increment the reference count of an existing page */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheRef(PgHdr*);
+
+/* Return the total number of pages stored in the cache */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePagecount(PCache*);
+
+/* Iterate through all pages currently stored in the cache. This interface
+** is only available if SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined when the library is 
+** built.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheIterate(PCache *pCache, void (*xIter)(PgHdr *));
+
+/* Set and get the suggested cache-size for the specified pager-cache.
+**
+** If no global maximum is configured, then the system attempts to limit
+** the total number of pages cached by purgeable pager-caches to the sum
+** of the suggested cache-sizes.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(PCache *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(PCache *, int);
+
+/* Try to return memory used by the pcache module to the main memory heap */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(int);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheStats(int*,int*,int*,int*);
+
+#endif /* _PCACHE_H_ */
+
+/************** End of pcache.h **********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
+
+/************** Include os.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ********************/
+/************** Begin file os.h **********************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 16
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This header file (together with is companion C source-code file
+** "os.c") attempt to abstract the underlying operating system so that
+** the SQLite library will work on both POSIX and windows systems.
+**
+** This header file is #include-ed by sqliteInt.h and thus ends up
+** being included by every source file.
+**
+** $Id: os.h,v 1.105 2008/06/26 10:41:19 danielk1977 Exp $
+*/
+#ifndef _SQLITE_OS_H_
+#define _SQLITE_OS_H_
+
+/*
+** Figure out if we are dealing with Unix, Windows, or some other
+** operating system.  After the following block of preprocess macros,
+** all of SQLITE_OS_UNIX, SQLITE_OS_WIN, SQLITE_OS_OS2, and SQLITE_OS_OTHER 
+** will defined to either 1 or 0.  One of the four will be 1.  The other 
+** three will be 0.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_OS_OTHER)
+# if SQLITE_OS_OTHER==1
+#   undef SQLITE_OS_UNIX
+#   define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0
+#   undef SQLITE_OS_WIN
+#   define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0
+#   undef SQLITE_OS_OS2
+#   define SQLITE_OS_OS2 0
+# else
+#   undef SQLITE_OS_OTHER
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OS_UNIX) && !defined(SQLITE_OS_OTHER)
+# define SQLITE_OS_OTHER 0
+# ifndef SQLITE_OS_WIN
+#   if defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(__MINGW32__) || defined(__BORLANDC__)
+#     define SQLITE_OS_WIN 1
+#     define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0
+#     define SQLITE_OS_OS2 0
+#   elif defined(__EMX__) || defined(_OS2) || defined(OS2) || defined(_OS2_) || defined(__OS2__)
+#     define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0
+#     define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0
+#     define SQLITE_OS_OS2 1
+#   else
+#     define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0
+#     define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 1
+#     define SQLITE_OS_OS2 0
+#  endif
+# else
+#  define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0
+#  define SQLITE_OS_OS2 0
+# endif
+#else
+# ifndef SQLITE_OS_WIN
+#  define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Determine if we are dealing with WindowsCE - which has a much
+** reduced API.
+*/
+#if defined(_WIN32_WCE)
+# define SQLITE_OS_WINCE 1
+#else
+# define SQLITE_OS_WINCE 0
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Define the maximum size of a temporary filename
+*/
+#if SQLITE_OS_WIN
+# include <windows.h>
+# define SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE (MAX_PATH+50)
+#elif SQLITE_OS_OS2
+# if (__GNUC__ > 3 || __GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3) && defined(OS2_HIGH_MEMORY)
+#  include <os2safe.h> /* has to be included before os2.h for linking to work */
+# endif
+# define INCL_DOSDATETIME
+# define INCL_DOSFILEMGR
+# define INCL_DOSERRORS
+# define INCL_DOSMISC
+# define INCL_DOSPROCESS
+# define INCL_DOSMODULEMGR
+# define INCL_DOSSEMAPHORES
+# include <os2.h>
+# include <uconv.h>
+# define SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE (CCHMAXPATHCOMP)
+#else
+# define SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE 200
+#endif
+
+/* If the SET_FULLSYNC macro is not defined above, then make it
+** a no-op
+*/
+#ifndef SET_FULLSYNC
+# define SET_FULLSYNC(x,y)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The default size of a disk sector
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE
+# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE 512
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Temporary files are named starting with this prefix followed by 16 random
+** alphanumeric characters, and no file extension. They are stored in the
+** OS's standard temporary file directory, and are deleted prior to exit.
+** If sqlite is being embedded in another program, you may wish to change the
+** prefix to reflect your program's name, so that if your program exits
+** prematurely, old temporary files can be easily identified. This can be done
+** using -DSQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX=myprefix_ on the compiler command line.
+**
+** 2006-10-31:  The default prefix used to be "sqlite_".  But then
+** Mcafee started using SQLite in their anti-virus product and it
+** started putting files with the "sqlite" name in the c:/temp folder.
+** This annoyed many windows users.  Those users would then do a 
+** Google search for "sqlite", find the telephone numbers of the
+** developers and call to wake them up at night and complain.
+** For this reason, the default name prefix is changed to be "sqlite" 
+** spelled backwards.  So the temp files are still identified, but
+** anybody smart enough to figure out the code is also likely smart
+** enough to know that calling the developer will not help get rid
+** of the file.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX
+# define SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX "etilqs_"
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The following values may be passed as the second argument to
+** sqlite3OsLock(). The various locks exhibit the following semantics:
+**
+** SHARED:    Any number of processes may hold a SHARED lock simultaneously.
+** RESERVED:  A single process may hold a RESERVED lock on a file at
+**            any time. Other processes may hold and obtain new SHARED locks.
+** PENDING:   A single process may hold a PENDING lock on a file at
+**            any one time. Existing SHARED locks may persist, but no new
+**            SHARED locks may be obtained by other processes.
+** EXCLUSIVE: An EXCLUSIVE lock precludes all other locks.
+**
+** PENDING_LOCK may not be passed directly to sqlite3OsLock(). Instead, a
+** process that requests an EXCLUSIVE lock may actually obtain a PENDING
+** lock. This can be upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock by a subsequent call to
+** sqlite3OsLock().
+*/
+#define NO_LOCK         0
+#define SHARED_LOCK     1
+#define RESERVED_LOCK   2
+#define PENDING_LOCK    3
+#define EXCLUSIVE_LOCK  4
+
+/*
+** File Locking Notes:  (Mostly about windows but also some info for Unix)
+**
+** We cannot use LockFileEx() or UnlockFileEx() on Win95/98/ME because
+** those functions are not available.  So we use only LockFile() and
+** UnlockFile().
+**
+** LockFile() prevents not just writing but also reading by other processes.
+** A SHARED_LOCK is obtained by locking a single randomly-chosen 
+** byte out of a specific range of bytes. The lock byte is obtained at 
+** random so two separate readers can probably access the file at the 
+** same time, unless they are unlucky and choose the same lock byte.
+** An EXCLUSIVE_LOCK is obtained by locking all bytes in the range.
+** There can only be one writer.  A RESERVED_LOCK is obtained by locking
+** a single byte of the file that is designated as the reserved lock byte.
+** A PENDING_LOCK is obtained by locking a designated byte different from
+** the RESERVED_LOCK byte.
+**
+** On WinNT/2K/XP systems, LockFileEx() and UnlockFileEx() are available,
+** which means we can use reader/writer locks.  When reader/writer locks
+** are used, the lock is placed on the same range of bytes that is used
+** for probabilistic locking in Win95/98/ME.  Hence, the locking scheme
+** will support two or more Win95 readers or two or more WinNT readers.
+** But a single Win95 reader will lock out all WinNT readers and a single
+** WinNT reader will lock out all other Win95 readers.
+**
+** The following #defines specify the range of bytes used for locking.
+** SHARED_SIZE is the number of bytes available in the pool from which
+** a random byte is selected for a shared lock.  The pool of bytes for
+** shared locks begins at SHARED_FIRST. 
+**
+** These #defines are available in sqlite_aux.h so that adaptors for
+** connecting SQLite to other operating systems can use the same byte
+** ranges for locking.  In particular, the same locking strategy and
+** byte ranges are used for Unix.  This leaves open the possiblity of having
+** clients on win95, winNT, and unix all talking to the same shared file
+** and all locking correctly.  To do so would require that samba (or whatever
+** tool is being used for file sharing) implements locks correctly between
+** windows and unix.  I'm guessing that isn't likely to happen, but by
+** using the same locking range we are at least open to the possibility.
+**
+** Locking in windows is manditory.  For this reason, we cannot store
+** actual data in the bytes used for locking.  The pager never allocates
+** the pages involved in locking therefore.  SHARED_SIZE is selected so
+** that all locks will fit on a single page even at the minimum page size.
+** PENDING_BYTE defines the beginning of the locks.  By default PENDING_BYTE
+** is set high so that we don't have to allocate an unused page except
+** for very large databases.  But one should test the page skipping logic 
+** by setting PENDING_BYTE low and running the entire regression suite.
+**
+** Changing the value of PENDING_BYTE results in a subtly incompatible
+** file format.  Depending on how it is changed, you might not notice
+** the incompatibility right away, even running a full regression test.
+** The default location of PENDING_BYTE is the first byte past the
+** 1GB boundary.
+**
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_TEST
+#define PENDING_BYTE      0x40000000  /* First byte past the 1GB boundary */
+#else
+SQLITE_API extern unsigned int sqlite3_pending_byte;
+#define PENDING_BYTE sqlite3_pending_byte
+#endif
+
+#define RESERVED_BYTE     (PENDING_BYTE+1)
+#define SHARED_FIRST      (PENDING_BYTE+2)
+#define SHARED_SIZE       510
+
+/* 
+** Functions for accessing sqlite3_file methods 
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsClose(sqlite3_file*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRead(sqlite3_file*, void*, int amt, i64 offset);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsWrite(sqlite3_file*, const void*, int amt, i64 offset);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsTruncate(sqlite3_file*, i64 size);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSync(sqlite3_file*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileSize(sqlite3_file*, i64 *pSize);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsLock(sqlite3_file*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnlock(sqlite3_file*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileControl(sqlite3_file*,int,void*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id);
+
+/* 
+** Functions for accessing sqlite3_vfs methods 
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file*, int, int *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDelete(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsAccess(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int, int *pResOut);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFullPathname(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int, char *);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3OsDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsDlError(sqlite3_vfs *, int, char *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3OsDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *, void *, const char *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *, void *);
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *, int, char *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSleep(sqlite3_vfs *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *, double*);
+
+/*
+** Convenience functions for opening and closing files using 
+** sqlite3_malloc() to obtain space for the file-handle structure.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file **, int,int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCloseFree(sqlite3_file *);
+
+#endif /* _SQLITE_OS_H_ */
+
+/************** End of os.h **************************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
+/************** Include mutex.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/
+/************** Begin file mutex.h *******************************************/
+/*
+** 2007 August 28
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains the common header for all mutex implementations.
+** The sqliteInt.h header #includes this file so that it is available
+** to all source files.  We break it out in an effort to keep the code
+** better organized.
+**
+** NOTE:  source files should *not* #include this header file directly.
+** Source files should #include the sqliteInt.h file and let that file
+** include this one indirectly.
+**
+** $Id: mutex.h,v 1.8 2008/06/26 10:41:19 danielk1977 Exp $
+*/
+
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF
+/*
+** If SQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF is defined, then this whole module is
+** omitted and equivalent functionality must be provided by the
+** application that links against the SQLite library.
+*/
+#else
+/*
+** Figure out what version of the code to use.  The choices are
+**
+**   SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP         For single-threaded applications that
+**                             do not desire error checking.
+**
+**   SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP_DEBUG   For single-threaded applications with
+**                             error checking to help verify that mutexes
+**                             are being used correctly even though they
+**                             are not needed.  Used when SQLITE_DEBUG is
+**                             defined on single-threaded builds.
+**
+**   SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS     For multi-threaded applications on Unix.
+**
+**   SQLITE_MUTEX_W32          For multi-threaded applications on Win32.
+**
+**   SQLITE_MUTEX_OS2          For multi-threaded applications on OS/2.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP 1   /* The default */
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && !SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+# undef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
+# define SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP_DEBUG
+#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE && SQLITE_OS_UNIX
+# undef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
+# define SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS
+#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE && SQLITE_OS_WIN
+# undef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
+# define SQLITE_MUTEX_W32
+#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE && SQLITE_OS_OS2
+# undef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
+# define SQLITE_MUTEX_OS2
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
+/*
+** If this is a no-op implementation, implement everything as macros.
+*/
+#define sqlite3_mutex_alloc(X)    ((sqlite3_mutex*)8)
+#define sqlite3_mutex_free(X)
+#define sqlite3_mutex_enter(X)
+#define sqlite3_mutex_try(X)      SQLITE_OK
+#define sqlite3_mutex_leave(X)
+#define sqlite3_mutex_held(X)     1
+#define sqlite3_mutex_notheld(X)  1
+#define sqlite3MutexAlloc(X)      ((sqlite3_mutex*)8)
+#define sqlite3MutexInit()        SQLITE_OK
+#define sqlite3MutexEnd()
+#endif
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF */
+
+/************** End of mutex.h ***********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
+
+
+/*
+** Each database file to be accessed by the system is an instance
+** of the following structure.  There are normally two of these structures
+** in the sqlite.aDb[] array.  aDb[0] is the main database file and
+** aDb[1] is the database file used to hold temporary tables.  Additional
+** databases may be attached.
+*/
+struct Db {
+  char *zName;         /* Name of this database */
+  Btree *pBt;          /* The B*Tree structure for this database file */
+  u8 inTrans;          /* 0: not writable.  1: Transaction.  2: Checkpoint */
+  u8 safety_level;     /* How aggressive at synching data to disk */
+  void *pAux;               /* Auxiliary data.  Usually NULL */
+  void (*xFreeAux)(void*);  /* Routine to free pAux */
+  Schema *pSchema;     /* Pointer to database schema (possibly shared) */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure stores a database schema.
+**
+** If there are no virtual tables configured in this schema, the
+** Schema.db variable is set to NULL. After the first virtual table
+** has been added, it is set to point to the database connection 
+** used to create the connection. Once a virtual table has been
+** added to the Schema structure and the Schema.db variable populated, 
+** only that database connection may use the Schema to prepare 
+** statements.
+*/
+struct Schema {
+  int schema_cookie;   /* Database schema version number for this file */
+  Hash tblHash;        /* All tables indexed by name */
+  Hash idxHash;        /* All (named) indices indexed by name */
+  Hash trigHash;       /* All triggers indexed by name */
+  Hash aFKey;          /* Foreign keys indexed by to-table */
+  Table *pSeqTab;      /* The sqlite_sequence table used by AUTOINCREMENT */
+  u8 file_format;      /* Schema format version for this file */
+  u8 enc;              /* Text encoding used by this database */
+  u16 flags;           /* Flags associated with this schema */
+  int cache_size;      /* Number of pages to use in the cache */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  sqlite3 *db;         /* "Owner" connection. See comment above */
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** These macros can be used to test, set, or clear bits in the 
+** Db.flags field.
+*/
+#define DbHasProperty(D,I,P)     (((D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags&(P))==(P))
+#define DbHasAnyProperty(D,I,P)  (((D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags&(P))!=0)
+#define DbSetProperty(D,I,P)     (D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags|=(P)
+#define DbClearProperty(D,I,P)   (D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags&=~(P)
+
+/*
+** Allowed values for the DB.flags field.
+**
+** The DB_SchemaLoaded flag is set after the database schema has been
+** read into internal hash tables.
+**
+** DB_UnresetViews means that one or more views have column names that
+** have been filled out.  If the schema changes, these column names might
+** changes and so the view will need to be reset.
+*/
+#define DB_SchemaLoaded    0x0001  /* The schema has been loaded */
+#define DB_UnresetViews    0x0002  /* Some views have defined column names */
+#define DB_Empty           0x0004  /* The file is empty (length 0 bytes) */
+
+/*
+** The number of different kinds of things that can be limited
+** using the sqlite3_limit() interface.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_N_LIMIT (SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER+1)
+
+/*
+** Lookaside malloc is a set of fixed-size buffers that can be used
+** to satisify small transient memory allocation requests for objects
+** associated with a particular database connection.  The use of
+** lookaside malloc provides a significant performance enhancement
+** (approx 10%) by avoiding numerous malloc/free requests while parsing
+** SQL statements.
+**
+** The Lookaside structure holds configuration information about the
+** lookaside malloc subsystem.  Each available memory allocation in
+** the lookaside subsystem is stored on a linked list of LookasideSlot
+** objects.
+*/
+struct Lookaside {
+  u16 sz;                 /* Size of each buffer in bytes */
+  u8 bEnabled;            /* True if use lookaside.  False to ignore it */
+  u8 bMalloced;           /* True if pStart obtained from sqlite3_malloc() */
+  int nOut;               /* Number of buffers currently checked out */
+  int mxOut;              /* Highwater mark for nOut */
+  LookasideSlot *pFree;   /* List of available buffers */
+  void *pStart;           /* First byte of available memory space */
+  void *pEnd;             /* First byte past end of available space */
+};
+struct LookasideSlot {
+  LookasideSlot *pNext;    /* Next buffer in the list of free buffers */
+};
+
+/*
+** A hash table for function definitions.
+**
+** Hash each FuncDef structure into one of the FuncDefHash.a[] slots.
+** Collisions are on the FuncDef.pHash chain.
+*/
+struct FuncDefHash {
+  FuncDef *a[23];       /* Hash table for functions */
+};
+
+/*
+** Each database is an instance of the following structure.
+**
+** The sqlite.lastRowid records the last insert rowid generated by an
+** insert statement.  Inserts on views do not affect its value.  Each
+** trigger has its own context, so that lastRowid can be updated inside
+** triggers as usual.  The previous value will be restored once the trigger
+** exits.  Upon entering a before or instead of trigger, lastRowid is no
+** longer (since after version 2.8.12) reset to -1.
+**
+** The sqlite.nChange does not count changes within triggers and keeps no
+** context.  It is reset at start of sqlite3_exec.
+** The sqlite.lsChange represents the number of changes made by the last
+** insert, update, or delete statement.  It remains constant throughout the
+** length of a statement and is then updated by OP_SetCounts.  It keeps a
+** context stack just like lastRowid so that the count of changes
+** within a trigger is not seen outside the trigger.  Changes to views do not
+** affect the value of lsChange.
+** The sqlite.csChange keeps track of the number of current changes (since
+** the last statement) and is used to update sqlite_lsChange.
+**
+** The member variables sqlite.errCode, sqlite.zErrMsg and sqlite.zErrMsg16
+** store the most recent error code and, if applicable, string. The
+** internal function sqlite3Error() is used to set these variables
+** consistently.
+*/
+struct sqlite3 {
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;            /* OS Interface */
+  int nDb;                      /* Number of backends currently in use */
+  Db *aDb;                      /* All backends */
+  int flags;                    /* Miscellanous flags. See below */
+  int openFlags;                /* Flags passed to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
+  int errCode;                  /* Most recent error code (SQLITE_*) */
+  int errMask;                  /* & result codes with this before returning */
+  u8 autoCommit;                /* The auto-commit flag. */
+  u8 temp_store;                /* 1: file 2: memory 0: default */
+  u8 mallocFailed;              /* True if we have seen a malloc failure */
+  u8 dfltLockMode;              /* Default locking-mode for attached dbs */
+  u8 dfltJournalMode;           /* Default journal mode for attached dbs */
+  signed char nextAutovac;      /* Autovac setting after VACUUM if >=0 */
+  int nextPagesize;             /* Pagesize after VACUUM if >0 */
+  int nTable;                   /* Number of tables in the database */
+  CollSeq *pDfltColl;           /* The default collating sequence (BINARY) */
+  i64 lastRowid;                /* ROWID of most recent insert (see above) */
+  i64 priorNewRowid;            /* Last randomly generated ROWID */
+  int magic;                    /* Magic number for detect library misuse */
+  int nChange;                  /* Value returned by sqlite3_changes() */
+  int nTotalChange;             /* Value returned by sqlite3_total_changes() */
+  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;         /* Connection mutex */
+  int aLimit[SQLITE_N_LIMIT];   /* Limits */
+  struct sqlite3InitInfo {      /* Information used during initialization */
+    int iDb;                    /* When back is being initialized */
+    int newTnum;                /* Rootpage of table being initialized */
+    u8 busy;                    /* TRUE if currently initializing */
+  } init;
+  int nExtension;               /* Number of loaded extensions */
+  void **aExtension;            /* Array of shared libraray handles */
+  struct Vdbe *pVdbe;           /* List of active virtual machines */
+  int activeVdbeCnt;            /* Number of vdbes currently executing */
+  void (*xTrace)(void*,const char*);        /* Trace function */
+  void *pTraceArg;                          /* Argument to the trace function */
+  void (*xProfile)(void*,const char*,u64);  /* Profiling function */
+  void *pProfileArg;                        /* Argument to profile function */
+  void *pCommitArg;                 /* Argument to xCommitCallback() */   
+  int (*xCommitCallback)(void*);    /* Invoked at every commit. */
+  void *pRollbackArg;               /* Argument to xRollbackCallback() */   
+  void (*xRollbackCallback)(void*); /* Invoked at every commit. */
+  void *pUpdateArg;
+  void (*xUpdateCallback)(void*,int, const char*,const char*,sqlite_int64);
+  void(*xCollNeeded)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*);
+  void(*xCollNeeded16)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*);
+  void *pCollNeededArg;
+  sqlite3_value *pErr;          /* Most recent error message */
+  char *zErrMsg;                /* Most recent error message (UTF-8 encoded) */
+  char *zErrMsg16;              /* Most recent error message (UTF-16 encoded) */
+  union {
+    int isInterrupted;          /* True if sqlite3_interrupt has been called */
+    double notUsed1;            /* Spacer */
+  } u1;
+  Lookaside lookaside;          /* Lookaside malloc configuration */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*);
+                                /* Access authorization function */
+  void *pAuthArg;               /* 1st argument to the access auth function */
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
+  int (*xProgress)(void *);     /* The progress callback */
+  void *pProgressArg;           /* Argument to the progress callback */
+  int nProgressOps;             /* Number of opcodes for progress callback */
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  Hash aModule;                 /* populated by sqlite3_create_module() */
+  Table *pVTab;                 /* vtab with active Connect/Create method */
+  sqlite3_vtab **aVTrans;       /* Virtual tables with open transactions */
+  int nVTrans;                  /* Allocated size of aVTrans */
+#endif
+  FuncDefHash aFunc;            /* Hash table of connection functions */
+  Hash aCollSeq;                /* All collating sequences */
+  BusyHandler busyHandler;      /* Busy callback */
+  int busyTimeout;              /* Busy handler timeout, in msec */
+  Db aDbStatic[2];              /* Static space for the 2 default backends */
+#ifdef SQLITE_SSE
+  sqlite3_stmt *pFetch;         /* Used by SSE to fetch stored statements */
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** A macro to discover the encoding of a database.
+*/
+#define ENC(db) ((db)->aDb[0].pSchema->enc)
+
+/*
+** Possible values for the sqlite.flags and or Db.flags fields.
+**
+** On sqlite.flags, the SQLITE_InTrans value means that we have
+** executed a BEGIN.  On Db.flags, SQLITE_InTrans means a statement
+** transaction is active on that particular database file.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_VdbeTrace      0x00000001  /* True to trace VDBE execution */
+#define SQLITE_InTrans        0x00000008  /* True if in a transaction */
+#define SQLITE_InternChanges  0x00000010  /* Uncommitted Hash table changes */
+#define SQLITE_FullColNames   0x00000020  /* Show full column names on SELECT */
+#define SQLITE_ShortColNames  0x00000040  /* Show short columns names */
+#define SQLITE_CountRows      0x00000080  /* Count rows changed by INSERT, */
+                                          /*   DELETE, or UPDATE and return */
+                                          /*   the count using a callback. */
+#define SQLITE_NullCallback   0x00000100  /* Invoke the callback once if the */
+                                          /*   result set is empty */
+#define SQLITE_SqlTrace       0x00000200  /* Debug print SQL as it executes */
+#define SQLITE_VdbeListing    0x00000400  /* Debug listings of VDBE programs */
+#define SQLITE_WriteSchema    0x00000800  /* OK to update SQLITE_MASTER */
+#define SQLITE_NoReadlock     0x00001000  /* Readlocks are omitted when 
+                                          ** accessing read-only databases */
+#define SQLITE_IgnoreChecks   0x00002000  /* Do not enforce check constraints */
+#define SQLITE_ReadUncommitted 0x00004000 /* For shared-cache mode */
+#define SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt  0x00008000  /* Create new databases in format 1 */
+#define SQLITE_FullFSync      0x00010000  /* Use full fsync on the backend */
+#define SQLITE_LoadExtension  0x00020000  /* Enable load_extension */
+
+#define SQLITE_RecoveryMode   0x00040000  /* Ignore schema errors */
+#define SQLITE_SharedCache    0x00080000  /* Cache sharing is enabled */
+#define SQLITE_Vtab           0x00100000  /* There exists a virtual table */
+
+/*
+** Possible values for the sqlite.magic field.
+** The numbers are obtained at random and have no special meaning, other
+** than being distinct from one another.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN     0xa029a697  /* Database is open */
+#define SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED   0x9f3c2d33  /* Database is closed */
+#define SQLITE_MAGIC_SICK     0x4b771290  /* Error and awaiting close */
+#define SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY     0xf03b7906  /* Database currently in use */
+#define SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR    0xb5357930  /* An SQLITE_MISUSE error occurred */
+
+/*
+** Each SQL function is defined by an instance of the following
+** structure.  A pointer to this structure is stored in the sqlite.aFunc
+** hash table.  When multiple functions have the same name, the hash table
+** points to a linked list of these structures.
+*/
+struct FuncDef {
+  i8 nArg;             /* Number of arguments.  -1 means unlimited */
+  u8 iPrefEnc;         /* Preferred text encoding (SQLITE_UTF8, 16LE, 16BE) */
+  u8 needCollSeq;      /* True if sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq() might be called */
+  u8 flags;            /* Some combination of SQLITE_FUNC_* */
+  void *pUserData;     /* User data parameter */
+  FuncDef *pNext;      /* Next function with same name */
+  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); /* Regular function */
+  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); /* Aggregate step */
+  void (*xFinalize)(sqlite3_context*);                /* Aggregate finializer */
+  char *zName;         /* SQL name of the function. */
+  FuncDef *pHash;      /* Next with a different name but the same hash */
+};
+
+/*
+** Possible values for FuncDef.flags
+*/
+#define SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE     0x01  /* Candidate for the LIKE optimization */
+#define SQLITE_FUNC_CASE     0x02  /* Case-sensitive LIKE-type function */
+#define SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM    0x04  /* Ephermeral.  Delete with VDBE */
+
+/*
+** The following three macros, FUNCTION(), LIKEFUNC() and AGGREGATE() are
+** used to create the initializers for the FuncDef structures.
+**
+**   FUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc)
+**     Used to create a scalar function definition of a function zName 
+**     implemented by C function xFunc that accepts nArg arguments. The
+**     value passed as iArg is cast to a (void*) and made available
+**     as the user-data (sqlite3_user_data()) for the function. If 
+**     argument bNC is true, then the FuncDef.needCollate flag is set.
+**
+**   AGGREGATE(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xStep, xFinal)
+**     Used to create an aggregate function definition implemented by
+**     the C functions xStep and xFinal. The first four parameters
+**     are interpreted in the same way as the first 4 parameters to
+**     FUNCTION().
+**
+**   LIKEFUNC(zName, nArg, pArg, flags)
+**     Used to create a scalar function definition of a function zName 
+**     that accepts nArg arguments and is implemented by a call to C 
+**     function likeFunc. Argument pArg is cast to a (void *) and made
+**     available as the function user-data (sqlite3_user_data()). The
+**     FuncDef.flags variable is set to the value passed as the flags
+**     parameter.
+*/
+#define FUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) \
+  {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, bNC, 0, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, 0, #zName}
+#define LIKEFUNC(zName, nArg, arg, flags) \
+  {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, flags, (void *)arg, 0, likeFunc, 0, 0, #zName}
+#define AGGREGATE(zName, nArg, arg, nc, xStep, xFinal) \
+  {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, nc, 0, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(arg), 0, 0, xStep,xFinal, #zName}
+
+
+/*
+** Each SQLite module (virtual table definition) is defined by an
+** instance of the following structure, stored in the sqlite3.aModule
+** hash table.
+*/
+struct Module {
+  const sqlite3_module *pModule;       /* Callback pointers */
+  const char *zName;                   /* Name passed to create_module() */
+  void *pAux;                          /* pAux passed to create_module() */
+  void (*xDestroy)(void *);            /* Module destructor function */
+};
+
+/*
+** information about each column of an SQL table is held in an instance
+** of this structure.
+*/
+struct Column {
+  char *zName;     /* Name of this column */
+  Expr *pDflt;     /* Default value of this column */
+  char *zType;     /* Data type for this column */
+  char *zColl;     /* Collating sequence.  If NULL, use the default */
+  u8 notNull;      /* True if there is a NOT NULL constraint */
+  u8 isPrimKey;    /* True if this column is part of the PRIMARY KEY */
+  char affinity;   /* One of the SQLITE_AFF_... values */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  u8 isHidden;     /* True if this column is 'hidden' */
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** A "Collating Sequence" is defined by an instance of the following
+** structure. Conceptually, a collating sequence consists of a name and
+** a comparison routine that defines the order of that sequence.
+**
+** There may two seperate implementations of the collation function, one
+** that processes text in UTF-8 encoding (CollSeq.xCmp) and another that
+** processes text encoded in UTF-16 (CollSeq.xCmp16), using the machine
+** native byte order. When a collation sequence is invoked, SQLite selects
+** the version that will require the least expensive encoding
+** translations, if any.
+**
+** The CollSeq.pUser member variable is an extra parameter that passed in
+** as the first argument to the UTF-8 comparison function, xCmp.
+** CollSeq.pUser16 is the equivalent for the UTF-16 comparison function,
+** xCmp16.
+**
+** If both CollSeq.xCmp and CollSeq.xCmp16 are NULL, it means that the
+** collating sequence is undefined.  Indices built on an undefined
+** collating sequence may not be read or written.
+*/
+struct CollSeq {
+  char *zName;          /* Name of the collating sequence, UTF-8 encoded */
+  u8 enc;               /* Text encoding handled by xCmp() */
+  u8 type;              /* One of the SQLITE_COLL_... values below */
+  void *pUser;          /* First argument to xCmp() */
+  int (*xCmp)(void*,int, const void*, int, const void*);
+  void (*xDel)(void*);  /* Destructor for pUser */
+};
+
+/*
+** Allowed values of CollSeq.type:
+*/
+#define SQLITE_COLL_BINARY  1  /* The default memcmp() collating sequence */
+#define SQLITE_COLL_NOCASE  2  /* The built-in NOCASE collating sequence */
+#define SQLITE_COLL_REVERSE 3  /* The built-in REVERSE collating sequence */
+#define SQLITE_COLL_USER    0  /* Any other user-defined collating sequence */
+
+/*
+** A sort order can be either ASC or DESC.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_SO_ASC       0  /* Sort in ascending order */
+#define SQLITE_SO_DESC      1  /* Sort in ascending order */
+
+/*
+** Column affinity types.
+**
+** These used to have mnemonic name like 'i' for SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER and
+** 't' for SQLITE_AFF_TEXT.  But we can save a little space and improve
+** the speed a little by numbering the values consecutively.  
+**
+** But rather than start with 0 or 1, we begin with 'a'.  That way,
+** when multiple affinity types are concatenated into a string and
+** used as the P4 operand, they will be more readable.
+**
+** Note also that the numeric types are grouped together so that testing
+** for a numeric type is a single comparison.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_AFF_TEXT     'a'
+#define SQLITE_AFF_NONE     'b'
+#define SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC  'c'
+#define SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER  'd'
+#define SQLITE_AFF_REAL     'e'
+
+#define sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(X)  ((X)>=SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC)
+
+/*
+** The SQLITE_AFF_MASK values masks off the significant bits of an
+** affinity value. 
+*/
+#define SQLITE_AFF_MASK     0x67
+
+/*
+** Additional bit values that can be ORed with an affinity without
+** changing the affinity.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL   0x08  /* jumps if either operand is NULL */
+#define SQLITE_STOREP2      0x10  /* Store result in reg[P2] rather than jump */
+
+/*
+** Each SQL table is represented in memory by an instance of the
+** following structure.
+**
+** Table.zName is the name of the table.  The case of the original
+** CREATE TABLE statement is stored, but case is not significant for
+** comparisons.
+**
+** Table.nCol is the number of columns in this table.  Table.aCol is a
+** pointer to an array of Column structures, one for each column.
+**
+** If the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then Table.iPKey is the index of
+** the column that is that key.   Otherwise Table.iPKey is negative.  Note
+** that the datatype of the PRIMARY KEY must be INTEGER for this field to
+** be set.  An INTEGER PRIMARY KEY is used as the rowid for each row of
+** the table.  If a table has no INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then a random rowid
+** is generated for each row of the table.  TF_HasPrimaryKey is set if
+** the table has any PRIMARY KEY, INTEGER or otherwise.
+**
+** Table.tnum is the page number for the root BTree page of the table in the
+** database file.  If Table.iDb is the index of the database table backend
+** in sqlite.aDb[].  0 is for the main database and 1 is for the file that
+** holds temporary tables and indices.  If TF_Ephemeral is set
+** then the table is stored in a file that is automatically deleted
+** when the VDBE cursor to the table is closed.  In this case Table.tnum 
+** refers VDBE cursor number that holds the table open, not to the root
+** page number.  Transient tables are used to hold the results of a
+** sub-query that appears instead of a real table name in the FROM clause 
+** of a SELECT statement.
+*/
+struct Table {
+  sqlite3 *db;         /* Associated database connection.  Might be NULL. */
+  char *zName;         /* Name of the table or view */
+  int iPKey;           /* If not negative, use aCol[iPKey] as the primary key */
+  int nCol;            /* Number of columns in this table */
+  Column *aCol;        /* Information about each column */
+  Index *pIndex;       /* List of SQL indexes on this table. */
+  int tnum;            /* Root BTree node for this table (see note above) */
+  Select *pSelect;     /* NULL for tables.  Points to definition if a view. */
+  u16 nRef;            /* Number of pointers to this Table */
+  u8 tabFlags;         /* Mask of TF_* values */
+  u8 keyConf;          /* What to do in case of uniqueness conflict on iPKey */
+  Trigger *pTrigger;   /* List of SQL triggers on this table */
+  FKey *pFKey;         /* Linked list of all foreign keys in this table */
+  char *zColAff;       /* String defining the affinity of each column */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
+  Expr *pCheck;        /* The AND of all CHECK constraints */
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
+  int addColOffset;    /* Offset in CREATE TABLE stmt to add a new column */
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  Module *pMod;        /* Pointer to the implementation of the module */
+  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; /* Pointer to the module instance */
+  int nModuleArg;      /* Number of arguments to the module */
+  char **azModuleArg;  /* Text of all module args. [0] is module name */
+#endif
+  Schema *pSchema;     /* Schema that contains this table */
+};
+
+/*
+** Allowed values for Tabe.tabFlags.
+*/
+#define TF_Readonly        0x01    /* Read-only system table */
+#define TF_Ephemeral       0x02    /* An emphermal table */
+#define TF_HasPrimaryKey   0x04    /* Table has a primary key */
+#define TF_Autoincrement   0x08    /* Integer primary key is autoincrement */
+#define TF_Virtual         0x10    /* Is a virtual table */
+#define TF_NeedMetadata    0x20    /* aCol[].zType and aCol[].pColl missing */
+
+
+
+/*
+** Test to see whether or not a table is a virtual table.  This is
+** done as a macro so that it will be optimized out when virtual
+** table support is omitted from the build.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+#  define IsVirtual(X)      (((X)->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0)
+#  define IsHiddenColumn(X) ((X)->isHidden)
+#else
+#  define IsVirtual(X)      0
+#  define IsHiddenColumn(X) 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Each foreign key constraint is an instance of the following structure.
+**
+** A foreign key is associated with two tables.  The "from" table is
+** the table that contains the REFERENCES clause that creates the foreign
+** key.  The "to" table is the table that is named in the REFERENCES clause.
+** Consider this example:
+**
+**     CREATE TABLE ex1(
+**       a INTEGER PRIMARY KEY,
+**       b INTEGER CONSTRAINT fk1 REFERENCES ex2(x)
+**     );
+**
+** For foreign key "fk1", the from-table is "ex1" and the to-table is "ex2".
+**
+** Each REFERENCES clause generates an instance of the following structure
+** which is attached to the from-table.  The to-table need not exist when
+** the from-table is created.  The existance of the to-table is not checked
+** until an attempt is made to insert data into the from-table.
+**
+** The sqlite.aFKey hash table stores pointers to this structure
+** given the name of a to-table.  For each to-table, all foreign keys
+** associated with that table are on a linked list using the FKey.pNextTo
+** field.
+*/
+struct FKey {
+  Table *pFrom;     /* The table that constains the REFERENCES clause */
+  FKey *pNextFrom;  /* Next foreign key in pFrom */
+  char *zTo;        /* Name of table that the key points to */
+  FKey *pNextTo;    /* Next foreign key that points to zTo */
+  int nCol;         /* Number of columns in this key */
+  struct sColMap {  /* Mapping of columns in pFrom to columns in zTo */
+    int iFrom;         /* Index of column in pFrom */
+    char *zCol;        /* Name of column in zTo.  If 0 use PRIMARY KEY */
+  } *aCol;          /* One entry for each of nCol column s */
+  u8 isDeferred;    /* True if constraint checking is deferred till COMMIT */
+  u8 updateConf;    /* How to resolve conflicts that occur on UPDATE */
+  u8 deleteConf;    /* How to resolve conflicts that occur on DELETE */
+  u8 insertConf;    /* How to resolve conflicts that occur on INSERT */
+};
+
+/*
+** SQLite supports many different ways to resolve a constraint
+** error.  ROLLBACK processing means that a constraint violation
+** causes the operation in process to fail and for the current transaction
+** to be rolled back.  ABORT processing means the operation in process
+** fails and any prior changes from that one operation are backed out,
+** but the transaction is not rolled back.  FAIL processing means that
+** the operation in progress stops and returns an error code.  But prior
+** changes due to the same operation are not backed out and no rollback
+** occurs.  IGNORE means that the particular row that caused the constraint
+** error is not inserted or updated.  Processing continues and no error
+** is returned.  REPLACE means that preexisting database rows that caused
+** a UNIQUE constraint violation are removed so that the new insert or
+** update can proceed.  Processing continues and no error is reported.
+**
+** RESTRICT, SETNULL, and CASCADE actions apply only to foreign keys.
+** RESTRICT is the same as ABORT for IMMEDIATE foreign keys and the
+** same as ROLLBACK for DEFERRED keys.  SETNULL means that the foreign
+** key is set to NULL.  CASCADE means that a DELETE or UPDATE of the
+** referenced table row is propagated into the row that holds the
+** foreign key.
+** 
+** The following symbolic values are used to record which type
+** of action to take.
+*/
+#define OE_None     0   /* There is no constraint to check */
+#define OE_Rollback 1   /* Fail the operation and rollback the transaction */
+#define OE_Abort    2   /* Back out changes but do no rollback transaction */
+#define OE_Fail     3   /* Stop the operation but leave all prior changes */
+#define OE_Ignore   4   /* Ignore the error. Do not do the INSERT or UPDATE */
+#define OE_Replace  5   /* Delete existing record, then do INSERT or UPDATE */
+
+#define OE_Restrict 6   /* OE_Abort for IMMEDIATE, OE_Rollback for DEFERRED */
+#define OE_SetNull  7   /* Set the foreign key value to NULL */
+#define OE_SetDflt  8   /* Set the foreign key value to its default */
+#define OE_Cascade  9   /* Cascade the changes */
+
+#define OE_Default  99  /* Do whatever the default action is */
+
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure is passed as the first
+** argument to sqlite3VdbeKeyCompare and is used to control the 
+** comparison of the two index keys.
+*/
+struct KeyInfo {
+  sqlite3 *db;        /* The database connection */
+  u8 enc;             /* Text encoding - one of the TEXT_Utf* values */
+  u16 nField;         /* Number of entries in aColl[] */
+  u8 *aSortOrder;     /* If defined an aSortOrder[i] is true, sort DESC */
+  CollSeq *aColl[1];  /* Collating sequence for each term of the key */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure holds information about a
+** single index record that has already been parsed out into individual
+** values.
+**
+** A record is an object that contains one or more fields of data.
+** Records are used to store the content of a table row and to store
+** the key of an index.  A blob encoding of a record is created by
+** the OP_MakeRecord opcode of the VDBE and is disassemblied by the
+** OP_Column opcode.
+**
+** This structure holds a record that has already been disassembled
+** into its constitutent fields.
+*/
+struct UnpackedRecord {
+  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;  /* Collation and sort-order information */
+  u16 nField;         /* Number of entries in apMem[] */
+  u16 flags;          /* Boolean settings.  UNPACKED_... below */
+  Mem *aMem;          /* Values */
+};
+
+/*
+** Allowed values of UnpackedRecord.flags
+*/
+#define UNPACKED_NEED_FREE     0x0001  /* Memory is from sqlite3Malloc() */
+#define UNPACKED_NEED_DESTROY  0x0002  /* apMem[]s should all be destroyed */
+#define UNPACKED_IGNORE_ROWID  0x0004  /* Ignore trailing rowid on key1 */
+#define UNPACKED_INCRKEY       0x0008  /* Make this key an epsilon larger */
+#define UNPACKED_PREFIX_MATCH  0x0010  /* A prefix match is considered OK */
+
+/*
+** Each SQL index is represented in memory by an
+** instance of the following structure.
+**
+** The columns of the table that are to be indexed are described
+** by the aiColumn[] field of this structure.  For example, suppose
+** we have the following table and index:
+**
+**     CREATE TABLE Ex1(c1 int, c2 int, c3 text);
+**     CREATE INDEX Ex2 ON Ex1(c3,c1);
+**
+** In the Table structure describing Ex1, nCol==3 because there are
+** three columns in the table.  In the Index structure describing
+** Ex2, nColumn==2 since 2 of the 3 columns of Ex1 are indexed.
+** The value of aiColumn is {2, 0}.  aiColumn[0]==2 because the 
+** first column to be indexed (c3) has an index of 2 in Ex1.aCol[].
+** The second column to be indexed (c1) has an index of 0 in
+** Ex1.aCol[], hence Ex2.aiColumn[1]==0.
+**
+** The Index.onError field determines whether or not the indexed columns
+** must be unique and what to do if they are not.  When Index.onError=OE_None,
+** it means this is not a unique index.  Otherwise it is a unique index
+** and the value of Index.onError indicate the which conflict resolution 
+** algorithm to employ whenever an attempt is made to insert a non-unique
+** element.
+*/
+struct Index {
+  char *zName;     /* Name of this index */
+  int nColumn;     /* Number of columns in the table used by this index */
+  int *aiColumn;   /* Which columns are used by this index.  1st is 0 */
+  unsigned *aiRowEst; /* Result of ANALYZE: Est. rows selected by each column */
+  Table *pTable;   /* The SQL table being indexed */
+  int tnum;        /* Page containing root of this index in database file */
+  u8 onError;      /* OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, OE_Replace, or OE_None */
+  u8 autoIndex;    /* True if is automatically created (ex: by UNIQUE) */
+  char *zColAff;   /* String defining the affinity of each column */
+  Index *pNext;    /* The next index associated with the same table */
+  Schema *pSchema; /* Schema containing this index */
+  u8 *aSortOrder;  /* Array of size Index.nColumn. True==DESC, False==ASC */
+  char **azColl;   /* Array of collation sequence names for index */
+};
+
+/*
+** Each token coming out of the lexer is an instance of
+** this structure.  Tokens are also used as part of an expression.
+**
+** Note if Token.z==0 then Token.dyn and Token.n are undefined and
+** may contain random values.  Do not make any assuptions about Token.dyn
+** and Token.n when Token.z==0.
+*/
+struct Token {
+  const unsigned char *z; /* Text of the token.  Not NULL-terminated! */
+  unsigned dyn  : 1;      /* True for malloced memory, false for static */
+  unsigned n    : 31;     /* Number of characters in this token */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of this structure contains information needed to generate
+** code for a SELECT that contains aggregate functions.
+**
+** If Expr.op==TK_AGG_COLUMN or TK_AGG_FUNCTION then Expr.pAggInfo is a
+** pointer to this structure.  The Expr.iColumn field is the index in
+** AggInfo.aCol[] or AggInfo.aFunc[] of information needed to generate
+** code for that node.
+**
+** AggInfo.pGroupBy and AggInfo.aFunc.pExpr point to fields within the
+** original Select structure that describes the SELECT statement.  These
+** fields do not need to be freed when deallocating the AggInfo structure.
+*/
+struct AggInfo {
+  u8 directMode;          /* Direct rendering mode means take data directly
+                          ** from source tables rather than from accumulators */
+  u8 useSortingIdx;       /* In direct mode, reference the sorting index rather
+                          ** than the source table */
+  int sortingIdx;         /* Cursor number of the sorting index */
+  ExprList *pGroupBy;     /* The group by clause */
+  int nSortingColumn;     /* Number of columns in the sorting index */
+  struct AggInfo_col {    /* For each column used in source tables */
+    Table *pTab;             /* Source table */
+    int iTable;              /* Cursor number of the source table */
+    int iColumn;             /* Column number within the source table */
+    int iSorterColumn;       /* Column number in the sorting index */
+    int iMem;                /* Memory location that acts as accumulator */
+    Expr *pExpr;             /* The original expression */
+  } *aCol;
+  int nColumn;            /* Number of used entries in aCol[] */
+  int nColumnAlloc;       /* Number of slots allocated for aCol[] */
+  int nAccumulator;       /* Number of columns that show through to the output.
+                          ** Additional columns are used only as parameters to
+                          ** aggregate functions */
+  struct AggInfo_func {   /* For each aggregate function */
+    Expr *pExpr;             /* Expression encoding the function */
+    FuncDef *pFunc;          /* The aggregate function implementation */
+    int iMem;                /* Memory location that acts as accumulator */
+    int iDistinct;           /* Ephermeral table used to enforce DISTINCT */
+  } *aFunc;
+  int nFunc;              /* Number of entries in aFunc[] */
+  int nFuncAlloc;         /* Number of slots allocated for aFunc[] */
+};
+
+/*
+** Each node of an expression in the parse tree is an instance
+** of this structure.
+**
+** Expr.op is the opcode.  The integer parser token codes are reused
+** as opcodes here.  For example, the parser defines TK_GE to be an integer
+** code representing the ">=" operator.  This same integer code is reused
+** to represent the greater-than-or-equal-to operator in the expression
+** tree.
+**
+** Expr.pRight and Expr.pLeft are subexpressions.  Expr.pList is a list
+** of argument if the expression is a function.
+**
+** Expr.token is the operator token for this node.  For some expressions
+** that have subexpressions, Expr.token can be the complete text that gave
+** rise to the Expr.  In the latter case, the token is marked as being
+** a compound token.
+**
+** An expression of the form ID or ID.ID refers to a column in a table.
+** For such expressions, Expr.op is set to TK_COLUMN and Expr.iTable is
+** the integer cursor number of a VDBE cursor pointing to that table and
+** Expr.iColumn is the column number for the specific column.  If the
+** expression is used as a result in an aggregate SELECT, then the
+** value is also stored in the Expr.iAgg column in the aggregate so that
+** it can be accessed after all aggregates are computed.
+**
+** If the expression is a function, the Expr.iTable is an integer code
+** representing which function.  If the expression is an unbound variable
+** marker (a question mark character '?' in the original SQL) then the
+** Expr.iTable holds the index number for that variable.
+**
+** If the expression is a subquery then Expr.iColumn holds an integer
+** register number containing the result of the subquery.  If the
+** subquery gives a constant result, then iTable is -1.  If the subquery
+** gives a different answer at different times during statement processing
+** then iTable is the address of a subroutine that computes the subquery.
+**
+** The Expr.pSelect field points to a SELECT statement.  The SELECT might
+** be the right operand of an IN operator.  Or, if a scalar SELECT appears
+** in an expression the opcode is TK_SELECT and Expr.pSelect is the only
+** operand.
+**
+** If the Expr is of type OP_Column, and the table it is selecting from
+** is a disk table or the "old.*" pseudo-table, then pTab points to the
+** corresponding table definition.
+*/
+struct Expr {
+  u8 op;                 /* Operation performed by this node */
+  char affinity;         /* The affinity of the column or 0 if not a column */
+  u16 flags;             /* Various flags.  See below */
+  CollSeq *pColl;        /* The collation type of the column or 0 */
+  Expr *pLeft, *pRight;  /* Left and right subnodes */
+  ExprList *pList;       /* A list of expressions used as function arguments
+                         ** or in "<expr> IN (<expr-list)" */
+  Token token;           /* An operand token */
+  Token span;            /* Complete text of the expression */
+  int iTable, iColumn;   /* When op==TK_COLUMN, then this expr node means the
+                         ** iColumn-th field of the iTable-th table. */
+  AggInfo *pAggInfo;     /* Used by TK_AGG_COLUMN and TK_AGG_FUNCTION */
+  int iAgg;              /* Which entry in pAggInfo->aCol[] or ->aFunc[] */
+  int iRightJoinTable;   /* If EP_FromJoin, the right table of the join */
+  Select *pSelect;       /* When the expression is a sub-select.  Also the
+                         ** right side of "<expr> IN (<select>)" */
+  Table *pTab;           /* Table for TK_COLUMN expressions. */
+#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
+  int nHeight;           /* Height of the tree headed by this node */
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** The following are the meanings of bits in the Expr.flags field.
+*/
+#define EP_FromJoin   0x0001  /* Originated in ON or USING clause of a join */
+#define EP_Agg        0x0002  /* Contains one or more aggregate functions */
+#define EP_Resolved   0x0004  /* IDs have been resolved to COLUMNs */
+#define EP_Error      0x0008  /* Expression contains one or more errors */
+#define EP_Distinct   0x0010  /* Aggregate function with DISTINCT keyword */
+#define EP_VarSelect  0x0020  /* pSelect is correlated, not constant */
+#define EP_Dequoted   0x0040  /* True if the string has been dequoted */
+#define EP_InfixFunc  0x0080  /* True for an infix function: LIKE, GLOB, etc */
+#define EP_ExpCollate 0x0100  /* Collating sequence specified explicitly */
+#define EP_AnyAff     0x0200  /* Can take a cached column of any affinity */
+#define EP_FixedDest  0x0400  /* Result needed in a specific register */
+#define EP_IntValue   0x0800  /* Integer value contained in iTable */
+/*
+** These macros can be used to test, set, or clear bits in the 
+** Expr.flags field.
+*/
+#define ExprHasProperty(E,P)     (((E)->flags&(P))==(P))
+#define ExprHasAnyProperty(E,P)  (((E)->flags&(P))!=0)
+#define ExprSetProperty(E,P)     (E)->flags|=(P)
+#define ExprClearProperty(E,P)   (E)->flags&=~(P)
+
+/*
+** A list of expressions.  Each expression may optionally have a
+** name.  An expr/name combination can be used in several ways, such
+** as the list of "expr AS ID" fields following a "SELECT" or in the
+** list of "ID = expr" items in an UPDATE.  A list of expressions can
+** also be used as the argument to a function, in which case the a.zName
+** field is not used.
+*/
+struct ExprList {
+  int nExpr;             /* Number of expressions on the list */
+  int nAlloc;            /* Number of entries allocated below */
+  int iECursor;          /* VDBE Cursor associated with this ExprList */
+  struct ExprList_item {
+    Expr *pExpr;           /* The list of expressions */
+    char *zName;           /* Token associated with this expression */
+    u8 sortOrder;          /* 1 for DESC or 0 for ASC */
+    u8 done;               /* A flag to indicate when processing is finished */
+    u16 iCol;              /* For ORDER BY, column number in result set */
+    u16 iAlias;            /* Index into Parse.aAlias[] for zName */
+  } *a;                  /* One entry for each expression */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of this structure can hold a simple list of identifiers,
+** such as the list "a,b,c" in the following statements:
+**
+**      INSERT INTO t(a,b,c) VALUES ...;
+**      CREATE INDEX idx ON t(a,b,c);
+**      CREATE TRIGGER trig BEFORE UPDATE ON t(a,b,c) ...;
+**
+** The IdList.a.idx field is used when the IdList represents the list of
+** column names after a table name in an INSERT statement.  In the statement
+**
+**     INSERT INTO t(a,b,c) ...
+**
+** If "a" is the k-th column of table "t", then IdList.a[0].idx==k.
+*/
+struct IdList {
+  struct IdList_item {
+    char *zName;      /* Name of the identifier */
+    int idx;          /* Index in some Table.aCol[] of a column named zName */
+  } *a;
+  int nId;         /* Number of identifiers on the list */
+  int nAlloc;      /* Number of entries allocated for a[] below */
+};
+
+/*
+** The bitmask datatype defined below is used for various optimizations.
+**
+** Changing this from a 64-bit to a 32-bit type limits the number of
+** tables in a join to 32 instead of 64.  But it also reduces the size
+** of the library by 738 bytes on ix86.
+*/
+typedef u64 Bitmask;
+
+/*
+** The following structure describes the FROM clause of a SELECT statement.
+** Each table or subquery in the FROM clause is a separate element of
+** the SrcList.a[] array.
+**
+** With the addition of multiple database support, the following structure
+** can also be used to describe a particular table such as the table that
+** is modified by an INSERT, DELETE, or UPDATE statement.  In standard SQL,
+** such a table must be a simple name: ID.  But in SQLite, the table can
+** now be identified by a database name, a dot, then the table name: ID.ID.
+**
+** The jointype starts out showing the join type between the current table
+** and the next table on the list.  The parser builds the list this way.
+** But sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType() later shifts the jointypes so that each
+** jointype expresses the join between the table and the previous table.
+*/
+struct SrcList {
+  i16 nSrc;        /* Number of tables or subqueries in the FROM clause */
+  i16 nAlloc;      /* Number of entries allocated in a[] below */
+  struct SrcList_item {
+    char *zDatabase;  /* Name of database holding this table */
+    char *zName;      /* Name of the table */
+    char *zAlias;     /* The "B" part of a "A AS B" phrase.  zName is the "A" */
+    Table *pTab;      /* An SQL table corresponding to zName */
+    Select *pSelect;  /* A SELECT statement used in place of a table name */
+    u8 isPopulated;   /* Temporary table associated with SELECT is populated */
+    u8 jointype;      /* Type of join between this able and the previous */
+    int iCursor;      /* The VDBE cursor number used to access this table */
+    Expr *pOn;        /* The ON clause of a join */
+    IdList *pUsing;   /* The USING clause of a join */
+    Bitmask colUsed;  /* Bit N (1<<N) set if column N or pTab is used */
+  } a[1];             /* One entry for each identifier on the list */
+};
+
+/*
+** Permitted values of the SrcList.a.jointype field
+*/
+#define JT_INNER     0x0001    /* Any kind of inner or cross join */
+#define JT_CROSS     0x0002    /* Explicit use of the CROSS keyword */
+#define JT_NATURAL   0x0004    /* True for a "natural" join */
+#define JT_LEFT      0x0008    /* Left outer join */
+#define JT_RIGHT     0x0010    /* Right outer join */
+#define JT_OUTER     0x0020    /* The "OUTER" keyword is present */
+#define JT_ERROR     0x0040    /* unknown or unsupported join type */
+
+/*
+** For each nested loop in a WHERE clause implementation, the WhereInfo
+** structure contains a single instance of this structure.  This structure
+** is intended to be private the the where.c module and should not be
+** access or modified by other modules.
+**
+** The pIdxInfo and pBestIdx fields are used to help pick the best
+** index on a virtual table.  The pIdxInfo pointer contains indexing
+** information for the i-th table in the FROM clause before reordering.
+** All the pIdxInfo pointers are freed by whereInfoFree() in where.c.
+** The pBestIdx pointer is a copy of pIdxInfo for the i-th table after
+** FROM clause ordering.  This is a little confusing so I will repeat
+** it in different words.  WhereInfo.a[i].pIdxInfo is index information 
+** for WhereInfo.pTabList.a[i].  WhereInfo.a[i].pBestInfo is the
+** index information for the i-th loop of the join.  pBestInfo is always
+** either NULL or a copy of some pIdxInfo.  So for cleanup it is 
+** sufficient to free all of the pIdxInfo pointers.
+** 
+*/
+struct WhereLevel {
+  int iFrom;            /* Which entry in the FROM clause */
+  int flags;            /* Flags associated with this level */
+  int iMem;             /* First memory cell used by this level */
+  int iLeftJoin;        /* Memory cell used to implement LEFT OUTER JOIN */
+  Index *pIdx;          /* Index used.  NULL if no index */
+  int iTabCur;          /* The VDBE cursor used to access the table */
+  int iIdxCur;          /* The VDBE cursor used to acesss pIdx */
+  int brk;              /* Jump here to break out of the loop */
+  int nxt;              /* Jump here to start the next IN combination */
+  int cont;             /* Jump here to continue with the next loop cycle */
+  int top;              /* First instruction of interior of the loop */
+  int op, p1, p2;       /* Opcode used to terminate the loop */
+  int nEq;              /* Number of == or IN constraints on this loop */
+  int nIn;              /* Number of IN operators constraining this loop */
+  struct InLoop {
+    int iCur;              /* The VDBE cursor used by this IN operator */
+    int topAddr;           /* Top of the IN loop */
+  } *aInLoop;           /* Information about each nested IN operator */
+  sqlite3_index_info *pBestIdx;  /* Index information for this level */
+
+  /* The following field is really not part of the current level.  But
+  ** we need a place to cache index information for each table in the
+  ** FROM clause and the WhereLevel structure is a convenient place.
+  */
+  sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo;  /* Index info for n-th source table */
+};
+
+/*
+** Flags appropriate for the wflags parameter of sqlite3WhereBegin().
+*/
+#define WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL     0   /* No-op */
+#define WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN        1   /* ORDER BY processing for min() func */
+#define WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX        2   /* ORDER BY processing for max() func */
+#define WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED    4   /* Want to do one-pass UPDATE/DELETE */
+
+/*
+** The WHERE clause processing routine has two halves.  The
+** first part does the start of the WHERE loop and the second
+** half does the tail of the WHERE loop.  An instance of
+** this structure is returned by the first half and passed
+** into the second half to give some continuity.
+*/
+struct WhereInfo {
+  Parse *pParse;       /* Parsing and code generating context */
+  u8 okOnePass;        /* Ok to use one-pass algorithm for UPDATE or DELETE */
+  SrcList *pTabList;   /* List of tables in the join */
+  int iTop;            /* The very beginning of the WHERE loop */
+  int iContinue;       /* Jump here to continue with next record */
+  int iBreak;          /* Jump here to break out of the loop */
+  int nLevel;          /* Number of nested loop */
+  sqlite3_index_info **apInfo;  /* Array of pointers to index info structures */
+  WhereLevel a[1];     /* Information about each nest loop in the WHERE */
+};
+
+/*
+** A NameContext defines a context in which to resolve table and column
+** names.  The context consists of a list of tables (the pSrcList) field and
+** a list of named expression (pEList).  The named expression list may
+** be NULL.  The pSrc corresponds to the FROM clause of a SELECT or
+** to the table being operated on by INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE.  The
+** pEList corresponds to the result set of a SELECT and is NULL for
+** other statements.
+**
+** NameContexts can be nested.  When resolving names, the inner-most 
+** context is searched first.  If no match is found, the next outer
+** context is checked.  If there is still no match, the next context
+** is checked.  This process continues until either a match is found
+** or all contexts are check.  When a match is found, the nRef member of
+** the context containing the match is incremented. 
+**
+** Each subquery gets a new NameContext.  The pNext field points to the
+** NameContext in the parent query.  Thus the process of scanning the
+** NameContext list corresponds to searching through successively outer
+** subqueries looking for a match.
+*/
+struct NameContext {
+  Parse *pParse;       /* The parser */
+  SrcList *pSrcList;   /* One or more tables used to resolve names */
+  ExprList *pEList;    /* Optional list of named expressions */
+  int nRef;            /* Number of names resolved by this context */
+  int nErr;            /* Number of errors encountered while resolving names */
+  u8 allowAgg;         /* Aggregate functions allowed here */
+  u8 hasAgg;           /* True if aggregates are seen */
+  u8 isCheck;          /* True if resolving names in a CHECK constraint */
+  int nDepth;          /* Depth of subquery recursion. 1 for no recursion */
+  AggInfo *pAggInfo;   /* Information about aggregates at this level */
+  NameContext *pNext;  /* Next outer name context.  NULL for outermost */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure contains all information
+** needed to generate code for a single SELECT statement.
+**
+** nLimit is set to -1 if there is no LIMIT clause.  nOffset is set to 0.
+** If there is a LIMIT clause, the parser sets nLimit to the value of the
+** limit and nOffset to the value of the offset (or 0 if there is not
+** offset).  But later on, nLimit and nOffset become the memory locations
+** in the VDBE that record the limit and offset counters.
+**
+** addrOpenEphm[] entries contain the address of OP_OpenEphemeral opcodes.
+** These addresses must be stored so that we can go back and fill in
+** the P4_KEYINFO and P2 parameters later.  Neither the KeyInfo nor
+** the number of columns in P2 can be computed at the same time
+** as the OP_OpenEphm instruction is coded because not
+** enough information about the compound query is known at that point.
+** The KeyInfo for addrOpenTran[0] and [1] contains collating sequences
+** for the result set.  The KeyInfo for addrOpenTran[2] contains collating
+** sequences for the ORDER BY clause.
+*/
+struct Select {
+  ExprList *pEList;      /* The fields of the result */
+  u8 op;                 /* One of: TK_UNION TK_ALL TK_INTERSECT TK_EXCEPT */
+  char affinity;         /* MakeRecord with this affinity for SRT_Set */
+  u16 selFlags;          /* Various SF_* values */
+  SrcList *pSrc;         /* The FROM clause */
+  Expr *pWhere;          /* The WHERE clause */
+  ExprList *pGroupBy;    /* The GROUP BY clause */
+  Expr *pHaving;         /* The HAVING clause */
+  ExprList *pOrderBy;    /* The ORDER BY clause */
+  Select *pPrior;        /* Prior select in a compound select statement */
+  Select *pNext;         /* Next select to the left in a compound */
+  Select *pRightmost;    /* Right-most select in a compound select statement */
+  Expr *pLimit;          /* LIMIT expression. NULL means not used. */
+  Expr *pOffset;         /* OFFSET expression. NULL means not used. */
+  int iLimit, iOffset;   /* Memory registers holding LIMIT & OFFSET counters */
+  int addrOpenEphm[3];   /* OP_OpenEphem opcodes related to this select */
+};
+
+/*
+** Allowed values for Select.selFlags.  The "SF" prefix stands for
+** "Select Flag".
+*/
+#define SF_Distinct        0x0001  /* Output should be DISTINCT */
+#define SF_Resolved        0x0002  /* Identifiers have been resolved */
+#define SF_Aggregate       0x0004  /* Contains aggregate functions */
+#define SF_UsesEphemeral   0x0008  /* Uses the OpenEphemeral opcode */
+#define SF_Expanded        0x0010  /* sqlite3SelectExpand() called on this */
+#define SF_HasTypeInfo     0x0020  /* FROM subqueries have Table metadata */
+
+
+/*
+** The results of a select can be distributed in several ways.  The
+** "SRT" prefix means "SELECT Result Type".
+*/
+#define SRT_Union        1  /* Store result as keys in an index */
+#define SRT_Except       2  /* Remove result from a UNION index */
+#define SRT_Exists       3  /* Store 1 if the result is not empty */
+#define SRT_Discard      4  /* Do not save the results anywhere */
+
+/* The ORDER BY clause is ignored for all of the above */
+#define IgnorableOrderby(X) ((X->eDest)<=SRT_Discard)
+
+#define SRT_Output       5  /* Output each row of result */
+#define SRT_Mem          6  /* Store result in a memory cell */
+#define SRT_Set          7  /* Store results as keys in an index */
+#define SRT_Table        8  /* Store result as data with an automatic rowid */
+#define SRT_EphemTab     9  /* Create transient tab and store like SRT_Table */
+#define SRT_Coroutine   10  /* Generate a single row of result */
+
+/*
+** A structure used to customize the behaviour of sqlite3Select(). See
+** comments above sqlite3Select() for details.
+*/
+typedef struct SelectDest SelectDest;
+struct SelectDest {
+  u8 eDest;         /* How to dispose of the results */
+  u8 affinity;      /* Affinity used when eDest==SRT_Set */
+  int iParm;        /* A parameter used by the eDest disposal method */
+  int iMem;         /* Base register where results are written */
+  int nMem;         /* Number of registers allocated */
+};
+
+/*
+** An SQL parser context.  A copy of this structure is passed through
+** the parser and down into all the parser action routine in order to
+** carry around information that is global to the entire parse.
+**
+** The structure is divided into two parts.  When the parser and code
+** generate call themselves recursively, the first part of the structure
+** is constant but the second part is reset at the beginning and end of
+** each recursion.
+**
+** The nTableLock and aTableLock variables are only used if the shared-cache 
+** feature is enabled (if sqlite3Tsd()->useSharedData is true). They are
+** used to store the set of table-locks required by the statement being
+** compiled. Function sqlite3TableLock() is used to add entries to the
+** list.
+*/
+struct Parse {
+  sqlite3 *db;         /* The main database structure */
+  int rc;              /* Return code from execution */
+  char *zErrMsg;       /* An error message */
+  Vdbe *pVdbe;         /* An engine for executing database bytecode */
+  u8 colNamesSet;      /* TRUE after OP_ColumnName has been issued to pVdbe */
+  u8 nameClash;        /* A permanent table name clashes with temp table name */
+  u8 checkSchema;      /* Causes schema cookie check after an error */
+  u8 nested;           /* Number of nested calls to the parser/code generator */
+  u8 parseError;       /* True after a parsing error.  Ticket #1794 */
+  u8 nTempReg;         /* Number of temporary registers in aTempReg[] */
+  u8 nTempInUse;       /* Number of aTempReg[] currently checked out */
+  int aTempReg[8];     /* Holding area for temporary registers */
+  int nRangeReg;       /* Size of the temporary register block */
+  int iRangeReg;       /* First register in temporary register block */
+  int nErr;            /* Number of errors seen */
+  int nTab;            /* Number of previously allocated VDBE cursors */
+  int nMem;            /* Number of memory cells used so far */
+  int nSet;            /* Number of sets used so far */
+  int ckBase;          /* Base register of data during check constraints */
+  int disableColCache; /* True to disable adding to column cache */
+  int nColCache;       /* Number of entries in the column cache */
+  int iColCache;       /* Next entry of the cache to replace */
+  struct yColCache {
+    int iTable;           /* Table cursor number */
+    int iColumn;          /* Table column number */
+    char affChange;       /* True if this register has had an affinity change */
+    int iReg;             /* Register holding value of this column */
+  } aColCache[10];     /* One for each valid column cache entry */
+  u32 writeMask;       /* Start a write transaction on these databases */
+  u32 cookieMask;      /* Bitmask of schema verified databases */
+  int cookieGoto;      /* Address of OP_Goto to cookie verifier subroutine */
+  int cookieValue[SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED+2];  /* Values of cookies to verify */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+  int nTableLock;        /* Number of locks in aTableLock */
+  TableLock *aTableLock; /* Required table locks for shared-cache mode */
+#endif
+  int regRowid;        /* Register holding rowid of CREATE TABLE entry */
+  int regRoot;         /* Register holding root page number for new objects */
+
+  /* Above is constant between recursions.  Below is reset before and after
+  ** each recursion */
+
+  int nVar;            /* Number of '?' variables seen in the SQL so far */
+  int nVarExpr;        /* Number of used slots in apVarExpr[] */
+  int nVarExprAlloc;   /* Number of allocated slots in apVarExpr[] */
+  Expr **apVarExpr;    /* Pointers to :aaa and $aaaa wildcard expressions */
+  int nAlias;          /* Number of aliased result set columns */
+  int *aAlias;         /* Register used to hold aliased result */
+  u8 explain;          /* True if the EXPLAIN flag is found on the query */
+  Token sErrToken;     /* The token at which the error occurred */
+  Token sNameToken;    /* Token with unqualified schema object name */
+  Token sLastToken;    /* The last token parsed */
+  const char *zSql;    /* All SQL text */
+  const char *zTail;   /* All SQL text past the last semicolon parsed */
+  Table *pNewTable;    /* A table being constructed by CREATE TABLE */
+  Trigger *pNewTrigger;     /* Trigger under construct by a CREATE TRIGGER */
+  TriggerStack *trigStack;  /* Trigger actions being coded */
+  const char *zAuthContext; /* The 6th parameter to db->xAuth callbacks */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  Token sArg;                /* Complete text of a module argument */
+  u8 declareVtab;            /* True if inside sqlite3_declare_vtab() */
+  int nVtabLock;             /* Number of virtual tables to lock */
+  Table **apVtabLock;        /* Pointer to virtual tables needing locking */
+#endif
+  int nHeight;            /* Expression tree height of current sub-select */
+};
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  #define IN_DECLARE_VTAB 0
+#else
+  #define IN_DECLARE_VTAB (pParse->declareVtab)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure can be declared on a stack and used
+** to save the Parse.zAuthContext value so that it can be restored later.
+*/
+struct AuthContext {
+  const char *zAuthContext;   /* Put saved Parse.zAuthContext here */
+  Parse *pParse;              /* The Parse structure */
+};
+
+/*
+** Bitfield flags for P2 value in OP_Insert and OP_Delete
+*/
+#define OPFLAG_NCHANGE   1    /* Set to update db->nChange */
+#define OPFLAG_LASTROWID 2    /* Set to update db->lastRowid */
+#define OPFLAG_ISUPDATE  4    /* This OP_Insert is an sql UPDATE */
+#define OPFLAG_APPEND    8    /* This is likely to be an append */
+
+/*
+ * Each trigger present in the database schema is stored as an instance of
+ * struct Trigger. 
+ *
+ * Pointers to instances of struct Trigger are stored in two ways.
+ * 1. In the "trigHash" hash table (part of the sqlite3* that represents the 
+ *    database). This allows Trigger structures to be retrieved by name.
+ * 2. All triggers associated with a single table form a linked list, using the
+ *    pNext member of struct Trigger. A pointer to the first element of the
+ *    linked list is stored as the "pTrigger" member of the associated
+ *    struct Table.
+ *
+ * The "step_list" member points to the first element of a linked list
+ * containing the SQL statements specified as the trigger program.
+ */
+struct Trigger {
+  char *name;             /* The name of the trigger                        */
+  char *table;            /* The table or view to which the trigger applies */
+  u8 op;                  /* One of TK_DELETE, TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT         */
+  u8 tr_tm;               /* One of TRIGGER_BEFORE, TRIGGER_AFTER */
+  Expr *pWhen;            /* The WHEN clause of the expresion (may be NULL) */
+  IdList *pColumns;       /* If this is an UPDATE OF <column-list> trigger,
+                             the <column-list> is stored here */
+  Token nameToken;        /* Token containing zName. Use during parsing only */
+  Schema *pSchema;        /* Schema containing the trigger */
+  Schema *pTabSchema;     /* Schema containing the table */
+  TriggerStep *step_list; /* Link list of trigger program steps             */
+  Trigger *pNext;         /* Next trigger associated with the table */
+};
+
+/*
+** A trigger is either a BEFORE or an AFTER trigger.  The following constants
+** determine which. 
+**
+** If there are multiple triggers, you might of some BEFORE and some AFTER.
+** In that cases, the constants below can be ORed together.
+*/
+#define TRIGGER_BEFORE  1
+#define TRIGGER_AFTER   2
+
+/*
+ * An instance of struct TriggerStep is used to store a single SQL statement
+ * that is a part of a trigger-program. 
+ *
+ * Instances of struct TriggerStep are stored in a singly linked list (linked
+ * using the "pNext" member) referenced by the "step_list" member of the 
+ * associated struct Trigger instance. The first element of the linked list is
+ * the first step of the trigger-program.
+ * 
+ * The "op" member indicates whether this is a "DELETE", "INSERT", "UPDATE" or
+ * "SELECT" statement. The meanings of the other members is determined by the 
+ * value of "op" as follows:
+ *
+ * (op == TK_INSERT)
+ * orconf    -> stores the ON CONFLICT algorithm
+ * pSelect   -> If this is an INSERT INTO ... SELECT ... statement, then
+ *              this stores a pointer to the SELECT statement. Otherwise NULL.
+ * target    -> A token holding the name of the table to insert into.
+ * pExprList -> If this is an INSERT INTO ... VALUES ... statement, then
+ *              this stores values to be inserted. Otherwise NULL.
+ * pIdList   -> If this is an INSERT INTO ... (<column-names>) VALUES ... 
+ *              statement, then this stores the column-names to be
+ *              inserted into.
+ *
+ * (op == TK_DELETE)
+ * target    -> A token holding the name of the table to delete from.
+ * pWhere    -> The WHERE clause of the DELETE statement if one is specified.
+ *              Otherwise NULL.
+ * 
+ * (op == TK_UPDATE)
+ * target    -> A token holding the name of the table to update rows of.
+ * pWhere    -> The WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement if one is specified.
+ *              Otherwise NULL.
+ * pExprList -> A list of the columns to update and the expressions to update
+ *              them to. See sqlite3Update() documentation of "pChanges"
+ *              argument.
+ * 
+ */
+struct TriggerStep {
+  int op;              /* One of TK_DELETE, TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT, TK_SELECT */
+  int orconf;          /* OE_Rollback etc. */
+  Trigger *pTrig;      /* The trigger that this step is a part of */
+
+  Select *pSelect;     /* Valid for SELECT and sometimes 
+                          INSERT steps (when pExprList == 0) */
+  Token target;        /* Valid for DELETE, UPDATE, INSERT steps */
+  Expr *pWhere;        /* Valid for DELETE, UPDATE steps */
+  ExprList *pExprList; /* Valid for UPDATE statements and sometimes 
+                           INSERT steps (when pSelect == 0)         */
+  IdList *pIdList;     /* Valid for INSERT statements only */
+  TriggerStep *pNext;  /* Next in the link-list */
+  TriggerStep *pLast;  /* Last element in link-list. Valid for 1st elem only */
+};
+
+/*
+ * An instance of struct TriggerStack stores information required during code
+ * generation of a single trigger program. While the trigger program is being
+ * coded, its associated TriggerStack instance is pointed to by the
+ * "pTriggerStack" member of the Parse structure.
+ *
+ * The pTab member points to the table that triggers are being coded on. The 
+ * newIdx member contains the index of the vdbe cursor that points at the temp
+ * table that stores the new.* references. If new.* references are not valid
+ * for the trigger being coded (for example an ON DELETE trigger), then newIdx
+ * is set to -1. The oldIdx member is analogous to newIdx, for old.* references.
+ *
+ * The ON CONFLICT policy to be used for the trigger program steps is stored 
+ * as the orconf member. If this is OE_Default, then the ON CONFLICT clause 
+ * specified for individual triggers steps is used.
+ *
+ * struct TriggerStack has a "pNext" member, to allow linked lists to be
+ * constructed. When coding nested triggers (triggers fired by other triggers)
+ * each nested trigger stores its parent trigger's TriggerStack as the "pNext" 
+ * pointer. Once the nested trigger has been coded, the pNext value is restored
+ * to the pTriggerStack member of the Parse stucture and coding of the parent
+ * trigger continues.
+ *
+ * Before a nested trigger is coded, the linked list pointed to by the 
+ * pTriggerStack is scanned to ensure that the trigger is not about to be coded
+ * recursively. If this condition is detected, the nested trigger is not coded.
+ */
+struct TriggerStack {
+  Table *pTab;         /* Table that triggers are currently being coded on */
+  int newIdx;          /* Index of vdbe cursor to "new" temp table */
+  int oldIdx;          /* Index of vdbe cursor to "old" temp table */
+  u32 newColMask;
+  u32 oldColMask;
+  int orconf;          /* Current orconf policy */
+  int ignoreJump;      /* where to jump to for a RAISE(IGNORE) */
+  Trigger *pTrigger;   /* The trigger currently being coded */
+  TriggerStack *pNext; /* Next trigger down on the trigger stack */
+};
+
+/*
+** The following structure contains information used by the sqliteFix...
+** routines as they walk the parse tree to make database references
+** explicit.  
+*/
+typedef struct DbFixer DbFixer;
+struct DbFixer {
+  Parse *pParse;      /* The parsing context.  Error messages written here */
+  const char *zDb;    /* Make sure all objects are contained in this database */
+  const char *zType;  /* Type of the container - used for error messages */
+  const Token *pName; /* Name of the container - used for error messages */
+};
+
+/*
+** An objected used to accumulate the text of a string where we
+** do not necessarily know how big the string will be in the end.
+*/
+struct StrAccum {
+  sqlite3 *db;         /* Optional database for lookaside.  Can be NULL */
+  char *zBase;         /* A base allocation.  Not from malloc. */
+  char *zText;         /* The string collected so far */
+  int  nChar;          /* Length of the string so far */
+  int  nAlloc;         /* Amount of space allocated in zText */
+  int  mxAlloc;        /* Maximum allowed string length */
+  u8   mallocFailed;   /* Becomes true if any memory allocation fails */
+  u8   useMalloc;      /* True if zText is enlargable using realloc */
+  u8   tooBig;         /* Becomes true if string size exceeds limits */
+};
+
+/*
+** A pointer to this structure is used to communicate information
+** from sqlite3Init and OP_ParseSchema into the sqlite3InitCallback.
+*/
+typedef struct {
+  sqlite3 *db;        /* The database being initialized */
+  int iDb;            /* 0 for main database.  1 for TEMP, 2.. for ATTACHed */
+  char **pzErrMsg;    /* Error message stored here */
+  int rc;             /* Result code stored here */
+} InitData;
+
+/*
+** Structure containing global configuration data for the SQLite library.
+**
+** This structure also contains some state information.
+*/
+struct Sqlite3Config {
+  int bMemstat;                     /* True to enable memory status */
+  int bCoreMutex;                   /* True to enable core mutexing */
+  int bFullMutex;                   /* True to enable full mutexing */
+  int mxStrlen;                     /* Maximum string length */
+  int szLookaside;                  /* Default lookaside buffer size */
+  int nLookaside;                   /* Default lookaside buffer count */
+  sqlite3_mem_methods m;            /* Low-level memory allocation interface */
+  sqlite3_mutex_methods mutex;      /* Low-level mutex interface */
+  void *pHeap;                      /* Heap storage space */
+  int nHeap;                        /* Size of pHeap[] */
+  int mnReq, mxReq;                 /* Min and max heap requests sizes */
+  void *pScratch;                   /* Scratch memory */
+  int szScratch;                    /* Size of each scratch buffer */
+  int nScratch;                     /* Number of scratch buffers */
+  void *pPage;                      /* Page cache memory */
+  int szPage;                       /* Size of each page in pPage[] */
+  int nPage;                        /* Number of pages in pPage[] */
+  int isInit;                       /* True after initialization has finished */
+  int isMallocInit;                 /* True after malloc is initialized */
+  sqlite3_mutex *pInitMutex;        /* Mutex used by sqlite3_initialize() */
+  int nRefInitMutex;                /* Number of users of pInitMutex */
+  int nSmall;                       /* alloc size threshold used by mem6.c */
+  int mxParserStack;                /* maximum depth of the parser stack */
+};
+
+/*
+** Context pointer passed down through the tree-walk.
+*/
+struct Walker {
+  int (*xExprCallback)(Walker*, Expr*);     /* Callback for expressions */
+  int (*xSelectCallback)(Walker*,Select*);  /* Callback for SELECTs */
+  Parse *pParse;                            /* Parser context.  */
+  union {                                   /* Extra data for callback */
+    NameContext *pNC;                          /* Naming context */
+    int i;                                     /* Integer value */
+  } u;
+};
+
+/* Forward declarations */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkExpr(Walker*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkExprList(Walker*, ExprList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelect(Walker*, Select*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectExpr(Walker*, Select*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectFrom(Walker*, Select*);
+
+/*
+** Return code from the parse-tree walking primitives and their
+** callbacks.
+*/
+#define WRC_Continue    0
+#define WRC_Prune       1
+#define WRC_Abort       2
+
+/*
+** Assuming zIn points to the first byte of a UTF-8 character,
+** advance zIn to point to the first byte of the next UTF-8 character.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(zIn) {                        \
+  if( (*(zIn++))>=0xc0 ){                              \
+    while( (*zIn & 0xc0)==0x80 ){ zIn++; }             \
+  }                                                    \
+}
+
+/*
+** The SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT macro can be either a constant (for production
+** builds) or a function call (for debugging).  If it is a function call,
+** it allows the operator to set a breakpoint at the spot where database
+** corruption is first detected.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3Corrupt(void);
+# define SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT sqlite3Corrupt()
+#else
+# define SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT SQLITE_CORRUPT
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Internal function prototypes
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3StrICmp(const char *, const char *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3StrNICmp(const char *, const char *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsNumber(const char*, int*, u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Strlen(sqlite3*, const char*);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocInit(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MallocEnd(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Malloc(int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3MallocZero(int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocZero(sqlite3*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocRaw(sqlite3*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrDup(sqlite3*,const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrNDup(sqlite3*,const char*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Realloc(void*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(sqlite3 *, void *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbRealloc(sqlite3 *, void *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DbFree(sqlite3*, void*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocSize(void*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DbMallocSize(sqlite3*, void*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ScratchMalloc(int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ScratchFree(void*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PageMalloc(int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PageFree(void*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetDefault(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys5(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys3(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys6(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BenignMallocHooks(void (*)(void), void (*)(void));
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   sqlite3_mutex_methods *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3MutexAlloc(int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3MutexInit(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3MutexEnd(void);
+#endif
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3StatusValue(int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusAdd(int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusSet(int, int);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsNaN(double);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VXPrintf(StrAccum*, int, const char*, va_list);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3MPrintf(sqlite3*,const char*, ...);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VMPrintf(sqlite3*,const char*, va_list);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3MAppendf(sqlite3*,char*,const char*,...);
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3DebugPrintf(const char*, ...);
+#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void *sqlite3TestTextToPtr(const char*);
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SetString(char **, sqlite3*, const char*, ...);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ErrorMsg(Parse*, const char*, ...);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ErrorClear(Parse*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Dequote(char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DequoteExpr(sqlite3*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3KeywordCode(const unsigned char*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunParser(Parse*, const char*, char **);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FinishCoding(Parse*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetTempReg(Parse*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(Parse*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetTempRange(Parse*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(Parse*,int,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3Expr(sqlite3*, int, Expr*, Expr*, const Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3PExpr(Parse*, int, Expr*, Expr*, const Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3RegisterExpr(Parse*,Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAnd(sqlite3*,Expr*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprSpan(Expr*,Token*,Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprFunction(Parse*,ExprList*, Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(Parse*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprDelete(sqlite3*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListAppend(Parse*,ExprList*,Expr*,Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListDelete(sqlite3*, ExprList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Init(sqlite3*, char**);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InitCallback(void*, int, char**, char**);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma(Parse*,Token*,Token*,Token*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(sqlite3*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginParse(Parse*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(Parse*,Select*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenMasterTable(Parse *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StartTable(Parse*,Token*,Token*,int,int,int,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddColumn(Parse*,Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddNotNull(Parse*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(Parse*, ExprList*, int, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(Parse*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddColumnType(Parse*,Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddDefaultValue(Parse*,Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCollateType(Parse*, Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndTable(Parse*,Token*,Token*,Select*);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitvec *sqlite3BitvecCreate(u32);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecTest(Bitvec*, u32);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecSet(Bitvec*, u32);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BitvecClear(Bitvec*, u32);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BitvecDestroy(Bitvec*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest(int,int*);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateView(Parse*,Token*,Token*,Token*,Select*,int,int);
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse*,Table*);
+#else
+# define sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(A,B) 0
+#endif
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTable(Parse*, SrcList*, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTable(Table*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Insert(Parse*, SrcList*, ExprList*, Select*, IdList*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ArrayAllocate(sqlite3*,void*,int,int,int*,int*,int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *sqlite3IdListAppend(sqlite3*, IdList*, Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IdListIndex(IdList*,const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppend(sqlite3*, SrcList*, Token*, Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(Parse*, SrcList*, Token*, Token*, Token*,
+                                      Select*, Expr*, IdList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(SrcList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(Parse*, SrcList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3IdListDelete(sqlite3*, IdList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListDelete(sqlite3*, SrcList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateIndex(Parse*,Token*,Token*,SrcList*,ExprList*,int,Token*,
+                        Token*, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropIndex(Parse*, SrcList*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select(Parse*, Select*, SelectDest*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectNew(Parse*,ExprList*,SrcList*,Expr*,ExprList*,
+                         Expr*,ExprList*,int,Expr*,Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDelete(sqlite3*, Select*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3SrcListLookup(Parse*, SrcList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsReadOnly(Parse*, Table*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenTable(Parse*, int iCur, int iDb, Table*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteFrom(Parse*, SrcList*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update(Parse*, SrcList*, ExprList*, Expr*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin(Parse*, SrcList*, Expr*, ExprList**, u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeMove(Parse*, int, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeCopy(Parse*, int, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprClearColumnCache(Parse*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(Parse*, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprWritableRegister(Parse*,int,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprHardCopy(Parse*,int,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCode(Parse*, Expr*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(Parse*, Expr*, int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(Parse*, Expr*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(Parse*, Expr*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeConstants(Parse*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(Parse*, ExprList*, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfTrue(Parse*, Expr*, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfFalse(Parse*, Expr*, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3FindTable(sqlite3*,const char*, const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3LocateTable(Parse*,int isView,const char*, const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3FindIndex(sqlite3*,const char*, const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(sqlite3*,int,const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(sqlite3*,int,const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Vacuum(Parse*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunVacuum(char**, sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3NameFromToken(sqlite3*, Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCompare(Expr*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(NameContext*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(NameContext*,ExprList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3GetVdbe(Parse*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3CreateIdExpr(Parse *, const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngSaveState(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngRestoreState(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngResetState(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackAll(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(Parse*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginTransaction(Parse*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CommitTransaction(Parse*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackTransaction(Parse*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstant(Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsInteger(Expr*, int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsRowid(const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(Parse*, Table*, int, int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(Parse*, Index*, int, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(Parse*,Table*,int,int,
+                                     int*,int,int,int,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CompleteInsertion(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int*,int,int,int,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(Parse*, Table*, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(Parse*, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprDup(sqlite3*,Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TokenCopy(sqlite3*,Token*, Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListDup(sqlite3*,ExprList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListDup(sqlite3*,SrcList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *sqlite3IdListDup(sqlite3*,IdList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectDup(sqlite3*,Select*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FuncDefInsert(FuncDefHash*, FuncDef*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3FindFunction(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,u8,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterGlobalFunctions(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetBuiltinFunction(const char *, int, FuncDef **);
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3SafetyOn(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3SafetyOff(sqlite3*);
+#else
+# define sqlite3SafetyOn(A) 0
+# define sqlite3SafetyOff(A) 0
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ChangeCookie(Parse*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MaterializeView(Parse*, Table*, Expr*, int);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BeginTrigger(Parse*, Token*,Token*,int,int,IdList*,SrcList*,
+                           Expr*,int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3FinishTrigger(Parse*, TriggerStep*, Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3DropTrigger(Parse*, SrcList*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(Parse*, Trigger*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3TriggersExist(Parse*, Table*, int, ExprList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(Parse*, int, ExprList*, int, Table *, int, int, 
+                           int, int, u32*, u32*);
+  void sqliteViewTriggers(Parse*, Table*, Expr*, int, ExprList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(sqlite3*, TriggerStep*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(sqlite3*,Select*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(sqlite3*,Token*, IdList*,
+                                        ExprList*,Select*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(sqlite3*,Token*,ExprList*, Expr*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(sqlite3*,Token*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3DeleteTrigger(sqlite3*, Trigger*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(sqlite3*,int,const char*);
+#else
+# define sqlite3TriggersExist(A,B,C,D,E,F) 0
+# define sqlite3DeleteTrigger(A,B)
+# define sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(A,B)
+# define sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(A,B,C)
+# define sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I,J,K) 0
+#endif
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JoinType(Parse*, Token*, Token*, Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateForeignKey(Parse*, ExprList*, Token*, ExprList*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeferForeignKey(Parse*, int);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3AuthRead(Parse*,Expr*,Schema*,SrcList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3AuthCheck(Parse*,int, const char*, const char*, const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3AuthContextPush(Parse*, AuthContext*, const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3AuthContextPop(AuthContext*);
+#else
+# define sqlite3AuthRead(a,b,c,d)
+# define sqlite3AuthCheck(a,b,c,d,e)    SQLITE_OK
+# define sqlite3AuthContextPush(a,b,c)
+# define sqlite3AuthContextPop(a)  ((void)(a))
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Attach(Parse*, Expr*, Expr*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Detach(Parse*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeFactory(const sqlite3 *db, const char *zFilename,
+                       int omitJournal, int nCache, int flags, Btree **ppBtree);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixInit(DbFixer*, Parse*, int, const char*, const Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixSrcList(DbFixer*, SrcList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixSelect(DbFixer*, Select*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExpr(DbFixer*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExprList(DbFixer*, ExprList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixTriggerStep(DbFixer*, TriggerStep*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AtoF(const char *z, double*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetInt32(const char *, int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FitsIn64Bits(const char *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(const void *pData, int nChar);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8CharLen(const char *pData, int nByte);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8Read(const u8*, const u8*, const u8**);
+
+/*
+** Routines to read and write variable-length integers.  These used to
+** be defined locally, but now we use the varint routines in the util.c
+** file.  Code should use the MACRO forms below, as the Varint32 versions
+** are coded to assume the single byte case is already handled (which 
+** the MACRO form does).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PutVarint(unsigned char*, u64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PutVarint32(unsigned char*, u32);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetVarint(const unsigned char *, u64 *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetVarint32(const unsigned char *, u32 *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VarintLen(u64 v);
+
+/*
+** The header of a record consists of a sequence variable-length integers.
+** These integers are almost always small and are encoded as a single byte.
+** The following macros take advantage this fact to provide a fast encode
+** and decode of the integers in a record header.  It is faster for the common
+** case where the integer is a single byte.  It is a little slower when the
+** integer is two or more bytes.  But overall it is faster.
+**
+** The following expressions are equivalent:
+**
+**     x = sqlite3GetVarint32( A, &B );
+**     x = sqlite3PutVarint32( A, B );
+**
+**     x = getVarint32( A, B );
+**     x = putVarint32( A, B );
+**
+*/
+#define getVarint32(A,B)  ((*(A)<(unsigned char)0x80) ? ((B) = (u32)*(A)),1 : sqlite3GetVarint32((A), &(B)))
+#define putVarint32(A,B)  (((B)<(u32)0x80) ? (*(A) = (unsigned char)(B)),1 : sqlite3PutVarint32((A), (B)))
+#define getVarint    sqlite3GetVarint
+#define putVarint    sqlite3PutVarint
+
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(Vdbe *, Index *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableAffinityStr(Vdbe *, Table *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3CompareAffinity(Expr *pExpr, char aff2);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(Expr *pExpr, char idx_affinity);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3ExprAffinity(Expr *pExpr);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi64(const char*, i64*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Error(sqlite3*, int, const char*,...);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HexToBlob(sqlite3*, const char *z, int n);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TwoPartName(Parse *, Token *, Token *, Token **);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3ErrStr(int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ReadSchema(Parse *pParse);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3FindCollSeq(sqlite3*,u8 enc, const char *,int,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3LocateCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const char *zName, int nName);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprSetColl(Parse *pParse, Expr *, Token *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckCollSeq(Parse *, CollSeq *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckObjectName(Parse *, const char *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(sqlite3 *, int);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3ValueText(sqlite3_value*, u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueBytes(sqlite3_value*, u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueSetStr(sqlite3_value*, int, const void *,u8, 
+                        void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueFree(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_value *sqlite3ValueNew(sqlite3 *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3Utf16to8(sqlite3 *, const void*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueFromExpr(sqlite3 *, Expr *, u8, u8, sqlite3_value **);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(sqlite3_value *, u8, u8);
+#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3UpperToLower[];
+SQLITE_PRIVATE struct Sqlite3Config sqlite3Config;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDefHash sqlite3GlobalFunctions;
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RootPageMoved(Db*, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Reindex(Parse*, Token*, Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFunctions(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameTable(Parse*, SrcList*, Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetToken(const unsigned char *, int *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3NestedParse(Parse*, const char*, ...);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeSubselect(Parse *, Expr *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectPrep(Parse*, Select*, NameContext*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveExprNames(NameContext*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResolveSelectNames(Parse*, Select*, NameContext*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(Parse*, Select*, ExprList*, const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ColumnDefault(Vdbe *, Table *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(Parse *, Token *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(Parse *, SrcList *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3GetCollSeq(sqlite3*, CollSeq *, const char *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3AffinityType(const Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Analyze(Parse*, Token*, Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(BusyHandler*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDb(sqlite3*, Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AnalysisLoad(sqlite3*,int iDB);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DefaultRowEst(Index*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(sqlite3*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsLikeFunction(sqlite3*,Expr*,int*,char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AttachFunctions(sqlite3 *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MinimumFileFormat(Parse*, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SchemaFree(void *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Schema *sqlite3SchemaGet(sqlite3 *, Btree *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SchemaToIndex(sqlite3 *db, Schema *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(Parse *, Index *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CreateFunc(sqlite3 *, const char *, int, int, void *, 
+  void (*)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
+  void (*)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), void (*)(sqlite3_context*));
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ApiExit(sqlite3 *db, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(Parse *);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumInit(StrAccum*, char*, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumAppend(StrAccum*,const char*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3StrAccumFinish(StrAccum*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumReset(StrAccum*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDestInit(SelectDest*,int,int);
+
+/*
+** The interface to the LEMON-generated parser
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ParserAlloc(void*(*)(size_t));
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserFree(void*, void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Parser(void*, int, Token, Parse*);
+#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3ParserStackPeak(void*);
+#endif
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(sqlite3*);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3CloseExtensions(sqlite3*);
+#else
+# define sqlite3CloseExtensions(X)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3TableLock(Parse *, int, int, u8, const char *);
+#else
+  #define sqlite3TableLock(v,w,x,y,z)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3Utf8To8(unsigned char*);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+#  define sqlite3VtabClear(X)
+#  define sqlite3VtabSync(X,Y) SQLITE_OK
+#  define sqlite3VtabRollback(X)
+#  define sqlite3VtabCommit(X)
+#else
+SQLITE_PRIVATE    void sqlite3VtabClear(Table*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE    int sqlite3VtabSync(sqlite3 *db, char **);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE    int sqlite3VtabRollback(sqlite3 *db);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE    int sqlite3VtabCommit(sqlite3 *db);
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(Parse*,Table*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabLock(sqlite3_vtab*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabUnlock(sqlite3*, sqlite3_vtab*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabBeginParse(Parse*, Token*, Token*, Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabFinishParse(Parse*, Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabArgInit(Parse*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabArgExtend(Parse*, Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallCreate(sqlite3*, int, const char *, char **);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallConnect(Parse*, Table*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallDestroy(sqlite3*, int, const char *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabBegin(sqlite3 *, sqlite3_vtab *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(sqlite3 *,FuncDef*, int nArg, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3InvalidFunction(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Reprepare(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(Parse*, ExprList*, const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(Parse *, Expr *, Expr *);
+
+
+/*
+** Available fault injectors.  Should be numbered beginning with 0.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_FAULTINJECTOR_MALLOC     0
+#define SQLITE_FAULTINJECTOR_COUNT      1
+
+/*
+** The interface to the code in fault.c used for identifying "benign"
+** malloc failures. This is only present if SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
+** is not defined.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(void);
+#else
+  #define sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc()
+  #define sqlite3EndBenignMalloc()
+#endif
+
+#define IN_INDEX_ROWID           1
+#define IN_INDEX_EPH             2
+#define IN_INDEX_INDEX           3
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindInIndex(Parse *, Expr *, int*);
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3JournalOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file *, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3JournalSize(sqlite3_vfs *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3JournalCreate(sqlite3_file *);
+#else
+  #define sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs) ((pVfs)->szOsFile)
+#endif
+
+#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3ExprSetHeight(Parse *pParse, Expr *p);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3SelectExprHeight(Select *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(Parse*, int);
+#else
+  #define sqlite3ExprSetHeight(x,y)
+  #define sqlite3SelectExprHeight(x) 0
+  #define sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(x,y)
+#endif
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3Get4byte(const u8*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Put4byte(u8*, u32);
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_SSE
+#include "sseInt.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3ParserTrace(FILE*, char *);
+#endif
+
+/*
+** If the SQLITE_ENABLE IOTRACE exists then the global variable
+** sqlite3IoTrace is a pointer to a printf-like routine used to
+** print I/O tracing messages. 
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE
+# define IOTRACE(A)  if( sqlite3IoTrace ){ sqlite3IoTrace A; }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void (*sqlite3IoTrace)(const char*,...);
+#else
+# define IOTRACE(A)
+# define sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(X)
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/************** End of sqliteInt.h *******************************************/
+/************** Begin file global.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 June 13
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains definitions of global variables and contants.
+**
+** $Id: global.c,v 1.6 2008/08/21 20:21:35 drh Exp $
+*/
+
+
+/* An array to map all upper-case characters into their corresponding
+** lower-case character. 
+**
+** SQLite only considers US-ASCII (or EBCDIC) characters.  We do not
+** handle case conversions for the UTF character set since the tables
+** involved are nearly as big or bigger than SQLite itself.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3UpperToLower[] = {
+#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
+      0,  1,  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17,
+     18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35,
+     36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53,
+     54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,
+    104,105,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,
+    122, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105,106,107,
+    108,109,110,111,112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122,123,124,125,
+    126,127,128,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,138,139,140,141,142,143,
+    144,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,157,158,159,160,161,
+    162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,176,177,178,179,
+    180,181,182,183,184,185,186,187,188,189,190,191,192,193,194,195,196,197,
+    198,199,200,201,202,203,204,205,206,207,208,209,210,211,212,213,214,215,
+    216,217,218,219,220,221,222,223,224,225,226,227,228,229,230,231,232,233,
+    234,235,236,237,238,239,240,241,242,243,244,245,246,247,248,249,250,251,
+    252,253,254,255
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
+      0,  1,  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, /* 0x */
+     16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, /* 1x */
+     32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, /* 2x */
+     48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, /* 3x */
+     64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, /* 4x */
+     80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, /* 5x */
+     96, 97, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73,106,107,108,109,110,111, /* 6x */
+    112, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89,122,123,124,125,126,127, /* 7x */
+    128,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,138,139,140,141,142,143, /* 8x */
+    144,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,157,156,159, /* 9x */
+    160,161,162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,170,171,140,141,142,175, /* Ax */
+    176,177,178,179,180,181,182,183,184,185,186,187,188,189,190,191, /* Bx */
+    192,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,202,203,204,205,206,207, /* Cx */
+    208,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,218,219,220,221,222,223, /* Dx */
+    224,225,162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,232,203,204,205,206,207, /* Ex */
+    239,240,241,242,243,244,245,246,247,248,249,219,220,221,222,255, /* Fx */
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** The following singleton contains the global configuration for
+** the SQLite library.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE struct Sqlite3Config sqlite3Config = {
+   1,                /* bMemstat */
+   1,                /* bCoreMutex */
+   1,                /* bFullMutex */
+   0x7ffffffe,       /* mxStrlen */
+   100,              /* szLookaside */
+   500,              /* nLookaside */
+   /* Other fields all default to zero */
+};
+
+
+/*
+** Hash table for global functions - functions common to all
+** database connections.  After initialization, this table is
+** read-only.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDefHash sqlite3GlobalFunctions;
+
+/************** End of global.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file status.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 June 18
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This module implements the sqlite3_status() interface and related
+** functionality.
+**
+** $Id: status.c,v 1.8 2008/08/12 15:21:12 drh Exp $
+*/
+
+/*
+** Variables in which to record status information.
+*/
+static struct {
+  int nowValue[9];         /* Current value */
+  int mxValue[9];          /* Maximum value */
+} sqlite3Stat;
+
+
+/*
+** Return the current value of a status parameter.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3StatusValue(int op){
+  assert( op>=0 && op<ArraySize(sqlite3Stat.nowValue) );
+  return sqlite3Stat.nowValue[op];
+}
+
+/*
+** Add N to the value of a status record.  It is assumed that the
+** caller holds appropriate locks.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusAdd(int op, int N){
+  assert( op>=0 && op<ArraySize(sqlite3Stat.nowValue) );
+  sqlite3Stat.nowValue[op] += N;
+  if( sqlite3Stat.nowValue[op]>sqlite3Stat.mxValue[op] ){
+    sqlite3Stat.mxValue[op] = sqlite3Stat.nowValue[op];
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the value of a status to X.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusSet(int op, int X){
+  assert( op>=0 && op<ArraySize(sqlite3Stat.nowValue) );
+  sqlite3Stat.nowValue[op] = X;
+  if( sqlite3Stat.nowValue[op]>sqlite3Stat.mxValue[op] ){
+    sqlite3Stat.mxValue[op] = sqlite3Stat.nowValue[op];
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Query status information.
+**
+** This implementation assumes that reading or writing an aligned
+** 32-bit integer is an atomic operation.  If that assumption is not true,
+** then this routine is not threadsafe.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetFlag){
+  if( op<0 || op>=ArraySize(sqlite3Stat.nowValue) ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+  *pCurrent = sqlite3Stat.nowValue[op];
+  *pHighwater = sqlite3Stat.mxValue[op];
+  if( resetFlag ){
+    sqlite3Stat.mxValue[op] = sqlite3Stat.nowValue[op];
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Query status information for a single database connection
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(
+  sqlite3 *db,          /* The database connection whose status is desired */
+  int op,               /* Status verb */
+  int *pCurrent,        /* Write current value here */
+  int *pHighwater,      /* Write high-water mark here */
+  int resetFlag         /* Reset high-water mark if true */
+){
+  switch( op ){
+    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED: {
+      *pCurrent = db->lookaside.nOut;
+      *pHighwater = db->lookaside.mxOut;
+      if( resetFlag ){
+        db->lookaside.mxOut = db->lookaside.nOut;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      return SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/************** End of status.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file date.c ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2003 October 31
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains the C functions that implement date and time
+** functions for SQLite.  
+**
+** There is only one exported symbol in this file - the function
+** sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions() found at the bottom of the file.
+** All other code has file scope.
+**
+** $Id: date.c,v 1.88 2008/08/21 20:21:35 drh Exp $
+**
+** SQLite processes all times and dates as Julian Day numbers.  The
+** dates and times are stored as the number of days since noon
+** in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C. according to the Gregorian
+** calendar system. 
+**
+** 1970-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2440587.5
+** 2000-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2451544.5
+**
+** This implemention requires years to be expressed as a 4-digit number
+** which means that only dates between 0000-01-01 and 9999-12-31 can
+** be represented, even though julian day numbers allow a much wider
+** range of dates.
+**
+** The Gregorian calendar system is used for all dates and times,
+** even those that predate the Gregorian calendar.  Historians usually
+** use the Julian calendar for dates prior to 1582-10-15 and for some
+** dates afterwards, depending on locale.  Beware of this difference.
+**
+** The conversion algorithms are implemented based on descriptions
+** in the following text:
+**
+**      Jean Meeus
+**      Astronomical Algorithms, 2nd Edition, 1998
+**      ISBM 0-943396-61-1
+**      Willmann-Bell, Inc
+**      Richmond, Virginia (USA)
+*/
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS
+
+/*
+** On recent Windows platforms, the localtime_s() function is available
+** as part of the "Secure CRT". It is essentially equivalent to 
+** localtime_r() available under most POSIX platforms, except that the 
+** order of the parameters is reversed.
+**
+** See http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/a442x3ye(VS.80).aspx.
+**
+** If the user has not indicated to use localtime_r() or localtime_s()
+** already, check for an MSVC build environment that provides 
+** localtime_s().
+*/
+#if !defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_R) && !defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_S) && \
+     defined(_MSC_VER) && defined(_CRT_INSECURE_DEPRECATE)
+#define HAVE_LOCALTIME_S 1
+#endif
+
+/*
+** A structure for holding a single date and time.
+*/
+typedef struct DateTime DateTime;
+struct DateTime {
+  sqlite3_int64 iJD; /* The julian day number times 86400000 */
+  int Y, M, D;       /* Year, month, and day */
+  int h, m;          /* Hour and minutes */
+  int tz;            /* Timezone offset in minutes */
+  double s;          /* Seconds */
+  char validYMD;     /* True if Y,M,D are valid */
+  char validHMS;     /* True if h,m,s are valid */
+  char validJD;      /* True if iJD is valid */
+  char validTZ;      /* True if tz is valid */
+};
+
+
+/*
+** Convert zDate into one or more integers.  Additional arguments
+** come in groups of 5 as follows:
+**
+**       N       number of digits in the integer
+**       min     minimum allowed value of the integer
+**       max     maximum allowed value of the integer
+**       nextC   first character after the integer
+**       pVal    where to write the integers value.
+**
+** Conversions continue until one with nextC==0 is encountered.
+** The function returns the number of successful conversions.
+*/
+static int getDigits(const char *zDate, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  int val;
+  int N;
+  int min;
+  int max;
+  int nextC;
+  int *pVal;
+  int cnt = 0;
+  va_start(ap, zDate);
+  do{
+    N = va_arg(ap, int);
+    min = va_arg(ap, int);
+    max = va_arg(ap, int);
+    nextC = va_arg(ap, int);
+    pVal = va_arg(ap, int*);
+    val = 0;
+    while( N-- ){
+      if( !isdigit(*(u8*)zDate) ){
+        goto end_getDigits;
+      }
+      val = val*10 + *zDate - '0';
+      zDate++;
+    }
+    if( val<min || val>max || (nextC!=0 && nextC!=*zDate) ){
+      goto end_getDigits;
+    }
+    *pVal = val;
+    zDate++;
+    cnt++;
+  }while( nextC );
+end_getDigits:
+  va_end(ap);
+  return cnt;
+}
+
+/*
+** Read text from z[] and convert into a floating point number.  Return
+** the number of digits converted.
+*/
+#define getValue sqlite3AtoF
+
+/*
+** Parse a timezone extension on the end of a date-time.
+** The extension is of the form:
+**
+**        (+/-)HH:MM
+**
+** Or the "zulu" notation:
+**
+**        Z
+**
+** If the parse is successful, write the number of minutes
+** of change in p->tz and return 0.  If a parser error occurs,
+** return non-zero.
+**
+** A missing specifier is not considered an error.
+*/
+static int parseTimezone(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){
+  int sgn = 0;
+  int nHr, nMn;
+  int c;
+  while( isspace(*(u8*)zDate) ){ zDate++; }
+  p->tz = 0;
+  c = *zDate;
+  if( c=='-' ){
+    sgn = -1;
+  }else if( c=='+' ){
+    sgn = +1;
+  }else if( c=='Z' || c=='z' ){
+    zDate++;
+    goto zulu_time;
+  }else{
+    return c!=0;
+  }
+  zDate++;
+  if( getDigits(zDate, 2, 0, 14, ':', &nHr, 2, 0, 59, 0, &nMn)!=2 ){
+    return 1;
+  }
+  zDate += 5;
+  p->tz = sgn*(nMn + nHr*60);
+zulu_time:
+  while( isspace(*(u8*)zDate) ){ zDate++; }
+  return *zDate!=0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Parse times of the form HH:MM or HH:MM:SS or HH:MM:SS.FFFF.
+** The HH, MM, and SS must each be exactly 2 digits.  The
+** fractional seconds FFFF can be one or more digits.
+**
+** Return 1 if there is a parsing error and 0 on success.
+*/
+static int parseHhMmSs(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){
+  int h, m, s;
+  double ms = 0.0;
+  if( getDigits(zDate, 2, 0, 24, ':', &h, 2, 0, 59, 0, &m)!=2 ){
+    return 1;
+  }
+  zDate += 5;
+  if( *zDate==':' ){
+    zDate++;
+    if( getDigits(zDate, 2, 0, 59, 0, &s)!=1 ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    zDate += 2;
+    if( *zDate=='.' && isdigit((u8)zDate[1]) ){
+      double rScale = 1.0;
+      zDate++;
+      while( isdigit(*(u8*)zDate) ){
+        ms = ms*10.0 + *zDate - '0';
+        rScale *= 10.0;
+        zDate++;
+      }
+      ms /= rScale;
+    }
+  }else{
+    s = 0;
+  }
+  p->validJD = 0;
+  p->validHMS = 1;
+  p->h = h;
+  p->m = m;
+  p->s = s + ms;
+  if( parseTimezone(zDate, p) ) return 1;
+  p->validTZ = p->tz!=0;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert from YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS to julian day.  We always assume
+** that the YYYY-MM-DD is according to the Gregorian calendar.
+**
+** Reference:  Meeus page 61
+*/
+static void computeJD(DateTime *p){
+  int Y, M, D, A, B, X1, X2;
+
+  if( p->validJD ) return;
+  if( p->validYMD ){
+    Y = p->Y;
+    M = p->M;
+    D = p->D;
+  }else{
+    Y = 2000;  /* If no YMD specified, assume 2000-Jan-01 */
+    M = 1;
+    D = 1;
+  }
+  if( M<=2 ){
+    Y--;
+    M += 12;
+  }
+  A = Y/100;
+  B = 2 - A + (A/4);
+  X1 = 365.25*(Y+4716);
+  X2 = 30.6001*(M+1);
+  p->iJD = (X1 + X2 + D + B - 1524.5)*86400000;
+  p->validJD = 1;
+  if( p->validHMS ){
+    p->iJD += p->h*3600000 + p->m*60000 + p->s*1000;
+    if( p->validTZ ){
+      p->iJD -= p->tz*60000;
+      p->validYMD = 0;
+      p->validHMS = 0;
+      p->validTZ = 0;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Parse dates of the form
+**
+**     YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.FFF
+**     YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS
+**     YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM
+**     YYYY-MM-DD
+**
+** Write the result into the DateTime structure and return 0
+** on success and 1 if the input string is not a well-formed
+** date.
+*/
+static int parseYyyyMmDd(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){
+  int Y, M, D, neg;
+
+  if( zDate[0]=='-' ){
+    zDate++;
+    neg = 1;
+  }else{
+    neg = 0;
+  }
+  if( getDigits(zDate,4,0,9999,'-',&Y,2,1,12,'-',&M,2,1,31,0,&D)!=3 ){
+    return 1;
+  }
+  zDate += 10;
+  while( isspace(*(u8*)zDate) || 'T'==*(u8*)zDate ){ zDate++; }
+  if( parseHhMmSs(zDate, p)==0 ){
+    /* We got the time */
+  }else if( *zDate==0 ){
+    p->validHMS = 0;
+  }else{
+    return 1;
+  }
+  p->validJD = 0;
+  p->validYMD = 1;
+  p->Y = neg ? -Y : Y;
+  p->M = M;
+  p->D = D;
+  if( p->validTZ ){
+    computeJD(p);
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the time to the current time reported by the VFS
+*/
+static void setDateTimeToCurrent(sqlite3_context *context, DateTime *p){
+  double r;
+  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+  sqlite3OsCurrentTime(db->pVfs, &r);
+  p->iJD = (sqlite3_int64)(r*86400000.0 + 0.5);
+  p->validJD = 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to parse the given string into a Julian Day Number.  Return
+** the number of errors.
+**
+** The following are acceptable forms for the input string:
+**
+**      YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.FFF  +/-HH:MM
+**      DDDD.DD 
+**      now
+**
+** In the first form, the +/-HH:MM is always optional.  The fractional
+** seconds extension (the ".FFF") is optional.  The seconds portion
+** (":SS.FFF") is option.  The year and date can be omitted as long
+** as there is a time string.  The time string can be omitted as long
+** as there is a year and date.
+*/
+static int parseDateOrTime(
+  sqlite3_context *context, 
+  const char *zDate, 
+  DateTime *p
+){
+  if( parseYyyyMmDd(zDate,p)==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }else if( parseHhMmSs(zDate, p)==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zDate,"now")==0){
+    setDateTimeToCurrent(context, p);
+    return 0;
+  }else if( sqlite3IsNumber(zDate, 0, SQLITE_UTF8) ){
+    double r;
+    getValue(zDate, &r);
+    p->iJD = (sqlite3_int64)(r*86400000.0 + 0.5);
+    p->validJD = 1;
+    return 0;
+  }
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compute the Year, Month, and Day from the julian day number.
+*/
+static void computeYMD(DateTime *p){
+  int Z, A, B, C, D, E, X1;
+  if( p->validYMD ) return;
+  if( !p->validJD ){
+    p->Y = 2000;
+    p->M = 1;
+    p->D = 1;
+  }else{
+    Z = (p->iJD + 43200000)/86400000;
+    A = (Z - 1867216.25)/36524.25;
+    A = Z + 1 + A - (A/4);
+    B = A + 1524;
+    C = (B - 122.1)/365.25;
+    D = 365.25*C;
+    E = (B-D)/30.6001;
+    X1 = 30.6001*E;
+    p->D = B - D - X1;
+    p->M = E<14 ? E-1 : E-13;
+    p->Y = p->M>2 ? C - 4716 : C - 4715;
+  }
+  p->validYMD = 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compute the Hour, Minute, and Seconds from the julian day number.
+*/
+static void computeHMS(DateTime *p){
+  int s;
+  if( p->validHMS ) return;
+  computeJD(p);
+  s = (p->iJD + 43200000) % 86400000;
+  p->s = s/1000.0;
+  s = p->s;
+  p->s -= s;
+  p->h = s/3600;
+  s -= p->h*3600;
+  p->m = s/60;
+  p->s += s - p->m*60;
+  p->validHMS = 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compute both YMD and HMS
+*/
+static void computeYMD_HMS(DateTime *p){
+  computeYMD(p);
+  computeHMS(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Clear the YMD and HMS and the TZ
+*/
+static void clearYMD_HMS_TZ(DateTime *p){
+  p->validYMD = 0;
+  p->validHMS = 0;
+  p->validTZ = 0;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME
+/*
+** Compute the difference (in milliseconds)
+** between localtime and UTC (a.k.a. GMT)
+** for the time value p where p is in UTC.
+*/
+static int localtimeOffset(DateTime *p){
+  DateTime x, y;
+  time_t t;
+  x = *p;
+  computeYMD_HMS(&x);
+  if( x.Y<1971 || x.Y>=2038 ){
+    x.Y = 2000;
+    x.M = 1;
+    x.D = 1;
+    x.h = 0;
+    x.m = 0;
+    x.s = 0.0;
+  } else {
+    int s = x.s + 0.5;
+    x.s = s;
+  }
+  x.tz = 0;
+  x.validJD = 0;
+  computeJD(&x);
+  t = x.iJD/1000 - 2440587.5*86400.0;
+#ifdef HAVE_LOCALTIME_R
+  {
+    struct tm sLocal;
+    localtime_r(&t, &sLocal);
+    y.Y = sLocal.tm_year + 1900;
+    y.M = sLocal.tm_mon + 1;
+    y.D = sLocal.tm_mday;
+    y.h = sLocal.tm_hour;
+    y.m = sLocal.tm_min;
+    y.s = sLocal.tm_sec;
+  }
+#elif defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_S)
+  {
+    struct tm sLocal;
+    localtime_s(&sLocal, &t);
+    y.Y = sLocal.tm_year + 1900;
+    y.M = sLocal.tm_mon + 1;
+    y.D = sLocal.tm_mday;
+    y.h = sLocal.tm_hour;
+    y.m = sLocal.tm_min;
+    y.s = sLocal.tm_sec;
+  }
+#else
+  {
+    struct tm *pTm;
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
+    pTm = localtime(&t);
+    y.Y = pTm->tm_year + 1900;
+    y.M = pTm->tm_mon + 1;
+    y.D = pTm->tm_mday;
+    y.h = pTm->tm_hour;
+    y.m = pTm->tm_min;
+    y.s = pTm->tm_sec;
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
+  }
+#endif
+  y.validYMD = 1;
+  y.validHMS = 1;
+  y.validJD = 0;
+  y.validTZ = 0;
+  computeJD(&y);
+  return y.iJD - x.iJD;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME */
+
+/*
+** Process a modifier to a date-time stamp.  The modifiers are
+** as follows:
+**
+**     NNN days
+**     NNN hours
+**     NNN minutes
+**     NNN.NNNN seconds
+**     NNN months
+**     NNN years
+**     start of month
+**     start of year
+**     start of week
+**     start of day
+**     weekday N
+**     unixepoch
+**     localtime
+**     utc
+**
+** Return 0 on success and 1 if there is any kind of error.
+*/
+static int parseModifier(const char *zMod, DateTime *p){
+  int rc = 1;
+  int n;
+  double r;
+  char *z, zBuf[30];
+  z = zBuf;
+  for(n=0; n<sizeof(zBuf)-1 && zMod[n]; n++){
+    z[n] = tolower(zMod[n]);
+  }
+  z[n] = 0;
+  switch( z[0] ){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME
+    case 'l': {
+      /*    localtime
+      **
+      ** Assuming the current time value is UTC (a.k.a. GMT), shift it to
+      ** show local time.
+      */
+      if( strcmp(z, "localtime")==0 ){
+        computeJD(p);
+        p->iJD += localtimeOffset(p);
+        clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
+        rc = 0;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+#endif
+    case 'u': {
+      /*
+      **    unixepoch
+      **
+      ** Treat the current value of p->iJD as the number of
+      ** seconds since 1970.  Convert to a real julian day number.
+      */
+      if( strcmp(z, "unixepoch")==0 && p->validJD ){
+        p->iJD = p->iJD/86400.0 + 2440587.5*86400000.0;
+        clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
+        rc = 0;
+      }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME
+      else if( strcmp(z, "utc")==0 ){
+        double c1;
+        computeJD(p);
+        c1 = localtimeOffset(p);
+        p->iJD -= c1;
+        clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
+        p->iJD += c1 - localtimeOffset(p);
+        rc = 0;
+      }
+#endif
+      break;
+    }
+    case 'w': {
+      /*
+      **    weekday N
+      **
+      ** Move the date to the same time on the next occurrence of
+      ** weekday N where 0==Sunday, 1==Monday, and so forth.  If the
+      ** date is already on the appropriate weekday, this is a no-op.
+      */
+      if( strncmp(z, "weekday ", 8)==0 && getValue(&z[8],&r)>0
+                 && (n=r)==r && n>=0 && r<7 ){
+        sqlite3_int64 Z;
+        computeYMD_HMS(p);
+        p->validTZ = 0;
+        p->validJD = 0;
+        computeJD(p);
+        Z = ((p->iJD + 129600000)/86400000) % 7;
+        if( Z>n ) Z -= 7;
+        p->iJD += (n - Z)*86400000;
+        clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
+        rc = 0;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case 's': {
+      /*
+      **    start of TTTTT
+      **
+      ** Move the date backwards to the beginning of the current day,
+      ** or month or year.
+      */
+      if( strncmp(z, "start of ", 9)!=0 ) break;
+      z += 9;
+      computeYMD(p);
+      p->validHMS = 1;
+      p->h = p->m = 0;
+      p->s = 0.0;
+      p->validTZ = 0;
+      p->validJD = 0;
+      if( strcmp(z,"month")==0 ){
+        p->D = 1;
+        rc = 0;
+      }else if( strcmp(z,"year")==0 ){
+        computeYMD(p);
+        p->M = 1;
+        p->D = 1;
+        rc = 0;
+      }else if( strcmp(z,"day")==0 ){
+        rc = 0;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case '+':
+    case '-':
+    case '0':
+    case '1':
+    case '2':
+    case '3':
+    case '4':
+    case '5':
+    case '6':
+    case '7':
+    case '8':
+    case '9': {
+      n = getValue(z, &r);
+      assert( n>=1 );
+      if( z[n]==':' ){
+        /* A modifier of the form (+|-)HH:MM:SS.FFF adds (or subtracts) the
+        ** specified number of hours, minutes, seconds, and fractional seconds
+        ** to the time.  The ".FFF" may be omitted.  The ":SS.FFF" may be
+        ** omitted.
+        */
+        const char *z2 = z;
+        DateTime tx;
+        sqlite3_int64 day;
+        if( !isdigit(*(u8*)z2) ) z2++;
+        memset(&tx, 0, sizeof(tx));
+        if( parseHhMmSs(z2, &tx) ) break;
+        computeJD(&tx);
+        tx.iJD -= 43200000;
+        day = tx.iJD/86400000;
+        tx.iJD -= day*86400000;
+        if( z[0]=='-' ) tx.iJD = -tx.iJD;
+        computeJD(p);
+        clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
+        p->iJD += tx.iJD;
+        rc = 0;
+        break;
+      }
+      z += n;
+      while( isspace(*(u8*)z) ) z++;
+      n = strlen(z);
+      if( n>10 || n<3 ) break;
+      if( z[n-1]=='s' ){ z[n-1] = 0; n--; }
+      computeJD(p);
+      rc = 0;
+      if( n==3 && strcmp(z,"day")==0 ){
+        p->iJD += r*86400000.0 + 0.5;
+      }else if( n==4 && strcmp(z,"hour")==0 ){
+        p->iJD += r*(86400000.0/24.0) + 0.5;
+      }else if( n==6 && strcmp(z,"minute")==0 ){
+        p->iJD += r*(86400000.0/(24.0*60.0)) + 0.5;
+      }else if( n==6 && strcmp(z,"second")==0 ){
+        p->iJD += r*(86400000.0/(24.0*60.0*60.0)) + 0.5;
+      }else if( n==5 && strcmp(z,"month")==0 ){
+        int x, y;
+        computeYMD_HMS(p);
+        p->M += r;
+        x = p->M>0 ? (p->M-1)/12 : (p->M-12)/12;
+        p->Y += x;
+        p->M -= x*12;
+        p->validJD = 0;
+        computeJD(p);
+        y = r;
+        if( y!=r ){
+          p->iJD += (r - y)*30.0*86400000.0 + 0.5;
+        }
+      }else if( n==4 && strcmp(z,"year")==0 ){
+        computeYMD_HMS(p);
+        p->Y += r;
+        p->validJD = 0;
+        computeJD(p);
+      }else{
+        rc = 1;
+      }
+      clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Process time function arguments.  argv[0] is a date-time stamp.
+** argv[1] and following are modifiers.  Parse them all and write
+** the resulting time into the DateTime structure p.  Return 0
+** on success and 1 if there are any errors.
+**
+** If there are zero parameters (if even argv[0] is undefined)
+** then assume a default value of "now" for argv[0].
+*/
+static int isDate(
+  sqlite3_context *context, 
+  int argc, 
+  sqlite3_value **argv, 
+  DateTime *p
+){
+  int i;
+  const unsigned char *z;
+  int eType;
+  memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p));
+  if( argc==0 ){
+    setDateTimeToCurrent(context, p);
+  }else if( (eType = sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]))==SQLITE_FLOAT
+                   || eType==SQLITE_INTEGER ){
+    p->iJD = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0])*86400000.0 + 0.5;
+    p->validJD = 1;
+  }else{
+    z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+    if( !z || parseDateOrTime(context, (char*)z, p) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }
+  for(i=1; i<argc; i++){
+    if( (z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[i]))==0 || parseModifier((char*)z, p) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** The following routines implement the various date and time functions
+** of SQLite.
+*/
+
+/*
+**    julianday( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
+**
+** Return the julian day number of the date specified in the arguments
+*/
+static void juliandayFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  DateTime x;
+  if( isDate(context, argc, argv, &x)==0 ){
+    computeJD(&x);
+    sqlite3_result_double(context, x.iJD/86400000.0);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+**    datetime( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
+**
+** Return YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS
+*/
+static void datetimeFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  DateTime x;
+  if( isDate(context, argc, argv, &x)==0 ){
+    char zBuf[100];
+    computeYMD_HMS(&x);
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%04d-%02d-%02d %02d:%02d:%02d",
+                     x.Y, x.M, x.D, x.h, x.m, (int)(x.s));
+    sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+**    time( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
+**
+** Return HH:MM:SS
+*/
+static void timeFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  DateTime x;
+  if( isDate(context, argc, argv, &x)==0 ){
+    char zBuf[100];
+    computeHMS(&x);
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%02d:%02d:%02d", x.h, x.m, (int)x.s);
+    sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+**    date( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
+**
+** Return YYYY-MM-DD
+*/
+static void dateFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  DateTime x;
+  if( isDate(context, argc, argv, &x)==0 ){
+    char zBuf[100];
+    computeYMD(&x);
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%04d-%02d-%02d", x.Y, x.M, x.D);
+    sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+**    strftime( FORMAT, TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
+**
+** Return a string described by FORMAT.  Conversions as follows:
+**
+**   %d  day of month
+**   %f  ** fractional seconds  SS.SSS
+**   %H  hour 00-24
+**   %j  day of year 000-366
+**   %J  ** Julian day number
+**   %m  month 01-12
+**   %M  minute 00-59
+**   %s  seconds since 1970-01-01
+**   %S  seconds 00-59
+**   %w  day of week 0-6  sunday==0
+**   %W  week of year 00-53
+**   %Y  year 0000-9999
+**   %%  %
+*/
+static void strftimeFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  DateTime x;
+  u64 n;
+  int i, j;
+  char *z;
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  const char *zFmt = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  char zBuf[100];
+  if( zFmt==0 || isDate(context, argc-1, argv+1, &x) ) return;
+  db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+  for(i=0, n=1; zFmt[i]; i++, n++){
+    if( zFmt[i]=='%' ){
+      switch( zFmt[i+1] ){
+        case 'd':
+        case 'H':
+        case 'm':
+        case 'M':
+        case 'S':
+        case 'W':
+          n++;
+          /* fall thru */
+        case 'w':
+        case '%':
+          break;
+        case 'f':
+          n += 8;
+          break;
+        case 'j':
+          n += 3;
+          break;
+        case 'Y':
+          n += 8;
+          break;
+        case 's':
+        case 'J':
+          n += 50;
+          break;
+        default:
+          return;  /* ERROR.  return a NULL */
+      }
+      i++;
+    }
+  }
+  if( n<sizeof(zBuf) ){
+    z = zBuf;
+  }else if( n>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
+    sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context);
+    return;
+  }else{
+    z = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n);
+    if( z==0 ){
+      sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+  computeJD(&x);
+  computeYMD_HMS(&x);
+  for(i=j=0; zFmt[i]; i++){
+    if( zFmt[i]!='%' ){
+      z[j++] = zFmt[i];
+    }else{
+      i++;
+      switch( zFmt[i] ){
+        case 'd':  sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.D); j+=2; break;
+        case 'f': {
+          double s = x.s;
+          if( s>59.999 ) s = 59.999;
+          sqlite3_snprintf(7, &z[j],"%06.3f", s);
+          j += strlen(&z[j]);
+          break;
+        }
+        case 'H':  sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.h); j+=2; break;
+        case 'W': /* Fall thru */
+        case 'j': {
+          int nDay;             /* Number of days since 1st day of year */
+          DateTime y = x;
+          y.validJD = 0;
+          y.M = 1;
+          y.D = 1;
+          computeJD(&y);
+          nDay = (x.iJD - y.iJD)/86400000.0 + 0.5;
+          if( zFmt[i]=='W' ){
+            int wd;   /* 0=Monday, 1=Tuesday, ... 6=Sunday */
+            wd = ((x.iJD+43200000)/86400000) % 7;
+            sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",(nDay+7-wd)/7);
+            j += 2;
+          }else{
+            sqlite3_snprintf(4, &z[j],"%03d",nDay+1);
+            j += 3;
+          }
+          break;
+        }
+        case 'J': {
+          sqlite3_snprintf(20, &z[j],"%.16g",x.iJD/86400000.0);
+          j+=strlen(&z[j]);
+          break;
+        }
+        case 'm':  sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.M); j+=2; break;
+        case 'M':  sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.m); j+=2; break;
+        case 's': {
+          sqlite3_snprintf(30,&z[j],"%d",
+                           (int)(x.iJD/1000.0 - 210866760000.0));
+          j += strlen(&z[j]);
+          break;
+        }
+        case 'S':  sqlite3_snprintf(3,&z[j],"%02d",(int)x.s); j+=2; break;
+        case 'w':  z[j++] = (((x.iJD+129600000)/86400000) % 7) + '0'; break;
+        case 'Y':  sqlite3_snprintf(5,&z[j],"%04d",x.Y); j+=strlen(&z[j]);break;
+        default:   z[j++] = '%'; break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  z[j] = 0;
+  sqlite3_result_text(context, z, -1,
+                      z==zBuf ? SQLITE_TRANSIENT : SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
+}
+
+/*
+** current_time()
+**
+** This function returns the same value as time('now').
+*/
+static void ctimeFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  timeFunc(context, 0, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** current_date()
+**
+** This function returns the same value as date('now').
+*/
+static void cdateFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  dateFunc(context, 0, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** current_timestamp()
+**
+** This function returns the same value as datetime('now').
+*/
+static void ctimestampFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  datetimeFunc(context, 0, 0);
+}
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS) */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS
+/*
+** If the library is compiled to omit the full-scale date and time
+** handling (to get a smaller binary), the following minimal version
+** of the functions current_time(), current_date() and current_timestamp()
+** are included instead. This is to support column declarations that
+** include "DEFAULT CURRENT_TIME" etc.
+**
+** This function uses the C-library functions time(), gmtime()
+** and strftime(). The format string to pass to strftime() is supplied
+** as the user-data for the function.
+*/
+static void currentTimeFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  time_t t;
+  char *zFormat = (char *)sqlite3_user_data(context);
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  double rT;
+  char zBuf[20];
+
+  db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+  sqlite3OsCurrentTime(db->pVfs, &rT);
+  t = 86400.0*(rT - 2440587.5) + 0.5;
+#ifdef HAVE_GMTIME_R
+  {
+    struct tm sNow;
+    gmtime_r(&t, &sNow);
+    strftime(zBuf, 20, zFormat, &sNow);
+  }
+#else
+  {
+    struct tm *pTm;
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
+    pTm = gmtime(&t);
+    strftime(zBuf, 20, zFormat, pTm);
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
+  }
+#endif
+
+  sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** This function registered all of the above C functions as SQL
+** functions.  This should be the only routine in this file with
+** external linkage.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(void){
+  static FuncDef aDateTimeFuncs[] = {
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS
+    FUNCTION(julianday,        -1, 0, 0, juliandayFunc ),
+    FUNCTION(date,             -1, 0, 0, dateFunc      ),
+    FUNCTION(time,             -1, 0, 0, timeFunc      ),
+    FUNCTION(datetime,         -1, 0, 0, datetimeFunc  ),
+    FUNCTION(strftime,         -1, 0, 0, strftimeFunc  ),
+    FUNCTION(current_time,      0, 0, 0, ctimeFunc     ),
+    FUNCTION(current_timestamp, 0, 0, 0, ctimestampFunc),
+    FUNCTION(current_date,      0, 0, 0, cdateFunc     ),
+#else
+    FUNCTION(current_time,      0, "%H:%M:%S",          0, currentTimeFunc),
+    FUNCTION(current_timestamp, 0, "%Y-%m-%d",          0, currentTimeFunc),
+    FUNCTION(current_date,      0, "%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S", 0, currentTimeFunc),
+#endif
+  };
+  int i;
+
+  for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aDateTimeFuncs); i++){
+    sqlite3FuncDefInsert(&sqlite3GlobalFunctions, &aDateTimeFuncs[i]);
+  }
+}
+
+/************** End of date.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file os.c **********************************************/
+/*
+** 2005 November 29
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains OS interface code that is common to all
+** architectures.
+**
+** $Id: os.c,v 1.120 2008/07/28 19:34:53 drh Exp $
+*/
+#define _SQLITE_OS_C_ 1
+#undef _SQLITE_OS_C_
+
+/*
+** The default SQLite sqlite3_vfs implementations do not allocate
+** memory (actually, os_unix.c allocates a small amount of memory
+** from within OsOpen()), but some third-party implementations may.
+** So we test the effects of a malloc() failing and the sqlite3OsXXX()
+** function returning SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM using the DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST macro.
+**
+** The following functions are instrumented for malloc() failure 
+** testing:
+**
+**     sqlite3OsOpen()
+**     sqlite3OsRead()
+**     sqlite3OsWrite()
+**     sqlite3OsSync()
+**     sqlite3OsLock()
+**
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && (SQLITE_OS_WIN==0) && 0
+  #define DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST if (1) {            \
+    void *pTstAlloc = sqlite3Malloc(10);       \
+    if (!pTstAlloc) return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;  \
+    sqlite3_free(pTstAlloc);                    \
+  }
+#else
+  #define DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The following routines are convenience wrappers around methods
+** of the sqlite3_file object.  This is mostly just syntactic sugar. All
+** of this would be completely automatic if SQLite were coded using
+** C++ instead of plain old C.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsClose(sqlite3_file *pId){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( pId->pMethods ){
+    rc = pId->pMethods->xClose(pId);
+    pId->pMethods = 0;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRead(sqlite3_file *id, void *pBuf, int amt, i64 offset){
+  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST;
+  return id->pMethods->xRead(id, pBuf, amt, offset);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsWrite(sqlite3_file *id, const void *pBuf, int amt, i64 offset){
+  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST;
+  return id->pMethods->xWrite(id, pBuf, amt, offset);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, i64 size){
+  return id->pMethods->xTruncate(id, size);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSync(sqlite3_file *id, int flags){
+  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST;
+  return id->pMethods->xSync(id, flags);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, i64 *pSize){
+  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST;
+  return id->pMethods->xFileSize(id, pSize);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsLock(sqlite3_file *id, int lockType){
+  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST;
+  return id->pMethods->xLock(id, lockType);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int lockType){
+  return id->pMethods->xUnlock(id, lockType);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){
+  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST;
+  return id->pMethods->xCheckReservedLock(id, pResOut);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
+  return id->pMethods->xFileControl(id, op, pArg);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){
+  int (*xSectorSize)(sqlite3_file*) = id->pMethods->xSectorSize;
+  return (xSectorSize ? xSectorSize(id) : SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){
+  return id->pMethods->xDeviceCharacteristics(id);
+}
+
+/*
+** The next group of routines are convenience wrappers around the
+** VFS methods.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpen(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, 
+  const char *zPath, 
+  sqlite3_file *pFile, 
+  int flags, 
+  int *pFlagsOut
+){
+  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST;
+  return pVfs->xOpen(pVfs, zPath, pFile, flags, pFlagsOut);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDelete(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath, int dirSync){
+  return pVfs->xDelete(pVfs, zPath, dirSync);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsAccess(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, 
+  const char *zPath, 
+  int flags, 
+  int *pResOut
+){
+  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST;
+  return pVfs->xAccess(pVfs, zPath, flags, pResOut);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFullPathname(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, 
+  const char *zPath, 
+  int nPathOut, 
+  char *zPathOut
+){
+  return pVfs->xFullPathname(pVfs, zPath, nPathOut, zPathOut);
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3OsDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath){
+  return pVfs->xDlOpen(pVfs, zPath);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsDlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zBufOut){
+  pVfs->xDlError(pVfs, nByte, zBufOut);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3OsDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle, const char *zSymbol){
+  return pVfs->xDlSym(pVfs, pHandle, zSymbol);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){
+  pVfs->xDlClose(pVfs, pHandle);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zBufOut){
+  return pVfs->xRandomness(pVfs, nByte, zBufOut);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSleep(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nMicro){
+  return pVfs->xSleep(pVfs, nMicro);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, double *pTimeOut){
+  return pVfs->xCurrentTime(pVfs, pTimeOut);
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, 
+  const char *zFile, 
+  sqlite3_file **ppFile, 
+  int flags,
+  int *pOutFlags
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  sqlite3_file *pFile;
+  pFile = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3Malloc(pVfs->szOsFile);
+  if( pFile ){
+    rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zFile, pFile, flags, pOutFlags);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3_free(pFile);
+    }else{
+      *ppFile = pFile;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCloseFree(sqlite3_file *pFile){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  assert( pFile );
+  rc = sqlite3OsClose(pFile);
+  sqlite3_free(pFile);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The list of all registered VFS implementations.
+*/
+static sqlite3_vfs *vfsList = 0;
+
+/*
+** Locate a VFS by name.  If no name is given, simply return the
+** first VFS on the list.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3_vfs_find(const char *zVfs){
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = 0;
+#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
+  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+  int rc = sqlite3_initialize();
+  if( rc ) return 0;
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
+  mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
+#endif
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
+  for(pVfs = vfsList; pVfs; pVfs=pVfs->pNext){
+    if( zVfs==0 ) break;
+    if( strcmp(zVfs, pVfs->zName)==0 ) break;
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
+  return pVfs;
+}
+
+/*
+** Unlink a VFS from the linked list
+*/
+static void vfsUnlink(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)) );
+  if( pVfs==0 ){
+    /* No-op */
+  }else if( vfsList==pVfs ){
+    vfsList = pVfs->pNext;
+  }else if( vfsList ){
+    sqlite3_vfs *p = vfsList;
+    while( p->pNext && p->pNext!=pVfs ){
+      p = p->pNext;
+    }
+    if( p->pNext==pVfs ){
+      p->pNext = pVfs->pNext;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Register a VFS with the system.  It is harmless to register the same
+** VFS multiple times.  The new VFS becomes the default if makeDflt is
+** true.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_register(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int makeDflt){
+  sqlite3_mutex *mutex = 0;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+  int rc = sqlite3_initialize();
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+#endif
+  mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
+  vfsUnlink(pVfs);
+  if( makeDflt || vfsList==0 ){
+    pVfs->pNext = vfsList;
+    vfsList = pVfs;
+  }else{
+    pVfs->pNext = vfsList->pNext;
+    vfsList->pNext = pVfs;
+  }
+  assert(vfsList);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Unregister a VFS so that it is no longer accessible.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){
+#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
+  sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
+#endif
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
+  vfsUnlink(pVfs);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/************** End of os.c **************************************************/
+/************** Begin file fault.c *******************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 Jan 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** $Id: fault.c,v 1.10 2008/06/22 12:37:58 drh Exp $
+*/
+
+/*
+** This file contains code to support the concept of "benign" 
+** malloc failures (when the xMalloc() or xRealloc() method of the
+** sqlite3_mem_methods structure fails to allocate a block of memory
+** and returns 0). 
+**
+** Most malloc failures are non-benign. After they occur, SQLite
+** abandons the current operation and returns an error code (usually
+** SQLITE_NOMEM) to the user. However, sometimes a fault is not necessarily
+** fatal. For example, if a malloc fails while resizing a hash table, this 
+** is completely recoverable simply by not carrying out the resize. The 
+** hash table will continue to function normally.  So a malloc failure 
+** during a hash table resize is a benign fault.
+*/
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
+
+/*
+** Global variables.
+*/
+static struct BenignMallocHooks {
+  void (*xBenignBegin)(void);
+  void (*xBenignEnd)(void);
+} hooks;
+
+/*
+** Register hooks to call when sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc() and
+** sqlite3EndBenignMalloc() are called, respectively.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BenignMallocHooks(
+  void (*xBenignBegin)(void),
+  void (*xBenignEnd)(void)
+){
+  hooks.xBenignBegin = xBenignBegin;
+  hooks.xBenignEnd = xBenignEnd;
+}
+
+/*
+** This (sqlite3EndBenignMalloc()) is called by SQLite code to indicate that
+** subsequent malloc failures are benign. A call to sqlite3EndBenignMalloc()
+** indicates that subsequent malloc failures are non-benign.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(void){
+  if( hooks.xBenignBegin ){
+    hooks.xBenignBegin();
+  }
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(void){
+  if( hooks.xBenignEnd ){
+    hooks.xBenignEnd();
+  }
+}
+
+#endif   /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */
+
+/************** End of fault.c ***********************************************/
+/************** Begin file mem1.c ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2007 August 14
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains low-level memory allocation drivers for when
+** SQLite will use the standard C-library malloc/realloc/free interface
+** to obtain the memory it needs.
+**
+** This file contains implementations of the low-level memory allocation
+** routines specified in the sqlite3_mem_methods object.
+**
+** $Id: mem1.c,v 1.25 2008/07/25 08:49:00 danielk1977 Exp $
+*/
+
+/*
+** This version of the memory allocator is the default.  It is
+** used when no other memory allocator is specified using compile-time
+** macros.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC
+
+/*
+** Like malloc(), but remember the size of the allocation
+** so that we can find it later using sqlite3MemSize().
+**
+** For this low-level routine, we are guaranteed that nByte>0 because
+** cases of nByte<=0 will be intercepted and dealt with by higher level
+** routines.
+*/
+static void *sqlite3MemMalloc(int nByte){
+  sqlite3_int64 *p;
+  assert( nByte>0 );
+  nByte = (nByte+7)&~7;
+  p = malloc( nByte+8 );
+  if( p ){
+    p[0] = nByte;
+    p++;
+  }
+  return (void *)p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Like free() but works for allocations obtained from sqlite3MemMalloc()
+** or sqlite3MemRealloc().
+**
+** For this low-level routine, we already know that pPrior!=0 since
+** cases where pPrior==0 will have been intecepted and dealt with
+** by higher-level routines.
+*/
+static void sqlite3MemFree(void *pPrior){
+  sqlite3_int64 *p = (sqlite3_int64*)pPrior;
+  assert( pPrior!=0 );
+  p--;
+  free(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Like realloc().  Resize an allocation previously obtained from
+** sqlite3MemMalloc().
+**
+** For this low-level interface, we know that pPrior!=0.  Cases where
+** pPrior==0 while have been intercepted by higher-level routine and
+** redirected to xMalloc.  Similarly, we know that nByte>0 becauses
+** cases where nByte<=0 will have been intercepted by higher-level
+** routines and redirected to xFree.
+*/
+static void *sqlite3MemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nByte){
+  sqlite3_int64 *p = (sqlite3_int64*)pPrior;
+  assert( pPrior!=0 && nByte>0 );
+  nByte = (nByte+7)&~7;
+  p = (sqlite3_int64*)pPrior;
+  p--;
+  p = realloc(p, nByte+8 );
+  if( p ){
+    p[0] = nByte;
+    p++;
+  }
+  return (void*)p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Report the allocated size of a prior return from xMalloc()
+** or xRealloc().
+*/
+static int sqlite3MemSize(void *pPrior){
+  sqlite3_int64 *p;
+  if( pPrior==0 ) return 0;
+  p = (sqlite3_int64*)pPrior;
+  p--;
+  return p[0];
+}
+
+/*
+** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size.
+*/
+static int sqlite3MemRoundup(int n){
+  return (n+7) & ~7;
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize this module.
+*/
+static int sqlite3MemInit(void *NotUsed){
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Deinitialize this module.
+*/
+static void sqlite3MemShutdown(void *NotUsed){
+  return;
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetDefault(void){
+  static const sqlite3_mem_methods defaultMethods = {
+     sqlite3MemMalloc,
+     sqlite3MemFree,
+     sqlite3MemRealloc,
+     sqlite3MemSize,
+     sqlite3MemRoundup,
+     sqlite3MemInit,
+     sqlite3MemShutdown,
+     0
+  };
+  return &defaultMethods;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is the only routine in this file with external linkage.
+**
+** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in
+** sqlite3Config.m with pointers to the routines in this file.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){
+  sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, sqlite3MemGetDefault());
+}
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC */
+
+/************** End of mem1.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file mem2.c ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2007 August 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains low-level memory allocation drivers for when
+** SQLite will use the standard C-library malloc/realloc/free interface
+** to obtain the memory it needs while adding lots of additional debugging
+** information to each allocation in order to help detect and fix memory
+** leaks and memory usage errors.
+**
+** This file contains implementations of the low-level memory allocation
+** routines specified in the sqlite3_mem_methods object.
+**
+** $Id: mem2.c,v 1.38 2008/08/12 15:04:59 danielk1977 Exp $
+*/
+
+/*
+** This version of the memory allocator is used only if the
+** SQLITE_MEMDEBUG macro is defined
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_MEMDEBUG
+
+/*
+** The backtrace functionality is only available with GLIBC
+*/
+#ifdef __GLIBC__
+  extern int backtrace(void**,int);
+  extern void backtrace_symbols_fd(void*const*,int,int);
+#else
+# define backtrace(A,B) 1
+# define backtrace_symbols_fd(A,B,C)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Each memory allocation looks like this:
+**
+**  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
+**  | Title |  backtrace pointers |  MemBlockHdr |  allocation |  EndGuard |
+**  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
+**
+** The application code sees only a pointer to the allocation.  We have
+** to back up from the allocation pointer to find the MemBlockHdr.  The
+** MemBlockHdr tells us the size of the allocation and the number of
+** backtrace pointers.  There is also a guard word at the end of the
+** MemBlockHdr.
+*/
+struct MemBlockHdr {
+  i64 iSize;                          /* Size of this allocation */
+  struct MemBlockHdr *pNext, *pPrev;  /* Linked list of all unfreed memory */
+  char nBacktrace;                    /* Number of backtraces on this alloc */
+  char nBacktraceSlots;               /* Available backtrace slots */
+  short nTitle;                       /* Bytes of title; includes '\0' */
+  int iForeGuard;                     /* Guard word for sanity */
+};
+
+/*
+** Guard words
+*/
+#define FOREGUARD 0x80F5E153
+#define REARGUARD 0xE4676B53
+
+/*
+** Number of malloc size increments to track.
+*/
+#define NCSIZE  1000
+
+/*
+** All of the static variables used by this module are collected
+** into a single structure named "mem".  This is to keep the
+** static variables organized and to reduce namespace pollution
+** when this module is combined with other in the amalgamation.
+*/
+static struct {
+  
+  /*
+  ** Mutex to control access to the memory allocation subsystem.
+  */
+  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;
+
+  /*
+  ** Head and tail of a linked list of all outstanding allocations
+  */
+  struct MemBlockHdr *pFirst;
+  struct MemBlockHdr *pLast;
+  
+  /*
+  ** The number of levels of backtrace to save in new allocations.
+  */
+  int nBacktrace;
+  void (*xBacktrace)(int, int, void **);
+
+  /*
+  ** Title text to insert in front of each block
+  */
+  int nTitle;        /* Bytes of zTitle to save.  Includes '\0' and padding */
+  char zTitle[100];  /* The title text */
+
+  /* 
+  ** sqlite3MallocDisallow() increments the following counter.
+  ** sqlite3MallocAllow() decrements it.
+  */
+  int disallow; /* Do not allow memory allocation */
+
+  /*
+  ** Gather statistics on the sizes of memory allocations.
+  ** nAlloc[i] is the number of allocation attempts of i*8
+  ** bytes.  i==NCSIZE is the number of allocation attempts for
+  ** sizes more than NCSIZE*8 bytes.
+  */
+  int nAlloc[NCSIZE];      /* Total number of allocations */
+  int nCurrent[NCSIZE];    /* Current number of allocations */
+  int mxCurrent[NCSIZE];   /* Highwater mark for nCurrent */
+
+} mem;
+
+
+/*
+** Adjust memory usage statistics
+*/
+static void adjustStats(int iSize, int increment){
+  int i = ((iSize+7)&~7)/8;
+  if( i>NCSIZE-1 ){
+    i = NCSIZE - 1;
+  }
+  if( increment>0 ){
+    mem.nAlloc[i]++;
+    mem.nCurrent[i]++;
+    if( mem.nCurrent[i]>mem.mxCurrent[i] ){
+      mem.mxCurrent[i] = mem.nCurrent[i];
+    }
+  }else{
+    mem.nCurrent[i]--;
+    assert( mem.nCurrent[i]>=0 );
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Given an allocation, find the MemBlockHdr for that allocation.
+**
+** This routine checks the guards at either end of the allocation and
+** if they are incorrect it asserts.
+*/
+static struct MemBlockHdr *sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(void *pAllocation){
+  struct MemBlockHdr *p;
+  int *pInt;
+  u8 *pU8;
+  int nReserve;
+
+  p = (struct MemBlockHdr*)pAllocation;
+  p--;
+  assert( p->iForeGuard==FOREGUARD );
+  nReserve = (p->iSize+7)&~7;
+  pInt = (int*)pAllocation;
+  pU8 = (u8*)pAllocation;
+  assert( pInt[nReserve/sizeof(int)]==REARGUARD );
+  assert( (nReserve-0)<=p->iSize || pU8[nReserve-1]==0x65 );
+  assert( (nReserve-1)<=p->iSize || pU8[nReserve-2]==0x65 );
+  assert( (nReserve-2)<=p->iSize || pU8[nReserve-3]==0x65 );
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of bytes currently allocated at address p.
+*/
+static int sqlite3MemSize(void *p){
+  struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
+  if( !p ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(p);
+  return pHdr->iSize;
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize the memory allocation subsystem.
+*/
+static int sqlite3MemInit(void *NotUsed){
+  if( !sqlite3Config.bMemstat ){
+    /* If memory status is enabled, then the malloc.c wrapper will already
+    ** hold the STATIC_MEM mutex when the routines here are invoked. */
+    mem.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM);
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Deinitialize the memory allocation subsystem.
+*/
+static void sqlite3MemShutdown(void *NotUsed){
+  mem.mutex = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size.
+*/
+static int sqlite3MemRoundup(int n){
+  return (n+7) & ~7;
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate nByte bytes of memory.
+*/
+static void *sqlite3MemMalloc(int nByte){
+  struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
+  void **pBt;
+  char *z;
+  int *pInt;
+  void *p = 0;
+  int totalSize;
+  int nReserve;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex);
+  assert( mem.disallow==0 );
+  nReserve = (nByte+7)&~7;
+  totalSize = nReserve + sizeof(*pHdr) + sizeof(int) +
+               mem.nBacktrace*sizeof(void*) + mem.nTitle;
+  p = malloc(totalSize);
+  if( p ){
+    z = p;
+    pBt = (void**)&z[mem.nTitle];
+    pHdr = (struct MemBlockHdr*)&pBt[mem.nBacktrace];
+    pHdr->pNext = 0;
+    pHdr->pPrev = mem.pLast;
+    if( mem.pLast ){
+      mem.pLast->pNext = pHdr;
+    }else{
+      mem.pFirst = pHdr;
+    }
+    mem.pLast = pHdr;
+    pHdr->iForeGuard = FOREGUARD;
+    pHdr->nBacktraceSlots = mem.nBacktrace;
+    pHdr->nTitle = mem.nTitle;
+    if( mem.nBacktrace ){
+      void *aAddr[40];
+      pHdr->nBacktrace = backtrace(aAddr, mem.nBacktrace+1)-1;
+      memcpy(pBt, &aAddr[1], pHdr->nBacktrace*sizeof(void*));
+      if( mem.xBacktrace ){
+        mem.xBacktrace(nByte, pHdr->nBacktrace-1, &aAddr[1]);
+      }
+    }else{
+      pHdr->nBacktrace = 0;
+    }
+    if( mem.nTitle ){
+      memcpy(z, mem.zTitle, mem.nTitle);
+    }
+    pHdr->iSize = nByte;
+    adjustStats(nByte, +1);
+    pInt = (int*)&pHdr[1];
+    pInt[nReserve/sizeof(int)] = REARGUARD;
+    memset(pInt, 0x65, nReserve);
+    p = (void*)pInt;
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex);
+  return p; 
+}
+
+/*
+** Free memory.
+*/
+static void sqlite3MemFree(void *pPrior){
+  struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
+  void **pBt;
+  char *z;
+  assert( sqlite3Config.bMemstat || mem.mutex!=0 );
+  pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(pPrior);
+  pBt = (void**)pHdr;
+  pBt -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex);
+  if( pHdr->pPrev ){
+    assert( pHdr->pPrev->pNext==pHdr );
+    pHdr->pPrev->pNext = pHdr->pNext;
+  }else{
+    assert( mem.pFirst==pHdr );
+    mem.pFirst = pHdr->pNext;
+  }
+  if( pHdr->pNext ){
+    assert( pHdr->pNext->pPrev==pHdr );
+    pHdr->pNext->pPrev = pHdr->pPrev;
+  }else{
+    assert( mem.pLast==pHdr );
+    mem.pLast = pHdr->pPrev;
+  }
+  z = (char*)pBt;
+  z -= pHdr->nTitle;
+  adjustStats(pHdr->iSize, -1);
+  memset(z, 0x2b, sizeof(void*)*pHdr->nBacktraceSlots + sizeof(*pHdr) +
+                  pHdr->iSize + sizeof(int) + pHdr->nTitle);
+  free(z);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex);  
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the size of an existing memory allocation.
+**
+** For this debugging implementation, we *always* make a copy of the
+** allocation into a new place in memory.  In this way, if the 
+** higher level code is using pointer to the old allocation, it is 
+** much more likely to break and we are much more liking to find
+** the error.
+*/
+static void *sqlite3MemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nByte){
+  struct MemBlockHdr *pOldHdr;
+  void *pNew;
+  assert( mem.disallow==0 );
+  pOldHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(pPrior);
+  pNew = sqlite3MemMalloc(nByte);
+  if( pNew ){
+    memcpy(pNew, pPrior, nByte<pOldHdr->iSize ? nByte : pOldHdr->iSize);
+    if( nByte>pOldHdr->iSize ){
+      memset(&((char*)pNew)[pOldHdr->iSize], 0x2b, nByte - pOldHdr->iSize);
+    }
+    sqlite3MemFree(pPrior);
+  }
+  return pNew;
+}
+
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetDefault(void){
+  static const sqlite3_mem_methods defaultMethods = {
+     sqlite3MemMalloc,
+     sqlite3MemFree,
+     sqlite3MemRealloc,
+     sqlite3MemSize,
+     sqlite3MemRoundup,
+     sqlite3MemInit,
+     sqlite3MemShutdown,
+     0
+  };
+  return &defaultMethods;
+}
+
+/*
+** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in
+** sqlite3Config.m with pointers to the routines in this file.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){
+  sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, sqlite3MemGetDefault());
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the number of backtrace levels kept for each allocation.
+** A value of zero turns off backtracing.  The number is always rounded
+** up to a multiple of 2.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugBacktrace(int depth){
+  if( depth<0 ){ depth = 0; }
+  if( depth>20 ){ depth = 20; }
+  depth = (depth+1)&0xfe;
+  mem.nBacktrace = depth;
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugBacktraceCallback(void (*xBacktrace)(int, int, void **)){
+  mem.xBacktrace = xBacktrace;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the title string for subsequent allocations.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugSettitle(const char *zTitle){
+  int n = strlen(zTitle) + 1;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex);
+  if( n>=sizeof(mem.zTitle) ) n = sizeof(mem.zTitle)-1;
+  memcpy(mem.zTitle, zTitle, n);
+  mem.zTitle[n] = 0;
+  mem.nTitle = (n+7)&~7;
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex);
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugSync(){
+  struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
+  for(pHdr=mem.pFirst; pHdr; pHdr=pHdr->pNext){
+    void **pBt = (void**)pHdr;
+    pBt -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots;
+    mem.xBacktrace(pHdr->iSize, pHdr->nBacktrace-1, &pBt[1]);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory 
+** allocations into that log.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugDump(const char *zFilename){
+  FILE *out;
+  struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
+  void **pBt;
+  int i;
+  out = fopen(zFilename, "w");
+  if( out==0 ){
+    fprintf(stderr, "** Unable to output memory debug output log: %s **\n",
+                    zFilename);
+    return;
+  }
+  for(pHdr=mem.pFirst; pHdr; pHdr=pHdr->pNext){
+    char *z = (char*)pHdr;
+    z -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots*sizeof(void*) + pHdr->nTitle;
+    fprintf(out, "**** %lld bytes at %p from %s ****\n", 
+            pHdr->iSize, &pHdr[1], pHdr->nTitle ? z : "???");
+    if( pHdr->nBacktrace ){
+      fflush(out);
+      pBt = (void**)pHdr;
+      pBt -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots;
+      backtrace_symbols_fd(pBt, pHdr->nBacktrace, fileno(out));
+      fprintf(out, "\n");
+    }
+  }
+  fprintf(out, "COUNTS:\n");
+  for(i=0; i<NCSIZE-1; i++){
+    if( mem.nAlloc[i] ){
+      fprintf(out, "   %5d: %10d %10d %10d\n", 
+            i*8, mem.nAlloc[i], mem.nCurrent[i], mem.mxCurrent[i]);
+    }
+  }
+  if( mem.nAlloc[NCSIZE-1] ){
+    fprintf(out, "   %5d: %10d %10d %10d\n",
+             NCSIZE*8-8, mem.nAlloc[NCSIZE-1],
+             mem.nCurrent[NCSIZE-1], mem.mxCurrent[NCSIZE-1]);
+  }
+  fclose(out);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of times sqlite3MemMalloc() has been called.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugMallocCount(){
+  int i;
+  int nTotal = 0;
+  for(i=0; i<NCSIZE; i++){
+    nTotal += mem.nAlloc[i];
+  }
+  return nTotal;
+}
+
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_MEMDEBUG */
+
+/************** End of mem2.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file mem3.c ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2007 October 14
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains the C functions that implement a memory
+** allocation subsystem for use by SQLite. 
+**
+** This version of the memory allocation subsystem omits all
+** use of malloc(). The SQLite user supplies a block of memory
+** before calling sqlite3_initialize() from which allocations
+** are made and returned by the xMalloc() and xRealloc() 
+** implementations. Once sqlite3_initialize() has been called,
+** the amount of memory available to SQLite is fixed and cannot
+** be changed.
+**
+** This version of the memory allocation subsystem is included
+** in the build only if SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 is defined.
+**
+** $Id: mem3.c,v 1.20 2008/07/18 18:56:17 drh Exp $
+*/
+
+/*
+** This version of the memory allocator is only built into the library
+** SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 is defined. Defining this symbol does not
+** mean that the library will use a memory-pool by default, just that
+** it is available. The mempool allocator is activated by calling
+** sqlite3_config().
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3
+
+/*
+** Maximum size (in Mem3Blocks) of a "small" chunk.
+*/
+#define MX_SMALL 10
+
+
+/*
+** Number of freelist hash slots
+*/
+#define N_HASH  61
+
+/*
+** A memory allocation (also called a "chunk") consists of two or 
+** more blocks where each block is 8 bytes.  The first 8 bytes are 
+** a header that is not returned to the user.
+**
+** A chunk is two or more blocks that is either checked out or
+** free.  The first block has format u.hdr.  u.hdr.size4x is 4 times the
+** size of the allocation in blocks if the allocation is free.
+** The u.hdr.size4x&1 bit is true if the chunk is checked out and
+** false if the chunk is on the freelist.  The u.hdr.size4x&2 bit
+** is true if the previous chunk is checked out and false if the
+** previous chunk is free.  The u.hdr.prevSize field is the size of
+** the previous chunk in blocks if the previous chunk is on the
+** freelist. If the previous chunk is checked out, then
+** u.hdr.prevSize can be part of the data for that chunk and should
+** not be read or written.
+**
+** We often identify a chunk by its index in mem3.aPool[].  When
+** this is done, the chunk index refers to the second block of
+** the chunk.  In this way, the first chunk has an index of 1.
+** A chunk index of 0 means "no such chunk" and is the equivalent
+** of a NULL pointer.
+**
+** The second block of free chunks is of the form u.list.  The
+** two fields form a double-linked list of chunks of related sizes.
+** Pointers to the head of the list are stored in mem3.aiSmall[] 
+** for smaller chunks and mem3.aiHash[] for larger chunks.
+**
+** The second block of a chunk is user data if the chunk is checked 
+** out.  If a chunk is checked out, the user data may extend into
+** the u.hdr.prevSize value of the following chunk.
+*/
+typedef struct Mem3Block Mem3Block;
+struct Mem3Block {
+  union {
+    struct {
+      u32 prevSize;   /* Size of previous chunk in Mem3Block elements */
+      u32 size4x;     /* 4x the size of current chunk in Mem3Block elements */
+    } hdr;
+    struct {
+      u32 next;       /* Index in mem3.aPool[] of next free chunk */
+      u32 prev;       /* Index in mem3.aPool[] of previous free chunk */
+    } list;
+  } u;
+};
+
+/*
+** All of the static variables used by this module are collected
+** into a single structure named "mem3".  This is to keep the
+** static variables organized and to reduce namespace pollution
+** when this module is combined with other in the amalgamation.
+*/
+static struct {
+  /*
+  ** True if we are evaluating an out-of-memory callback.
+  */
+  int alarmBusy;
+  
+  /*
+  ** Mutex to control access to the memory allocation subsystem.
+  */
+  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;
+  
+  /*
+  ** The minimum amount of free space that we have seen.
+  */
+  u32 mnMaster;
+
+  /*
+  ** iMaster is the index of the master chunk.  Most new allocations
+  ** occur off of this chunk.  szMaster is the size (in Mem3Blocks)
+  ** of the current master.  iMaster is 0 if there is not master chunk.
+  ** The master chunk is not in either the aiHash[] or aiSmall[].
+  */
+  u32 iMaster;
+  u32 szMaster;
+
+  /*
+  ** Array of lists of free blocks according to the block size 
+  ** for smaller chunks, or a hash on the block size for larger
+  ** chunks.
+  */
+  u32 aiSmall[MX_SMALL-1];   /* For sizes 2 through MX_SMALL, inclusive */
+  u32 aiHash[N_HASH];        /* For sizes MX_SMALL+1 and larger */
+
+  /*
+  ** Memory available for allocation. nPool is the size of the array
+  ** (in Mem3Blocks) pointed to by aPool less 2.
+  */
+  u32 nPool;
+  Mem3Block *aPool;
+} mem3;
+
+/*
+** Unlink the chunk at mem3.aPool[i] from list it is currently
+** on.  *pRoot is the list that i is a member of.
+*/
+static void memsys3UnlinkFromList(u32 i, u32 *pRoot){
+  u32 next = mem3.aPool[i].u.list.next;
+  u32 prev = mem3.aPool[i].u.list.prev;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
+  if( prev==0 ){
+    *pRoot = next;
+  }else{
+    mem3.aPool[prev].u.list.next = next;
+  }
+  if( next ){
+    mem3.aPool[next].u.list.prev = prev;
+  }
+  mem3.aPool[i].u.list.next = 0;
+  mem3.aPool[i].u.list.prev = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Unlink the chunk at index i from 
+** whatever list is currently a member of.
+*/
+static void memsys3Unlink(u32 i){
+  u32 size, hash;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
+  assert( (mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x & 1)==0 );
+  assert( i>=1 );
+  size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4;
+  assert( size==mem3.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize );
+  assert( size>=2 );
+  if( size <= MX_SMALL ){
+    memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, &mem3.aiSmall[size-2]);
+  }else{
+    hash = size % N_HASH;
+    memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, &mem3.aiHash[hash]);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Link the chunk at mem3.aPool[i] so that is on the list rooted
+** at *pRoot.
+*/
+static void memsys3LinkIntoList(u32 i, u32 *pRoot){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
+  mem3.aPool[i].u.list.next = *pRoot;
+  mem3.aPool[i].u.list.prev = 0;
+  if( *pRoot ){
+    mem3.aPool[*pRoot].u.list.prev = i;
+  }
+  *pRoot = i;
+}
+
+/*
+** Link the chunk at index i into either the appropriate
+** small chunk list, or into the large chunk hash table.
+*/
+static void memsys3Link(u32 i){
+  u32 size, hash;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
+  assert( i>=1 );
+  assert( (mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x & 1)==0 );
+  size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4;
+  assert( size==mem3.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize );
+  assert( size>=2 );
+  if( size <= MX_SMALL ){
+    memsys3LinkIntoList(i, &mem3.aiSmall[size-2]);
+  }else{
+    hash = size % N_HASH;
+    memsys3LinkIntoList(i, &mem3.aiHash[hash]);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** If the STATIC_MEM mutex is not already held, obtain it now. The mutex
+** will already be held (obtained by code in malloc.c) if
+** sqlite3Config.bMemStat is true.
+*/
+static void memsys3Enter(void){
+  if( sqlite3Config.bMemstat==0 && mem3.mutex==0 ){
+    mem3.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM);
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem3.mutex);
+}
+static void memsys3Leave(void){
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem3.mutex);
+}
+
+/*
+** Called when we are unable to satisfy an allocation of nBytes.
+*/
+static void memsys3OutOfMemory(int nByte){
+  if( !mem3.alarmBusy ){
+    mem3.alarmBusy = 1;
+    assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem3.mutex);
+    sqlite3_release_memory(nByte);
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem3.mutex);
+    mem3.alarmBusy = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Chunk i is a free chunk that has been unlinked.  Adjust its 
+** size parameters for check-out and return a pointer to the 
+** user portion of the chunk.
+*/
+static void *memsys3Checkout(u32 i, int nBlock){
+  u32 x;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
+  assert( i>=1 );
+  assert( mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4==nBlock );
+  assert( mem3.aPool[i+nBlock-1].u.hdr.prevSize==nBlock );
+  x = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x;
+  mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x = nBlock*4 | 1 | (x&2);
+  mem3.aPool[i+nBlock-1].u.hdr.prevSize = nBlock;
+  mem3.aPool[i+nBlock-1].u.hdr.size4x |= 2;
+  return &mem3.aPool[i];
+}
+
+/*
+** Carve a piece off of the end of the mem3.iMaster free chunk.
+** Return a pointer to the new allocation.  Or, if the master chunk
+** is not large enough, return 0.
+*/
+static void *memsys3FromMaster(int nBlock){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
+  assert( mem3.szMaster>=nBlock );
+  if( nBlock>=mem3.szMaster-1 ){
+    /* Use the entire master */
+    void *p = memsys3Checkout(mem3.iMaster, mem3.szMaster);
+    mem3.iMaster = 0;
+    mem3.szMaster = 0;
+    mem3.mnMaster = 0;
+    return p;
+  }else{
+    /* Split the master block.  Return the tail. */
+    u32 newi, x;
+    newi = mem3.iMaster + mem3.szMaster - nBlock;
+    assert( newi > mem3.iMaster+1 );
+    mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize = nBlock;
+    mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x |= 2;
+    mem3.aPool[newi-1].u.hdr.size4x = nBlock*4 + 1;
+    mem3.szMaster -= nBlock;
+    mem3.aPool[newi-1].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.szMaster;
+    x = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2;
+    mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x = mem3.szMaster*4 | x;
+    if( mem3.szMaster < mem3.mnMaster ){
+      mem3.mnMaster = mem3.szMaster;
+    }
+    return (void*)&mem3.aPool[newi];
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** *pRoot is the head of a list of free chunks of the same size
+** or same size hash.  In other words, *pRoot is an entry in either
+** mem3.aiSmall[] or mem3.aiHash[].  
+**
+** This routine examines all entries on the given list and tries
+** to coalesce each entries with adjacent free chunks.  
+**
+** If it sees a chunk that is larger than mem3.iMaster, it replaces 
+** the current mem3.iMaster with the new larger chunk.  In order for
+** this mem3.iMaster replacement to work, the master chunk must be
+** linked into the hash tables.  That is not the normal state of
+** affairs, of course.  The calling routine must link the master
+** chunk before invoking this routine, then must unlink the (possibly
+** changed) master chunk once this routine has finished.
+*/
+static void memsys3Merge(u32 *pRoot){
+  u32 iNext, prev, size, i, x;
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
+  for(i=*pRoot; i>0; i=iNext){
+    iNext = mem3.aPool[i].u.list.next;
+    size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x;
+    assert( (size&1)==0 );
+    if( (size&2)==0 ){
+      memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, pRoot);
+      assert( i > mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.prevSize );
+      prev = i - mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.prevSize;
+      if( prev==iNext ){
+        iNext = mem3.aPool[prev].u.list.next;
+      }
+      memsys3Unlink(prev);
+      size = i + size/4 - prev;
+      x = mem3.aPool[prev-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2;
+      mem3.aPool[prev-1].u.hdr.size4x = size*4 | x;
+      mem3.aPool[prev+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize = size;
+      memsys3Link(prev);
+      i = prev;
+    }else{
+      size /= 4;
+    }
+    if( size>mem3.szMaster ){
+      mem3.iMaster = i;
+      mem3.szMaster = size;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a block of memory of at least nBytes in size.
+** Return NULL if unable.
+**
+** This function assumes that the necessary mutexes, if any, are
+** already held by the caller. Hence "Unsafe".
+*/
+static void *memsys3MallocUnsafe(int nByte){
+  u32 i;
+  int nBlock;
+  int toFree;
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
+  assert( sizeof(Mem3Block)==8 );
+  if( nByte<=12 ){
+    nBlock = 2;
+  }else{
+    nBlock = (nByte + 11)/8;
+  }
+  assert( nBlock>=2 );
+
+  /* STEP 1:
+  ** Look for an entry of the correct size in either the small
+  ** chunk table or in the large chunk hash table.  This is
+  ** successful most of the time (about 9 times out of 10).
+  */
+  if( nBlock <= MX_SMALL ){
+    i = mem3.aiSmall[nBlock-2];
+    if( i>0 ){
+      memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, &mem3.aiSmall[nBlock-2]);
+      return memsys3Checkout(i, nBlock);
+    }
+  }else{
+    int hash = nBlock % N_HASH;
+    for(i=mem3.aiHash[hash]; i>0; i=mem3.aPool[i].u.list.next){
+      if( mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4==nBlock ){
+        memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, &mem3.aiHash[hash]);
+        return memsys3Checkout(i, nBlock);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* STEP 2:
+  ** Try to satisfy the allocation by carving a piece off of the end
+  ** of the master chunk.  This step usually works if step 1 fails.
+  */
+  if( mem3.szMaster>=nBlock ){
+    return memsys3FromMaster(nBlock);
+  }
+
+
+  /* STEP 3:  
+  ** Loop through the entire memory pool.  Coalesce adjacent free
+  ** chunks.  Recompute the master chunk as the largest free chunk.
+  ** Then try again to satisfy the allocation by carving a piece off
+  ** of the end of the master chunk.  This step happens very
+  ** rarely (we hope!)
+  */
+  for(toFree=nBlock*16; toFree<(mem3.nPool*16); toFree *= 2){
+    memsys3OutOfMemory(toFree);
+    if( mem3.iMaster ){
+      memsys3Link(mem3.iMaster);
+      mem3.iMaster = 0;
+      mem3.szMaster = 0;
+    }
+    for(i=0; i<N_HASH; i++){
+      memsys3Merge(&mem3.aiHash[i]);
+    }
+    for(i=0; i<MX_SMALL-1; i++){
+      memsys3Merge(&mem3.aiSmall[i]);
+    }
+    if( mem3.szMaster ){
+      memsys3Unlink(mem3.iMaster);
+      if( mem3.szMaster>=nBlock ){
+        return memsys3FromMaster(nBlock);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If none of the above worked, then we fail. */
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Free an outstanding memory allocation.
+**
+** This function assumes that the necessary mutexes, if any, are
+** already held by the caller. Hence "Unsafe".
+*/
+void memsys3FreeUnsafe(void *pOld){
+  Mem3Block *p = (Mem3Block*)pOld;
+  int i;
+  u32 size, x;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
+  assert( p>mem3.aPool && p<&mem3.aPool[mem3.nPool] );
+  i = p - mem3.aPool;
+  assert( (mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x&1)==1 );
+  size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4;
+  assert( i+size<=mem3.nPool+1 );
+  mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x &= ~1;
+  mem3.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize = size;
+  mem3.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.size4x &= ~2;
+  memsys3Link(i);
+
+  /* Try to expand the master using the newly freed chunk */
+  if( mem3.iMaster ){
+    while( (mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x&2)==0 ){
+      size = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize;
+      mem3.iMaster -= size;
+      mem3.szMaster += size;
+      memsys3Unlink(mem3.iMaster);
+      x = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2;
+      mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x = mem3.szMaster*4 | x;
+      mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.szMaster;
+    }
+    x = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2;
+    while( (mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x&1)==0 ){
+      memsys3Unlink(mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster);
+      mem3.szMaster += mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x/4;
+      mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x = mem3.szMaster*4 | x;
+      mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.szMaster;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the size of an outstanding allocation, in bytes.  The
+** size returned omits the 8-byte header overhead.  This only
+** works for chunks that are currently checked out.
+*/
+static int memsys3Size(void *p){
+  Mem3Block *pBlock;
+  if( p==0 ) return 0;
+  pBlock = (Mem3Block*)p;
+  assert( (pBlock[-1].u.hdr.size4x&1)!=0 );
+  return (pBlock[-1].u.hdr.size4x&~3)*2 - 4;
+}
+
+/*
+** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size.
+*/
+static int memsys3Roundup(int n){
+  if( n<=12 ){
+    return 12;
+  }else{
+    return ((n+11)&~7) - 4;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate nBytes of memory.
+*/
+static void *memsys3Malloc(int nBytes){
+  sqlite3_int64 *p;
+  assert( nBytes>0 );          /* malloc.c filters out 0 byte requests */
+  memsys3Enter();
+  p = memsys3MallocUnsafe(nBytes);
+  memsys3Leave();
+  return (void*)p; 
+}
+
+/*
+** Free memory.
+*/
+void memsys3Free(void *pPrior){
+  assert( pPrior );
+  memsys3Enter();
+  memsys3FreeUnsafe(pPrior);
+  memsys3Leave();
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the size of an existing memory allocation
+*/
+void *memsys3Realloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes){
+  int nOld;
+  void *p;
+  if( pPrior==0 ){
+    return sqlite3_malloc(nBytes);
+  }
+  if( nBytes<=0 ){
+    sqlite3_free(pPrior);
+    return 0;
+  }
+  nOld = memsys3Size(pPrior);
+  if( nBytes<=nOld && nBytes>=nOld-128 ){
+    return pPrior;
+  }
+  memsys3Enter();
+  p = memsys3MallocUnsafe(nBytes);
+  if( p ){
+    if( nOld<nBytes ){
+      memcpy(p, pPrior, nOld);
+    }else{
+      memcpy(p, pPrior, nBytes);
+    }
+    memsys3FreeUnsafe(pPrior);
+  }
+  memsys3Leave();
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize this module.
+*/
+static int memsys3Init(void *NotUsed){
+  if( !sqlite3Config.pHeap ){
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Store a pointer to the memory block in global structure mem3. */
+  assert( sizeof(Mem3Block)==8 );
+  mem3.aPool = (Mem3Block *)sqlite3Config.pHeap;
+  mem3.nPool = (sqlite3Config.nHeap / sizeof(Mem3Block)) - 2;
+
+  /* Initialize the master block. */
+  mem3.szMaster = mem3.nPool;
+  mem3.mnMaster = mem3.szMaster;
+  mem3.iMaster = 1;
+  mem3.aPool[0].u.hdr.size4x = (mem3.szMaster<<2) + 2;
+  mem3.aPool[mem3.nPool].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.nPool;
+  mem3.aPool[mem3.nPool].u.hdr.size4x = 1;
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Deinitialize this module.
+*/
+static void memsys3Shutdown(void *NotUsed){
+  return;
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory 
+** allocations into that log.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Memsys3Dump(const char *zFilename){
+  FILE *out;
+  int i, j;
+  u32 size;
+  if( zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]==0 ){
+    out = stdout;
+  }else{
+    out = fopen(zFilename, "w");
+    if( out==0 ){
+      fprintf(stderr, "** Unable to output memory debug output log: %s **\n",
+                      zFilename);
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+  memsys3Enter();
+  fprintf(out, "CHUNKS:\n");
+  for(i=1; i<=mem3.nPool; i+=size/4){
+    size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x;
+    if( size/4<=1 ){
+      fprintf(out, "%p size error\n", &mem3.aPool[i]);
+      assert( 0 );
+      break;
+    }
+    if( (size&1)==0 && mem3.aPool[i+size/4-1].u.hdr.prevSize!=size/4 ){
+      fprintf(out, "%p tail size does not match\n", &mem3.aPool[i]);
+      assert( 0 );
+      break;
+    }
+    if( ((mem3.aPool[i+size/4-1].u.hdr.size4x&2)>>1)!=(size&1) ){
+      fprintf(out, "%p tail checkout bit is incorrect\n", &mem3.aPool[i]);
+      assert( 0 );
+      break;
+    }
+    if( size&1 ){
+      fprintf(out, "%p %6d bytes checked out\n", &mem3.aPool[i], (size/4)*8-8);
+    }else{
+      fprintf(out, "%p %6d bytes free%s\n", &mem3.aPool[i], (size/4)*8-8,
+                  i==mem3.iMaster ? " **master**" : "");
+    }
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<MX_SMALL-1; i++){
+    if( mem3.aiSmall[i]==0 ) continue;
+    fprintf(out, "small(%2d):", i);
+    for(j = mem3.aiSmall[i]; j>0; j=mem3.aPool[j].u.list.next){
+      fprintf(out, " %p(%d)", &mem3.aPool[j],
+              (mem3.aPool[j-1].u.hdr.size4x/4)*8-8);
+    }
+    fprintf(out, "\n"); 
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<N_HASH; i++){
+    if( mem3.aiHash[i]==0 ) continue;
+    fprintf(out, "hash(%2d):", i);
+    for(j = mem3.aiHash[i]; j>0; j=mem3.aPool[j].u.list.next){
+      fprintf(out, " %p(%d)", &mem3.aPool[j],
+              (mem3.aPool[j-1].u.hdr.size4x/4)*8-8);
+    }
+    fprintf(out, "\n"); 
+  }
+  fprintf(out, "master=%d\n", mem3.iMaster);
+  fprintf(out, "nowUsed=%d\n", mem3.nPool*8 - mem3.szMaster*8);
+  fprintf(out, "mxUsed=%d\n", mem3.nPool*8 - mem3.mnMaster*8);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem3.mutex);
+  if( out==stdout ){
+    fflush(stdout);
+  }else{
+    fclose(out);
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** This routine is the only routine in this file with external 
+** linkage.
+**
+** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in
+** sqlite3Config.m with pointers to the routines in this file. The
+** arguments specify the block of memory to manage.
+**
+** This routine is only called by sqlite3_config(), and therefore
+** is not required to be threadsafe (it is not).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys3(void){
+  static const sqlite3_mem_methods mempoolMethods = {
+     memsys3Malloc,
+     memsys3Free,
+     memsys3Realloc,
+     memsys3Size,
+     memsys3Roundup,
+     memsys3Init,
+     memsys3Shutdown,
+     0
+  };
+  return &mempoolMethods;
+}
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 */
+
+/************** End of mem3.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file mem5.c ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2007 October 14
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains the C functions that implement a memory
+** allocation subsystem for use by SQLite. 
+**
+** This version of the memory allocation subsystem omits all
+** use of malloc(). The SQLite user supplies a block of memory
+** before calling sqlite3_initialize() from which allocations
+** are made and returned by the xMalloc() and xRealloc() 
+** implementations. Once sqlite3_initialize() has been called,
+** the amount of memory available to SQLite is fixed and cannot
+** be changed.
+**
+** This version of the memory allocation subsystem is included
+** in the build only if SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 is defined.
+**
+** $Id: mem5.c,v 1.11 2008/07/16 12:25:32 drh Exp $
+*/
+
+/*
+** This version of the memory allocator is used only when 
+** SQLITE_POW2_MEMORY_SIZE is defined.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5
+
+/*
+** Log2 of the minimum size of an allocation.  For example, if
+** 4 then all allocations will be rounded up to at least 16 bytes.
+** If 5 then all allocations will be rounded up to at least 32 bytes.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_POW2_LOGMIN
+# define SQLITE_POW2_LOGMIN 6
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Log2 of the maximum size of an allocation.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_POW2_LOGMAX
+# define SQLITE_POW2_LOGMAX 20
+#endif
+#define POW2_MAX (((unsigned int)1)<<SQLITE_POW2_LOGMAX)
+
+/*
+** Number of distinct allocation sizes.
+*/
+#define NSIZE (SQLITE_POW2_LOGMAX - SQLITE_POW2_LOGMIN + 1)
+
+/*
+** A minimum allocation is an instance of the following structure.
+** Larger allocations are an array of these structures where the
+** size of the array is a power of 2.
+*/
+typedef struct Mem5Link Mem5Link;
+struct Mem5Link {
+  int next;       /* Index of next free chunk */
+  int prev;       /* Index of previous free chunk */
+};
+
+/*
+** Maximum size of any allocation is ((1<<LOGMAX)*mem5.nAtom). Since
+** mem5.nAtom is always at least 8, this is not really a practical
+** limitation.
+*/
+#define LOGMAX 30
+
+/*
+** Masks used for mem5.aCtrl[] elements.
+*/
+#define CTRL_LOGSIZE  0x1f    /* Log2 Size of this block relative to POW2_MIN */
+#define CTRL_FREE     0x20    /* True if not checked out */
+
+/*
+** All of the static variables used by this module are collected
+** into a single structure named "mem5".  This is to keep the
+** static variables organized and to reduce namespace pollution
+** when this module is combined with other in the amalgamation.
+*/
+static struct {
+  /*
+  ** The alarm callback and its arguments.  The mem5.mutex lock will
+  ** be held while the callback is running.  Recursive calls into
+  ** the memory subsystem are allowed, but no new callbacks will be
+  ** issued.  The alarmBusy variable is set to prevent recursive
+  ** callbacks.
+  */
+  sqlite3_int64 alarmThreshold;
+  void (*alarmCallback)(void*, sqlite3_int64,int);
+  void *alarmArg;
+  int alarmBusy;
+  
+  /*
+  ** Mutex to control access to the memory allocation subsystem.
+  */
+  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;
+
+  /*
+  ** Performance statistics
+  */
+  u64 nAlloc;         /* Total number of calls to malloc */
+  u64 totalAlloc;     /* Total of all malloc calls - includes internal frag */
+  u64 totalExcess;    /* Total internal fragmentation */
+  u32 currentOut;     /* Current checkout, including internal fragmentation */
+  u32 currentCount;   /* Current number of distinct checkouts */
+  u32 maxOut;         /* Maximum instantaneous currentOut */
+  u32 maxCount;       /* Maximum instantaneous currentCount */
+  u32 maxRequest;     /* Largest allocation (exclusive of internal frag) */
+  
+  /*
+  ** Lists of free blocks of various sizes.
+  */
+  int aiFreelist[LOGMAX+1];
+
+  /*
+  ** Space for tracking which blocks are checked out and the size
+  ** of each block.  One byte per block.
+  */
+  u8 *aCtrl;
+
+  /*
+  ** Memory available for allocation
+  */
+  int nAtom;       /* Smallest possible allocation in bytes */
+  int nBlock;      /* Number of nAtom sized blocks in zPool */
+  u8 *zPool;
+} mem5;
+
+#define MEM5LINK(idx) ((Mem5Link *)(&mem5.zPool[(idx)*mem5.nAtom]))
+
+/*
+** Unlink the chunk at mem5.aPool[i] from list it is currently
+** on.  It should be found on mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize].
+*/
+static void memsys5Unlink(int i, int iLogsize){
+  int next, prev;
+  assert( i>=0 && i<mem5.nBlock );
+  assert( iLogsize>=0 && iLogsize<=LOGMAX );
+  assert( (mem5.aCtrl[i] & CTRL_LOGSIZE)==iLogsize );
+
+  next = MEM5LINK(i)->next;
+  prev = MEM5LINK(i)->prev;
+  if( prev<0 ){
+    mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize] = next;
+  }else{
+    MEM5LINK(prev)->next = next;
+  }
+  if( next>=0 ){
+    MEM5LINK(next)->prev = prev;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Link the chunk at mem5.aPool[i] so that is on the iLogsize
+** free list.
+*/
+static void memsys5Link(int i, int iLogsize){
+  int x;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem5.mutex) );
+  assert( i>=0 && i<mem5.nBlock );
+  assert( iLogsize>=0 && iLogsize<=LOGMAX );
+  assert( (mem5.aCtrl[i] & CTRL_LOGSIZE)==iLogsize );
+
+  x = MEM5LINK(i)->next = mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize];
+  MEM5LINK(i)->prev = -1;
+  if( x>=0 ){
+    assert( x<mem5.nBlock );
+    MEM5LINK(x)->prev = i;
+  }
+  mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize] = i;
+}
+
+/*
+** If the STATIC_MEM mutex is not already held, obtain it now. The mutex
+** will already be held (obtained by code in malloc.c) if
+** sqlite3Config.bMemStat is true.
+*/
+static void memsys5Enter(void){
+  if( sqlite3Config.bMemstat==0 && mem5.mutex==0 ){
+    mem5.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM);
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem5.mutex);
+}
+static void memsys5Leave(void){
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem5.mutex);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the size of an outstanding allocation, in bytes.  The
+** size returned omits the 8-byte header overhead.  This only
+** works for chunks that are currently checked out.
+*/
+static int memsys5Size(void *p){
+  int iSize = 0;
+  if( p ){
+    int i = ((u8 *)p-mem5.zPool)/mem5.nAtom;
+    assert( i>=0 && i<mem5.nBlock );
+    iSize = mem5.nAtom * (1 << (mem5.aCtrl[i]&CTRL_LOGSIZE));
+  }
+  return iSize;
+}
+
+/*
+** Find the first entry on the freelist iLogsize.  Unlink that
+** entry and return its index. 
+*/
+static int memsys5UnlinkFirst(int iLogsize){
+  int i;
+  int iFirst;
+
+  assert( iLogsize>=0 && iLogsize<=LOGMAX );
+  i = iFirst = mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize];
+  assert( iFirst>=0 );
+  while( i>0 ){
+    if( i<iFirst ) iFirst = i;
+    i = MEM5LINK(i)->next;
+  }
+  memsys5Unlink(iFirst, iLogsize);
+  return iFirst;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a block of memory of at least nBytes in size.
+** Return NULL if unable.
+*/
+static void *memsys5MallocUnsafe(int nByte){
+  int i;           /* Index of a mem5.aPool[] slot */
+  int iBin;        /* Index into mem5.aiFreelist[] */
+  int iFullSz;     /* Size of allocation rounded up to power of 2 */
+  int iLogsize;    /* Log2 of iFullSz/POW2_MIN */
+
+  /* Keep track of the maximum allocation request.  Even unfulfilled
+  ** requests are counted */
+  if( nByte>mem5.maxRequest ){
+    mem5.maxRequest = nByte;
+  }
+
+  /* Round nByte up to the next valid power of two */
+  if( nByte>POW2_MAX ) return 0;
+  for(iFullSz=mem5.nAtom, iLogsize=0; iFullSz<nByte; iFullSz *= 2, iLogsize++){}
+
+  /* Make sure mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize] contains at least one free
+  ** block.  If not, then split a block of the next larger power of
+  ** two in order to create a new free block of size iLogsize.
+  */
+  for(iBin=iLogsize; mem5.aiFreelist[iBin]<0 && iBin<=LOGMAX; iBin++){}
+  if( iBin>LOGMAX ) return 0;
+  i = memsys5UnlinkFirst(iBin);
+  while( iBin>iLogsize ){
+    int newSize;
+
+    iBin--;
+    newSize = 1 << iBin;
+    mem5.aCtrl[i+newSize] = CTRL_FREE | iBin;
+    memsys5Link(i+newSize, iBin);
+  }
+  mem5.aCtrl[i] = iLogsize;
+
+  /* Update allocator performance statistics. */
+  mem5.nAlloc++;
+  mem5.totalAlloc += iFullSz;
+  mem5.totalExcess += iFullSz - nByte;
+  mem5.currentCount++;
+  mem5.currentOut += iFullSz;
+  if( mem5.maxCount<mem5.currentCount ) mem5.maxCount = mem5.currentCount;
+  if( mem5.maxOut<mem5.currentOut ) mem5.maxOut = mem5.currentOut;
+
+  /* Return a pointer to the allocated memory. */
+  return (void*)&mem5.zPool[i*mem5.nAtom];
+}
+
+/*
+** Free an outstanding memory allocation.
+*/
+static void memsys5FreeUnsafe(void *pOld){
+  u32 size, iLogsize;
+  int iBlock;             
+
+  /* Set iBlock to the index of the block pointed to by pOld in 
+  ** the array of mem5.nAtom byte blocks pointed to by mem5.zPool.
+  */
+  iBlock = ((u8 *)pOld-mem5.zPool)/mem5.nAtom;
+
+  /* Check that the pointer pOld points to a valid, non-free block. */
+  assert( iBlock>=0 && iBlock<mem5.nBlock );
+  assert( ((u8 *)pOld-mem5.zPool)%mem5.nAtom==0 );
+  assert( (mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] & CTRL_FREE)==0 );
+
+  iLogsize = mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] & CTRL_LOGSIZE;
+  size = 1<<iLogsize;
+  assert( iBlock+size-1<mem5.nBlock );
+
+  mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] |= CTRL_FREE;
+  mem5.aCtrl[iBlock+size-1] |= CTRL_FREE;
+  assert( mem5.currentCount>0 );
+  assert( mem5.currentOut>=0 );
+  mem5.currentCount--;
+  mem5.currentOut -= size*mem5.nAtom;
+  assert( mem5.currentOut>0 || mem5.currentCount==0 );
+  assert( mem5.currentCount>0 || mem5.currentOut==0 );
+
+  mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] = CTRL_FREE | iLogsize;
+  while( iLogsize<LOGMAX ){
+    int iBuddy;
+    if( (iBlock>>iLogsize) & 1 ){
+      iBuddy = iBlock - size;
+    }else{
+      iBuddy = iBlock + size;
+    }
+    assert( iBuddy>=0 );
+    if( (iBuddy+(1<<iLogsize))>mem5.nBlock ) break;
+    if( mem5.aCtrl[iBuddy]!=(CTRL_FREE | iLogsize) ) break;
+    memsys5Unlink(iBuddy, iLogsize);
+    iLogsize++;
+    if( iBuddy<iBlock ){
+      mem5.aCtrl[iBuddy] = CTRL_FREE | iLogsize;
+      mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] = 0;
+      iBlock = iBuddy;
+    }else{
+      mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] = CTRL_FREE | iLogsize;
+      mem5.aCtrl[iBuddy] = 0;
+    }
+    size *= 2;
+  }
+  memsys5Link(iBlock, iLogsize);
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate nBytes of memory
+*/
+static void *memsys5Malloc(int nBytes){
+  sqlite3_int64 *p = 0;
+  if( nBytes>0 ){
+    memsys5Enter();
+    p = memsys5MallocUnsafe(nBytes);
+    memsys5Leave();
+  }
+  return (void*)p; 
+}
+
+/*
+** Free memory.
+*/
+static void memsys5Free(void *pPrior){
+  if( pPrior==0 ){
+assert(0);
+    return;
+  }
+  memsys5Enter();
+  memsys5FreeUnsafe(pPrior);
+  memsys5Leave();  
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the size of an existing memory allocation
+*/
+static void *memsys5Realloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes){
+  int nOld;
+  void *p;
+  if( pPrior==0 ){
+    return memsys5Malloc(nBytes);
+  }
+  if( nBytes<=0 ){
+    memsys5Free(pPrior);
+    return 0;
+  }
+  nOld = memsys5Size(pPrior);
+  if( nBytes<=nOld ){
+    return pPrior;
+  }
+  memsys5Enter();
+  p = memsys5MallocUnsafe(nBytes);
+  if( p ){
+    memcpy(p, pPrior, nOld);
+    memsys5FreeUnsafe(pPrior);
+  }
+  memsys5Leave();
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size.
+*/
+static int memsys5Roundup(int n){
+  int iFullSz;
+  for(iFullSz=mem5.nAtom; iFullSz<n; iFullSz *= 2);
+  return iFullSz;
+}
+
+static int memsys5Log(int iValue){
+  int iLog;
+  for(iLog=0; (1<<iLog)<iValue; iLog++);
+  return iLog;
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize this module.
+*/
+static int memsys5Init(void *NotUsed){
+  int ii;
+  int nByte = sqlite3Config.nHeap;
+  u8 *zByte = (u8 *)sqlite3Config.pHeap;
+  int nMinLog;                 /* Log of minimum allocation size in bytes*/
+  int iOffset;
+
+  if( !zByte ){
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  nMinLog = memsys5Log(sqlite3Config.mnReq);
+  mem5.nAtom = (1<<nMinLog);
+  while( sizeof(Mem5Link)>mem5.nAtom ){
+    mem5.nAtom = mem5.nAtom << 1;
+  }
+
+  mem5.nBlock = (nByte / (mem5.nAtom+sizeof(u8)));
+  mem5.zPool = zByte;
+  mem5.aCtrl = (u8 *)&mem5.zPool[mem5.nBlock*mem5.nAtom];
+
+  for(ii=0; ii<=LOGMAX; ii++){
+    mem5.aiFreelist[ii] = -1;
+  }
+
+  iOffset = 0;
+  for(ii=LOGMAX; ii>=0; ii--){
+    int nAlloc = (1<<ii);
+    if( (iOffset+nAlloc)<=mem5.nBlock ){
+      mem5.aCtrl[iOffset] = ii | CTRL_FREE;
+      memsys5Link(iOffset, ii);
+      iOffset += nAlloc;
+    }
+    assert((iOffset+nAlloc)>mem5.nBlock);
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Deinitialize this module.
+*/
+static void memsys5Shutdown(void *NotUsed){
+  return;
+}
+
+/*
+** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory 
+** allocations into that log.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Memsys5Dump(const char *zFilename){
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  FILE *out;
+  int i, j, n;
+  int nMinLog;
+
+  if( zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]==0 ){
+    out = stdout;
+  }else{
+    out = fopen(zFilename, "w");
+    if( out==0 ){
+      fprintf(stderr, "** Unable to output memory debug output log: %s **\n",
+                      zFilename);
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+  memsys5Enter();
+  nMinLog = memsys5Log(mem5.nAtom);
+  for(i=0; i<=LOGMAX && i+nMinLog<32; i++){
+    for(n=0, j=mem5.aiFreelist[i]; j>=0; j = MEM5LINK(j)->next, n++){}
+    fprintf(out, "freelist items of size %d: %d\n", mem5.nAtom << i, n);
+  }
+  fprintf(out, "mem5.nAlloc       = %llu\n", mem5.nAlloc);
+  fprintf(out, "mem5.totalAlloc   = %llu\n", mem5.totalAlloc);
+  fprintf(out, "mem5.totalExcess  = %llu\n", mem5.totalExcess);
+  fprintf(out, "mem5.currentOut   = %u\n", mem5.currentOut);
+  fprintf(out, "mem5.currentCount = %u\n", mem5.currentCount);
+  fprintf(out, "mem5.maxOut       = %u\n", mem5.maxOut);
+  fprintf(out, "mem5.maxCount     = %u\n", mem5.maxCount);
+  fprintf(out, "mem5.maxRequest   = %u\n", mem5.maxRequest);
+  memsys5Leave();
+  if( out==stdout ){
+    fflush(stdout);
+  }else{
+    fclose(out);
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is the only routine in this file with external 
+** linkage. It returns a pointer to a static sqlite3_mem_methods
+** struct populated with the memsys5 methods.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys5(void){
+  static const sqlite3_mem_methods memsys5Methods = {
+     memsys5Malloc,
+     memsys5Free,
+     memsys5Realloc,
+     memsys5Size,
+     memsys5Roundup,
+     memsys5Init,
+     memsys5Shutdown,
+     0
+  };
+  return &memsys5Methods;
+}
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 */
+
+/************** End of mem5.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file mem6.c ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 July 24
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains an alternative memory allocation system for SQLite.
+** This system is implemented as a wrapper around the system provided
+** by the operating system - vanilla malloc(), realloc() and free().
+**
+** This system differentiates between requests for "small" allocations 
+** (by default those of 128 bytes or less) and "large" allocations (all
+** others). The 256 byte threshhold is configurable at runtime.
+**
+** All requests for large allocations are passed through to the 
+** default system.
+**
+** Requests for small allocations are met by allocating space within
+** one or more larger "chunks" of memory obtained from the default
+** memory allocation system. Chunks of memory are usually 64KB or 
+** larger. The algorithm used to manage space within each chunk is
+** the same as that used by mem5.c. 
+**
+** This strategy is designed to prevent the default memory allocation
+** system (usually the system malloc) from suffering from heap 
+** fragmentation. On some systems, heap fragmentation can cause a 
+** significant real-time slowdown.
+**
+** $Id: mem6.c,v 1.7 2008/07/28 19:34:53 drh Exp $
+*/
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS6
+
+
+/*
+** Maximum size of any "small" allocation is ((1<<LOGMAX)*Mem6Chunk.nAtom).
+** Mem6Chunk.nAtom is always at least 8, so this is not a practical
+** limitation
+*/
+#define LOGMAX 30
+
+/*
+** Default value for the "small" allocation size threshold.
+*/
+#define SMALL_MALLOC_DEFAULT_THRESHOLD 256
+
+/*
+** Minimum size for a memory chunk.
+*/
+#define MIN_CHUNKSIZE (1<<16)
+
+#define LOG2_MINALLOC 4
+
+
+typedef struct Mem6Chunk Mem6Chunk;
+typedef struct Mem6Link Mem6Link;
+
+/*
+** A minimum allocation is an instance of the following structure.
+** Larger allocations are an array of these structures where the
+** size of the array is a power of 2.
+*/
+struct Mem6Link {
+  int next;       /* Index of next free chunk */
+  int prev;       /* Index of previous free chunk */
+};
+
+/*
+** Masks used for mem5.aCtrl[] elements.
+*/
+#define CTRL_LOGSIZE  0x1f    /* Log2 Size of this block relative to POW2_MIN */
+#define CTRL_FREE     0x20    /* True if not checked out */
+
+struct Mem6Chunk {
+  Mem6Chunk *pNext;
+
+  /*
+  ** Lists of free blocks of various sizes.
+  */
+  int aiFreelist[LOGMAX+1];
+
+  int nCheckedOut; /* Number of currently outstanding allocations */
+
+  /*
+  ** Space for tracking which blocks are checked out and the size
+  ** of each block. One byte per block.
+  */
+  u8 *aCtrl;
+
+  /*
+  ** Memory available for allocation
+  */
+  int nAtom;       /* Smallest possible allocation in bytes */
+  int nBlock;      /* Number of nAtom sized blocks in zPool */
+  u8 *zPool;       /* Pointer to memory chunk from which allocations are made */
+};
+
+#define MEM6LINK(idx) ((Mem6Link *)(&pChunk->zPool[(idx)*pChunk->nAtom]))
+
+struct Mem6Global {
+  int nMinAlloc;                  /* Minimum allowed allocation size */
+  int nThreshold;                 /* Allocs larger than this go to malloc() */
+  int nLogThreshold;              /* log2 of (nThreshold/nMinAlloc) */
+  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;
+  Mem6Chunk *pChunk;              /* Singly linked list of all memory chunks */
+} mem6;
+
+/*
+** Unlink the chunk at pChunk->aPool[i] from list it is currently
+** on.  It should be found on pChunk->aiFreelist[iLogsize].
+*/
+static void memsys6Unlink(Mem6Chunk *pChunk, int i, int iLogsize){
+  int next, prev;
+  assert( i>=0 && i<pChunk->nBlock );
+  assert( iLogsize>=0 && iLogsize<=mem6.nLogThreshold );
+  assert( (pChunk->aCtrl[i] & CTRL_LOGSIZE)==iLogsize );
+
+  next = MEM6LINK(i)->next;
+  prev = MEM6LINK(i)->prev;
+  if( prev<0 ){
+    pChunk->aiFreelist[iLogsize] = next;
+  }else{
+    MEM6LINK(prev)->next = next;
+  }
+  if( next>=0 ){
+    MEM6LINK(next)->prev = prev;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Link the chunk at mem5.aPool[i] so that is on the iLogsize
+** free list.
+*/
+static void memsys6Link(Mem6Chunk *pChunk, int i, int iLogsize){
+  int x;
+  assert( i>=0 && i<pChunk->nBlock );
+  assert( iLogsize>=0 && iLogsize<=mem6.nLogThreshold );
+  assert( (pChunk->aCtrl[i] & CTRL_LOGSIZE)==iLogsize );
+
+  x = MEM6LINK(i)->next = pChunk->aiFreelist[iLogsize];
+  MEM6LINK(i)->prev = -1;
+  if( x>=0 ){
+    assert( x<pChunk->nBlock );
+    MEM6LINK(x)->prev = i;
+  }
+  pChunk->aiFreelist[iLogsize] = i;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Find the first entry on the freelist iLogsize.  Unlink that
+** entry and return its index. 
+*/
+static int memsys6UnlinkFirst(Mem6Chunk *pChunk, int iLogsize){
+  int i;
+  int iFirst;
+
+  assert( iLogsize>=0 && iLogsize<=mem6.nLogThreshold );
+  i = iFirst = pChunk->aiFreelist[iLogsize];
+  assert( iFirst>=0 );
+  memsys6Unlink(pChunk, iFirst, iLogsize);
+  return iFirst;
+}
+
+static int roundupLog2(int n){
+  static const char LogTable256[256] = {
+    0,                                                    /* 1 */
+    1,                                                    /* 2 */
+    2, 2,                                                 /* 3..4 */
+    3, 3, 3, 3,                                           /* 5..8 */
+    4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4,                               /* 9..16 */
+    5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5,       /* 17..32 */
+    6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6,
+    6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6,       /* 33..64 */
+    7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7,
+    7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7,
+    7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7,
+    7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7,       /* 65..128 */
+    8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8,
+    8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8,
+    8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8,
+    8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8,
+    8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8,
+    8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8,
+    8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8,
+    8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8,       /* 129..256 */
+  };
+
+  assert(n<=(1<<16) && n>0);
+  if( n<=256 ) return LogTable256[n-1];
+  return LogTable256[(n>>8) - ((n&0xFF)?0:1)] + 8;
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate and return a block of (pChunk->nAtom << iLogsize) bytes from chunk
+** pChunk. If the allocation request cannot be satisfied, return 0.
+*/
+static void *chunkMalloc(Mem6Chunk *pChunk, int iLogsize){
+  int i;           /* Index of a mem5.aPool[] slot */
+  int iBin;        /* Index into mem5.aiFreelist[] */
+
+  /* Make sure mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize] contains at least one free
+  ** block.  If not, then split a block of the next larger power of
+  ** two in order to create a new free block of size iLogsize.
+  */
+  for(iBin=iLogsize; pChunk->aiFreelist[iBin]<0 && iBin<=mem6.nLogThreshold; iBin++){}
+  if( iBin>mem6.nLogThreshold ) return 0;
+  i = memsys6UnlinkFirst(pChunk, iBin);
+  while( iBin>iLogsize ){
+    int newSize;
+    iBin--;
+    newSize = 1 << iBin;
+    pChunk->aCtrl[i+newSize] = CTRL_FREE | iBin;
+    memsys6Link(pChunk, i+newSize, iBin);
+  }
+  pChunk->aCtrl[i] = iLogsize;
+
+  /* Return a pointer to the allocated memory. */
+  pChunk->nCheckedOut++;
+  return (void*)&pChunk->zPool[i*pChunk->nAtom];
+}
+
+/*
+** Free the allocation pointed to by p, which is guaranteed to be non-zero
+** and a part of chunk object pChunk.
+*/
+static void chunkFree(Mem6Chunk *pChunk, void *pOld){
+  u32 size, iLogsize;
+  int iBlock;             
+
+  /* Set iBlock to the index of the block pointed to by pOld in 
+  ** the array of pChunk->nAtom byte blocks pointed to by pChunk->zPool.
+  */
+  iBlock = ((u8 *)pOld-pChunk->zPool)/pChunk->nAtom;
+
+  /* Check that the pointer pOld points to a valid, non-free block. */
+  assert( iBlock>=0 && iBlock<pChunk->nBlock );
+  assert( ((u8 *)pOld-pChunk->zPool)%pChunk->nAtom==0 );
+  assert( (pChunk->aCtrl[iBlock] & CTRL_FREE)==0 );
+
+  iLogsize = pChunk->aCtrl[iBlock] & CTRL_LOGSIZE;
+  size = 1<<iLogsize;
+  assert( iBlock+size-1<pChunk->nBlock );
+
+  pChunk->aCtrl[iBlock] |= CTRL_FREE;
+  pChunk->aCtrl[iBlock+size-1] |= CTRL_FREE;
+
+  pChunk->aCtrl[iBlock] = CTRL_FREE | iLogsize;
+  while( iLogsize<mem6.nLogThreshold ){
+    int iBuddy;
+    if( (iBlock>>iLogsize) & 1 ){
+      iBuddy = iBlock - size;
+    }else{
+      iBuddy = iBlock + size;
+    }
+    assert( iBuddy>=0 );
+    if( (iBuddy+(1<<iLogsize))>pChunk->nBlock ) break;
+    if( pChunk->aCtrl[iBuddy]!=(CTRL_FREE | iLogsize) ) break;
+    memsys6Unlink(pChunk, iBuddy, iLogsize);
+    iLogsize++;
+    if( iBuddy<iBlock ){
+      pChunk->aCtrl[iBuddy] = CTRL_FREE | iLogsize;
+      pChunk->aCtrl[iBlock] = 0;
+      iBlock = iBuddy;
+    }else{
+      pChunk->aCtrl[iBlock] = CTRL_FREE | iLogsize;
+      pChunk->aCtrl[iBuddy] = 0;
+    }
+    size *= 2;
+  }
+  pChunk->nCheckedOut--;
+  memsys6Link(pChunk, iBlock, iLogsize);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the actual size of the block pointed to by p, which is guaranteed
+** to have been allocated from chunk pChunk.
+*/
+static int chunkSize(Mem6Chunk *pChunk, void *p){
+  int iSize = 0;
+  if( p ){
+    int i = ((u8 *)p-pChunk->zPool)/pChunk->nAtom;
+    assert( i>=0 && i<pChunk->nBlock );
+    iSize = pChunk->nAtom * (1 << (pChunk->aCtrl[i]&CTRL_LOGSIZE));
+  }
+  return iSize;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return true if there are currently no outstanding allocations.
+*/
+static int chunkIsEmpty(Mem6Chunk *pChunk){
+  return (pChunk->nCheckedOut==0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize the buffer zChunk, which is nChunk bytes in size, as
+** an Mem6Chunk object. Return a copy of the zChunk pointer.
+*/
+static Mem6Chunk *chunkInit(u8 *zChunk, int nChunk, int nMinAlloc){
+  int ii;
+  int iOffset;
+  Mem6Chunk *pChunk = (Mem6Chunk *)zChunk;
+
+  assert( nChunk>sizeof(Mem6Chunk) );
+  assert( nMinAlloc>sizeof(Mem6Link) );
+
+  memset(pChunk, 0, sizeof(Mem6Chunk));
+  pChunk->nAtom = nMinAlloc;
+  pChunk->nBlock = ((nChunk-sizeof(Mem6Chunk)) / (pChunk->nAtom+sizeof(u8)));
+
+  pChunk->zPool = (u8 *)&pChunk[1];
+  pChunk->aCtrl = &pChunk->zPool[pChunk->nBlock*pChunk->nAtom];
+
+  for(ii=0; ii<=mem6.nLogThreshold; ii++){
+    pChunk->aiFreelist[ii] = -1;
+  }
+
+  iOffset = 0;
+  for(ii=mem6.nLogThreshold; ii>=0; ii--){
+    int nAlloc = (1<<ii);
+    while( (iOffset+nAlloc)<=pChunk->nBlock ){
+      pChunk->aCtrl[iOffset] = ii | CTRL_FREE;
+      memsys6Link(pChunk, iOffset, ii);
+      iOffset += nAlloc;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return pChunk;
+}
+
+
+static void mem6Enter(void){
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem6.mutex);
+}
+
+static void mem6Leave(void){
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem6.mutex);
+}
+
+/*
+** Based on the number and size of the currently allocated chunks, return
+** the size of the next chunk to allocate, in bytes.
+*/
+static int nextChunkSize(void){
+  int iTotal = MIN_CHUNKSIZE;
+  Mem6Chunk *p;
+  for(p=mem6.pChunk; p; p=p->pNext){
+    iTotal = iTotal*2;
+  }
+  return iTotal;
+}
+
+static void freeChunk(Mem6Chunk *pChunk){
+  Mem6Chunk **pp = &mem6.pChunk;
+  for( pp=&mem6.pChunk; *pp!=pChunk; pp = &(*pp)->pNext );
+  *pp = (*pp)->pNext;
+  free(pChunk);
+}
+
+static void *memsys6Malloc(int nByte){
+  Mem6Chunk *pChunk;
+  void *p = 0;
+  int nTotal = nByte+8;
+  int iOffset = 0;
+
+  if( nTotal>mem6.nThreshold ){
+    p = malloc(nTotal);
+  }else{
+    int iLogsize = 0;
+    if( nTotal>(1<<LOG2_MINALLOC) ){
+      iLogsize = roundupLog2(nTotal) - LOG2_MINALLOC;
+    }
+    mem6Enter();
+    for(pChunk=mem6.pChunk; pChunk; pChunk=pChunk->pNext){
+      p = chunkMalloc(pChunk, iLogsize);
+      if( p ){
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    if( !p ){
+      int iSize = nextChunkSize();
+      p = malloc(iSize);
+      if( p ){
+        pChunk = chunkInit((u8 *)p, iSize, mem6.nMinAlloc);
+        pChunk->pNext = mem6.pChunk;
+        mem6.pChunk = pChunk;
+        p = chunkMalloc(pChunk, iLogsize);
+        assert(p);
+      }
+    }
+    iOffset = ((u8*)p - (u8*)pChunk);
+    mem6Leave();
+  }
+
+  if( !p ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  ((u32 *)p)[0] = iOffset;
+  ((u32 *)p)[1] = nByte;
+  return &((u32 *)p)[2];
+}
+
+static int memsys6Size(void *pPrior){
+  if( pPrior==0 ) return 0;
+  return ((u32*)pPrior)[-1];
+}
+
+static void memsys6Free(void *pPrior){
+  int iSlot;
+  void *p = &((u32 *)pPrior)[-2];
+  iSlot = ((u32 *)p)[0];
+  if( iSlot ){
+    Mem6Chunk *pChunk;
+    mem6Enter();
+    pChunk = (Mem6Chunk *)(&((u8 *)p)[-1 * iSlot]);
+    chunkFree(pChunk, p);
+    if( chunkIsEmpty(pChunk) ){
+      freeChunk(pChunk);
+    }
+    mem6Leave();
+  }else{
+    free(p);
+  }
+}
+
+static void *memsys6Realloc(void *p, int nByte){
+  void *p2;
+
+  if( p && nByte<=memsys6Size(p) ){
+    p2 = p;
+  }else{
+    p2 = memsys6Malloc(nByte);
+    if( p && p2 ){
+      memcpy(p2, p, memsys6Size(p));
+      memsys6Free(p);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return p2;
+}
+
+static int memsys6Roundup(int n){
+  if( n>mem6.nThreshold ){
+    return n;
+  }else{
+    return (1<<roundupLog2(n));
+  }
+}
+
+static int memsys6Init(void *pCtx){
+  u8 bMemstat = sqlite3Config.bMemstat;
+  mem6.nMinAlloc = (1 << LOG2_MINALLOC);
+  mem6.pChunk = 0;
+  mem6.nThreshold = sqlite3Config.nSmall;
+  if( mem6.nThreshold<=0 ){
+    mem6.nThreshold = SMALL_MALLOC_DEFAULT_THRESHOLD;
+  }
+  mem6.nLogThreshold = roundupLog2(mem6.nThreshold) - LOG2_MINALLOC;
+  if( !bMemstat ){
+    mem6.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM);
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+static void memsys6Shutdown(void *pCtx){
+  memset(&mem6, 0, sizeof(mem6));
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is the only routine in this file with external 
+** linkage. It returns a pointer to a static sqlite3_mem_methods
+** struct populated with the memsys6 methods.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys6(void){
+  static const sqlite3_mem_methods memsys6Methods = {
+     memsys6Malloc,
+     memsys6Free,
+     memsys6Realloc,
+     memsys6Size,
+     memsys6Roundup,
+     memsys6Init,
+     memsys6Shutdown,
+     0
+  };
+  return &memsys6Methods;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/************** End of mem6.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file mutex.c *******************************************/
+/*
+** 2007 August 14
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes.
+**
+** The implementation in this file does not provide any mutual
+** exclusion and is thus suitable for use only in applications
+** that use SQLite in a single thread.  But this implementation
+** does do a lot of error checking on mutexes to make sure they
+** are called correctly and at appropriate times.  Hence, this
+** implementation is suitable for testing.
+** debugging purposes
+**
+** $Id: mutex.c,v 1.27 2008/06/19 08:51:24 danielk1977 Exp $
+*/
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
+/*
+** Initialize the mutex system.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MutexInit(void){ 
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( sqlite3Config.bCoreMutex ){
+    if( !sqlite3Config.mutex.xMutexAlloc ){
+      /* If the xMutexAlloc method has not been set, then the user did not
+      ** install a mutex implementation via sqlite3_config() prior to 
+      ** sqlite3_initialize() being called. This block copies pointers to
+      ** the default implementation into the sqlite3Config structure.
+      **
+      ** The danger is that although sqlite3_config() is not a threadsafe
+      ** API, sqlite3_initialize() is, and so multiple threads may be
+      ** attempting to run this function simultaneously. To guard write
+      ** access to the sqlite3Config structure, the 'MASTER' static mutex
+      ** is obtained before modifying it.
+      */
+      sqlite3_mutex_methods *p = sqlite3DefaultMutex();
+      sqlite3_mutex *pMaster = 0;
+  
+      rc = p->xMutexInit();
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        pMaster = p->xMutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
+        assert(pMaster);
+        p->xMutexEnter(pMaster);
+        assert( sqlite3Config.mutex.xMutexAlloc==0 
+             || sqlite3Config.mutex.xMutexAlloc==p->xMutexAlloc
+        );
+        if( !sqlite3Config.mutex.xMutexAlloc ){
+          sqlite3Config.mutex = *p;
+        }
+        p->xMutexLeave(pMaster);
+      }
+    }else{
+      rc = sqlite3Config.mutex.xMutexInit();
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Shutdown the mutex system. This call frees resources allocated by
+** sqlite3MutexInit().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MutexEnd(void){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  rc = sqlite3Config.mutex.xMutexEnd();
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Retrieve a pointer to a static mutex or allocate a new dynamic one.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_mutex_alloc(int id){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+  if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
+#endif
+  return sqlite3Config.mutex.xMutexAlloc(id);
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3MutexAlloc(int id){
+  if( !sqlite3Config.bCoreMutex ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  return sqlite3Config.mutex.xMutexAlloc(id);
+}
+
+/*
+** Free a dynamic mutex.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  if( p ){
+    sqlite3Config.mutex.xMutexFree(p);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Obtain the mutex p. If some other thread already has the mutex, block
+** until it can be obtained.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  if( p ){
+    sqlite3Config.mutex.xMutexEnter(p);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Obtain the mutex p. If successful, return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if another
+** thread holds the mutex and it cannot be obtained, return SQLITE_BUSY.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_try(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( p ){
+    return sqlite3Config.mutex.xMutexTry(p);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was previously
+** entered by the same thread.  The behavior is undefined if the mutex 
+** is not currently entered. If a NULL pointer is passed as an argument
+** this function is a no-op.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  if( p ){
+    sqlite3Config.mutex.xMutexLeave(p);
+  }
+}
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/*
+** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are
+** intended for use inside assert() statements.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  return p==0 || sqlite3Config.mutex.xMutexHeld(p);
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  return p==0 || sqlite3Config.mutex.xMutexNotheld(p);
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP_DEBUG
+/*
+** In this implementation, mutexes do not provide any mutual exclusion.
+** But the error checking is provided.  This implementation is useful
+** for test purposes.
+*/
+
+/*
+** The mutex object
+*/
+struct sqlite3_mutex {
+  int id;     /* The mutex type */
+  int cnt;    /* Number of entries without a matching leave */
+};
+
+/*
+** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are
+** intended for use inside assert() statements.
+*/
+static int noopMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  return p==0 || p->cnt>0;
+}
+static int noopMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  return p==0 || p->cnt==0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem.
+*/
+static int noopMutexInit(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
+static int noopMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
+
+/*
+** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new
+** mutex and returns a pointer to it.  If it returns NULL
+** that means that a mutex could not be allocated. 
+*/
+static sqlite3_mutex *noopMutexAlloc(int id){
+  static sqlite3_mutex aStatic[6];
+  sqlite3_mutex *pNew = 0;
+  switch( id ){
+    case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST:
+    case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: {
+      pNew = sqlite3Malloc(sizeof(*pNew));
+      if( pNew ){
+        pNew->id = id;
+        pNew->cnt = 0;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      assert( id-2 >= 0 );
+      assert( id-2 < sizeof(aStatic)/sizeof(aStatic[0]) );
+      pNew = &aStatic[id-2];
+      pNew->id = id;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  return pNew;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine deallocates a previously allocated mutex.
+*/
+static void noopMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  assert( p->cnt==0 );
+  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE );
+  sqlite3_free(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt
+** to enter a mutex.  If another thread is already within the mutex,
+** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return
+** SQLITE_BUSY.  The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns SQLITE_OK
+** upon successful entry.  Mutexes created using SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can
+** be entered multiple times by the same thread.  In such cases the,
+** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread
+** can enter.  If the same thread tries to enter any other kind of mutex
+** more than once, the behavior is undefined.
+*/
+static void noopMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || noopMutexNotheld(p) );
+  p->cnt++;
+}
+static int noopMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || noopMutexNotheld(p) );
+  p->cnt++;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was
+** previously entered by the same thread.  The behavior
+** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered or
+** is not currently allocated.  SQLite will never do either.
+*/
+static void noopMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  assert( noopMutexHeld(p) );
+  p->cnt--;
+  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || noopMutexNotheld(p) );
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){
+  static sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = {
+    noopMutexInit,
+    noopMutexEnd,
+    noopMutexAlloc,
+    noopMutexFree,
+    noopMutexEnter,
+    noopMutexTry,
+    noopMutexLeave,
+
+    noopMutexHeld,
+    noopMutexNotheld
+  };
+
+  return &sMutex;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP_DEBUG */
+
+/************** End of mutex.c ***********************************************/
+/************** Begin file mutex_os2.c ***************************************/
+/*
+** 2007 August 28
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes for OS/2
+**
+** $Id: mutex_os2.c,v 1.10 2008/06/23 22:13:28 pweilbacher Exp $
+*/
+
+/*
+** The code in this file is only used if SQLITE_MUTEX_OS2 is defined.
+** See the mutex.h file for details.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_OS2
+
+/********************** OS/2 Mutex Implementation **********************
+**
+** This implementation of mutexes is built using the OS/2 API.
+*/
+
+/*
+** The mutex object
+** Each recursive mutex is an instance of the following structure.
+*/
+struct sqlite3_mutex {
+  HMTX mutex;       /* Mutex controlling the lock */
+  int  id;          /* Mutex type */
+  int  nRef;        /* Number of references */
+  TID  owner;       /* Thread holding this mutex */
+};
+
+#define OS2_MUTEX_INITIALIZER   0,0,0,0
+
+/*
+** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem.
+*/
+static int os2MutexInit(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
+static int os2MutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
+
+/*
+** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new
+** mutex and returns a pointer to it.  If it returns NULL
+** that means that a mutex could not be allocated. 
+** SQLite will unwind its stack and return an error.  The argument
+** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST               0
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE          1
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER      2
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM         3
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG        4
+** </ul>
+**
+** The first two constants cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create
+** a new mutex.  The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
+** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used.
+** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction
+** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does
+** not want to.  But SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in
+** cases where it really needs one.  If a faster non-recursive mutex
+** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem
+** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST.
+**
+** The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() each return
+** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex.  Three static mutexes are
+** used by the current version of SQLite.  Future versions of SQLite
+** may add additional static mutexes.  Static mutexes are for internal
+** use by SQLite only.  Applications that use SQLite mutexes should
+** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or
+** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE.
+**
+** Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
+** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc()
+** returns a different mutex on every call.  But for the static
+** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has
+** the same type number.
+*/
+static sqlite3_mutex *os2MutexAlloc(int iType){
+  sqlite3_mutex *p = NULL;
+  switch( iType ){
+    case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST:
+    case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: {
+      p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) );
+      if( p ){
+        p->id = iType;
+        if( DosCreateMutexSem( 0, &p->mutex, 0, FALSE ) != NO_ERROR ){
+          sqlite3_free( p );
+          p = NULL;
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      static volatile int isInit = 0;
+      static sqlite3_mutex staticMutexes[] = {
+        { OS2_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, },
+        { OS2_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, },
+        { OS2_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, },
+        { OS2_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, },
+        { OS2_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, },
+        { OS2_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, },
+      };
+      if ( !isInit ){
+        APIRET rc;
+        PTIB ptib;
+        PPIB ppib;
+        HMTX mutex;
+        char name[32];
+        DosGetInfoBlocks( &ptib, &ppib );
+        sqlite3_snprintf( sizeof(name), name, "\\SEM32\\SQLITE%04x",
+                          ppib->pib_ulpid );
+        while( !isInit ){
+          mutex = 0;
+          rc = DosCreateMutexSem( name, &mutex, 0, FALSE);
+          if( rc == NO_ERROR ){
+            int i;
+            if( !isInit ){
+              for( i = 0; i < sizeof(staticMutexes)/sizeof(staticMutexes[0]); i++ ){
+                DosCreateMutexSem( 0, &staticMutexes[i].mutex, 0, FALSE );
+              }
+              isInit = 1;
+            }
+            DosCloseMutexSem( mutex );
+          }else if( rc == ERROR_DUPLICATE_NAME ){
+            DosSleep( 1 );
+          }else{
+            return p;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      assert( iType-2 >= 0 );
+      assert( iType-2 < sizeof(staticMutexes)/sizeof(staticMutexes[0]) );
+      p = &staticMutexes[iType-2];
+      p->id = iType;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This routine deallocates a previously allocated mutex.
+** SQLite is careful to deallocate every mutex that it allocates.
+*/
+static void os2MutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  if( p==0 ) return;
+  assert( p->nRef==0 );
+  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE );
+  DosCloseMutexSem( p->mutex );
+  sqlite3_free( p );
+}
+
+/*
+** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt
+** to enter a mutex.  If another thread is already within the mutex,
+** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return
+** SQLITE_BUSY.  The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns SQLITE_OK
+** upon successful entry.  Mutexes created using SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can
+** be entered multiple times by the same thread.  In such cases the,
+** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread
+** can enter.  If the same thread tries to enter any other kind of mutex
+** more than once, the behavior is undefined.
+*/
+static void os2MutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  TID tid;
+  PID holder1;
+  ULONG holder2;
+  if( p==0 ) return;
+  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || os2MutexNotheld(p) );
+  DosRequestMutexSem(p->mutex, SEM_INDEFINITE_WAIT);
+  DosQueryMutexSem(p->mutex, &holder1, &tid, &holder2);
+  p->owner = tid;
+  p->nRef++;
+}
+static int os2MutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  int rc;
+  TID tid;
+  PID holder1;
+  ULONG holder2;
+  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || os2MutexNotheld(p) );
+  if( DosRequestMutexSem(p->mutex, SEM_IMMEDIATE_RETURN) == NO_ERROR) {
+    DosQueryMutexSem(p->mutex, &holder1, &tid, &holder2);
+    p->owner = tid;
+    p->nRef++;
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  } else {
+    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was
+** previously entered by the same thread.  The behavior
+** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered or
+** is not currently allocated.  SQLite will never do either.
+*/
+static void os2MutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  TID tid;
+  PID holder1;
+  ULONG holder2;
+  if( p==0 ) return;
+  assert( p->nRef>0 );
+  DosQueryMutexSem(p->mutex, &holder1, &tid, &holder2);
+  assert( p->owner==tid );
+  p->nRef--;
+  assert( p->nRef==0 || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE );
+  DosReleaseMutexSem(p->mutex);
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+/*
+** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are
+** intended for use inside assert() statements.
+*/
+static int os2MutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  TID tid;
+  PID pid;
+  ULONG ulCount;
+  PTIB ptib;
+  if( p!=0 ) {
+    DosQueryMutexSem(p->mutex, &pid, &tid, &ulCount);
+  } else {
+    DosGetInfoBlocks(&ptib, NULL);
+    tid = ptib->tib_ptib2->tib2_ultid;
+  }
+  return p==0 || (p->nRef!=0 && p->owner==tid);
+}
+static int os2MutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  TID tid;
+  PID pid;
+  ULONG ulCount;
+  PTIB ptib;
+  if( p!= 0 ) {
+    DosQueryMutexSem(p->mutex, &pid, &tid, &ulCount);
+  } else {
+    DosGetInfoBlocks(&ptib, NULL);
+    tid = ptib->tib_ptib2->tib2_ultid;
+  }
+  return p==0 || p->nRef==0 || p->owner!=tid;
+}
+#endif
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){
+  static sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = {
+    os2MutexInit,
+    os2MutexEnd,
+    os2MutexAlloc,
+    os2MutexFree,
+    os2MutexEnter,
+    os2MutexTry,
+    os2MutexLeave,
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    os2MutexHeld,
+    os2MutexNotheld
+#endif
+  };
+
+  return &sMutex;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_OS2 */
+
+/************** End of mutex_os2.c *******************************************/
+/************** Begin file mutex_unix.c **************************************/
+/*
+** 2007 August 28
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes for pthreads
+**
+** $Id: mutex_unix.c,v 1.13 2008/07/16 12:33:24 drh Exp $
+*/
+
+/*
+** The code in this file is only used if we are compiling threadsafe
+** under unix with pthreads.
+**
+** Note that this implementation requires a version of pthreads that
+** supports recursive mutexes.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS
+
+#include <pthread.h>
+
+
+/*
+** Each recursive mutex is an instance of the following structure.
+*/
+struct sqlite3_mutex {
+  pthread_mutex_t mutex;     /* Mutex controlling the lock */
+  int id;                    /* Mutex type */
+  int nRef;                  /* Number of entrances */
+  pthread_t owner;           /* Thread that is within this mutex */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  int trace;                 /* True to trace changes */
+#endif
+};
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0, 0, (pthread_t)0, 0 }
+#else
+#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0, 0, (pthread_t)0 }
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are
+** intended for use only inside assert() statements.  On some platforms,
+** there might be race conditions that can cause these routines to
+** deliver incorrect results.  In particular, if pthread_equal() is
+** not an atomic operation, then these routines might delivery
+** incorrect results.  On most platforms, pthread_equal() is a 
+** comparison of two integers and is therefore atomic.  But we are
+** told that HPUX is not such a platform.  If so, then these routines
+** will not always work correctly on HPUX.
+**
+** On those platforms where pthread_equal() is not atomic, SQLite
+** should be compiled without -DSQLITE_DEBUG and with -DNDEBUG to
+** make sure no assert() statements are evaluated and hence these
+** routines are never called.
+*/
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+static int pthreadMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  return (p->nRef!=0 && pthread_equal(p->owner, pthread_self()));
+}
+static int pthreadMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  return p->nRef==0 || pthread_equal(p->owner, pthread_self())==0;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem.
+*/
+static int pthreadMutexInit(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
+static int pthreadMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
+
+/*
+** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new
+** mutex and returns a pointer to it.  If it returns NULL
+** that means that a mutex could not be allocated.  SQLite
+** will unwind its stack and return an error.  The argument
+** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU
+** </ul>
+**
+** The first two constants cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create
+** a new mutex.  The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
+** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used.
+** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction
+** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does
+** not want to.  But SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in
+** cases where it really needs one.  If a faster non-recursive mutex
+** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem
+** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST.
+**
+** The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() each return
+** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex.  Three static mutexes are
+** used by the current version of SQLite.  Future versions of SQLite
+** may add additional static mutexes.  Static mutexes are for internal
+** use by SQLite only.  Applications that use SQLite mutexes should
+** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or
+** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE.
+**
+** Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
+** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc()
+** returns a different mutex on every call.  But for the static 
+** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has
+** the same type number.
+*/
+static sqlite3_mutex *pthreadMutexAlloc(int iType){
+  static sqlite3_mutex staticMutexes[] = {
+    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
+    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
+    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
+    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
+    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
+    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER
+  };
+  sqlite3_mutex *p;
+  switch( iType ){
+    case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: {
+      p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) );
+      if( p ){
+#ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX
+        /* If recursive mutexes are not available, we will have to
+        ** build our own.  See below. */
+        pthread_mutex_init(&p->mutex, 0);
+#else
+        /* Use a recursive mutex if it is available */
+        pthread_mutexattr_t recursiveAttr;
+        pthread_mutexattr_init(&recursiveAttr);
+        pthread_mutexattr_settype(&recursiveAttr, PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE);
+        pthread_mutex_init(&p->mutex, &recursiveAttr);
+        pthread_mutexattr_destroy(&recursiveAttr);
+#endif
+        p->id = iType;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST: {
+      p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) );
+      if( p ){
+        p->id = iType;
+        pthread_mutex_init(&p->mutex, 0);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      assert( iType-2 >= 0 );
+      assert( iType-2 < sizeof(staticMutexes)/sizeof(staticMutexes[0]) );
+      p = &staticMutexes[iType-2];
+      p->id = iType;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This routine deallocates a previously
+** allocated mutex.  SQLite is careful to deallocate every
+** mutex that it allocates.
+*/
+static void pthreadMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  assert( p->nRef==0 );
+  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE );
+  pthread_mutex_destroy(&p->mutex);
+  sqlite3_free(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt
+** to enter a mutex.  If another thread is already within the mutex,
+** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return
+** SQLITE_BUSY.  The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns SQLITE_OK
+** upon successful entry.  Mutexes created using SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can
+** be entered multiple times by the same thread.  In such cases the,
+** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread
+** can enter.  If the same thread tries to enter any other kind of mutex
+** more than once, the behavior is undefined.
+*/
+static void pthreadMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || pthreadMutexNotheld(p) );
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX
+  /* If recursive mutexes are not available, then we have to grow
+  ** our own.  This implementation assumes that pthread_equal()
+  ** is atomic - that it cannot be deceived into thinking self
+  ** and p->owner are equal if p->owner changes between two values
+  ** that are not equal to self while the comparison is taking place.
+  ** This implementation also assumes a coherent cache - that 
+  ** separate processes cannot read different values from the same
+  ** address at the same time.  If either of these two conditions
+  ** are not met, then the mutexes will fail and problems will result.
+  */
+  {
+    pthread_t self = pthread_self();
+    if( p->nRef>0 && pthread_equal(p->owner, self) ){
+      p->nRef++;
+    }else{
+      pthread_mutex_lock(&p->mutex);
+      assert( p->nRef==0 );
+      p->owner = self;
+      p->nRef = 1;
+    }
+  }
+#else
+  /* Use the built-in recursive mutexes if they are available.
+  */
+  pthread_mutex_lock(&p->mutex);
+  p->owner = pthread_self();
+  p->nRef++;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  if( p->trace ){
+    printf("enter mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef);
+  }
+#endif
+}
+static int pthreadMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  int rc;
+  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || pthreadMutexNotheld(p) );
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX
+  /* If recursive mutexes are not available, then we have to grow
+  ** our own.  This implementation assumes that pthread_equal()
+  ** is atomic - that it cannot be deceived into thinking self
+  ** and p->owner are equal if p->owner changes between two values
+  ** that are not equal to self while the comparison is taking place.
+  ** This implementation also assumes a coherent cache - that 
+  ** separate processes cannot read different values from the same
+  ** address at the same time.  If either of these two conditions
+  ** are not met, then the mutexes will fail and problems will result.
+  */
+  {
+    pthread_t self = pthread_self();
+    if( p->nRef>0 && pthread_equal(p->owner, self) ){
+      p->nRef++;
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }else if( pthread_mutex_trylock(&p->mutex)==0 ){
+      assert( p->nRef==0 );
+      p->owner = self;
+      p->nRef = 1;
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }else{
+      rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+    }
+  }
+#else
+  /* Use the built-in recursive mutexes if they are available.
+  */
+  if( pthread_mutex_trylock(&p->mutex)==0 ){
+    p->owner = pthread_self();
+    p->nRef++;
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+  }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p->trace ){
+    printf("enter mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef);
+  }
+#endif
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was
+** previously entered by the same thread.  The behavior
+** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered or
+** is not currently allocated.  SQLite will never do either.
+*/
+static void pthreadMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  assert( pthreadMutexHeld(p) );
+  p->nRef--;
+  assert( p->nRef==0 || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE );
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX
+  if( p->nRef==0 ){
+    pthread_mutex_unlock(&p->mutex);
+  }
+#else
+  pthread_mutex_unlock(&p->mutex);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  if( p->trace ){
+    printf("leave mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef);
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){
+  static sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = {
+    pthreadMutexInit,
+    pthreadMutexEnd,
+    pthreadMutexAlloc,
+    pthreadMutexFree,
+    pthreadMutexEnter,
+    pthreadMutexTry,
+    pthreadMutexLeave,
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    pthreadMutexHeld,
+    pthreadMutexNotheld
+#endif
+  };
+
+  return &sMutex;
+}
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREAD */
+
+/************** End of mutex_unix.c ******************************************/
+/************** Begin file mutex_w32.c ***************************************/
+/*
+** 2007 August 14
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes for win32
+**
+** $Id: mutex_w32.c,v 1.11 2008/06/26 10:41:19 danielk1977 Exp $
+*/
+
+/*
+** The code in this file is only used if we are compiling multithreaded
+** on a win32 system.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_W32
+
+/*
+** Each recursive mutex is an instance of the following structure.
+*/
+struct sqlite3_mutex {
+  CRITICAL_SECTION mutex;    /* Mutex controlling the lock */
+  int id;                    /* Mutex type */
+  int nRef;                  /* Number of enterances */
+  DWORD owner;               /* Thread holding this mutex */
+};
+
+/*
+** Return true (non-zero) if we are running under WinNT, Win2K, WinXP,
+** or WinCE.  Return false (zero) for Win95, Win98, or WinME.
+**
+** Here is an interesting observation:  Win95, Win98, and WinME lack
+** the LockFileEx() API.  But we can still statically link against that
+** API as long as we don't call it win running Win95/98/ME.  A call to
+** this routine is used to determine if the host is Win95/98/ME or
+** WinNT/2K/XP so that we will know whether or not we can safely call
+** the LockFileEx() API.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+# define mutexIsNT()  (1)
+#else
+  static int mutexIsNT(void){
+    static int osType = 0;
+    if( osType==0 ){
+      OSVERSIONINFO sInfo;
+      sInfo.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(sInfo);
+      GetVersionEx(&sInfo);
+      osType = sInfo.dwPlatformId==VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT ? 2 : 1;
+    }
+    return osType==2;
+  }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WINCE */
+
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+/*
+** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are
+** intended for use only inside assert() statements.
+*/
+static int winMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  return p->nRef!=0 && p->owner==GetCurrentThreadId();
+}
+static int winMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  return p->nRef==0 || p->owner!=GetCurrentThreadId();
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem.
+*/
+static int winMutexInit(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
+static int winMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
+
+/*
+** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new
+** mutex and returns a pointer to it.  If it returns NULL
+** that means that a mutex could not be allocated.  SQLite
+** will unwind its stack and return an error.  The argument
+** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST               0
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE          1
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER      2
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM         3
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG        4
+** </ul>
+**
+** The first two constants cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create
+** a new mutex.  The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
+** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used.
+** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction
+** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does
+** not want to.  But SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in
+** cases where it really needs one.  If a faster non-recursive mutex
+** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem
+** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST.
+**
+** The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() each return
+** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex.  Three static mutexes are
+** used by the current version of SQLite.  Future versions of SQLite
+** may add additional static mutexes.  Static mutexes are for internal
+** use by SQLite only.  Applications that use SQLite mutexes should
+** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or
+** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE.
+**
+** Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
+** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc()
+** returns a different mutex on every call.  But for the static 
+** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has
+** the same type number.
+*/
+static sqlite3_mutex *winMutexAlloc(int iType){
+  sqlite3_mutex *p;
+
+  switch( iType ){
+    case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST:
+    case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: {
+      p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) );
+      if( p ){
+        p->id = iType;
+        InitializeCriticalSection(&p->mutex);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      static sqlite3_mutex staticMutexes[6];
+      static int isInit = 0;
+      while( !isInit ){
+        static long lock = 0;
+        if( InterlockedIncrement(&lock)==1 ){
+          int i;
+          for(i=0; i<sizeof(staticMutexes)/sizeof(staticMutexes[0]); i++){
+            InitializeCriticalSection(&staticMutexes[i].mutex);
+          }
+          isInit = 1;
+        }else{
+          Sleep(1);
+        }
+      }
+      assert( iType-2 >= 0 );
+      assert( iType-2 < sizeof(staticMutexes)/sizeof(staticMutexes[0]) );
+      p = &staticMutexes[iType-2];
+      p->id = iType;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This routine deallocates a previously
+** allocated mutex.  SQLite is careful to deallocate every
+** mutex that it allocates.
+*/
+static void winMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  assert( p );
+  assert( p->nRef==0 );
+  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE );
+  DeleteCriticalSection(&p->mutex);
+  sqlite3_free(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt
+** to enter a mutex.  If another thread is already within the mutex,
+** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return
+** SQLITE_BUSY.  The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns SQLITE_OK
+** upon successful entry.  Mutexes created using SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can
+** be entered multiple times by the same thread.  In such cases the,
+** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread
+** can enter.  If the same thread tries to enter any other kind of mutex
+** more than once, the behavior is undefined.
+*/
+static void winMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || winMutexNotheld(p) );
+  EnterCriticalSection(&p->mutex);
+  p->owner = GetCurrentThreadId(); 
+  p->nRef++;
+}
+static int winMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  int rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || winMutexNotheld(p) );
+  /*
+  ** The sqlite3_mutex_try() routine is very rarely used, and when it
+  ** is used it is merely an optimization.  So it is OK for it to always
+  ** fail.  
+  **
+  ** The TryEnterCriticalSection() interface is only available on WinNT.
+  ** And some windows compilers complain if you try to use it without
+  ** first doing some #defines that prevent SQLite from building on Win98.
+  ** For that reason, we will omit this optimization for now.  See
+  ** ticket #2685.
+  */
+#if 0
+  if( mutexIsNT() && TryEnterCriticalSection(&p->mutex) ){
+    p->owner = GetCurrentThreadId();
+    p->nRef++;
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+#endif
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was
+** previously entered by the same thread.  The behavior
+** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered or
+** is not currently allocated.  SQLite will never do either.
+*/
+static void winMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  assert( p->nRef>0 );
+  assert( p->owner==GetCurrentThreadId() );
+  p->nRef--;
+  assert( p->nRef==0 || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE );
+  LeaveCriticalSection(&p->mutex);
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){
+  static sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = {
+    winMutexInit,
+    winMutexEnd,
+    winMutexAlloc,
+    winMutexFree,
+    winMutexEnter,
+    winMutexTry,
+    winMutexLeave,
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    winMutexHeld,
+    winMutexNotheld
+#endif
+  };
+
+  return &sMutex;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 */
+
+/************** End of mutex_w32.c *******************************************/
+/************** Begin file malloc.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** Memory allocation functions used throughout sqlite.
+**
+** $Id: malloc.c,v 1.37 2008/08/29 17:56:13 danielk1977 Exp $
+*/
+
+/*
+** This routine runs when the memory allocator sees that the
+** total memory allocation is about to exceed the soft heap
+** limit.
+*/
+static void softHeapLimitEnforcer(
+  void *NotUsed, 
+  sqlite3_int64 inUse,
+  int allocSize
+){
+  sqlite3_release_memory(allocSize);
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the soft heap-size limit for the library. Passing a zero or 
+** negative value indicates no limit.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int n){
+  sqlite3_uint64 iLimit;
+  int overage;
+  if( n<0 ){
+    iLimit = 0;
+  }else{
+    iLimit = n;
+  }
+  sqlite3_initialize();
+  if( iLimit>0 ){
+    sqlite3_memory_alarm(softHeapLimitEnforcer, 0, iLimit);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_memory_alarm(0, 0, 0);
+  }
+  overage = sqlite3_memory_used() - n;
+  if( overage>0 ){
+    sqlite3_release_memory(overage);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to release up to n bytes of non-essential memory currently
+** held by SQLite. An example of non-essential memory is memory used to
+** cache database pages that are not currently in use.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_release_memory(int n){
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
+  int nRet = 0;
+#if 0
+  nRet += sqlite3VdbeReleaseMemory(n);
+#endif
+  nRet += sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(n-nRet);
+  return nRet;
+#else
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** State information local to the memory allocation subsystem.
+*/
+static struct {
+  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;         /* Mutex to serialize access */
+
+  /*
+  ** The alarm callback and its arguments.  The mem0.mutex lock will
+  ** be held while the callback is running.  Recursive calls into
+  ** the memory subsystem are allowed, but no new callbacks will be
+  ** issued.  The alarmBusy variable is set to prevent recursive
+  ** callbacks.
+  */
+  sqlite3_int64 alarmThreshold;
+  void (*alarmCallback)(void*, sqlite3_int64,int);
+  void *alarmArg;
+  int alarmBusy;
+
+  /*
+  ** Pointers to the end of sqlite3Config.pScratch and
+  ** sqlite3Config.pPage to a block of memory that records
+  ** which pages are available.
+  */
+  u32 *aScratchFree;
+  u32 *aPageFree;
+
+  /* Number of free pages for scratch and page-cache memory */
+  u32 nScratchFree;
+  u32 nPageFree;
+} mem0;
+
+/*
+** Initialize the memory allocation subsystem.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocInit(void){
+  if( sqlite3Config.m.xMalloc==0 ){
+    sqlite3MemSetDefault();
+  }
+  memset(&mem0, 0, sizeof(mem0));
+  if( sqlite3Config.bCoreMutex ){
+    mem0.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM);
+  }
+  if( sqlite3Config.pScratch && sqlite3Config.szScratch>=100
+      && sqlite3Config.nScratch>=0 ){
+    int i;
+    sqlite3Config.szScratch -= 4;
+    mem0.aScratchFree = (u32*)&((char*)sqlite3Config.pScratch)
+                  [sqlite3Config.szScratch*sqlite3Config.nScratch];
+    for(i=0; i<sqlite3Config.nScratch; i++){ mem0.aScratchFree[i] = i; }
+    mem0.nScratchFree = sqlite3Config.nScratch;
+  }else{
+    sqlite3Config.pScratch = 0;
+    sqlite3Config.szScratch = 0;
+  }
+  if( sqlite3Config.pPage && sqlite3Config.szPage>=512
+      && sqlite3Config.nPage>=1 ){
+    int i;
+    int overhead;
+    int sz = sqlite3Config.szPage;
+    int n = sqlite3Config.nPage;
+    overhead = (4*n + sz - 1)/sz;
+    sqlite3Config.nPage -= overhead;
+    mem0.aPageFree = (u32*)&((char*)sqlite3Config.pPage)
+                  [sqlite3Config.szPage*sqlite3Config.nPage];
+    for(i=0; i<sqlite3Config.nPage; i++){ mem0.aPageFree[i] = i; }
+    mem0.nPageFree = sqlite3Config.nPage;
+  }else{
+    sqlite3Config.pPage = 0;
+    sqlite3Config.szPage = 0;
+  }
+  return sqlite3Config.m.xInit(sqlite3Config.m.pAppData);
+}
+
+/*
+** Deinitialize the memory allocation subsystem.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MallocEnd(void){
+  sqlite3Config.m.xShutdown(sqlite3Config.m.pAppData);
+  memset(&mem0, 0, sizeof(mem0));
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the amount of memory currently checked out.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_used(void){
+  int n, mx;
+  sqlite3_int64 res;
+  sqlite3_status(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, &n, &mx, 0);
+  res = (sqlite3_int64)n;  /* Work around bug in Borland C. Ticket #3216 */
+  return res;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the maximum amount of memory that has ever been
+** checked out since either the beginning of this process
+** or since the most recent reset.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_highwater(int resetFlag){
+  int n, mx;
+  sqlite3_int64 res;
+  sqlite3_status(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, &n, &mx, resetFlag);
+  res = (sqlite3_int64)mx;  /* Work around bug in Borland C. Ticket #3216 */
+  return res;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the alarm callback
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_memory_alarm(
+  void(*xCallback)(void *pArg, sqlite3_int64 used,int N),
+  void *pArg,
+  sqlite3_int64 iThreshold
+){
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
+  mem0.alarmCallback = xCallback;
+  mem0.alarmArg = pArg;
+  mem0.alarmThreshold = iThreshold;
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Trigger the alarm 
+*/
+static void sqlite3MallocAlarm(int nByte){
+  void (*xCallback)(void*,sqlite3_int64,int);
+  sqlite3_int64 nowUsed;
+  void *pArg;
+  if( mem0.alarmCallback==0 || mem0.alarmBusy  ) return;
+  mem0.alarmBusy = 1;
+  xCallback = mem0.alarmCallback;
+  nowUsed = sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED);
+  pArg = mem0.alarmArg;
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
+  xCallback(pArg, nowUsed, nByte);
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
+  mem0.alarmBusy = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Do a memory allocation with statistics and alarms.  Assume the
+** lock is already held.
+*/
+static int mallocWithAlarm(int n, void **pp){
+  int nFull;
+  void *p;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem0.mutex) );
+  nFull = sqlite3Config.m.xRoundup(n);
+  sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE, n);
+  if( mem0.alarmCallback!=0 ){
+    int nUsed = sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED);
+    if( nUsed+nFull >= mem0.alarmThreshold ){
+      sqlite3MallocAlarm(nFull);
+    }
+  }
+  p = sqlite3Config.m.xMalloc(nFull);
+  if( p==0 && mem0.alarmCallback ){
+    sqlite3MallocAlarm(nFull);
+    p = sqlite3Config.m.xMalloc(nFull);
+  }
+  if( p ){
+    nFull = sqlite3MallocSize(p);
+    sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, nFull);
+  }
+  *pp = p;
+  return nFull;
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate memory.  This routine is like sqlite3_malloc() except that it
+** assumes the memory subsystem has already been initialized.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Malloc(int n){
+  void *p;
+  if( n<=0 ){
+    p = 0;
+  }else if( sqlite3Config.bMemstat ){
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
+    mallocWithAlarm(n, &p);
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
+  }else{
+    p = sqlite3Config.m.xMalloc(n);
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** This version of the memory allocation is for use by the application.
+** First make sure the memory subsystem is initialized, then do the
+** allocation.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_malloc(int n){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+  if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
+#endif
+  return sqlite3Malloc(n);
+}
+
+/*
+** Each thread may only have a single outstanding allocation from
+** xScratchMalloc().  We verify this constraint in the single-threaded
+** case by setting scratchAllocOut to 1 when an allocation
+** is outstanding clearing it when the allocation is freed.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 && !defined(NDEBUG)
+static int scratchAllocOut = 0;
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Allocate memory that is to be used and released right away.
+** This routine is similar to alloca() in that it is not intended
+** for situations where the memory might be held long-term.  This
+** routine is intended to get memory to old large transient data
+** structures that would not normally fit on the stack of an
+** embedded processor.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ScratchMalloc(int n){
+  void *p;
+  assert( n>0 );
+
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 && !defined(NDEBUG)
+  /* Verify that no more than one scratch allocation per thread
+  ** is outstanding at one time.  (This is only checked in the
+  ** single-threaded case since checking in the multi-threaded case
+  ** would be much more complicated.) */
+  assert( scratchAllocOut==0 );
+#endif
+
+  if( sqlite3Config.szScratch<n ){
+    goto scratch_overflow;
+  }else{  
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
+    if( mem0.nScratchFree==0 ){
+      sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
+      goto scratch_overflow;
+    }else{
+      int i;
+      i = mem0.aScratchFree[--mem0.nScratchFree];
+      i *= sqlite3Config.szScratch;
+      sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED, 1);
+      sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE, n);
+      sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
+      p = (void*)&((char*)sqlite3Config.pScratch)[i];
+    }
+  }
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 && !defined(NDEBUG)
+  scratchAllocOut = p!=0;
+#endif
+
+  return p;
+
+scratch_overflow:
+  if( sqlite3Config.bMemstat ){
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
+    sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE, n);
+    n = mallocWithAlarm(n, &p);
+    if( p ) sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW, n);
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
+  }else{
+    p = sqlite3Config.m.xMalloc(n);
+  }
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 && !defined(NDEBUG)
+  scratchAllocOut = p!=0;
+#endif
+  return p;    
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ScratchFree(void *p){
+  if( p ){
+
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 && !defined(NDEBUG)
+    /* Verify that no more than one scratch allocation per thread
+    ** is outstanding at one time.  (This is only checked in the
+    ** single-threaded case since checking in the multi-threaded case
+    ** would be much more complicated.) */
+    assert( scratchAllocOut==1 );
+    scratchAllocOut = 0;
+#endif
+
+    if( sqlite3Config.pScratch==0
+           || p<sqlite3Config.pScratch
+           || p>=(void*)mem0.aScratchFree ){
+      if( sqlite3Config.bMemstat ){
+        int iSize = sqlite3MallocSize(p);
+        sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
+        sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW, -iSize);
+        sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, -iSize);
+        sqlite3Config.m.xFree(p);
+        sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3Config.m.xFree(p);
+      }
+    }else{
+      int i;
+      i = (u8 *)p - (u8 *)sqlite3Config.pScratch;
+      i /= sqlite3Config.szScratch;
+      assert( i>=0 && i<sqlite3Config.nScratch );
+      sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
+      assert( mem0.nScratchFree<sqlite3Config.nScratch );
+      mem0.aScratchFree[mem0.nScratchFree++] = i;
+      sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED, -1);
+      sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate memory to be used by the page cache.  Make use of the
+** memory buffer provided by SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE if there is one
+** and that memory is of the right size and is not completely
+** consumed.  Otherwise, failover to sqlite3Malloc().
+*/
+#if 0
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PageMalloc(int n){
+  void *p;
+  assert( n>0 );
+  assert( (n & (n-1))==0 );
+  assert( n>=512 && n<=32768 );
+
+  if( sqlite3Config.szPage<n ){
+    goto page_overflow;
+  }else{  
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
+    if( mem0.nPageFree==0 ){
+      sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
+      goto page_overflow;
+    }else{
+      int i;
+      i = mem0.aPageFree[--mem0.nPageFree];
+      sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
+      i *= sqlite3Config.szPage;
+      sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE, n);
+      sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED, 1);
+      p = (void*)&((char*)sqlite3Config.pPage)[i];
+    }
+  }
+  return p;
+
+page_overflow:
+  if( sqlite3Config.bMemstat ){
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
+    sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE, n);
+    n = mallocWithAlarm(n, &p);
+    if( p ) sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW, n);
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
+  }else{
+    p = sqlite3Config.m.xMalloc(n);
+  }
+  return p;    
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PageFree(void *p){
+  if( p ){
+    if( sqlite3Config.pPage==0
+           || p<sqlite3Config.pPage
+           || p>=(void*)mem0.aPageFree ){
+      /* In this case, the page allocation was obtained from a regular 
+      ** call to sqlite3_mem_methods.xMalloc() (a page-cache-memory 
+      ** "overflow"). Free the block with sqlite3_mem_methods.xFree().
+      */
+      if( sqlite3Config.bMemstat ){
+        int iSize = sqlite3MallocSize(p);
+        sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
+        sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW, -iSize);
+        sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, -iSize);
+        sqlite3Config.m.xFree(p);
+        sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3Config.m.xFree(p);
+      }
+    }else{
+      /* The page allocation was allocated from the sqlite3Config.pPage
+      ** buffer. In this case all that is add the index of the page in
+      ** the sqlite3Config.pPage array to the set of free indexes stored
+      ** in the mem0.aPageFree[] array.
+      */
+      int i;
+      i = (u8 *)p - (u8 *)sqlite3Config.pPage;
+      i /= sqlite3Config.szPage;
+      assert( i>=0 && i<sqlite3Config.nPage );
+      sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
+      assert( mem0.nPageFree<sqlite3Config.nPage );
+      mem0.aPageFree[mem0.nPageFree++] = i;
+      sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED, -1);
+      sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) && 0
+      /* Assert that a duplicate was not just inserted into aPageFree[]. */
+      for(i=0; i<mem0.nPageFree-1; i++){
+        assert( mem0.aPageFree[i]!=mem0.aPageFree[mem0.nPageFree-1] );
+      }
+#endif
+    }
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** TRUE if p is a lookaside memory allocation from db
+*/
+static int isLookaside(sqlite3 *db, void *p){
+  return db && p && p>=db->lookaside.pStart && p<db->lookaside.pEnd;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the size of a memory allocation previously obtained from
+** sqlite3Malloc() or sqlite3_malloc().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocSize(void *p){
+  return sqlite3Config.m.xSize(p);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DbMallocSize(sqlite3 *db, void *p){
+  if( isLookaside(db, p) ){
+    return db->lookaside.sz;
+  }else{
+    return sqlite3Config.m.xSize(p);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Free memory previously obtained from sqlite3Malloc().
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free(void *p){
+  if( p==0 ) return;
+  if( sqlite3Config.bMemstat ){
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
+    sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, -sqlite3MallocSize(p));
+    sqlite3Config.m.xFree(p);
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3Config.m.xFree(p);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Free memory that might be associated with a particular database
+** connection.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DbFree(sqlite3 *db, void *p){
+  if( isLookaside(db, p) ){
+    LookasideSlot *pBuf = (LookasideSlot*)p;
+    pBuf->pNext = db->lookaside.pFree;
+    db->lookaside.pFree = pBuf;
+    db->lookaside.nOut--;
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_free(p);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the size of an existing memory allocation
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Realloc(void *pOld, int nBytes){
+  int nOld, nNew;
+  void *pNew;
+  if( pOld==0 ){
+    return sqlite3Malloc(nBytes);
+  }
+  if( nBytes<=0 ){
+    sqlite3_free(pOld);
+    return 0;
+  }
+  nOld = sqlite3MallocSize(pOld);
+  if( sqlite3Config.bMemstat ){
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
+    sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE, nBytes);
+    nNew = sqlite3Config.m.xRoundup(nBytes);
+    if( nOld==nNew ){
+      pNew = pOld;
+    }else{
+      if( sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED)+nNew-nOld >= 
+            mem0.alarmThreshold ){
+        sqlite3MallocAlarm(nNew-nOld);
+      }
+      pNew = sqlite3Config.m.xRealloc(pOld, nNew);
+      if( pNew==0 && mem0.alarmCallback ){
+        sqlite3MallocAlarm(nBytes);
+        pNew = sqlite3Config.m.xRealloc(pOld, nNew);
+      }
+      if( pNew ){
+        nNew = sqlite3MallocSize(pNew);
+        sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, nNew-nOld);
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
+  }else{
+    pNew = sqlite3Config.m.xRealloc(pOld, nBytes);
+  }
+  return pNew;
+}
+
+/*
+** The public interface to sqlite3Realloc.  Make sure that the memory
+** subsystem is initialized prior to invoking sqliteRealloc.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_realloc(void *pOld, int n){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+  if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
+#endif
+  return sqlite3Realloc(pOld, n);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Allocate and zero memory.
+*/ 
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3MallocZero(int n){
+  void *p = sqlite3Malloc(n);
+  if( p ){
+    memset(p, 0, n);
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate and zero memory.  If the allocation fails, make
+** the mallocFailed flag in the connection pointer.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocZero(sqlite3 *db, int n){
+  void *p = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n);
+  if( p ){
+    memset(p, 0, n);
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate and zero memory.  If the allocation fails, make
+** the mallocFailed flag in the connection pointer.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocRaw(sqlite3 *db, int n){
+  void *p;
+  if( db ){
+    LookasideSlot *pBuf;
+    if( db->mallocFailed ){
+      return 0;
+    }
+    if( db->lookaside.bEnabled && n<=db->lookaside.sz
+         && (pBuf = db->lookaside.pFree)!=0 ){
+      db->lookaside.pFree = pBuf->pNext;
+      db->lookaside.nOut++;
+      if( db->lookaside.nOut>db->lookaside.mxOut ){
+        db->lookaside.mxOut = db->lookaside.nOut;
+      }
+      return (void*)pBuf;
+    }
+  }
+  p = sqlite3Malloc(n);
+  if( !p && db ){
+    db->mallocFailed = 1;
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Resize the block of memory pointed to by p to n bytes. If the
+** resize fails, set the mallocFailed flag in the connection object.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbRealloc(sqlite3 *db, void *p, int n){
+  void *pNew = 0;
+  if( db->mallocFailed==0 ){
+    if( p==0 ){
+      return sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n);
+    }
+    if( isLookaside(db, p) ){
+      if( n<=db->lookaside.sz ){
+        return p;
+      }
+      pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n);
+      if( pNew ){
+        memcpy(pNew, p, db->lookaside.sz);
+        sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+      }
+    }else{
+      pNew = sqlite3_realloc(p, n);
+      if( !pNew ){
+        db->mallocFailed = 1;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return pNew;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to reallocate p.  If the reallocation fails, then free p
+** and set the mallocFailed flag in the database connection.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(sqlite3 *db, void *p, int n){
+  void *pNew;
+  pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, p, n);
+  if( !pNew ){
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+  }
+  return pNew;
+}
+
+/*
+** Make a copy of a string in memory obtained from sqliteMalloc(). These 
+** functions call sqlite3MallocRaw() directly instead of sqliteMalloc(). This
+** is because when memory debugging is turned on, these two functions are 
+** called via macros that record the current file and line number in the
+** ThreadData structure.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrDup(sqlite3 *db, const char *z){
+  char *zNew;
+  size_t n;
+  if( z==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  n = strlen(z)+1;
+  assert( (n&0x7fffffff)==n );
+  zNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, (int)n);
+  if( zNew ){
+    memcpy(zNew, z, n);
+  }
+  return zNew;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrNDup(sqlite3 *db, const char *z, int n){
+  char *zNew;
+  if( z==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  assert( (n&0x7fffffff)==n );
+  zNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n+1);
+  if( zNew ){
+    memcpy(zNew, z, n);
+    zNew[n] = 0;
+  }
+  return zNew;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a string from the zFromat argument and the va_list that follows.
+** Store the string in memory obtained from sqliteMalloc() and make *pz
+** point to that string.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SetString(char **pz, sqlite3 *db, const char *zFormat, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  char *z;
+
+  va_start(ap, zFormat);
+  z = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap);
+  va_end(ap);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, *pz);
+  *pz = z;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This function must be called before exiting any API function (i.e. 
+** returning control to the user) that has called sqlite3_malloc or
+** sqlite3_realloc.
+**
+** The returned value is normally a copy of the second argument to this
+** function. However, if a malloc() failure has occured since the previous
+** invocation SQLITE_NOMEM is returned instead. 
+**
+** If the first argument, db, is not NULL and a malloc() error has occured,
+** then the connection error-code (the value returned by sqlite3_errcode())
+** is set to SQLITE_NOMEM.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ApiExit(sqlite3* db, int rc){
+  /* If the db handle is not NULL, then we must hold the connection handle
+  ** mutex here. Otherwise the read (and possible write) of db->mallocFailed 
+  ** is unsafe, as is the call to sqlite3Error().
+  */
+  assert( !db || sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  if( db && db->mallocFailed ){
+    sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_NOMEM, 0);
+    db->mallocFailed = 0;
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  return rc & (db ? db->errMask : 0xff);
+}
+
+/************** End of malloc.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file printf.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** The "printf" code that follows dates from the 1980's.  It is in
+** the public domain.  The original comments are included here for
+** completeness.  They are very out-of-date but might be useful as
+** an historical reference.  Most of the "enhancements" have been backed
+** out so that the functionality is now the same as standard printf().
+**
+** $Id: printf.c,v 1.94 2008/08/22 14:08:36 drh Exp $
+**
+**************************************************************************
+**
+** The following modules is an enhanced replacement for the "printf" subroutines
+** found in the standard C library.  The following enhancements are
+** supported:
+**
+**      +  Additional functions.  The standard set of "printf" functions
+**         includes printf, fprintf, sprintf, vprintf, vfprintf, and
+**         vsprintf.  This module adds the following:
+**
+**           *  snprintf -- Works like sprintf, but has an extra argument
+**                          which is the size of the buffer written to.
+**
+**           *  mprintf --  Similar to sprintf.  Writes output to memory
+**                          obtained from malloc.
+**
+**           *  xprintf --  Calls a function to dispose of output.
+**
+**           *  nprintf --  No output, but returns the number of characters
+**                          that would have been output by printf.
+**
+**           *  A v- version (ex: vsnprintf) of every function is also
+**              supplied.
+**
+**      +  A few extensions to the formatting notation are supported:
+**
+**           *  The "=" flag (similar to "-") causes the output to be
+**              be centered in the appropriately sized field.
+**
+**           *  The %b field outputs an integer in binary notation.
+**
+**           *  The %c field now accepts a precision.  The character output
+**              is repeated by the number of times the precision specifies.
+**
+**           *  The %' field works like %c, but takes as its character the
+**              next character of the format string, instead of the next
+**              argument.  For example,  printf("%.78'-")  prints 78 minus
+**              signs, the same as  printf("%.78c",'-').
+**
+**      +  When compiled using GCC on a SPARC, this version of printf is
+**         faster than the library printf for SUN OS 4.1.
+**
+**      +  All functions are fully reentrant.
+**
+*/
+
+/*
+** Conversion types fall into various categories as defined by the
+** following enumeration.
+*/
+#define etRADIX       1 /* Integer types.  %d, %x, %o, and so forth */
+#define etFLOAT       2 /* Floating point.  %f */
+#define etEXP         3 /* Exponentional notation. %e and %E */
+#define etGENERIC     4 /* Floating or exponential, depending on exponent. %g */
+#define etSIZE        5 /* Return number of characters processed so far. %n */
+#define etSTRING      6 /* Strings. %s */
+#define etDYNSTRING   7 /* Dynamically allocated strings. %z */
+#define etPERCENT     8 /* Percent symbol. %% */
+#define etCHARX       9 /* Characters. %c */
+/* The rest are extensions, not normally found in printf() */
+#define etSQLESCAPE  10 /* Strings with '\'' doubled.  %q */
+#define etSQLESCAPE2 11 /* Strings with '\'' doubled and enclosed in '',
+                          NULL pointers replaced by SQL NULL.  %Q */
+#define etTOKEN      12 /* a pointer to a Token structure */
+#define etSRCLIST    13 /* a pointer to a SrcList */
+#define etPOINTER    14 /* The %p conversion */
+#define etSQLESCAPE3 15 /* %w -> Strings with '\"' doubled */
+#define etORDINAL    16 /* %r -> 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, etc.  English only */
+
+
+/*
+** An "etByte" is an 8-bit unsigned value.
+*/
+typedef unsigned char etByte;
+
+/*
+** Each builtin conversion character (ex: the 'd' in "%d") is described
+** by an instance of the following structure
+*/
+typedef struct et_info {   /* Information about each format field */
+  char fmttype;            /* The format field code letter */
+  etByte base;             /* The base for radix conversion */
+  etByte flags;            /* One or more of FLAG_ constants below */
+  etByte type;             /* Conversion paradigm */
+  etByte charset;          /* Offset into aDigits[] of the digits string */
+  etByte prefix;           /* Offset into aPrefix[] of the prefix string */
+} et_info;
+
+/*
+** Allowed values for et_info.flags
+*/
+#define FLAG_SIGNED  1     /* True if the value to convert is signed */
+#define FLAG_INTERN  2     /* True if for internal use only */
+#define FLAG_STRING  4     /* Allow infinity precision */
+
+
+/*
+** The following table is searched linearly, so it is good to put the
+** most frequently used conversion types first.
+*/
+static const char aDigits[] = "0123456789ABCDEF0123456789abcdef";
+static const char aPrefix[] = "-x0\000X0";
+static const et_info fmtinfo[] = {
+  {  'd', 10, 1, etRADIX,      0,  0 },
+  {  's',  0, 4, etSTRING,     0,  0 },
+  {  'g',  0, 1, etGENERIC,    30, 0 },
+  {  'z',  0, 4, etDYNSTRING,  0,  0 },
+  {  'q',  0, 4, etSQLESCAPE,  0,  0 },
+  {  'Q',  0, 4, etSQLESCAPE2, 0,  0 },
+  {  'w',  0, 4, etSQLESCAPE3, 0,  0 },
+  {  'c',  0, 0, etCHARX,      0,  0 },
+  {  'o',  8, 0, etRADIX,      0,  2 },
+  {  'u', 10, 0, etRADIX,      0,  0 },
+  {  'x', 16, 0, etRADIX,      16, 1 },
+  {  'X', 16, 0, etRADIX,      0,  4 },
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+  {  'f',  0, 1, etFLOAT,      0,  0 },
+  {  'e',  0, 1, etEXP,        30, 0 },
+  {  'E',  0, 1, etEXP,        14, 0 },
+  {  'G',  0, 1, etGENERIC,    14, 0 },
+#endif
+  {  'i', 10, 1, etRADIX,      0,  0 },
+  {  'n',  0, 0, etSIZE,       0,  0 },
+  {  '%',  0, 0, etPERCENT,    0,  0 },
+  {  'p', 16, 0, etPOINTER,    0,  1 },
+  {  'T',  0, 2, etTOKEN,      0,  0 },
+  {  'S',  0, 2, etSRCLIST,    0,  0 },
+  {  'r', 10, 3, etORDINAL,    0,  0 },
+};
+#define etNINFO  (sizeof(fmtinfo)/sizeof(fmtinfo[0]))
+
+/*
+** If SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT is defined, then none of the floating point
+** conversions will work.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+/*
+** "*val" is a double such that 0.1 <= *val < 10.0
+** Return the ascii code for the leading digit of *val, then
+** multiply "*val" by 10.0 to renormalize.
+**
+** Example:
+**     input:     *val = 3.14159
+**     output:    *val = 1.4159    function return = '3'
+**
+** The counter *cnt is incremented each time.  After counter exceeds
+** 16 (the number of significant digits in a 64-bit float) '0' is
+** always returned.
+*/
+static int et_getdigit(LONGDOUBLE_TYPE *val, int *cnt){
+  int digit;
+  LONGDOUBLE_TYPE d;
+  if( (*cnt)++ >= 16 ) return '0';
+  digit = (int)*val;
+  d = digit;
+  digit += '0';
+  *val = (*val - d)*10.0;
+  return digit;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT */
+
+/*
+** Append N space characters to the given string buffer.
+*/
+static void appendSpace(StrAccum *pAccum, int N){
+  static const char zSpaces[] = "                             ";
+  while( N>=sizeof(zSpaces)-1 ){
+    sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, zSpaces, sizeof(zSpaces)-1);
+    N -= sizeof(zSpaces)-1;
+  }
+  if( N>0 ){
+    sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, zSpaces, N);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** On machines with a small stack size, you can redefine the
+** SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE to be less than 350.  But beware - for
+** smaller values some %f conversions may go into an infinite loop.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE
+# define SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE 350
+#endif
+#define etBUFSIZE SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE  /* Size of the output buffer */
+
+/*
+** The root program.  All variations call this core.
+**
+** INPUTS:
+**   func   This is a pointer to a function taking three arguments
+**            1. A pointer to anything.  Same as the "arg" parameter.
+**            2. A pointer to the list of characters to be output
+**               (Note, this list is NOT null terminated.)
+**            3. An integer number of characters to be output.
+**               (Note: This number might be zero.)
+**
+**   arg    This is the pointer to anything which will be passed as the
+**          first argument to "func".  Use it for whatever you like.
+**
+**   fmt    This is the format string, as in the usual print.
+**
+**   ap     This is a pointer to a list of arguments.  Same as in
+**          vfprint.
+**
+** OUTPUTS:
+**          The return value is the total number of characters sent to
+**          the function "func".  Returns -1 on a error.
+**
+** Note that the order in which automatic variables are declared below
+** seems to make a big difference in determining how fast this beast
+** will run.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VXPrintf(
+  StrAccum *pAccum,                  /* Accumulate results here */
+  int useExtended,                   /* Allow extended %-conversions */
+  const char *fmt,                   /* Format string */
+  va_list ap                         /* arguments */
+){
+  int c;                     /* Next character in the format string */
+  char *bufpt;               /* Pointer to the conversion buffer */
+  int precision;             /* Precision of the current field */
+  int length;                /* Length of the field */
+  int idx;                   /* A general purpose loop counter */
+  int width;                 /* Width of the current field */
+  etByte flag_leftjustify;   /* True if "-" flag is present */
+  etByte flag_plussign;      /* True if "+" flag is present */
+  etByte flag_blanksign;     /* True if " " flag is present */
+  etByte flag_alternateform; /* True if "#" flag is present */
+  etByte flag_altform2;      /* True if "!" flag is present */
+  etByte flag_zeropad;       /* True if field width constant starts with zero */
+  etByte flag_long;          /* True if "l" flag is present */
+  etByte flag_longlong;      /* True if the "ll" flag is present */
+  etByte done;               /* Loop termination flag */
+  sqlite_uint64 longvalue;   /* Value for integer types */
+  LONGDOUBLE_TYPE realvalue; /* Value for real types */
+  const et_info *infop;      /* Pointer to the appropriate info structure */
+  char buf[etBUFSIZE];       /* Conversion buffer */
+  char prefix;               /* Prefix character.  "+" or "-" or " " or '\0'. */
+  etByte xtype;              /* Conversion paradigm */
+  char *zExtra;              /* Extra memory used for etTCLESCAPE conversions */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+  int  exp, e2;              /* exponent of real numbers */
+  double rounder;            /* Used for rounding floating point values */
+  etByte flag_dp;            /* True if decimal point should be shown */
+  etByte flag_rtz;           /* True if trailing zeros should be removed */
+  etByte flag_exp;           /* True to force display of the exponent */
+  int nsd;                   /* Number of significant digits returned */
+#endif
+
+  length = 0;
+  bufpt = 0;
+  for(; (c=(*fmt))!=0; ++fmt){
+    if( c!='%' ){
+      int amt;
+      bufpt = (char *)fmt;
+      amt = 1;
+      while( (c=(*++fmt))!='%' && c!=0 ) amt++;
+      sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, bufpt, amt);
+      if( c==0 ) break;
+    }
+    if( (c=(*++fmt))==0 ){
+      sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, "%", 1);
+      break;
+    }
+    /* Find out what flags are present */
+    flag_leftjustify = flag_plussign = flag_blanksign = 
+     flag_alternateform = flag_altform2 = flag_zeropad = 0;
+    done = 0;
+    do{
+      switch( c ){
+        case '-':   flag_leftjustify = 1;     break;
+        case '+':   flag_plussign = 1;        break;
+        case ' ':   flag_blanksign = 1;       break;
+        case '#':   flag_alternateform = 1;   break;
+        case '!':   flag_altform2 = 1;        break;
+        case '0':   flag_zeropad = 1;         break;
+        default:    done = 1;                 break;
+      }
+    }while( !done && (c=(*++fmt))!=0 );
+    /* Get the field width */
+    width = 0;
+    if( c=='*' ){
+      width = va_arg(ap,int);
+      if( width<0 ){
+        flag_leftjustify = 1;
+        width = -width;
+      }
+      c = *++fmt;
+    }else{
+      while( c>='0' && c<='9' ){
+        width = width*10 + c - '0';
+        c = *++fmt;
+      }
+    }
+    if( width > etBUFSIZE-10 ){
+      width = etBUFSIZE-10;
+    }
+    /* Get the precision */
+    if( c=='.' ){
+      precision = 0;
+      c = *++fmt;
+      if( c=='*' ){
+        precision = va_arg(ap,int);
+        if( precision<0 ) precision = -precision;
+        c = *++fmt;
+      }else{
+        while( c>='0' && c<='9' ){
+          precision = precision*10 + c - '0';
+          c = *++fmt;
+        }
+      }
+    }else{
+      precision = -1;
+    }
+    /* Get the conversion type modifier */
+    if( c=='l' ){
+      flag_long = 1;
+      c = *++fmt;
+      if( c=='l' ){
+        flag_longlong = 1;
+        c = *++fmt;
+      }else{
+        flag_longlong = 0;
+      }
+    }else{
+      flag_long = flag_longlong = 0;
+    }
+    /* Fetch the info entry for the field */
+    infop = 0;
+    for(idx=0; idx<etNINFO; idx++){
+      if( c==fmtinfo[idx].fmttype ){
+        infop = &fmtinfo[idx];
+        if( useExtended || (infop->flags & FLAG_INTERN)==0 ){
+          xtype = infop->type;
+        }else{
+          return;
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    zExtra = 0;
+    if( infop==0 ){
+      return;
+    }
+
+
+    /* Limit the precision to prevent overflowing buf[] during conversion */
+    if( precision>etBUFSIZE-40 && (infop->flags & FLAG_STRING)==0 ){
+      precision = etBUFSIZE-40;
+    }
+
+    /*
+    ** At this point, variables are initialized as follows:
+    **
+    **   flag_alternateform          TRUE if a '#' is present.
+    **   flag_altform2               TRUE if a '!' is present.
+    **   flag_plussign               TRUE if a '+' is present.
+    **   flag_leftjustify            TRUE if a '-' is present or if the
+    **                               field width was negative.
+    **   flag_zeropad                TRUE if the width began with 0.
+    **   flag_long                   TRUE if the letter 'l' (ell) prefixed
+    **                               the conversion character.
+    **   flag_longlong               TRUE if the letter 'll' (ell ell) prefixed
+    **                               the conversion character.
+    **   flag_blanksign              TRUE if a ' ' is present.
+    **   width                       The specified field width.  This is
+    **                               always non-negative.  Zero is the default.
+    **   precision                   The specified precision.  The default
+    **                               is -1.
+    **   xtype                       The class of the conversion.
+    **   infop                       Pointer to the appropriate info struct.
+    */
+    switch( xtype ){
+      case etPOINTER:
+        flag_longlong = sizeof(char*)==sizeof(i64);
+        flag_long = sizeof(char*)==sizeof(long int);
+        /* Fall through into the next case */
+      case etORDINAL:
+      case etRADIX:
+        if( infop->flags & FLAG_SIGNED ){
+          i64 v;
+          if( flag_longlong )   v = va_arg(ap,i64);
+          else if( flag_long )  v = va_arg(ap,long int);
+          else                  v = va_arg(ap,int);
+          if( v<0 ){
+            longvalue = -v;
+            prefix = '-';
+          }else{
+            longvalue = v;
+            if( flag_plussign )        prefix = '+';
+            else if( flag_blanksign )  prefix = ' ';
+            else                       prefix = 0;
+          }
+        }else{
+          if( flag_longlong )   longvalue = va_arg(ap,u64);
+          else if( flag_long )  longvalue = va_arg(ap,unsigned long int);
+          else                  longvalue = va_arg(ap,unsigned int);
+          prefix = 0;
+        }
+        if( longvalue==0 ) flag_alternateform = 0;
+        if( flag_zeropad && precision<width-(prefix!=0) ){
+          precision = width-(prefix!=0);
+        }
+        bufpt = &buf[etBUFSIZE-1];
+        if( xtype==etORDINAL ){
+          static const char zOrd[] = "thstndrd";
+          int x = longvalue % 10;
+          if( x>=4 || (longvalue/10)%10==1 ){
+            x = 0;
+          }
+          buf[etBUFSIZE-3] = zOrd[x*2];
+          buf[etBUFSIZE-2] = zOrd[x*2+1];
+          bufpt -= 2;
+        }
+        {
+          register const char *cset;      /* Use registers for speed */
+          register int base;
+          cset = &aDigits[infop->charset];
+          base = infop->base;
+          do{                                           /* Convert to ascii */
+            *(--bufpt) = cset[longvalue%base];
+            longvalue = longvalue/base;
+          }while( longvalue>0 );
+        }
+        length = &buf[etBUFSIZE-1]-bufpt;
+        for(idx=precision-length; idx>0; idx--){
+          *(--bufpt) = '0';                             /* Zero pad */
+        }
+        if( prefix ) *(--bufpt) = prefix;               /* Add sign */
+        if( flag_alternateform && infop->prefix ){      /* Add "0" or "0x" */
+          const char *pre;
+          char x;
+          pre = &aPrefix[infop->prefix];
+          for(; (x=(*pre))!=0; pre++) *(--bufpt) = x;
+        }
+        length = &buf[etBUFSIZE-1]-bufpt;
+        break;
+      case etFLOAT:
+      case etEXP:
+      case etGENERIC:
+        realvalue = va_arg(ap,double);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+        if( precision<0 ) precision = 6;         /* Set default precision */
+        if( precision>etBUFSIZE/2-10 ) precision = etBUFSIZE/2-10;
+        if( realvalue<0.0 ){
+          realvalue = -realvalue;
+          prefix = '-';
+        }else{
+          if( flag_plussign )          prefix = '+';
+          else if( flag_blanksign )    prefix = ' ';
+          else                         prefix = 0;
+        }
+        if( xtype==etGENERIC && precision>0 ) precision--;
+#if 0
+        /* Rounding works like BSD when the constant 0.4999 is used.  Wierd! */
+        for(idx=precision, rounder=0.4999; idx>0; idx--, rounder*=0.1);
+#else
+        /* It makes more sense to use 0.5 */
+        for(idx=precision, rounder=0.5; idx>0; idx--, rounder*=0.1){}
+#endif
+        if( xtype==etFLOAT ) realvalue += rounder;
+        /* Normalize realvalue to within 10.0 > realvalue >= 1.0 */
+        exp = 0;
+        if( sqlite3IsNaN(realvalue) ){
+          bufpt = "NaN";
+          length = 3;
+          break;
+        }
+        if( realvalue>0.0 ){
+          while( realvalue>=1e32 && exp<=350 ){ realvalue *= 1e-32; exp+=32; }
+          while( realvalue>=1e8 && exp<=350 ){ realvalue *= 1e-8; exp+=8; }
+          while( realvalue>=10.0 && exp<=350 ){ realvalue *= 0.1; exp++; }
+          while( realvalue<1e-8 ){ realvalue *= 1e8; exp-=8; }
+          while( realvalue<1.0 ){ realvalue *= 10.0; exp--; }
+          if( exp>350 ){
+            if( prefix=='-' ){
+              bufpt = "-Inf";
+            }else if( prefix=='+' ){
+              bufpt = "+Inf";
+            }else{
+              bufpt = "Inf";
+            }
+            length = strlen(bufpt);
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+        bufpt = buf;
+        /*
+        ** If the field type is etGENERIC, then convert to either etEXP
+        ** or etFLOAT, as appropriate.
+        */
+        flag_exp = xtype==etEXP;
+        if( xtype!=etFLOAT ){
+          realvalue += rounder;
+          if( realvalue>=10.0 ){ realvalue *= 0.1; exp++; }
+        }
+        if( xtype==etGENERIC ){
+          flag_rtz = !flag_alternateform;
+          if( exp<-4 || exp>precision ){
+            xtype = etEXP;
+          }else{
+            precision = precision - exp;
+            xtype = etFLOAT;
+          }
+        }else{
+          flag_rtz = 0;
+        }
+        if( xtype==etEXP ){
+          e2 = 0;
+        }else{
+          e2 = exp;
+        }
+        nsd = 0;
+        flag_dp = (precision>0) | flag_alternateform | flag_altform2;
+        /* The sign in front of the number */
+        if( prefix ){
+          *(bufpt++) = prefix;
+        }
+        /* Digits prior to the decimal point */
+        if( e2<0 ){
+          *(bufpt++) = '0';
+        }else{
+          for(; e2>=0; e2--){
+            *(bufpt++) = et_getdigit(&realvalue,&nsd);
+          }
+        }
+        /* The decimal point */
+        if( flag_dp ){
+          *(bufpt++) = '.';
+        }
+        /* "0" digits after the decimal point but before the first
+        ** significant digit of the number */
+        for(e2++; e2<0; precision--, e2++){
+          assert( precision>0 );
+          *(bufpt++) = '0';
+        }
+        /* Significant digits after the decimal point */
+        while( (precision--)>0 ){
+          *(bufpt++) = et_getdigit(&realvalue,&nsd);
+        }
+        /* Remove trailing zeros and the "." if no digits follow the "." */
+        if( flag_rtz && flag_dp ){
+          while( bufpt[-1]=='0' ) *(--bufpt) = 0;
+          assert( bufpt>buf );
+          if( bufpt[-1]=='.' ){
+            if( flag_altform2 ){
+              *(bufpt++) = '0';
+            }else{
+              *(--bufpt) = 0;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        /* Add the "eNNN" suffix */
+        if( flag_exp || xtype==etEXP ){
+          *(bufpt++) = aDigits[infop->charset];
+          if( exp<0 ){
+            *(bufpt++) = '-'; exp = -exp;
+          }else{
+            *(bufpt++) = '+';
+          }
+          if( exp>=100 ){
+            *(bufpt++) = (exp/100)+'0';                /* 100's digit */
+            exp %= 100;
+          }
+          *(bufpt++) = exp/10+'0';                     /* 10's digit */
+          *(bufpt++) = exp%10+'0';                     /* 1's digit */
+        }
+        *bufpt = 0;
+
+        /* The converted number is in buf[] and zero terminated. Output it.
+        ** Note that the number is in the usual order, not reversed as with
+        ** integer conversions. */
+        length = bufpt-buf;
+        bufpt = buf;
+
+        /* Special case:  Add leading zeros if the flag_zeropad flag is
+        ** set and we are not left justified */
+        if( flag_zeropad && !flag_leftjustify && length < width){
+          int i;
+          int nPad = width - length;
+          for(i=width; i>=nPad; i--){
+            bufpt[i] = bufpt[i-nPad];
+          }
+          i = prefix!=0;
+          while( nPad-- ) bufpt[i++] = '0';
+          length = width;
+        }
+#endif
+        break;
+      case etSIZE:
+        *(va_arg(ap,int*)) = pAccum->nChar;
+        length = width = 0;
+        break;
+      case etPERCENT:
+        buf[0] = '%';
+        bufpt = buf;
+        length = 1;
+        break;
+      case etCHARX:
+        c = buf[0] = va_arg(ap,int);
+        if( precision>=0 ){
+          for(idx=1; idx<precision; idx++) buf[idx] = c;
+          length = precision;
+        }else{
+          length =1;
+        }
+        bufpt = buf;
+        break;
+      case etSTRING:
+      case etDYNSTRING:
+        bufpt = va_arg(ap,char*);
+        if( bufpt==0 ){
+          bufpt = "";
+        }else if( xtype==etDYNSTRING ){
+          zExtra = bufpt;
+        }
+        if( precision>=0 ){
+          for(length=0; length<precision && bufpt[length]; length++){}
+        }else{
+          length = strlen(bufpt);
+        }
+        break;
+      case etSQLESCAPE:
+      case etSQLESCAPE2:
+      case etSQLESCAPE3: {
+        int i, j, n, ch, isnull;
+        int needQuote;
+        char q = ((xtype==etSQLESCAPE3)?'"':'\'');   /* Quote character */
+        char *escarg = va_arg(ap,char*);
+        isnull = escarg==0;
+        if( isnull ) escarg = (xtype==etSQLESCAPE2 ? "NULL" : "(NULL)");
+        for(i=n=0; (ch=escarg[i])!=0; i++){
+          if( ch==q )  n++;
+        }
+        needQuote = !isnull && xtype==etSQLESCAPE2;
+        n += i + 1 + needQuote*2;
+        if( n>etBUFSIZE ){
+          bufpt = zExtra = sqlite3Malloc( n );
+          if( bufpt==0 ) return;
+        }else{
+          bufpt = buf;
+        }
+        j = 0;
+        if( needQuote ) bufpt[j++] = q;
+        for(i=0; (ch=escarg[i])!=0; i++){
+          bufpt[j++] = ch;
+          if( ch==q ) bufpt[j++] = ch;
+        }
+        if( needQuote ) bufpt[j++] = q;
+        bufpt[j] = 0;
+        length = j;
+        /* The precision is ignored on %q and %Q */
+        /* if( precision>=0 && precision<length ) length = precision; */
+        break;
+      }
+      case etTOKEN: {
+        Token *pToken = va_arg(ap, Token*);
+        if( pToken ){
+          sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, (const char*)pToken->z, pToken->n);
+        }
+        length = width = 0;
+        break;
+      }
+      case etSRCLIST: {
+        SrcList *pSrc = va_arg(ap, SrcList*);
+        int k = va_arg(ap, int);
+        struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pSrc->a[k];
+        assert( k>=0 && k<pSrc->nSrc );
+        if( pItem->zDatabase ){
+          sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, pItem->zDatabase, -1);
+          sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, ".", 1);
+        }
+        sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, pItem->zName, -1);
+        length = width = 0;
+        break;
+      }
+    }/* End switch over the format type */
+    /*
+    ** The text of the conversion is pointed to by "bufpt" and is
+    ** "length" characters long.  The field width is "width".  Do
+    ** the output.
+    */
+    if( !flag_leftjustify ){
+      register int nspace;
+      nspace = width-length;
+      if( nspace>0 ){
+        appendSpace(pAccum, nspace);
+      }
+    }
+    if( length>0 ){
+      sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, bufpt, length);
+    }
+    if( flag_leftjustify ){
+      register int nspace;
+      nspace = width-length;
+      if( nspace>0 ){
+        appendSpace(pAccum, nspace);
+      }
+    }
+    if( zExtra ){
+      sqlite3_free(zExtra);
+    }
+  }/* End for loop over the format string */
+} /* End of function */
+
+/*
+** Append N bytes of text from z to the StrAccum object.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumAppend(StrAccum *p, const char *z, int N){
+  if( p->tooBig | p->mallocFailed ){
+    return;
+  }
+  if( N<0 ){
+    N = strlen(z);
+  }
+  if( N==0 ){
+    return;
+  }
+  if( p->nChar+N >= p->nAlloc ){
+    char *zNew;
+    if( !p->useMalloc ){
+      p->tooBig = 1;
+      N = p->nAlloc - p->nChar - 1;
+      if( N<=0 ){
+        return;
+      }
+    }else{
+      i64 szNew = p->nChar;
+      szNew += N + 1;
+      if( szNew > p->mxAlloc ){
+        sqlite3StrAccumReset(p);
+        p->tooBig = 1;
+        return;
+      }else{
+        p->nAlloc = szNew;
+      }
+      zNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(p->db, p->nAlloc );
+      if( zNew ){
+        memcpy(zNew, p->zText, p->nChar);
+        sqlite3StrAccumReset(p);
+        p->zText = zNew;
+      }else{
+        p->mallocFailed = 1;
+        sqlite3StrAccumReset(p);
+        return;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  memcpy(&p->zText[p->nChar], z, N);
+  p->nChar += N;
+}
+
+/*
+** Finish off a string by making sure it is zero-terminated.
+** Return a pointer to the resulting string.  Return a NULL
+** pointer if any kind of error was encountered.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3StrAccumFinish(StrAccum *p){
+  if( p->zText ){
+    p->zText[p->nChar] = 0;
+    if( p->useMalloc && p->zText==p->zBase ){
+      p->zText = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(p->db, p->nChar+1 );
+      if( p->zText ){
+        memcpy(p->zText, p->zBase, p->nChar+1);
+      }else{
+        p->mallocFailed = 1;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return p->zText;
+}
+
+/*
+** Reset an StrAccum string.  Reclaim all malloced memory.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumReset(StrAccum *p){
+  if( p->zText!=p->zBase ){
+    sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p->zText);
+  }
+  p->zText = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize a string accumulator
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumInit(StrAccum *p, char *zBase, int n, int mx){
+  p->zText = p->zBase = zBase;
+  p->db = 0;
+  p->nChar = 0;
+  p->nAlloc = n;
+  p->mxAlloc = mx;
+  p->useMalloc = 1;
+  p->tooBig = 0;
+  p->mallocFailed = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Print into memory obtained from sqliteMalloc().  Use the internal
+** %-conversion extensions.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VMPrintf(sqlite3 *db, const char *zFormat, va_list ap){
+  char *z;
+  char zBase[SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE];
+  StrAccum acc;
+  sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, zBase, sizeof(zBase),
+                      db ? db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] : SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH);
+  acc.db = db;
+  sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, 1, zFormat, ap);
+  z = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc);
+  if( acc.mallocFailed && db ){
+    db->mallocFailed = 1;
+  }
+  return z;
+}
+
+/*
+** Print into memory obtained from sqliteMalloc().  Use the internal
+** %-conversion extensions.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3MPrintf(sqlite3 *db, const char *zFormat, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  char *z;
+  va_start(ap, zFormat);
+  z = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap);
+  va_end(ap);
+  return z;
+}
+
+/*
+** Like sqlite3MPrintf(), but call sqlite3DbFree() on zStr after formatting
+** the string and before returnning.  This routine is intended to be used
+** to modify an existing string.  For example:
+**
+**       x = sqlite3MPrintf(db, x, "prefix %s suffix", x);
+**
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3MAppendf(sqlite3 *db, char *zStr, const char *zFormat, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  char *z;
+  va_start(ap, zFormat);
+  z = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap);
+  va_end(ap);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, zStr);
+  return z;
+}
+
+/*
+** Print into memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc().  Omit the internal
+** %-conversion extensions.
+*/
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char *zFormat, va_list ap){
+  char *z;
+  char zBase[SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE];
+  StrAccum acc;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+  if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
+#endif
+  sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, zBase, sizeof(zBase), SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH);
+  sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, 0, zFormat, ap);
+  z = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc);
+  return z;
+}
+
+/*
+** Print into memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc()().  Omit the internal
+** %-conversion extensions.
+*/
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_mprintf(const char *zFormat, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  char *z;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+  if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
+#endif
+  va_start(ap, zFormat);
+  z = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFormat, ap);
+  va_end(ap);
+  return z;
+}
+
+/*
+** sqlite3_snprintf() works like snprintf() except that it ignores the
+** current locale settings.  This is important for SQLite because we
+** are not able to use a "," as the decimal point in place of "." as
+** specified by some locales.
+*/
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_snprintf(int n, char *zBuf, const char *zFormat, ...){
+  char *z;
+  va_list ap;
+  StrAccum acc;
+
+  if( n<=0 ){
+    return zBuf;
+  }
+  sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, zBuf, n, 0);
+  acc.useMalloc = 0;
+  va_start(ap,zFormat);
+  sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, 0, zFormat, ap);
+  va_end(ap);
+  z = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc);
+  return z;
+}
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+/*
+** A version of printf() that understands %lld.  Used for debugging.
+** The printf() built into some versions of windows does not understand %lld
+** and segfaults if you give it a long long int.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DebugPrintf(const char *zFormat, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  StrAccum acc;
+  char zBuf[500];
+  sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, zBuf, sizeof(zBuf), 0);
+  acc.useMalloc = 0;
+  va_start(ap,zFormat);
+  sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, 0, zFormat, ap);
+  va_end(ap);
+  sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc);
+  fprintf(stdout,"%s", zBuf);
+  fflush(stdout);
+}
+#endif
+
+/************** End of printf.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file random.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code to implement a pseudo-random number
+** generator (PRNG) for SQLite.
+**
+** Random numbers are used by some of the database backends in order
+** to generate random integer keys for tables or random filenames.
+**
+** $Id: random.c,v 1.25 2008/06/19 01:03:18 drh Exp $
+*/
+
+
+/* All threads share a single random number generator.
+** This structure is the current state of the generator.
+*/
+static struct sqlite3PrngType {
+  unsigned char isInit;          /* True if initialized */
+  unsigned char i, j;            /* State variables */
+  unsigned char s[256];          /* State variables */
+} sqlite3Prng;
+
+/*
+** Get a single 8-bit random value from the RC4 PRNG.  The Mutex
+** must be held while executing this routine.
+**
+** Why not just use a library random generator like lrand48() for this?
+** Because the OP_NewRowid opcode in the VDBE depends on having a very
+** good source of random numbers.  The lrand48() library function may
+** well be good enough.  But maybe not.  Or maybe lrand48() has some
+** subtle problems on some systems that could cause problems.  It is hard
+** to know.  To minimize the risk of problems due to bad lrand48()
+** implementations, SQLite uses this random number generator based
+** on RC4, which we know works very well.
+**
+** (Later):  Actually, OP_NewRowid does not depend on a good source of
+** randomness any more.  But we will leave this code in all the same.
+*/
+static int randomByte(void){
+  unsigned char t;
+
+
+  /* Initialize the state of the random number generator once,
+  ** the first time this routine is called.  The seed value does
+  ** not need to contain a lot of randomness since we are not
+  ** trying to do secure encryption or anything like that...
+  **
+  ** Nothing in this file or anywhere else in SQLite does any kind of
+  ** encryption.  The RC4 algorithm is being used as a PRNG (pseudo-random
+  ** number generator) not as an encryption device.
+  */
+  if( !sqlite3Prng.isInit ){
+    int i;
+    char k[256];
+    sqlite3Prng.j = 0;
+    sqlite3Prng.i = 0;
+    sqlite3OsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs_find(0), 256, k);
+    for(i=0; i<256; i++){
+      sqlite3Prng.s[i] = i;
+    }
+    for(i=0; i<256; i++){
+      sqlite3Prng.j += sqlite3Prng.s[i] + k[i];
+      t = sqlite3Prng.s[sqlite3Prng.j];
+      sqlite3Prng.s[sqlite3Prng.j] = sqlite3Prng.s[i];
+      sqlite3Prng.s[i] = t;
+    }
+    sqlite3Prng.isInit = 1;
+  }
+
+  /* Generate and return single random byte
+  */
+  sqlite3Prng.i++;
+  t = sqlite3Prng.s[sqlite3Prng.i];
+  sqlite3Prng.j += t;
+  sqlite3Prng.s[sqlite3Prng.i] = sqlite3Prng.s[sqlite3Prng.j];
+  sqlite3Prng.s[sqlite3Prng.j] = t;
+  t += sqlite3Prng.s[sqlite3Prng.i];
+  return sqlite3Prng.s[t];
+}
+
+/*
+** Return N random bytes.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *pBuf){
+  unsigned char *zBuf = pBuf;
+#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
+  sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG);
+#endif
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
+  while( N-- ){
+    *(zBuf++) = randomByte();
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
+/*
+** For testing purposes, we sometimes want to preserve the state of
+** PRNG and restore the PRNG to its saved state at a later time.
+** The sqlite3_test_control() interface calls these routines to
+** control the PRNG.
+*/
+static struct sqlite3PrngType sqlite3SavedPrng;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngSaveState(void){
+  memcpy(&sqlite3SavedPrng, &sqlite3Prng, sizeof(sqlite3Prng));
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngRestoreState(void){
+  memcpy(&sqlite3Prng, &sqlite3SavedPrng, sizeof(sqlite3Prng));
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngResetState(void){
+  sqlite3Prng.isInit = 0;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */
+
+/************** End of random.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file utf.c *********************************************/
+/*
+** 2004 April 13
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains routines used to translate between UTF-8, 
+** UTF-16, UTF-16BE, and UTF-16LE.
+**
+** $Id: utf.c,v 1.65 2008/08/12 15:04:59 danielk1977 Exp $
+**
+** Notes on UTF-8:
+**
+**   Byte-0    Byte-1    Byte-2    Byte-3    Value
+**  0xxxxxxx                                 00000000 00000000 0xxxxxxx
+**  110yyyyy  10xxxxxx                       00000000 00000yyy yyxxxxxx
+**  1110zzzz  10yyyyyy  10xxxxxx             00000000 zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx
+**  11110uuu  10uuzzzz  10yyyyyy  10xxxxxx   000uuuuu zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx
+**
+**
+** Notes on UTF-16:  (with wwww+1==uuuuu)
+**
+**      Word-0               Word-1          Value
+**  110110ww wwzzzzyy   110111yy yyxxxxxx    000uuuuu zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx
+**  zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx                        00000000 zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx
+**
+**
+** BOM or Byte Order Mark:
+**     0xff 0xfe   little-endian utf-16 follows
+**     0xfe 0xff   big-endian utf-16 follows
+**
+*/
+/************** Include vdbeInt.h in the middle of utf.c *********************/
+/************** Begin file vdbeInt.h *****************************************/
+/*
+** 2003 September 6
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This is the header file for information that is private to the
+** VDBE.  This information used to all be at the top of the single
+** source code file "vdbe.c".  When that file became too big (over
+** 6000 lines long) it was split up into several smaller files and
+** this header information was factored out.
+**
+** $Id: vdbeInt.h,v 1.154 2008/08/13 19:11:48 drh Exp $
+*/
+#ifndef _VDBEINT_H_
+#define _VDBEINT_H_
+
+/*
+** intToKey() and keyToInt() used to transform the rowid.  But with
+** the latest versions of the design they are no-ops.
+*/
+#define keyToInt(X)   (X)
+#define intToKey(X)   (X)
+
+
+/*
+** SQL is translated into a sequence of instructions to be
+** executed by a virtual machine.  Each instruction is an instance
+** of the following structure.
+*/
+typedef struct VdbeOp Op;
+
+/*
+** Boolean values
+*/
+typedef unsigned char Bool;
+
+/*
+** A cursor is a pointer into a single BTree within a database file.
+** The cursor can seek to a BTree entry with a particular key, or
+** loop over all entries of the Btree.  You can also insert new BTree
+** entries or retrieve the key or data from the entry that the cursor
+** is currently pointing to.
+** 
+** Every cursor that the virtual machine has open is represented by an
+** instance of the following structure.
+**
+** If the Cursor.isTriggerRow flag is set it means that this cursor is
+** really a single row that represents the NEW or OLD pseudo-table of
+** a row trigger.  The data for the row is stored in Cursor.pData and
+** the rowid is in Cursor.iKey.
+*/
+struct Cursor {
+  BtCursor *pCursor;    /* The cursor structure of the backend */
+  int iDb;              /* Index of cursor database in db->aDb[] (or -1) */
+  i64 lastRowid;        /* Last rowid from a Next or NextIdx operation */
+  i64 nextRowid;        /* Next rowid returned by OP_NewRowid */
+  Bool zeroed;          /* True if zeroed out and ready for reuse */
+  Bool rowidIsValid;    /* True if lastRowid is valid */
+  Bool atFirst;         /* True if pointing to first entry */
+  Bool useRandomRowid;  /* Generate new record numbers semi-randomly */
+  Bool nullRow;         /* True if pointing to a row with no data */
+  Bool nextRowidValid;  /* True if the nextRowid field is valid */
+  Bool pseudoTable;     /* This is a NEW or OLD pseudo-tables of a trigger */
+  Bool ephemPseudoTable;
+  Bool deferredMoveto;  /* A call to sqlite3BtreeMoveto() is needed */
+  Bool isTable;         /* True if a table requiring integer keys */
+  Bool isIndex;         /* True if an index containing keys only - no data */
+  i64 movetoTarget;     /* Argument to the deferred sqlite3BtreeMoveto() */
+  Btree *pBt;           /* Separate file holding temporary table */
+  int nData;            /* Number of bytes in pData */
+  char *pData;          /* Data for a NEW or OLD pseudo-table */
+  i64 iKey;             /* Key for the NEW or OLD pseudo-table row */
+  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;    /* Info about index keys needed by index cursors */
+  int nField;           /* Number of fields in the header */
+  i64 seqCount;         /* Sequence counter */
+  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor;  /* The cursor for a virtual table */
+  const sqlite3_module *pModule;     /* Module for cursor pVtabCursor */
+
+  /* Cached information about the header for the data record that the
+  ** cursor is currently pointing to.  Only valid if cacheValid is true.
+  ** aRow might point to (ephemeral) data for the current row, or it might
+  ** be NULL.
+  */
+  int cacheStatus;      /* Cache is valid if this matches Vdbe.cacheCtr */
+  int payloadSize;      /* Total number of bytes in the record */
+  u32 *aType;           /* Type values for all entries in the record */
+  u32 *aOffset;         /* Cached offsets to the start of each columns data */
+  u8 *aRow;             /* Data for the current row, if all on one page */
+};
+typedef struct Cursor Cursor;
+
+/*
+** A value for Cursor.cacheValid that means the cache is always invalid.
+*/
+#define CACHE_STALE 0
+
+/*
+** Internally, the vdbe manipulates nearly all SQL values as Mem
+** structures. Each Mem struct may cache multiple representations (string,
+** integer etc.) of the same value.  A value (and therefore Mem structure)
+** has the following properties:
+**
+** Each value has a manifest type. The manifest type of the value stored
+** in a Mem struct is returned by the MemType(Mem*) macro. The type is
+** one of SQLITE_NULL, SQLITE_INTEGER, SQLITE_REAL, SQLITE_TEXT or
+** SQLITE_BLOB.
+*/
+struct Mem {
+  union {
+    i64 i;              /* Integer value. Or FuncDef* when flags==MEM_Agg */
+    FuncDef *pDef;      /* Used only when flags==MEM_Agg */
+  } u;
+  double r;           /* Real value */
+  sqlite3 *db;        /* The associated database connection */
+  char *z;            /* String or BLOB value */
+  int n;              /* Number of characters in string value, excluding '\0' */
+  u16 flags;          /* Some combination of MEM_Null, MEM_Str, MEM_Dyn, etc. */
+  u8  type;           /* One of SQLITE_NULL, SQLITE_TEXT, SQLITE_INTEGER, etc */
+  u8  enc;            /* SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE */
+  void (*xDel)(void *);  /* If not null, call this function to delete Mem.z */
+  char *zMalloc;      /* Dynamic buffer allocated by sqlite3_malloc() */
+};
+
+/* One or more of the following flags are set to indicate the validOK
+** representations of the value stored in the Mem struct.
+**
+** If the MEM_Null flag is set, then the value is an SQL NULL value.
+** No other flags may be set in this case.
+**
+** If the MEM_Str flag is set then Mem.z points at a string representation.
+** Usually this is encoded in the same unicode encoding as the main
+** database (see below for exceptions). If the MEM_Term flag is also
+** set, then the string is nul terminated. The MEM_Int and MEM_Real 
+** flags may coexist with the MEM_Str flag.
+**
+** Multiple of these values can appear in Mem.flags.  But only one
+** at a time can appear in Mem.type.
+*/
+#define MEM_Null      0x0001   /* Value is NULL */
+#define MEM_Str       0x0002   /* Value is a string */
+#define MEM_Int       0x0004   /* Value is an integer */
+#define MEM_Real      0x0008   /* Value is a real number */
+#define MEM_Blob      0x0010   /* Value is a BLOB */
+
+#define MemSetTypeFlag(p, f) \
+  ((p)->flags = ((p)->flags&~(MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Null|MEM_Blob|MEM_Str))|f)
+
+/* Whenever Mem contains a valid string or blob representation, one of
+** the following flags must be set to determine the memory management
+** policy for Mem.z.  The MEM_Term flag tells us whether or not the
+** string is \000 or \u0000 terminated
+*/
+#define MEM_Term      0x0020   /* String rep is nul terminated */
+#define MEM_Dyn       0x0040   /* Need to call sqliteFree() on Mem.z */
+#define MEM_Static    0x0080   /* Mem.z points to a static string */
+#define MEM_Ephem     0x0100   /* Mem.z points to an ephemeral string */
+#define MEM_Agg       0x0400   /* Mem.z points to an agg function context */
+#define MEM_Zero      0x0800   /* Mem.i contains count of 0s appended to blob */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
+  #undef MEM_Zero
+  #define MEM_Zero 0x0000
+#endif
+
+
+/* A VdbeFunc is just a FuncDef (defined in sqliteInt.h) that contains
+** additional information about auxiliary information bound to arguments
+** of the function.  This is used to implement the sqlite3_get_auxdata()
+** and sqlite3_set_auxdata() APIs.  The "auxdata" is some auxiliary data
+** that can be associated with a constant argument to a function.  This
+** allows functions such as "regexp" to compile their constant regular
+** expression argument once and reused the compiled code for multiple
+** invocations.
+*/
+struct VdbeFunc {
+  FuncDef *pFunc;               /* The definition of the function */
+  int nAux;                     /* Number of entries allocated for apAux[] */
+  struct AuxData {
+    void *pAux;                   /* Aux data for the i-th argument */
+    void (*xDelete)(void *);      /* Destructor for the aux data */
+  } apAux[1];                   /* One slot for each function argument */
+};
+
+/*
+** The "context" argument for a installable function.  A pointer to an
+** instance of this structure is the first argument to the routines used
+** implement the SQL functions.
+**
+** There is a typedef for this structure in sqlite.h.  So all routines,
+** even the public interface to SQLite, can use a pointer to this structure.
+** But this file is the only place where the internal details of this
+** structure are known.
+**
+** This structure is defined inside of vdbeInt.h because it uses substructures
+** (Mem) which are only defined there.
+*/
+struct sqlite3_context {
+  FuncDef *pFunc;       /* Pointer to function information.  MUST BE FIRST */
+  VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc;  /* Auxilary data, if created. */
+  Mem s;                /* The return value is stored here */
+  Mem *pMem;            /* Memory cell used to store aggregate context */
+  int isError;          /* Error code returned by the function. */
+  CollSeq *pColl;       /* Collating sequence */
+};
+
+/*
+** A Set structure is used for quick testing to see if a value
+** is part of a small set.  Sets are used to implement code like
+** this:
+**            x.y IN ('hi','hoo','hum')
+*/
+typedef struct Set Set;
+struct Set {
+  Hash hash;             /* A set is just a hash table */
+  HashElem *prev;        /* Previously accessed hash elemen */
+};
+
+/*
+** A FifoPage structure holds a single page of valves.  Pages are arranged
+** in a list.
+*/
+typedef struct FifoPage FifoPage;
+struct FifoPage {
+  int nSlot;         /* Number of entries aSlot[] */
+  int iWrite;        /* Push the next value into this entry in aSlot[] */
+  int iRead;         /* Read the next value from this entry in aSlot[] */
+  FifoPage *pNext;   /* Next page in the fifo */
+  i64 aSlot[1];      /* One or more slots for rowid values */
+};
+
+/*
+** The Fifo structure is typedef-ed in vdbeInt.h.  But the implementation
+** of that structure is private to this file.
+**
+** The Fifo structure describes the entire fifo.  
+*/
+typedef struct Fifo Fifo;
+struct Fifo {
+  int nEntry;         /* Total number of entries */
+  sqlite3 *db;        /* The associated database connection */
+  FifoPage *pFirst;   /* First page on the list */
+  FifoPage *pLast;    /* Last page on the list */
+};
+
+/*
+** A Context stores the last insert rowid, the last statement change count,
+** and the current statement change count (i.e. changes since last statement).
+** The current keylist is also stored in the context.
+** Elements of Context structure type make up the ContextStack, which is
+** updated by the ContextPush and ContextPop opcodes (used by triggers).
+** The context is pushed before executing a trigger a popped when the
+** trigger finishes.
+*/
+typedef struct Context Context;
+struct Context {
+  i64 lastRowid;    /* Last insert rowid (sqlite3.lastRowid) */
+  int nChange;      /* Statement changes (Vdbe.nChanges)     */
+  Fifo sFifo;       /* Records that will participate in a DELETE or UPDATE */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of the virtual machine.  This structure contains the complete
+** state of the virtual machine.
+**
+** The "sqlite3_stmt" structure pointer that is returned by sqlite3_compile()
+** is really a pointer to an instance of this structure.
+**
+** The Vdbe.inVtabMethod variable is set to non-zero for the duration of
+** any virtual table method invocations made by the vdbe program. It is
+** set to 2 for xDestroy method calls and 1 for all other methods. This
+** variable is used for two purposes: to allow xDestroy methods to execute
+** "DROP TABLE" statements and to prevent some nasty side effects of
+** malloc failure when SQLite is invoked recursively by a virtual table 
+** method function.
+*/
+struct Vdbe {
+  sqlite3 *db;        /* The whole database */
+  Vdbe *pPrev,*pNext; /* Linked list of VDBEs with the same Vdbe.db */
+  int nOp;            /* Number of instructions in the program */
+  int nOpAlloc;       /* Number of slots allocated for aOp[] */
+  Op *aOp;            /* Space to hold the virtual machine's program */
+  int nLabel;         /* Number of labels used */
+  int nLabelAlloc;    /* Number of slots allocated in aLabel[] */
+  int *aLabel;        /* Space to hold the labels */
+  Mem **apArg;        /* Arguments to currently executing user function */
+  Mem *aColName;      /* Column names to return */
+  int nCursor;        /* Number of slots in apCsr[] */
+  Cursor **apCsr;     /* One element of this array for each open cursor */
+  int nVar;           /* Number of entries in aVar[] */
+  Mem *aVar;          /* Values for the OP_Variable opcode. */
+  char **azVar;       /* Name of variables */
+  int okVar;          /* True if azVar[] has been initialized */
+  int magic;              /* Magic number for sanity checking */
+  int nMem;               /* Number of memory locations currently allocated */
+  Mem *aMem;              /* The memory locations */
+  int nCallback;          /* Number of callbacks invoked so far */
+  int cacheCtr;           /* Cursor row cache generation counter */
+  Fifo sFifo;             /* A list of ROWIDs */
+  int contextStackTop;    /* Index of top element in the context stack */
+  int contextStackDepth;  /* The size of the "context" stack */
+  Context *contextStack;  /* Stack used by opcodes ContextPush & ContextPop*/
+  int pc;                 /* The program counter */
+  int rc;                 /* Value to return */
+  unsigned uniqueCnt;     /* Used by OP_MakeRecord when P2!=0 */
+  int errorAction;        /* Recovery action to do in case of an error */
+  int inTempTrans;        /* True if temp database is transactioned */
+  int nResColumn;         /* Number of columns in one row of the result set */
+  char **azResColumn;     /* Values for one row of result */ 
+  char *zErrMsg;          /* Error message written here */
+  Mem *pResultSet;        /* Pointer to an array of results */
+  u8 explain;             /* True if EXPLAIN present on SQL command */
+  u8 changeCntOn;         /* True to update the change-counter */
+  u8 expired;             /* True if the VM needs to be recompiled */
+  u8 minWriteFileFormat;  /* Minimum file format for writable database files */
+  u8 inVtabMethod;        /* See comments above */
+  int nChange;            /* Number of db changes made since last reset */
+  i64 startTime;          /* Time when query started - used for profiling */
+  int btreeMask;          /* Bitmask of db->aDb[] entries referenced */
+  BtreeMutexArray aMutex; /* An array of Btree used here and needing locks */
+  int nSql;             /* Number of bytes in zSql */
+  char *zSql;           /* Text of the SQL statement that generated this */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  FILE *trace;        /* Write an execution trace here, if not NULL */
+#endif
+  int openedStatement;  /* True if this VM has opened a statement journal */
+#ifdef SQLITE_SSE
+  int fetchId;          /* Statement number used by sqlite3_fetch_statement */
+  int lru;              /* Counter used for LRU cache replacement */
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
+  Vdbe *pLruPrev;
+  Vdbe *pLruNext;
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** The following are allowed values for Vdbe.magic
+*/
+#define VDBE_MAGIC_INIT     0x26bceaa5    /* Building a VDBE program */
+#define VDBE_MAGIC_RUN      0xbdf20da3    /* VDBE is ready to execute */
+#define VDBE_MAGIC_HALT     0x519c2973    /* VDBE has completed execution */
+#define VDBE_MAGIC_DEAD     0xb606c3c8    /* The VDBE has been deallocated */
+
+/*
+** Function prototypes
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(Vdbe *, Cursor*);
+void sqliteVdbePopStack(Vdbe*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(Cursor*);
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintOp(FILE*, int, Op*);
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u32);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialType(Mem*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(unsigned char*, int, Mem*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(const unsigned char*, u32, Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(VdbeFunc*, int);
+
+int sqlite2BtreeKeyCompare(BtCursor *, const void *, int, int, int *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(Cursor*,UnpackedRecord*,int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(BtCursor *, i64 *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemCompare(const Mem*, const Mem*, const CollSeq*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeList(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeHalt(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(Mem *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(Mem*, const Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(Mem*, const Mem*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemMove(Mem*, Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(Mem*, const char*, int, u8, void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(Mem*, i64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(Mem*, double);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(Mem*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(Mem*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3VdbeIntValue(Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE double sqlite3VdbeRealValue(Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(BtCursor*,int,int,int,Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(Mem *p);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(Mem *p);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(Mem*, FuncDef*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3OpcodeName(int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeOpcodeHasProperty(int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(Mem *pMem, int n, int preserve);
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReleaseBuffers(Vdbe *p);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbeMemSanity(Mem*);
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(Mem*, u8);
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbePrintSql(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(Mem *pMem, char *zBuf);
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(Mem *pMem);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFifoInit(Fifo*, sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFifoPush(Fifo*, i64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFifoPop(Fifo*, i64*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFifoClear(Fifo*);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(Mem *);
+#else
+  #define sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(x) SQLITE_OK
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !defined(_VDBEINT_H_) */
+
+/************** End of vdbeInt.h *********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in utf.c ************************/
+
+/*
+** The following constant value is used by the SQLITE_BIGENDIAN and
+** SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN macros.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const int sqlite3one = 1;
+
+/*
+** This lookup table is used to help decode the first byte of
+** a multi-byte UTF8 character.
+*/
+static const unsigned char sqlite3UtfTrans1[] = {
+  0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07,
+  0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f,
+  0x10, 0x11, 0x12, 0x13, 0x14, 0x15, 0x16, 0x17,
+  0x18, 0x19, 0x1a, 0x1b, 0x1c, 0x1d, 0x1e, 0x1f,
+  0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07,
+  0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f,
+  0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07,
+  0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00,
+};
+
+
+#define WRITE_UTF8(zOut, c) {                          \
+  if( c<0x00080 ){                                     \
+    *zOut++ = (c&0xFF);                                \
+  }                                                    \
+  else if( c<0x00800 ){                                \
+    *zOut++ = 0xC0 + ((c>>6)&0x1F);                    \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (c & 0x3F);                       \
+  }                                                    \
+  else if( c<0x10000 ){                                \
+    *zOut++ = 0xE0 + ((c>>12)&0x0F);                   \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + ((c>>6) & 0x3F);                  \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (c & 0x3F);                       \
+  }else{                                               \
+    *zOut++ = 0xF0 + ((c>>18) & 0x07);                 \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + ((c>>12) & 0x3F);                 \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + ((c>>6) & 0x3F);                  \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (c & 0x3F);                       \
+  }                                                    \
+}
+
+#define WRITE_UTF16LE(zOut, c) {                                \
+  if( c<=0xFFFF ){                                              \
+    *zOut++ = (c&0x00FF);                                       \
+    *zOut++ = ((c>>8)&0x00FF);                                  \
+  }else{                                                        \
+    *zOut++ = (((c>>10)&0x003F) + (((c-0x10000)>>10)&0x00C0));  \
+    *zOut++ = (0x00D8 + (((c-0x10000)>>18)&0x03));              \
+    *zOut++ = (c&0x00FF);                                       \
+    *zOut++ = (0x00DC + ((c>>8)&0x03));                         \
+  }                                                             \
+}
+
+#define WRITE_UTF16BE(zOut, c) {                                \
+  if( c<=0xFFFF ){                                              \
+    *zOut++ = ((c>>8)&0x00FF);                                  \
+    *zOut++ = (c&0x00FF);                                       \
+  }else{                                                        \
+    *zOut++ = (0x00D8 + (((c-0x10000)>>18)&0x03));              \
+    *zOut++ = (((c>>10)&0x003F) + (((c-0x10000)>>10)&0x00C0));  \
+    *zOut++ = (0x00DC + ((c>>8)&0x03));                         \
+    *zOut++ = (c&0x00FF);                                       \
+  }                                                             \
+}
+
+#define READ_UTF16LE(zIn, c){                                         \
+  c = (*zIn++);                                                       \
+  c += ((*zIn++)<<8);                                                 \
+  if( c>=0xD800 && c<0xE000 ){                                       \
+    int c2 = (*zIn++);                                                \
+    c2 += ((*zIn++)<<8);                                              \
+    c = (c2&0x03FF) + ((c&0x003F)<<10) + (((c&0x03C0)+0x0040)<<10);   \
+    if( (c & 0xFFFF0000)==0 ) c = 0xFFFD;                             \
+  }                                                                   \
+}
+
+#define READ_UTF16BE(zIn, c){                                         \
+  c = ((*zIn++)<<8);                                                  \
+  c += (*zIn++);                                                      \
+  if( c>=0xD800 && c<0xE000 ){                                       \
+    int c2 = ((*zIn++)<<8);                                           \
+    c2 += (*zIn++);                                                   \
+    c = (c2&0x03FF) + ((c&0x003F)<<10) + (((c&0x03C0)+0x0040)<<10);   \
+    if( (c & 0xFFFF0000)==0 ) c = 0xFFFD;                             \
+  }                                                                   \
+}
+
+/*
+** Translate a single UTF-8 character.  Return the unicode value.
+**
+** During translation, assume that the byte that zTerm points
+** is a 0x00.
+**
+** Write a pointer to the next unread byte back into *pzNext.
+**
+** Notes On Invalid UTF-8:
+**
+**  *  This routine never allows a 7-bit character (0x00 through 0x7f) to
+**     be encoded as a multi-byte character.  Any multi-byte character that
+**     attempts to encode a value between 0x00 and 0x7f is rendered as 0xfffd.
+**
+**  *  This routine never allows a UTF16 surrogate value to be encoded.
+**     If a multi-byte character attempts to encode a value between
+**     0xd800 and 0xe000 then it is rendered as 0xfffd.
+**
+**  *  Bytes in the range of 0x80 through 0xbf which occur as the first
+**     byte of a character are interpreted as single-byte characters
+**     and rendered as themselves even though they are technically
+**     invalid characters.
+**
+**  *  This routine accepts an infinite number of different UTF8 encodings
+**     for unicode values 0x80 and greater.  It do not change over-length
+**     encodings to 0xfffd as some systems recommend.
+*/
+#define READ_UTF8(zIn, zTerm, c)                           \
+  c = *(zIn++);                                            \
+  if( c>=0xc0 ){                                           \
+    c = sqlite3UtfTrans1[c-0xc0];                          \
+    while( zIn!=zTerm && (*zIn & 0xc0)==0x80 ){            \
+      c = (c<<6) + (0x3f & *(zIn++));                      \
+    }                                                      \
+    if( c<0x80                                             \
+        || (c&0xFFFFF800)==0xD800                          \
+        || (c&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ){  c = 0xFFFD; }        \
+  }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8Read(
+  const unsigned char *z,         /* First byte of UTF-8 character */
+  const unsigned char *zTerm,     /* Pretend this byte is 0x00 */
+  const unsigned char **pzNext    /* Write first byte past UTF-8 char here */
+){
+  int c;
+  READ_UTF8(z, zTerm, c);
+  *pzNext = z;
+  return c;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*
+** If the TRANSLATE_TRACE macro is defined, the value of each Mem is
+** printed on stderr on the way into and out of sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate().
+*/ 
+/* #define TRANSLATE_TRACE 1 */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+/*
+** This routine transforms the internal text encoding used by pMem to
+** desiredEnc. It is an error if the string is already of the desired
+** encoding, or if *pMem does not contain a string value.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(Mem *pMem, u8 desiredEnc){
+  int len;                    /* Maximum length of output string in bytes */
+  unsigned char *zOut;                  /* Output buffer */
+  unsigned char *zIn;                   /* Input iterator */
+  unsigned char *zTerm;                 /* End of input */
+  unsigned char *z;                     /* Output iterator */
+  unsigned int c;
+
+  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+  assert( pMem->flags&MEM_Str );
+  assert( pMem->enc!=desiredEnc );
+  assert( pMem->enc!=0 );
+  assert( pMem->n>=0 );
+
+#if defined(TRANSLATE_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+  {
+    char zBuf[100];
+    sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(pMem, zBuf);
+    fprintf(stderr, "INPUT:  %s\n", zBuf);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* If the translation is between UTF-16 little and big endian, then 
+  ** all that is required is to swap the byte order. This case is handled
+  ** differently from the others.
+  */
+  if( pMem->enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 && desiredEnc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){
+    u8 temp;
+    int rc;
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pMem);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    zIn = (u8*)pMem->z;
+    zTerm = &zIn[pMem->n];
+    while( zIn<zTerm ){
+      temp = *zIn;
+      *zIn = *(zIn+1);
+      zIn++;
+      *zIn++ = temp;
+    }
+    pMem->enc = desiredEnc;
+    goto translate_out;
+  }
+
+  /* Set len to the maximum number of bytes required in the output buffer. */
+  if( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){
+    /* When converting from UTF-16, the maximum growth results from
+    ** translating a 2-byte character to a 4-byte UTF-8 character.
+    ** A single byte is required for the output string
+    ** nul-terminator.
+    */
+    len = pMem->n * 2 + 1;
+  }else{
+    /* When converting from UTF-8 to UTF-16 the maximum growth is caused
+    ** when a 1-byte UTF-8 character is translated into a 2-byte UTF-16
+    ** character. Two bytes are required in the output buffer for the
+    ** nul-terminator.
+    */
+    len = pMem->n * 2 + 2;
+  }
+
+  /* Set zIn to point at the start of the input buffer and zTerm to point 1
+  ** byte past the end.
+  **
+  ** Variable zOut is set to point at the output buffer, space obtained
+  ** from sqlite3_malloc().
+  */
+  zIn = (u8*)pMem->z;
+  zTerm = &zIn[pMem->n];
+  zOut = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pMem->db, len);
+  if( !zOut ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  z = zOut;
+
+  if( pMem->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){
+    if( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16LE ){
+      /* UTF-8 -> UTF-16 Little-endian */
+      while( zIn<zTerm ){
+        /* c = sqlite3Utf8Read(zIn, zTerm, (const u8**)&zIn); */
+        READ_UTF8(zIn, zTerm, c);
+        WRITE_UTF16LE(z, c);
+      }
+    }else{
+      assert( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
+      /* UTF-8 -> UTF-16 Big-endian */
+      while( zIn<zTerm ){
+        /* c = sqlite3Utf8Read(zIn, zTerm, (const u8**)&zIn); */
+        READ_UTF8(zIn, zTerm, c);
+        WRITE_UTF16BE(z, c);
+      }
+    }
+    pMem->n = z - zOut;
+    *z++ = 0;
+  }else{
+    assert( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8 );
+    if( pMem->enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE ){
+      /* UTF-16 Little-endian -> UTF-8 */
+      while( zIn<zTerm ){
+        READ_UTF16LE(zIn, c); 
+        WRITE_UTF8(z, c);
+      }
+    }else{
+      /* UTF-16 Big-endian -> UTF-8 */
+      while( zIn<zTerm ){
+        READ_UTF16BE(zIn, c); 
+        WRITE_UTF8(z, c);
+      }
+    }
+    pMem->n = z - zOut;
+  }
+  *z = 0;
+  assert( (pMem->n+(desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2))<=len );
+
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+  pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem);
+  pMem->enc = desiredEnc;
+  pMem->flags |= (MEM_Term|MEM_Dyn);
+  pMem->z = (char*)zOut;
+  pMem->zMalloc = pMem->z;
+
+translate_out:
+#if defined(TRANSLATE_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+  {
+    char zBuf[100];
+    sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(pMem, zBuf);
+    fprintf(stderr, "OUTPUT: %s\n", zBuf);
+  }
+#endif
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine checks for a byte-order mark at the beginning of the 
+** UTF-16 string stored in *pMem. If one is present, it is removed and
+** the encoding of the Mem adjusted. This routine does not do any
+** byte-swapping, it just sets Mem.enc appropriately.
+**
+** The allocation (static, dynamic etc.) and encoding of the Mem may be
+** changed by this function.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(Mem *pMem){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  u8 bom = 0;
+
+  if( pMem->n<0 || pMem->n>1 ){
+    u8 b1 = *(u8 *)pMem->z;
+    u8 b2 = *(((u8 *)pMem->z) + 1);
+    if( b1==0xFE && b2==0xFF ){
+      bom = SQLITE_UTF16BE;
+    }
+    if( b1==0xFF && b2==0xFE ){
+      bom = SQLITE_UTF16LE;
+    }
+  }
+  
+  if( bom ){
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pMem);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      pMem->n -= 2;
+      memmove(pMem->z, &pMem->z[2], pMem->n);
+      pMem->z[pMem->n] = '\0';
+      pMem->z[pMem->n+1] = '\0';
+      pMem->flags |= MEM_Term;
+      pMem->enc = bom;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+
+/*
+** pZ is a UTF-8 encoded unicode string. If nByte is less than zero,
+** return the number of unicode characters in pZ up to (but not including)
+** the first 0x00 byte. If nByte is not less than zero, return the
+** number of unicode characters in the first nByte of pZ (or up to 
+** the first 0x00, whichever comes first).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8CharLen(const char *zIn, int nByte){
+  int r = 0;
+  const u8 *z = (const u8*)zIn;
+  const u8 *zTerm;
+  if( nByte>=0 ){
+    zTerm = &z[nByte];
+  }else{
+    zTerm = (const u8*)(-1);
+  }
+  assert( z<=zTerm );
+  while( *z!=0 && z<zTerm ){
+    SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z);
+    r++;
+  }
+  return r;
+}
+
+/* This test function is not currently used by the automated test-suite. 
+** Hence it is only available in debug builds.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+/*
+** Translate UTF-8 to UTF-8.
+**
+** This has the effect of making sure that the string is well-formed
+** UTF-8.  Miscoded characters are removed.
+**
+** The translation is done in-place (since it is impossible for the
+** correct UTF-8 encoding to be longer than a malformed encoding).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8To8(unsigned char *zIn){
+  unsigned char *zOut = zIn;
+  unsigned char *zStart = zIn;
+  unsigned char *zTerm = &zIn[strlen((char *)zIn)];
+  u32 c;
+
+  while( zIn[0] ){
+    c = sqlite3Utf8Read(zIn, zTerm, (const u8**)&zIn);
+    if( c!=0xfffd ){
+      WRITE_UTF8(zOut, c);
+    }
+  }
+  *zOut = 0;
+  return zOut - zStart;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+/*
+** Convert a UTF-16 string in the native encoding into a UTF-8 string.
+** Memory to hold the UTF-8 string is obtained from sqlite3_malloc and must
+** be freed by the calling function.
+**
+** NULL is returned if there is an allocation error.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3Utf16to8(sqlite3 *db, const void *z, int nByte){
+  Mem m;
+  memset(&m, 0, sizeof(m));
+  m.db = db;
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&m, z, nByte, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(&m, SQLITE_UTF8);
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m);
+    m.z = 0;
+  }
+  assert( (m.flags & MEM_Term)!=0 || db->mallocFailed );
+  assert( (m.flags & MEM_Str)!=0 || db->mallocFailed );
+  return (m.flags & MEM_Dyn)!=0 ? m.z : sqlite3DbStrDup(db, m.z);
+}
+
+/*
+** pZ is a UTF-16 encoded unicode string. If nChar is less than zero,
+** return the number of bytes up to (but not including), the first pair
+** of consecutive 0x00 bytes in pZ. If nChar is not less than zero,
+** then return the number of bytes in the first nChar unicode characters
+** in pZ (or up until the first pair of 0x00 bytes, whichever comes first).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(const void *zIn, int nChar){
+  unsigned int c = 1;
+  char const *z = zIn;
+  int n = 0;
+  if( SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE==SQLITE_UTF16BE ){
+    /* Using an "if (SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE==SQLITE_UTF16BE)" construct here
+    ** and in other parts of this file means that at one branch will
+    ** not be covered by coverage testing on any single host. But coverage
+    ** will be complete if the tests are run on both a little-endian and 
+    ** big-endian host. Because both the UTF16NATIVE and SQLITE_UTF16BE
+    ** macros are constant at compile time the compiler can determine
+    ** which branch will be followed. It is therefore assumed that no runtime
+    ** penalty is paid for this "if" statement.
+    */
+    while( c && ((nChar<0) || n<nChar) ){
+      READ_UTF16BE(z, c);
+      n++;
+    }
+  }else{
+    while( c && ((nChar<0) || n<nChar) ){
+      READ_UTF16LE(z, c);
+      n++;
+    }
+  }
+  return (z-(char const *)zIn)-((c==0)?2:0);
+}
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+/*
+** This routine is called from the TCL test function "translate_selftest".
+** It checks that the primitives for serializing and deserializing
+** characters in each encoding are inverses of each other.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UtfSelfTest(void){
+  unsigned int i, t;
+  unsigned char zBuf[20];
+  unsigned char *z;
+  unsigned char *zTerm;
+  int n;
+  unsigned int c;
+
+  for(i=0; i<0x00110000; i++){
+    z = zBuf;
+    WRITE_UTF8(z, i);
+    n = z-zBuf;
+    z[0] = 0;
+    zTerm = z;
+    z = zBuf;
+    c = sqlite3Utf8Read(z, zTerm, (const u8**)&z);
+    t = i;
+    if( i>=0xD800 && i<=0xDFFF ) t = 0xFFFD;
+    if( (i&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ) t = 0xFFFD;
+    assert( c==t );
+    assert( (z-zBuf)==n );
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<0x00110000; i++){
+    if( i>=0xD800 && i<0xE000 ) continue;
+    z = zBuf;
+    WRITE_UTF16LE(z, i);
+    n = z-zBuf;
+    z[0] = 0;
+    z = zBuf;
+    READ_UTF16LE(z, c);
+    assert( c==i );
+    assert( (z-zBuf)==n );
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<0x00110000; i++){
+    if( i>=0xD800 && i<0xE000 ) continue;
+    z = zBuf;
+    WRITE_UTF16BE(z, i);
+    n = z-zBuf;
+    z[0] = 0;
+    z = zBuf;
+    READ_UTF16BE(z, c);
+    assert( c==i );
+    assert( (z-zBuf)==n );
+  }
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_TEST */
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+
+/************** End of utf.c *************************************************/
+/************** Begin file util.c ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** Utility functions used throughout sqlite.
+**
+** This file contains functions for allocating memory, comparing
+** strings, and stuff like that.
+**
+** $Id: util.c,v 1.241 2008/07/28 19:34:54 drh Exp $
+*/
+
+
+/*
+** Return true if the floating point value is Not a Number (NaN).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsNaN(double x){
+  /* This NaN test sometimes fails if compiled on GCC with -ffast-math.
+  ** On the other hand, the use of -ffast-math comes with the following
+  ** warning:
+  **
+  **      This option [-ffast-math] should never be turned on by any
+  **      -O option since it can result in incorrect output for programs
+  **      which depend on an exact implementation of IEEE or ISO 
+  **      rules/specifications for math functions.
+  **
+  ** Under MSVC, this NaN test may fail if compiled with a floating-
+  ** point precision mode other than /fp:precise.  From the MSDN 
+  ** documentation:
+  **
+  **      The compiler [with /fp:precise] will properly handle comparisons 
+  **      involving NaN. For example, x != x evaluates to true if x is NaN 
+  **      ...
+  */
+#ifdef __FAST_MATH__
+# error SQLite will not work correctly with the -ffast-math option of GCC.
+#endif
+  volatile double y = x;
+  volatile double z = y;
+  return y!=z;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the length of a string, except do not allow the string length
+** to exceed the SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH setting.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Strlen(sqlite3 *db, const char *z){
+  const char *z2 = z;
+  int len;
+  size_t x;
+  while( *z2 ){ z2++; }
+  x = z2 - z;
+  len = 0x7fffffff & x;
+  if( len!=x || len > db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
+    return db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH];
+  }else{
+    return len;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the most recent error code and error string for the sqlite
+** handle "db". The error code is set to "err_code".
+**
+** If it is not NULL, string zFormat specifies the format of the
+** error string in the style of the printf functions: The following
+** format characters are allowed:
+**
+**      %s      Insert a string
+**      %z      A string that should be freed after use
+**      %d      Insert an integer
+**      %T      Insert a token
+**      %S      Insert the first element of a SrcList
+**
+** zFormat and any string tokens that follow it are assumed to be
+** encoded in UTF-8.
+**
+** To clear the most recent error for sqlite handle "db", sqlite3Error
+** should be called with err_code set to SQLITE_OK and zFormat set
+** to NULL.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Error(sqlite3 *db, int err_code, const char *zFormat, ...){
+  if( db && (db->pErr || (db->pErr = sqlite3ValueNew(db))!=0) ){
+    db->errCode = err_code;
+    if( zFormat ){
+      char *z;
+      va_list ap;
+      va_start(ap, zFormat);
+      z = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap);
+      va_end(ap);
+      sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, z, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, 0, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Add an error message to pParse->zErrMsg and increment pParse->nErr.
+** The following formatting characters are allowed:
+**
+**      %s      Insert a string
+**      %z      A string that should be freed after use
+**      %d      Insert an integer
+**      %T      Insert a token
+**      %S      Insert the first element of a SrcList
+**
+** This function should be used to report any error that occurs whilst
+** compiling an SQL statement (i.e. within sqlite3_prepare()). The
+** last thing the sqlite3_prepare() function does is copy the error
+** stored by this function into the database handle using sqlite3Error().
+** Function sqlite3Error() should be used during statement execution
+** (sqlite3_step() etc.).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ErrorMsg(Parse *pParse, const char *zFormat, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  pParse->nErr++;
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->zErrMsg);
+  va_start(ap, zFormat);
+  pParse->zErrMsg = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap);
+  va_end(ap);
+  if( pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Clear the error message in pParse, if any
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ErrorClear(Parse *pParse){
+  sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, pParse->zErrMsg);
+  pParse->zErrMsg = 0;
+  pParse->nErr = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert an SQL-style quoted string into a normal string by removing
+** the quote characters.  The conversion is done in-place.  If the
+** input does not begin with a quote character, then this routine
+** is a no-op.
+**
+** 2002-Feb-14: This routine is extended to remove MS-Access style
+** brackets from around identifers.  For example:  "[a-b-c]" becomes
+** "a-b-c".
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Dequote(char *z){
+  int quote;
+  int i, j;
+  if( z==0 ) return;
+  quote = z[0];
+  switch( quote ){
+    case '\'':  break;
+    case '"':   break;
+    case '`':   break;                /* For MySQL compatibility */
+    case '[':   quote = ']';  break;  /* For MS SqlServer compatibility */
+    default:    return;
+  }
+  for(i=1, j=0; z[i]; i++){
+    if( z[i]==quote ){
+      if( z[i+1]==quote ){
+        z[j++] = quote;
+        i++;
+      }else{
+        z[j++] = 0;
+        break;
+      }
+    }else{
+      z[j++] = z[i];
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/* Convenient short-hand */
+#define UpperToLower sqlite3UpperToLower
+
+/*
+** Some systems have stricmp().  Others have strcasecmp().  Because
+** there is no consistency, we will define our own.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3StrICmp(const char *zLeft, const char *zRight){
+  register unsigned char *a, *b;
+  a = (unsigned char *)zLeft;
+  b = (unsigned char *)zRight;
+  while( *a!=0 && UpperToLower[*a]==UpperToLower[*b]){ a++; b++; }
+  return UpperToLower[*a] - UpperToLower[*b];
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3StrNICmp(const char *zLeft, const char *zRight, int N){
+  register unsigned char *a, *b;
+  a = (unsigned char *)zLeft;
+  b = (unsigned char *)zRight;
+  while( N-- > 0 && *a!=0 && UpperToLower[*a]==UpperToLower[*b]){ a++; b++; }
+  return N<0 ? 0 : UpperToLower[*a] - UpperToLower[*b];
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if z is a pure numeric string.  Return FALSE if the
+** string contains any character which is not part of a number. If
+** the string is numeric and contains the '.' character, set *realnum
+** to TRUE (otherwise FALSE).
+**
+** An empty string is considered non-numeric.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsNumber(const char *z, int *realnum, u8 enc){
+  int incr = (enc==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2);
+  if( enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ) z++;
+  if( *z=='-' || *z=='+' ) z += incr;
+  if( !isdigit(*(u8*)z) ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  z += incr;
+  if( realnum ) *realnum = 0;
+  while( isdigit(*(u8*)z) ){ z += incr; }
+  if( *z=='.' ){
+    z += incr;
+    if( !isdigit(*(u8*)z) ) return 0;
+    while( isdigit(*(u8*)z) ){ z += incr; }
+    if( realnum ) *realnum = 1;
+  }
+  if( *z=='e' || *z=='E' ){
+    z += incr;
+    if( *z=='+' || *z=='-' ) z += incr;
+    if( !isdigit(*(u8*)z) ) return 0;
+    while( isdigit(*(u8*)z) ){ z += incr; }
+    if( realnum ) *realnum = 1;
+  }
+  return *z==0;
+}
+
+/*
+** The string z[] is an ascii representation of a real number.
+** Convert this string to a double.
+**
+** This routine assumes that z[] really is a valid number.  If it
+** is not, the result is undefined.
+**
+** This routine is used instead of the library atof() function because
+** the library atof() might want to use "," as the decimal point instead
+** of "." depending on how locale is set.  But that would cause problems
+** for SQL.  So this routine always uses "." regardless of locale.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AtoF(const char *z, double *pResult){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+  int sign = 1;
+  const char *zBegin = z;
+  LONGDOUBLE_TYPE v1 = 0.0;
+  int nSignificant = 0;
+  while( isspace(*(u8*)z) ) z++;
+  if( *z=='-' ){
+    sign = -1;
+    z++;
+  }else if( *z=='+' ){
+    z++;
+  }
+  while( z[0]=='0' ){
+    z++;
+  }
+  while( isdigit(*(u8*)z) ){
+    v1 = v1*10.0 + (*z - '0');
+    z++;
+    nSignificant++;
+  }
+  if( *z=='.' ){
+    LONGDOUBLE_TYPE divisor = 1.0;
+    z++;
+    if( nSignificant==0 ){
+      while( z[0]=='0' ){
+        divisor *= 10.0;
+        z++;
+      }
+    }
+    while( isdigit(*(u8*)z) ){
+      if( nSignificant<18 ){
+        v1 = v1*10.0 + (*z - '0');
+        divisor *= 10.0;
+        nSignificant++;
+      }
+      z++;
+    }
+    v1 /= divisor;
+  }
+  if( *z=='e' || *z=='E' ){
+    int esign = 1;
+    int eval = 0;
+    LONGDOUBLE_TYPE scale = 1.0;
+    z++;
+    if( *z=='-' ){
+      esign = -1;
+      z++;
+    }else if( *z=='+' ){
+      z++;
+    }
+    while( isdigit(*(u8*)z) ){
+      eval = eval*10 + *z - '0';
+      z++;
+    }
+    while( eval>=64 ){ scale *= 1.0e+64; eval -= 64; }
+    while( eval>=16 ){ scale *= 1.0e+16; eval -= 16; }
+    while( eval>=4 ){ scale *= 1.0e+4; eval -= 4; }
+    while( eval>=1 ){ scale *= 1.0e+1; eval -= 1; }
+    if( esign<0 ){
+      v1 /= scale;
+    }else{
+      v1 *= scale;
+    }
+  }
+  *pResult = sign<0 ? -v1 : v1;
+  return z - zBegin;
+#else
+  return sqlite3Atoi64(z, pResult);
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT */
+}
+
+/*
+** Compare the 19-character string zNum against the text representation
+** value 2^63:  9223372036854775808.  Return negative, zero, or positive
+** if zNum is less than, equal to, or greater than the string.
+**
+** Unlike memcmp() this routine is guaranteed to return the difference
+** in the values of the last digit if the only difference is in the
+** last digit.  So, for example,
+**
+**      compare2pow63("9223372036854775800")
+**
+** will return -8.
+*/
+static int compare2pow63(const char *zNum){
+  int c;
+  c = memcmp(zNum,"922337203685477580",18);
+  if( c==0 ){
+    c = zNum[18] - '8';
+  }
+  return c;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if zNum is a 64-bit signed integer and write
+** the value of the integer into *pNum.  If zNum is not an integer
+** or is an integer that is too large to be expressed with 64 bits,
+** then return false.
+**
+** When this routine was originally written it dealt with only
+** 32-bit numbers.  At that time, it was much faster than the
+** atoi() library routine in RedHat 7.2.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi64(const char *zNum, i64 *pNum){
+  i64 v = 0;
+  int neg;
+  int i, c;
+  const char *zStart;
+  while( isspace(*(u8*)zNum) ) zNum++;
+  if( *zNum=='-' ){
+    neg = 1;
+    zNum++;
+  }else if( *zNum=='+' ){
+    neg = 0;
+    zNum++;
+  }else{
+    neg = 0;
+  }
+  zStart = zNum;
+  while( zNum[0]=='0' ){ zNum++; } /* Skip over leading zeros. Ticket #2454 */
+  for(i=0; (c=zNum[i])>='0' && c<='9'; i++){
+    v = v*10 + c - '0';
+  }
+  *pNum = neg ? -v : v;
+  if( c!=0 || (i==0 && zStart==zNum) || i>19 ){
+    /* zNum is empty or contains non-numeric text or is longer
+    ** than 19 digits (thus guaranting that it is too large) */
+    return 0;
+  }else if( i<19 ){
+    /* Less than 19 digits, so we know that it fits in 64 bits */
+    return 1;
+  }else{
+    /* 19-digit numbers must be no larger than 9223372036854775807 if positive
+    ** or 9223372036854775808 if negative.  Note that 9223372036854665808
+    ** is 2^63. */
+    return compare2pow63(zNum)<neg;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** The string zNum represents an integer.  There might be some other
+** information following the integer too, but that part is ignored.
+** If the integer that the prefix of zNum represents will fit in a
+** 64-bit signed integer, return TRUE.  Otherwise return FALSE.
+**
+** This routine returns FALSE for the string -9223372036854775808 even that
+** that number will, in theory fit in a 64-bit integer.  Positive
+** 9223373036854775808 will not fit in 64 bits.  So it seems safer to return
+** false.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FitsIn64Bits(const char *zNum, int negFlag){
+  int i, c;
+  int neg = 0;
+  if( *zNum=='-' ){
+    neg = 1;
+    zNum++;
+  }else if( *zNum=='+' ){
+    zNum++;
+  }
+  if( negFlag ) neg = 1-neg;
+  while( *zNum=='0' ){
+    zNum++;   /* Skip leading zeros.  Ticket #2454 */
+  }
+  for(i=0; (c=zNum[i])>='0' && c<='9'; i++){}
+  if( i<19 ){
+    /* Guaranteed to fit if less than 19 digits */
+    return 1;
+  }else if( i>19 ){
+    /* Guaranteed to be too big if greater than 19 digits */
+    return 0;
+  }else{
+    /* Compare against 2^63. */
+    return compare2pow63(zNum)<neg;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** If zNum represents an integer that will fit in 32-bits, then set
+** *pValue to that integer and return true.  Otherwise return false.
+**
+** Any non-numeric characters that following zNum are ignored.
+** This is different from sqlite3Atoi64() which requires the
+** input number to be zero-terminated.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetInt32(const char *zNum, int *pValue){
+  sqlite_int64 v = 0;
+  int i, c;
+  int neg = 0;
+  if( zNum[0]=='-' ){
+    neg = 1;
+    zNum++;
+  }else if( zNum[0]=='+' ){
+    zNum++;
+  }
+  while( zNum[0]=='0' ) zNum++;
+  for(i=0; i<11 && (c = zNum[i] - '0')>=0 && c<=9; i++){
+    v = v*10 + c;
+  }
+
+  /* The longest decimal representation of a 32 bit integer is 10 digits:
+  **
+  **             1234567890
+  **     2^31 -> 2147483648
+  */
+  if( i>10 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  if( v-neg>2147483647 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  if( neg ){
+    v = -v;
+  }
+  *pValue = (int)v;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** The variable-length integer encoding is as follows:
+**
+** KEY:
+**         A = 0xxxxxxx    7 bits of data and one flag bit
+**         B = 1xxxxxxx    7 bits of data and one flag bit
+**         C = xxxxxxxx    8 bits of data
+**
+**  7 bits - A
+** 14 bits - BA
+** 21 bits - BBA
+** 28 bits - BBBA
+** 35 bits - BBBBA
+** 42 bits - BBBBBA
+** 49 bits - BBBBBBA
+** 56 bits - BBBBBBBA
+** 64 bits - BBBBBBBBC
+*/
+
+/*
+** Write a 64-bit variable-length integer to memory starting at p[0].
+** The length of data write will be between 1 and 9 bytes.  The number
+** of bytes written is returned.
+**
+** A variable-length integer consists of the lower 7 bits of each byte
+** for all bytes that have the 8th bit set and one byte with the 8th
+** bit clear.  Except, if we get to the 9th byte, it stores the full
+** 8 bits and is the last byte.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PutVarint(unsigned char *p, u64 v){
+  int i, j, n;
+  u8 buf[10];
+  if( v & (((u64)0xff000000)<<32) ){
+    p[8] = v;
+    v >>= 8;
+    for(i=7; i>=0; i--){
+      p[i] = (v & 0x7f) | 0x80;
+      v >>= 7;
+    }
+    return 9;
+  }    
+  n = 0;
+  do{
+    buf[n++] = (v & 0x7f) | 0x80;
+    v >>= 7;
+  }while( v!=0 );
+  buf[0] &= 0x7f;
+  assert( n<=9 );
+  for(i=0, j=n-1; j>=0; j--, i++){
+    p[i] = buf[j];
+  }
+  return n;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is a faster version of sqlite3PutVarint() that only
+** works for 32-bit positive integers and which is optimized for
+** the common case of small integers.  A MACRO version, putVarint32,
+** is provided which inlines the single-byte case.  All code should use
+** the MACRO version as this function assumes the single-byte case has
+** already been handled.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PutVarint32(unsigned char *p, u32 v){
+#ifndef putVarint32
+  if( (v & ~0x7f)==0 ){
+    p[0] = v;
+    return 1;
+  }
+#endif
+  if( (v & ~0x3fff)==0 ){
+    p[0] = (v>>7) | 0x80;
+    p[1] = v & 0x7f;
+    return 2;
+  }
+  return sqlite3PutVarint(p, v);
+}
+
+/*
+** Read a 64-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0].
+** Return the number of bytes read.  The value is stored in *v.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetVarint(const unsigned char *p, u64 *v){
+  u32 a,b,s;
+
+  a = *p;
+  /* a: p0 (unmasked) */
+  if (!(a&0x80))
+  {
+    *v = a;
+    return 1;
+  }
+
+  p++;
+  b = *p;
+  /* b: p1 (unmasked) */
+  if (!(b&0x80))
+  {
+    a &= 0x7f;
+    a = a<<7;
+    a |= b;
+    *v = a;
+    return 2;
+  }
+
+  p++;
+  a = a<<14;
+  a |= *p;
+  /* a: p0<<14 | p2 (unmasked) */
+  if (!(a&0x80))
+  {
+    a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
+    b &= 0x7f;
+    b = b<<7;
+    a |= b;
+    *v = a;
+    return 3;
+  }
+
+  /* CSE1 from below */
+  a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
+  p++;
+  b = b<<14;
+  b |= *p;
+  /* b: p1<<14 | p3 (unmasked) */
+  if (!(b&0x80))
+  {
+    b &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
+    /* moved CSE1 up */
+    /* a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */
+    a = a<<7;
+    a |= b;
+    *v = a;
+    return 4;
+  }
+
+  /* a: p0<<14 | p2 (masked) */
+  /* b: p1<<14 | p3 (unmasked) */
+  /* 1:save off p0<<21 | p1<<14 | p2<<7 | p3 (masked) */
+  /* moved CSE1 up */
+  /* a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */
+  b &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
+  s = a;
+  /* s: p0<<14 | p2 (masked) */
+
+  p++;
+  a = a<<14;
+  a |= *p;
+  /* a: p0<<28 | p2<<14 | p4 (unmasked) */
+  if (!(a&0x80))
+  {
+    /* we can skip these cause they were (effectively) done above in calc'ing s */
+    /* a &= (0x7f<<28)|(0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */
+    /* b &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */
+    b = b<<7;
+    a |= b;
+    s = s>>18;
+    *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a;
+    return 5;
+  }
+
+  /* 2:save off p0<<21 | p1<<14 | p2<<7 | p3 (masked) */
+  s = s<<7;
+  s |= b;
+  /* s: p0<<21 | p1<<14 | p2<<7 | p3 (masked) */
+
+  p++;
+  b = b<<14;
+  b |= *p;
+  /* b: p1<<28 | p3<<14 | p5 (unmasked) */
+  if (!(b&0x80))
+  {
+    /* we can skip this cause it was (effectively) done above in calc'ing s */
+    /* b &= (0x7f<<28)|(0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */
+    a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
+    a = a<<7;
+    a |= b;
+    s = s>>18;
+    *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a;
+    return 6;
+  }
+
+  p++;
+  a = a<<14;
+  a |= *p;
+  /* a: p2<<28 | p4<<14 | p6 (unmasked) */
+  if (!(a&0x80))
+  {
+    a &= (0x7f<<28)|(0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
+    b &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
+    b = b<<7;
+    a |= b;
+    s = s>>11;
+    *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a;
+    return 7;
+  }
+
+  /* CSE2 from below */
+  a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
+  p++;
+  b = b<<14;
+  b |= *p;
+  /* b: p3<<28 | p5<<14 | p7 (unmasked) */
+  if (!(b&0x80))
+  {
+    b &= (0x7f<<28)|(0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
+    /* moved CSE2 up */
+    /* a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */
+    a = a<<7;
+    a |= b;
+    s = s>>4;
+    *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a;
+    return 8;
+  }
+
+  p++;
+  a = a<<15;
+  a |= *p;
+  /* a: p4<<29 | p6<<15 | p8 (unmasked) */
+
+  /* moved CSE2 up */
+  /* a &= (0x7f<<29)|(0x7f<<15)|(0xff); */
+  b &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
+  b = b<<8;
+  a |= b;
+
+  s = s<<4;
+  b = p[-4];
+  b &= 0x7f;
+  b = b>>3;
+  s |= b;
+
+  *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a;
+
+  return 9;
+}
+
+/*
+** Read a 32-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0].
+** Return the number of bytes read.  The value is stored in *v.
+** A MACRO version, getVarint32, is provided which inlines the 
+** single-byte case.  All code should use the MACRO version as 
+** this function assumes the single-byte case has already been handled.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetVarint32(const unsigned char *p, u32 *v){
+  u32 a,b;
+
+  a = *p;
+  /* a: p0 (unmasked) */
+#ifndef getVarint32
+  if (!(a&0x80))
+  {
+    *v = a;
+    return 1;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  p++;
+  b = *p;
+  /* b: p1 (unmasked) */
+  if (!(b&0x80))
+  {
+    a &= 0x7f;
+    a = a<<7;
+    *v = a | b;
+    return 2;
+  }
+
+  p++;
+  a = a<<14;
+  a |= *p;
+  /* a: p0<<14 | p2 (unmasked) */
+  if (!(a&0x80))
+  {
+    a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
+    b &= 0x7f;
+    b = b<<7;
+    *v = a | b;
+    return 3;
+  }
+
+  p++;
+  b = b<<14;
+  b |= *p;
+  /* b: p1<<14 | p3 (unmasked) */
+  if (!(b&0x80))
+  {
+    b &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
+    a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
+    a = a<<7;
+    *v = a | b;
+    return 4;
+  }
+
+  p++;
+  a = a<<14;
+  a |= *p;
+  /* a: p0<<28 | p2<<14 | p4 (unmasked) */
+  if (!(a&0x80))
+  {
+    a &= (0x7f<<28)|(0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
+    b &= (0x7f<<28)|(0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
+    b = b<<7;
+    *v = a | b;
+    return 5;
+  }
+
+  /* We can only reach this point when reading a corrupt database
+  ** file.  In that case we are not in any hurry.  Use the (relatively
+  ** slow) general-purpose sqlite3GetVarint() routine to extract the
+  ** value. */
+  {
+    u64 v64;
+    int n;
+
+    p -= 4;
+    n = sqlite3GetVarint(p, &v64);
+    assert( n>5 && n<=9 );
+    *v = (u32)v64;
+    return n;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of bytes that will be needed to store the given
+** 64-bit integer.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VarintLen(u64 v){
+  int i = 0;
+  do{
+    i++;
+    v >>= 7;
+  }while( v!=0 && i<9 );
+  return i;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Read or write a four-byte big-endian integer value.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3Get4byte(const u8 *p){
+  return (p[0]<<24) | (p[1]<<16) | (p[2]<<8) | p[3];
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Put4byte(unsigned char *p, u32 v){
+  p[0] = v>>24;
+  p[1] = v>>16;
+  p[2] = v>>8;
+  p[3] = v;
+}
+
+
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL) || defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC)
+/*
+** Translate a single byte of Hex into an integer.
+** This routinen only works if h really is a valid hexadecimal
+** character:  0..9a..fA..F
+*/
+static int hexToInt(int h){
+  assert( (h>='0' && h<='9') ||  (h>='a' && h<='f') ||  (h>='A' && h<='F') );
+#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
+  h += 9*(1&(h>>6));
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
+  h += 9*(1&~(h>>4));
+#endif
+  return h & 0xf;
+}
+#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL || SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL) || defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC)
+/*
+** Convert a BLOB literal of the form "x'hhhhhh'" into its binary
+** value.  Return a pointer to its binary value.  Space to hold the
+** binary value has been obtained from malloc and must be freed by
+** the calling routine.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HexToBlob(sqlite3 *db, const char *z, int n){
+  char *zBlob;
+  int i;
+
+  zBlob = (char *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n/2 + 1);
+  n--;
+  if( zBlob ){
+    for(i=0; i<n; i+=2){
+      zBlob[i/2] = (hexToInt(z[i])<<4) | hexToInt(z[i+1]);
+    }
+    zBlob[i/2] = 0;
+  }
+  return zBlob;
+}
+#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL || SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */
+
+
+/*
+** Change the sqlite.magic from SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN to SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY.
+** Return an error (non-zero) if the magic was not SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN
+** when this routine is called.
+**
+** This routine is called when entering an SQLite API.  The SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN
+** value indicates that the database connection passed into the API is
+** open and is not being used by another thread.  By changing the value
+** to SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY we indicate that the connection is in use.
+** sqlite3SafetyOff() below will change the value back to SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN
+** when the API exits. 
+**
+** This routine is a attempt to detect if two threads use the
+** same sqlite* pointer at the same time.  There is a race 
+** condition so it is possible that the error is not detected.
+** But usually the problem will be seen.  The result will be an
+** error which can be used to debug the application that is
+** using SQLite incorrectly.
+**
+** Ticket #202:  If db->magic is not a valid open value, take care not
+** to modify the db structure at all.  It could be that db is a stale
+** pointer.  In other words, it could be that there has been a prior
+** call to sqlite3_close(db) and db has been deallocated.  And we do
+** not want to write into deallocated memory.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyOn(sqlite3 *db){
+  if( db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN ){
+    db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY;
+    assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+    return 0;
+  }else if( db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY ){
+    db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR;
+    db->u1.isInterrupted = 1;
+  }
+  return 1;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Change the magic from SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY to SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN.
+** Return an error (non-zero) if the magic was not SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY
+** when this routine is called.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyOff(sqlite3 *db){
+  if( db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY ){
+    db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN;
+    assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+    return 0;
+  }else{
+    db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR;
+    db->u1.isInterrupted = 1;
+    return 1;
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Check to make sure we have a valid db pointer.  This test is not
+** foolproof but it does provide some measure of protection against
+** misuse of the interface such as passing in db pointers that are
+** NULL or which have been previously closed.  If this routine returns
+** 1 it means that the db pointer is valid and 0 if it should not be
+** dereferenced for any reason.  The calling function should invoke
+** SQLITE_MISUSE immediately.
+**
+** sqlite3SafetyCheckOk() requires that the db pointer be valid for
+** use.  sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk() allows a db pointer that failed to
+** open properly and is not fit for general use but which can be
+** used as an argument to sqlite3_errmsg() or sqlite3_close().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(sqlite3 *db){
+  int magic;
+  if( db==0 ) return 0;
+  magic = db->magic;
+  if( magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN &&
+      magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY ) return 0;
+  return 1;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(sqlite3 *db){
+  int magic;
+  if( db==0 ) return 0;
+  magic = db->magic;
+  if( magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_SICK &&
+      magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN &&
+      magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY ) return 0;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/************** End of util.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file hash.c ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This is the implementation of generic hash-tables
+** used in SQLite.
+**
+** $Id: hash.c,v 1.30 2008/06/20 14:59:51 danielk1977 Exp $
+*/
+
+/* Turn bulk memory into a hash table object by initializing the
+** fields of the Hash structure.
+**
+** "pNew" is a pointer to the hash table that is to be initialized.
+** keyClass is one of the constants SQLITE_HASH_INT, SQLITE_HASH_POINTER,
+** SQLITE_HASH_BINARY, or SQLITE_HASH_STRING.  The value of keyClass 
+** determines what kind of key the hash table will use.  "copyKey" is
+** true if the hash table should make its own private copy of keys and
+** false if it should just use the supplied pointer.  CopyKey only makes
+** sense for SQLITE_HASH_STRING and SQLITE_HASH_BINARY and is ignored
+** for other key classes.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashInit(Hash *pNew, int keyClass, int copyKey){
+  assert( pNew!=0 );
+  assert( keyClass>=SQLITE_HASH_STRING && keyClass<=SQLITE_HASH_BINARY );
+  pNew->keyClass = keyClass;
+#if 0
+  if( keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_POINTER || keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_INT ) copyKey = 0;
+#endif
+  pNew->copyKey = copyKey;
+  pNew->first = 0;
+  pNew->count = 0;
+  pNew->htsize = 0;
+  pNew->ht = 0;
+}
+
+/* Remove all entries from a hash table.  Reclaim all memory.
+** Call this routine to delete a hash table or to reset a hash table
+** to the empty state.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashClear(Hash *pH){
+  HashElem *elem;         /* For looping over all elements of the table */
+
+  assert( pH!=0 );
+  elem = pH->first;
+  pH->first = 0;
+  sqlite3_free(pH->ht);
+  pH->ht = 0;
+  pH->htsize = 0;
+  while( elem ){
+    HashElem *next_elem = elem->next;
+    if( pH->copyKey && elem->pKey ){
+      sqlite3_free(elem->pKey);
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(elem);
+    elem = next_elem;
+  }
+  pH->count = 0;
+}
+
+#if 0 /* NOT USED */
+/*
+** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is SQLITE_HASH_INT
+*/
+static int intHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
+  return nKey ^ (nKey<<8) ^ (nKey>>8);
+}
+static int intCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
+  return n2 - n1;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if 0 /* NOT USED */
+/*
+** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is SQLITE_HASH_POINTER
+*/
+static int ptrHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
+  uptr x = Addr(pKey);
+  return x ^ (x<<8) ^ (x>>8);
+}
+static int ptrCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
+  if( pKey1==pKey2 ) return 0;
+  if( pKey1<pKey2 ) return -1;
+  return 1;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is SQLITE_HASH_STRING
+*/
+static int strHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
+  const char *z = (const char *)pKey;
+  int h = 0;
+  if( nKey<=0 ) nKey = strlen(z);
+  while( nKey > 0  ){
+    h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned char)*z++];
+    nKey--;
+  }
+  return h & 0x7fffffff;
+}
+static int strCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
+  if( n1!=n2 ) return 1;
+  return sqlite3StrNICmp((const char*)pKey1,(const char*)pKey2,n1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is SQLITE_HASH_BINARY
+*/
+static int binHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
+  int h = 0;
+  const char *z = (const char *)pKey;
+  while( nKey-- > 0 ){
+    h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ *(z++);
+  }
+  return h & 0x7fffffff;
+}
+static int binCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
+  if( n1!=n2 ) return 1;
+  return memcmp(pKey1,pKey2,n1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class.
+**
+** The C syntax in this function definition may be unfamilar to some 
+** programmers, so we provide the following additional explanation:
+**
+** The name of the function is "hashFunction".  The function takes a
+** single parameter "keyClass".  The return value of hashFunction()
+** is a pointer to another function.  Specifically, the return value
+** of hashFunction() is a pointer to a function that takes two parameters
+** with types "const void*" and "int" and returns an "int".
+*/
+static int (*hashFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int){
+#if 0  /* HASH_INT and HASH_POINTER are never used */
+  switch( keyClass ){
+    case SQLITE_HASH_INT:     return &intHash;
+    case SQLITE_HASH_POINTER: return &ptrHash;
+    case SQLITE_HASH_STRING:  return &strHash;
+    case SQLITE_HASH_BINARY:  return &binHash;;
+    default: break;
+  }
+  return 0;
+#else
+  if( keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_STRING ){
+    return &strHash;
+  }else{
+    assert( keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_BINARY );
+    return &binHash;
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class.
+**
+** For help in interpreted the obscure C code in the function definition,
+** see the header comment on the previous function.
+*/
+static int (*compareFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int,const void*,int){
+#if 0 /* HASH_INT and HASH_POINTER are never used */
+  switch( keyClass ){
+    case SQLITE_HASH_INT:     return &intCompare;
+    case SQLITE_HASH_POINTER: return &ptrCompare;
+    case SQLITE_HASH_STRING:  return &strCompare;
+    case SQLITE_HASH_BINARY:  return &binCompare;
+    default: break;
+  }
+  return 0;
+#else
+  if( keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_STRING ){
+    return &strCompare;
+  }else{
+    assert( keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_BINARY );
+    return &binCompare;
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Link an element into the hash table
+*/
+static void insertElement(
+  Hash *pH,              /* The complete hash table */
+  struct _ht *pEntry,    /* The entry into which pNew is inserted */
+  HashElem *pNew         /* The element to be inserted */
+){
+  HashElem *pHead;       /* First element already in pEntry */
+  pHead = pEntry->chain;
+  if( pHead ){
+    pNew->next = pHead;
+    pNew->prev = pHead->prev;
+    if( pHead->prev ){ pHead->prev->next = pNew; }
+    else             { pH->first = pNew; }
+    pHead->prev = pNew;
+  }else{
+    pNew->next = pH->first;
+    if( pH->first ){ pH->first->prev = pNew; }
+    pNew->prev = 0;
+    pH->first = pNew;
+  }
+  pEntry->count++;
+  pEntry->chain = pNew;
+}
+
+
+/* Resize the hash table so that it cantains "new_size" buckets.
+** "new_size" must be a power of 2.  The hash table might fail 
+** to resize if sqlite3_malloc() fails.
+*/
+static void rehash(Hash *pH, int new_size){
+  struct _ht *new_ht;            /* The new hash table */
+  HashElem *elem, *next_elem;    /* For looping over existing elements */
+  int (*xHash)(const void*,int); /* The hash function */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT
+  if( new_size*sizeof(struct _ht)>SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT ){
+    new_size = SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT/sizeof(struct _ht);
+  }
+  if( new_size==pH->htsize ) return;
+#endif
+
+  /* There is a call to sqlite3_malloc() inside rehash(). If there is
+  ** already an allocation at pH->ht, then if this malloc() fails it
+  ** is benign (since failing to resize a hash table is a performance
+  ** hit only, not a fatal error).
+  */
+  if( pH->htsize>0 ) sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+  new_ht = (struct _ht *)sqlite3MallocZero( new_size*sizeof(struct _ht) );
+  if( pH->htsize>0 ) sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+
+  if( new_ht==0 ) return;
+  sqlite3_free(pH->ht);
+  pH->ht = new_ht;
+  pH->htsize = new_size;
+  xHash = hashFunction(pH->keyClass);
+  for(elem=pH->first, pH->first=0; elem; elem = next_elem){
+    int h = (*xHash)(elem->pKey, elem->nKey) & (new_size-1);
+    next_elem = elem->next;
+    insertElement(pH, &new_ht[h], elem);
+  }
+}
+
+/* This function (for internal use only) locates an element in an
+** hash table that matches the given key.  The hash for this key has
+** already been computed and is passed as the 4th parameter.
+*/
+static HashElem *findElementGivenHash(
+  const Hash *pH,     /* The pH to be searched */
+  const void *pKey,   /* The key we are searching for */
+  int nKey,
+  int h               /* The hash for this key. */
+){
+  HashElem *elem;                /* Used to loop thru the element list */
+  int count;                     /* Number of elements left to test */
+  int (*xCompare)(const void*,int,const void*,int);  /* comparison function */
+
+  if( pH->ht ){
+    struct _ht *pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
+    elem = pEntry->chain;
+    count = pEntry->count;
+    xCompare = compareFunction(pH->keyClass);
+    while( count-- && elem ){
+      if( (*xCompare)(elem->pKey,elem->nKey,pKey,nKey)==0 ){ 
+        return elem;
+      }
+      elem = elem->next;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Remove a single entry from the hash table given a pointer to that
+** element and a hash on the element's key.
+*/
+static void removeElementGivenHash(
+  Hash *pH,         /* The pH containing "elem" */
+  HashElem* elem,   /* The element to be removed from the pH */
+  int h             /* Hash value for the element */
+){
+  struct _ht *pEntry;
+  if( elem->prev ){
+    elem->prev->next = elem->next; 
+  }else{
+    pH->first = elem->next;
+  }
+  if( elem->next ){
+    elem->next->prev = elem->prev;
+  }
+  pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
+  if( pEntry->chain==elem ){
+    pEntry->chain = elem->next;
+  }
+  pEntry->count--;
+  if( pEntry->count<=0 ){
+    pEntry->chain = 0;
+  }
+  if( pH->copyKey ){
+    sqlite3_free(elem->pKey);
+  }
+  sqlite3_free( elem );
+  pH->count--;
+  if( pH->count<=0 ){
+    assert( pH->first==0 );
+    assert( pH->count==0 );
+    sqlite3HashClear(pH);
+  }
+}
+
+/* Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key
+** that matches pKey,nKey.  Return a pointer to the corresponding 
+** HashElem structure for this element if it is found, or NULL
+** otherwise.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE HashElem *sqlite3HashFindElem(const Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey){
+  int h;             /* A hash on key */
+  HashElem *elem;    /* The element that matches key */
+  int (*xHash)(const void*,int);  /* The hash function */
+
+  if( pH==0 || pH->ht==0 ) return 0;
+  xHash = hashFunction(pH->keyClass);
+  assert( xHash!=0 );
+  h = (*xHash)(pKey,nKey);
+  elem = findElementGivenHash(pH,pKey,nKey, h % pH->htsize);
+  return elem;
+}
+
+/* Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key
+** that matches pKey,nKey.  Return the data for this element if it is
+** found, or NULL if there is no match.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey){
+  HashElem *elem;    /* The element that matches key */
+  elem = sqlite3HashFindElem(pH, pKey, nKey);
+  return elem ? elem->data : 0;
+}
+
+/* Insert an element into the hash table pH.  The key is pKey,nKey
+** and the data is "data".
+**
+** If no element exists with a matching key, then a new
+** element is created.  A copy of the key is made if the copyKey
+** flag is set.  NULL is returned.
+**
+** If another element already exists with the same key, then the
+** new data replaces the old data and the old data is returned.
+** The key is not copied in this instance.  If a malloc fails, then
+** the new data is returned and the hash table is unchanged.
+**
+** If the "data" parameter to this function is NULL, then the
+** element corresponding to "key" is removed from the hash table.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey, void *data){
+  int hraw;             /* Raw hash value of the key */
+  int h;                /* the hash of the key modulo hash table size */
+  HashElem *elem;       /* Used to loop thru the element list */
+  HashElem *new_elem;   /* New element added to the pH */
+  int (*xHash)(const void*,int);  /* The hash function */
+
+  assert( pH!=0 );
+  xHash = hashFunction(pH->keyClass);
+  assert( xHash!=0 );
+  hraw = (*xHash)(pKey, nKey);
+  if( pH->htsize ){
+    h = hraw % pH->htsize;
+    elem = findElementGivenHash(pH,pKey,nKey,h);
+    if( elem ){
+      void *old_data = elem->data;
+      if( data==0 ){
+        removeElementGivenHash(pH,elem,h);
+      }else{
+        elem->data = data;
+        if( !pH->copyKey ){
+          elem->pKey = (void *)pKey;
+        }
+        assert(nKey==elem->nKey);
+      }
+      return old_data;
+    }
+  }
+  if( data==0 ) return 0;
+  new_elem = (HashElem*)sqlite3Malloc( sizeof(HashElem) );
+  if( new_elem==0 ) return data;
+  if( pH->copyKey && pKey!=0 ){
+    new_elem->pKey = sqlite3Malloc( nKey );
+    if( new_elem->pKey==0 ){
+      sqlite3_free(new_elem);
+      return data;
+    }
+    memcpy((void*)new_elem->pKey, pKey, nKey);
+  }else{
+    new_elem->pKey = (void*)pKey;
+  }
+  new_elem->nKey = nKey;
+  pH->count++;
+  if( pH->htsize==0 ){
+    rehash(pH, 128/sizeof(pH->ht[0]));
+    if( pH->htsize==0 ){
+      pH->count = 0;
+      if( pH->copyKey ){
+        sqlite3_free(new_elem->pKey);
+      }
+      sqlite3_free(new_elem);
+      return data;
+    }
+  }
+  if( pH->count > pH->htsize ){
+    rehash(pH,pH->htsize*2);
+  }
+  assert( pH->htsize>0 );
+  h = hraw % pH->htsize;
+  insertElement(pH, &pH->ht[h], new_elem);
+  new_elem->data = data;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/************** End of hash.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file opcodes.c *****************************************/
+/* Automatically generated.  Do not edit */
+/* See the mkopcodec.awk script for details. */
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN) || !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3OpcodeName(int i){
+ static const char *const azName[] = { "?",
+     /*   1 */ "VNext",
+     /*   2 */ "Affinity",
+     /*   3 */ "Column",
+     /*   4 */ "SetCookie",
+     /*   5 */ "Sequence",
+     /*   6 */ "MoveGt",
+     /*   7 */ "RowKey",
+     /*   8 */ "SCopy",
+     /*   9 */ "OpenWrite",
+     /*  10 */ "If",
+     /*  11 */ "VRowid",
+     /*  12 */ "CollSeq",
+     /*  13 */ "OpenRead",
+     /*  14 */ "Expire",
+     /*  15 */ "AutoCommit",
+     /*  16 */ "Not",
+     /*  17 */ "Pagecount",
+     /*  18 */ "IntegrityCk",
+     /*  19 */ "Sort",
+     /*  20 */ "Copy",
+     /*  21 */ "Trace",
+     /*  22 */ "Function",
+     /*  23 */ "IfNeg",
+     /*  24 */ "Noop",
+     /*  25 */ "Return",
+     /*  26 */ "NewRowid",
+     /*  27 */ "Variable",
+     /*  28 */ "String",
+     /*  29 */ "RealAffinity",
+     /*  30 */ "VRename",
+     /*  31 */ "ParseSchema",
+     /*  32 */ "VOpen",
+     /*  33 */ "Close",
+     /*  34 */ "CreateIndex",
+     /*  35 */ "IsUnique",
+     /*  36 */ "NotFound",
+     /*  37 */ "Int64",
+     /*  38 */ "MustBeInt",
+     /*  39 */ "Halt",
+     /*  40 */ "Rowid",
+     /*  41 */ "IdxLT",
+     /*  42 */ "AddImm",
+     /*  43 */ "Statement",
+     /*  44 */ "RowData",
+     /*  45 */ "MemMax",
+     /*  46 */ "NotExists",
+     /*  47 */ "Gosub",
+     /*  48 */ "Integer",
+     /*  49 */ "Prev",
+     /*  50 */ "VColumn",
+     /*  51 */ "CreateTable",
+     /*  52 */ "Last",
+     /*  53 */ "IncrVacuum",
+     /*  54 */ "IdxRowid",
+     /*  55 */ "ResetCount",
+     /*  56 */ "FifoWrite",
+     /*  57 */ "ContextPush",
+     /*  58 */ "Yield",
+     /*  59 */ "DropTrigger",
+     /*  60 */ "Or",
+     /*  61 */ "And",
+     /*  62 */ "DropIndex",
+     /*  63 */ "IdxGE",
+     /*  64 */ "IdxDelete",
+     /*  65 */ "IsNull",
+     /*  66 */ "NotNull",
+     /*  67 */ "Ne",
+     /*  68 */ "Eq",
+     /*  69 */ "Gt",
+     /*  70 */ "Le",
+     /*  71 */ "Lt",
+     /*  72 */ "Ge",
+     /*  73 */ "Vacuum",
+     /*  74 */ "BitAnd",
+     /*  75 */ "BitOr",
+     /*  76 */ "ShiftLeft",
+     /*  77 */ "ShiftRight",
+     /*  78 */ "Add",
+     /*  79 */ "Subtract",
+     /*  80 */ "Multiply",
+     /*  81 */ "Divide",
+     /*  82 */ "Remainder",
+     /*  83 */ "Concat",
+     /*  84 */ "MoveLe",
+     /*  85 */ "IfNot",
+     /*  86 */ "DropTable",
+     /*  87 */ "BitNot",
+     /*  88 */ "String8",
+     /*  89 */ "MakeRecord",
+     /*  90 */ "ResultRow",
+     /*  91 */ "Delete",
+     /*  92 */ "AggFinal",
+     /*  93 */ "Compare",
+     /*  94 */ "Goto",
+     /*  95 */ "TableLock",
+     /*  96 */ "FifoRead",
+     /*  97 */ "Clear",
+     /*  98 */ "MoveLt",
+     /*  99 */ "VerifyCookie",
+     /* 100 */ "AggStep",
+     /* 101 */ "SetNumColumns",
+     /* 102 */ "Transaction",
+     /* 103 */ "VFilter",
+     /* 104 */ "VDestroy",
+     /* 105 */ "ContextPop",
+     /* 106 */ "Next",
+     /* 107 */ "IdxInsert",
+     /* 108 */ "Insert",
+     /* 109 */ "Destroy",
+     /* 110 */ "ReadCookie",
+     /* 111 */ "ForceInt",
+     /* 112 */ "LoadAnalysis",
+     /* 113 */ "Explain",
+     /* 114 */ "OpenPseudo",
+     /* 115 */ "OpenEphemeral",
+     /* 116 */ "Null",
+     /* 117 */ "Move",
+     /* 118 */ "Blob",
+     /* 119 */ "Rewind",
+     /* 120 */ "MoveGe",
+     /* 121 */ "VBegin",
+     /* 122 */ "VUpdate",
+     /* 123 */ "IfZero",
+     /* 124 */ "VCreate",
+     /* 125 */ "Real",
+     /* 126 */ "Found",
+     /* 127 */ "IfPos",
+     /* 128 */ "NullRow",
+     /* 129 */ "Jump",
+     /* 130 */ "Permutation",
+     /* 131 */ "NotUsed_131",
+     /* 132 */ "NotUsed_132",
+     /* 133 */ "NotUsed_133",
+     /* 134 */ "NotUsed_134",
+     /* 135 */ "NotUsed_135",
+     /* 136 */ "NotUsed_136",
+     /* 137 */ "NotUsed_137",
+     /* 138 */ "ToText",
+     /* 139 */ "ToBlob",
+     /* 140 */ "ToNumeric",
+     /* 141 */ "ToInt",
+     /* 142 */ "ToReal",
+  };
+  return azName[i];
+}
+#endif
+
+/************** End of opcodes.c *********************************************/
+/************** Begin file os_os2.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2006 Feb 14
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains code that is specific to OS/2.
+**
+** $Id: os_os2.c,v 1.56 2008/08/22 13:47:57 pweilbacher Exp $
+*/
+
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_OS2
+
+/*
+** A Note About Memory Allocation:
+**
+** This driver uses malloc()/free() directly rather than going through
+** the SQLite-wrappers sqlite3_malloc()/sqlite3_free().  Those wrappers
+** are designed for use on embedded systems where memory is scarce and
+** malloc failures happen frequently.  OS/2 does not typically run on
+** embedded systems, and when it does the developers normally have bigger
+** problems to worry about than running out of memory.  So there is not
+** a compelling need to use the wrappers.
+**
+** But there is a good reason to not use the wrappers.  If we use the
+** wrappers then we will get simulated malloc() failures within this
+** driver.  And that causes all kinds of problems for our tests.  We
+** could enhance SQLite to deal with simulated malloc failures within
+** the OS driver, but the code to deal with those failure would not
+** be exercised on Linux (which does not need to malloc() in the driver)
+** and so we would have difficulty writing coverage tests for that
+** code.  Better to leave the code out, we think.
+**
+** The point of this discussion is as follows:  When creating a new
+** OS layer for an embedded system, if you use this file as an example,
+** avoid the use of malloc()/free().  Those routines work ok on OS/2
+** desktops but not so well in embedded systems.
+*/
+
+/*
+** Macros used to determine whether or not to use threads.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+# define SQLITE_OS2_THREADS 1
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files
+*/
+/************** Include os_common.h in the middle of os_os2.c ****************/
+/************** Begin file os_common.h ***************************************/
+/*
+** 2004 May 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains macros and a little bit of code that is common to
+** all of the platform-specific files (os_*.c) and is #included into those
+** files.
+**
+** This file should be #included by the os_*.c files only.  It is not a
+** general purpose header file.
+**
+** $Id: os_common.h,v 1.37 2008/05/29 20:22:37 shane Exp $
+*/
+#ifndef _OS_COMMON_H_
+#define _OS_COMMON_H_
+
+/*
+** At least two bugs have slipped in because we changed the MEMORY_DEBUG
+** macro to SQLITE_DEBUG and some older makefiles have not yet made the
+** switch.  The following code should catch this problem at compile-time.
+*/
+#ifdef MEMORY_DEBUG
+# error "The MEMORY_DEBUG macro is obsolete.  Use SQLITE_DEBUG instead."
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+ * When testing, this global variable stores the location of the
+ * pending-byte in the database file.
+ */
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API unsigned int sqlite3_pending_byte = 0x40000000;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OSTrace = 0;
+#define OSTRACE1(X)         if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X)
+#define OSTRACE2(X,Y)       if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y)
+#define OSTRACE3(X,Y,Z)     if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z)
+#define OSTRACE4(X,Y,Z,A)   if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A)
+#define OSTRACE5(X,Y,Z,A,B) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B)
+#define OSTRACE6(X,Y,Z,A,B,C) \
+    if(sqlite3OSTrace) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B,C)
+#define OSTRACE7(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D) \
+    if(sqlite3OSTrace) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D)
+#else
+#define OSTRACE1(X)
+#define OSTRACE2(X,Y)
+#define OSTRACE3(X,Y,Z)
+#define OSTRACE4(X,Y,Z,A)
+#define OSTRACE5(X,Y,Z,A,B)
+#define OSTRACE6(X,Y,Z,A,B,C)
+#define OSTRACE7(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Macros for performance tracing.  Normally turned off.  Only works
+** on i486 hardware.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE
+
+/* 
+** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing 
+** high-performance timing routines.
+*/
+/************** Include hwtime.h in the middle of os_common.h ****************/
+/************** Begin file hwtime.h ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 May 27
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains inline asm code for retrieving "high-performance"
+** counters for x86 class CPUs.
+**
+** $Id: hwtime.h,v 1.3 2008/08/01 14:33:15 shane Exp $
+*/
+#ifndef _HWTIME_H_
+#define _HWTIME_H_
+
+/*
+** The following routine only works on pentium-class (or newer) processors.
+** It uses the RDTSC opcode to read the cycle count value out of the
+** processor and returns that value.  This can be used for high-res
+** profiling.
+*/
+#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(_MSC_VER)) && \
+      (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86))
+
+  #if defined(__GNUC__)
+
+  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+     unsigned int lo, hi;
+     __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=a" (lo), "=d" (hi));
+     return (sqlite_uint64)hi << 32 | lo;
+  }
+
+  #elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+
+  __declspec(naked) __inline sqlite_uint64 __cdecl sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+     __asm {
+        rdtsc
+        ret       ; return value at EDX:EAX
+     }
+  }
+
+  #endif
+
+#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__))
+
+  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+      unsigned long val;
+      __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val));
+      return val;
+  }
+ 
+#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__))
+
+  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+      unsigned long long retval;
+      unsigned long junk;
+      __asm__ __volatile__ ("\n\
+          1:      mftbu   %1\n\
+                  mftb    %L0\n\
+                  mftbu   %0\n\
+                  cmpw    %0,%1\n\
+                  bne     1b"
+                  : "=r" (retval), "=r" (junk));
+      return retval;
+  }
+
+#else
+
+  #error Need implementation of sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform.
+
+  /*
+  ** To compile without implementing sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform,
+  ** you can remove the above #error and use the following
+  ** stub function.  You will lose timing support for many
+  ** of the debugging and testing utilities, but it should at
+  ** least compile and run.
+  */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ return ((sqlite_uint64)0); }
+
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !defined(_HWTIME_H_) */
+
+/************** End of hwtime.h **********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in os_common.h ******************/
+
+static sqlite_uint64 g_start;
+static sqlite_uint64 g_elapsed;
+#define TIMER_START       g_start=sqlite3Hwtime()
+#define TIMER_END         g_elapsed=sqlite3Hwtime()-g_start
+#define TIMER_ELAPSED     g_elapsed
+#else
+#define TIMER_START
+#define TIMER_END
+#define TIMER_ELAPSED     ((sqlite_uint64)0)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** If we compile with the SQLITE_TEST macro set, then the following block
+** of code will give us the ability to simulate a disk I/O error.  This
+** is used for testing the I/O recovery logic.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_hit = 0;            /* Total number of I/O Errors */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_hardhit = 0;        /* Number of non-benign errors */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_pending = 0;        /* Count down to first I/O error */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_persist = 0;        /* True if I/O errors persist */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_benign = 0;         /* True if errors are benign */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_diskfull_pending = 0;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_diskfull = 0;
+#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X) sqlite3_io_error_benign=(X)
+#define SimulateIOError(CODE)  \
+  if( (sqlite3_io_error_persist && sqlite3_io_error_hit) \
+       || sqlite3_io_error_pending-- == 1 )  \
+              { local_ioerr(); CODE; }
+static void local_ioerr(){
+  IOTRACE(("IOERR\n"));
+  sqlite3_io_error_hit++;
+  if( !sqlite3_io_error_benign ) sqlite3_io_error_hardhit++;
+}
+#define SimulateDiskfullError(CODE) \
+   if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending ){ \
+     if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending == 1 ){ \
+       local_ioerr(); \
+       sqlite3_diskfull = 1; \
+       sqlite3_io_error_hit = 1; \
+       CODE; \
+     }else{ \
+       sqlite3_diskfull_pending--; \
+     } \
+   }
+#else
+#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X)
+#define SimulateIOError(A)
+#define SimulateDiskfullError(A)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** When testing, keep a count of the number of open files.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_file_count = 0;
+#define OpenCounter(X)  sqlite3_open_file_count+=(X)
+#else
+#define OpenCounter(X)
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !defined(_OS_COMMON_H_) */
+
+/************** End of os_common.h *******************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in os_os2.c *********************/
+
+/*
+** The os2File structure is subclass of sqlite3_file specific for the OS/2
+** protability layer.
+*/
+typedef struct os2File os2File;
+struct os2File {
+  const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod;  /* Always the first entry */
+  HFILE h;                  /* Handle for accessing the file */
+  char* pathToDel;          /* Name of file to delete on close, NULL if not */
+  unsigned char locktype;   /* Type of lock currently held on this file */
+};
+
+#define LOCK_TIMEOUT 10L /* the default locking timeout */
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+** The next group of routines implement the I/O methods specified
+** by the sqlite3_io_methods object.
+******************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+** Close a file.
+*/
+static int os2Close( sqlite3_file *id ){
+  APIRET rc = NO_ERROR;
+  os2File *pFile;
+  if( id && (pFile = (os2File*)id) != 0 ){
+    OSTRACE2( "CLOSE %d\n", pFile->h );
+    rc = DosClose( pFile->h );
+    pFile->locktype = NO_LOCK;
+    if( pFile->pathToDel != NULL ){
+      rc = DosForceDelete( (PSZ)pFile->pathToDel );
+      free( pFile->pathToDel );
+      pFile->pathToDel = NULL;
+    }
+    id = 0;
+    OpenCounter( -1 );
+  }
+
+  return rc == NO_ERROR ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR;
+}
+
+/*
+** Read data from a file into a buffer.  Return SQLITE_OK if all
+** bytes were read successfully and SQLITE_IOERR if anything goes
+** wrong.
+*/
+static int os2Read(
+  sqlite3_file *id,               /* File to read from */
+  void *pBuf,                     /* Write content into this buffer */
+  int amt,                        /* Number of bytes to read */
+  sqlite3_int64 offset            /* Begin reading at this offset */
+){
+  ULONG fileLocation = 0L;
+  ULONG got;
+  os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id;
+  assert( id!=0 );
+  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_READ );
+  OSTRACE3( "READ %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype );
+  if( DosSetFilePtr(pFile->h, offset, FILE_BEGIN, &fileLocation) != NO_ERROR ){
+    return SQLITE_IOERR;
+  }
+  if( DosRead( pFile->h, pBuf, amt, &got ) != NO_ERROR ){
+    return SQLITE_IOERR_READ;
+  }
+  if( got == (ULONG)amt )
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  else {
+    memset(&((char*)pBuf)[got], 0, amt-got);
+    return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Write data from a buffer into a file.  Return SQLITE_OK on success
+** or some other error code on failure.
+*/
+static int os2Write(
+  sqlite3_file *id,               /* File to write into */
+  const void *pBuf,               /* The bytes to be written */
+  int amt,                        /* Number of bytes to write */
+  sqlite3_int64 offset            /* Offset into the file to begin writing at */
+){
+  ULONG fileLocation = 0L;
+  APIRET rc = NO_ERROR;
+  ULONG wrote;
+  os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id;
+  assert( id!=0 );
+  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE );
+  SimulateDiskfullError( return SQLITE_FULL );
+  OSTRACE3( "WRITE %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype );
+  if( DosSetFilePtr(pFile->h, offset, FILE_BEGIN, &fileLocation) != NO_ERROR ){
+    return SQLITE_IOERR;
+  }
+  assert( amt>0 );
+  while( amt > 0 &&
+         ( rc = DosWrite( pFile->h, (PVOID)pBuf, amt, &wrote ) ) == NO_ERROR &&
+         wrote > 0
+  ){
+    amt -= wrote;
+    pBuf = &((char*)pBuf)[wrote];
+  }
+
+  return ( rc != NO_ERROR || amt > (int)wrote ) ? SQLITE_FULL : SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Truncate an open file to a specified size
+*/
+static int os2Truncate( sqlite3_file *id, i64 nByte ){
+  APIRET rc = NO_ERROR;
+  os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id;
+  OSTRACE3( "TRUNCATE %d %lld\n", pFile->h, nByte );
+  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE );
+  rc = DosSetFileSize( pFile->h, nByte );
+  return rc == NO_ERROR ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR;
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+/*
+** Count the number of fullsyncs and normal syncs.  This is used to test
+** that syncs and fullsyncs are occuring at the right times.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sync_count = 0;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fullsync_count = 0;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk.
+*/
+static int os2Sync( sqlite3_file *id, int flags ){
+  os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id;
+  OSTRACE3( "SYNC %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype );
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  if( flags & SQLITE_SYNC_FULL){
+    sqlite3_fullsync_count++;
+  }
+  sqlite3_sync_count++;
+#endif
+  return DosResetBuffer( pFile->h ) == NO_ERROR ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR;
+}
+
+/*
+** Determine the current size of a file in bytes
+*/
+static int os2FileSize( sqlite3_file *id, sqlite3_int64 *pSize ){
+  APIRET rc = NO_ERROR;
+  FILESTATUS3 fsts3FileInfo;
+  memset(&fsts3FileInfo, 0, sizeof(fsts3FileInfo));
+  assert( id!=0 );
+  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR );
+  rc = DosQueryFileInfo( ((os2File*)id)->h, FIL_STANDARD, &fsts3FileInfo, sizeof(FILESTATUS3) );
+  if( rc == NO_ERROR ){
+    *pSize = fsts3FileInfo.cbFile;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    return SQLITE_IOERR;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Acquire a reader lock.
+*/
+static int getReadLock( os2File *pFile ){
+  FILELOCK  LockArea,
+            UnlockArea;
+  APIRET res;
+  memset(&LockArea, 0, sizeof(LockArea));
+  memset(&UnlockArea, 0, sizeof(UnlockArea));
+  LockArea.lOffset = SHARED_FIRST;
+  LockArea.lRange = SHARED_SIZE;
+  UnlockArea.lOffset = 0L;
+  UnlockArea.lRange = 0L;
+  res = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, LOCK_TIMEOUT, 1L );
+  OSTRACE3( "GETREADLOCK %d res=%d\n", pFile->h, res );
+  return res;
+}
+
+/*
+** Undo a readlock
+*/
+static int unlockReadLock( os2File *id ){
+  FILELOCK  LockArea,
+            UnlockArea;
+  APIRET res;
+  memset(&LockArea, 0, sizeof(LockArea));
+  memset(&UnlockArea, 0, sizeof(UnlockArea));
+  LockArea.lOffset = 0L;
+  LockArea.lRange = 0L;
+  UnlockArea.lOffset = SHARED_FIRST;
+  UnlockArea.lRange = SHARED_SIZE;
+  res = DosSetFileLocks( id->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, LOCK_TIMEOUT, 1L );
+  OSTRACE3( "UNLOCK-READLOCK file handle=%d res=%d?\n", id->h, res );
+  return res;
+}
+
+/*
+** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one
+** of the following:
+**
+**     (1) SHARED_LOCK
+**     (2) RESERVED_LOCK
+**     (3) PENDING_LOCK
+**     (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
+**
+** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
+** are inserted in between.  The locking might fail on one of the later
+** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
+** still short of its goal.  The following chart shows the allowed
+** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
+**
+**    UNLOCKED -> SHARED
+**    SHARED -> RESERVED
+**    SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+**    RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+**    PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
+**
+** This routine will only increase a lock.  The os2Unlock() routine
+** erases all locks at once and returns us immediately to locking level 0.
+** It is not possible to lower the locking level one step at a time.  You
+** must go straight to locking level 0.
+*/
+static int os2Lock( sqlite3_file *id, int locktype ){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;       /* Return code from subroutines */
+  APIRET res = NO_ERROR;    /* Result of an OS/2 lock call */
+  int newLocktype;       /* Set pFile->locktype to this value before exiting */
+  int gotPendingLock = 0;/* True if we acquired a PENDING lock this time */
+  FILELOCK  LockArea,
+            UnlockArea;
+  os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id;
+  memset(&LockArea, 0, sizeof(LockArea));
+  memset(&UnlockArea, 0, sizeof(UnlockArea));
+  assert( pFile!=0 );
+  OSTRACE4( "LOCK %d %d was %d\n", pFile->h, locktype, pFile->locktype );
+
+  /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the
+  ** os2File, do nothing. Don't use the end_lock: exit path, as
+  ** sqlite3_mutex_enter() hasn't been called yet.
+  */
+  if( pFile->locktype>=locktype ){
+    OSTRACE3( "LOCK %d %d ok (already held)\n", pFile->h, locktype );
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct
+  */
+  assert( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK || locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
+  assert( locktype!=PENDING_LOCK );
+  assert( locktype!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
+
+  /* Lock the PENDING_LOCK byte if we need to acquire a PENDING lock or
+  ** a SHARED lock.  If we are acquiring a SHARED lock, the acquisition of
+  ** the PENDING_LOCK byte is temporary.
+  */
+  newLocktype = pFile->locktype;
+  if( pFile->locktype==NO_LOCK
+      || (locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->locktype==RESERVED_LOCK)
+  ){
+    LockArea.lOffset = PENDING_BYTE;
+    LockArea.lRange = 1L;
+    UnlockArea.lOffset = 0L;
+    UnlockArea.lRange = 0L;
+
+    /* wait longer than LOCK_TIMEOUT here not to have to try multiple times */
+    res = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, 100L, 0L );
+    if( res == NO_ERROR ){
+      gotPendingLock = 1;
+      OSTRACE3( "LOCK %d pending lock boolean set.  res=%d\n", pFile->h, res );
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Acquire a shared lock
+  */
+  if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && res == NO_ERROR ){
+    assert( pFile->locktype==NO_LOCK );
+    res = getReadLock(pFile);
+    if( res == NO_ERROR ){
+      newLocktype = SHARED_LOCK;
+    }
+    OSTRACE3( "LOCK %d acquire shared lock. res=%d\n", pFile->h, res );
+  }
+
+  /* Acquire a RESERVED lock
+  */
+  if( locktype==RESERVED_LOCK && res == NO_ERROR ){
+    assert( pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
+    LockArea.lOffset = RESERVED_BYTE;
+    LockArea.lRange = 1L;
+    UnlockArea.lOffset = 0L;
+    UnlockArea.lRange = 0L;
+    res = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, LOCK_TIMEOUT, 0L );
+    if( res == NO_ERROR ){
+      newLocktype = RESERVED_LOCK;
+    }
+    OSTRACE3( "LOCK %d acquire reserved lock. res=%d\n", pFile->h, res );
+  }
+
+  /* Acquire a PENDING lock
+  */
+  if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res == NO_ERROR ){
+    newLocktype = PENDING_LOCK;
+    gotPendingLock = 0;
+    OSTRACE2( "LOCK %d acquire pending lock. pending lock boolean unset.\n", pFile->h );
+  }
+
+  /* Acquire an EXCLUSIVE lock
+  */
+  if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res == NO_ERROR ){
+    assert( pFile->locktype>=SHARED_LOCK );
+    res = unlockReadLock(pFile);
+    OSTRACE2( "unreadlock = %d\n", res );
+    LockArea.lOffset = SHARED_FIRST;
+    LockArea.lRange = SHARED_SIZE;
+    UnlockArea.lOffset = 0L;
+    UnlockArea.lRange = 0L;
+    res = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, LOCK_TIMEOUT, 0L );
+    if( res == NO_ERROR ){
+      newLocktype = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK;
+    }else{
+      OSTRACE2( "OS/2 error-code = %d\n", res );
+      getReadLock(pFile);
+    }
+    OSTRACE3( "LOCK %d acquire exclusive lock.  res=%d\n", pFile->h, res );
+  }
+
+  /* If we are holding a PENDING lock that ought to be released, then
+  ** release it now.
+  */
+  if( gotPendingLock && locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){
+    int r;
+    LockArea.lOffset = 0L;
+    LockArea.lRange = 0L;
+    UnlockArea.lOffset = PENDING_BYTE;
+    UnlockArea.lRange = 1L;
+    r = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, LOCK_TIMEOUT, 0L );
+    OSTRACE3( "LOCK %d unlocking pending/is shared. r=%d\n", pFile->h, r );
+  }
+
+  /* Update the state of the lock has held in the file descriptor then
+  ** return the appropriate result code.
+  */
+  if( res == NO_ERROR ){
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    OSTRACE4( "LOCK FAILED %d trying for %d but got %d\n", pFile->h,
+              locktype, newLocktype );
+    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+  }
+  pFile->locktype = newLocktype;
+  OSTRACE3( "LOCK %d now %d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype );
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
+** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, return
+** non-zero, otherwise zero.
+*/
+static int os2CheckReservedLock( sqlite3_file *id, int *pOut ){
+  int r = 0;
+  os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id;
+  assert( pFile!=0 );
+  if( pFile->locktype>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
+    r = 1;
+    OSTRACE3( "TEST WR-LOCK %d %d (local)\n", pFile->h, r );
+  }else{
+    FILELOCK  LockArea,
+              UnlockArea;
+    APIRET rc = NO_ERROR;
+    memset(&LockArea, 0, sizeof(LockArea));
+    memset(&UnlockArea, 0, sizeof(UnlockArea));
+    LockArea.lOffset = RESERVED_BYTE;
+    LockArea.lRange = 1L;
+    UnlockArea.lOffset = 0L;
+    UnlockArea.lRange = 0L;
+    rc = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, LOCK_TIMEOUT, 0L );
+    OSTRACE3( "TEST WR-LOCK %d lock reserved byte rc=%d\n", pFile->h, rc );
+    if( rc == NO_ERROR ){
+      APIRET rcu = NO_ERROR; /* return code for unlocking */
+      LockArea.lOffset = 0L;
+      LockArea.lRange = 0L;
+      UnlockArea.lOffset = RESERVED_BYTE;
+      UnlockArea.lRange = 1L;
+      rcu = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, LOCK_TIMEOUT, 0L );
+      OSTRACE3( "TEST WR-LOCK %d unlock reserved byte r=%d\n", pFile->h, rcu );
+    }
+    r = !(rc == NO_ERROR);
+    OSTRACE3( "TEST WR-LOCK %d %d (remote)\n", pFile->h, r );
+  }
+  *pOut = r;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Lower the locking level on file descriptor id to locktype.  locktype
+** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
+**
+** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
+** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
+**
+** It is not possible for this routine to fail if the second argument
+** is NO_LOCK.  If the second argument is SHARED_LOCK then this routine
+** might return SQLITE_IOERR;
+*/
+static int os2Unlock( sqlite3_file *id, int locktype ){
+  int type;
+  os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id;
+  APIRET rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  APIRET res = NO_ERROR;
+  FILELOCK  LockArea,
+            UnlockArea;
+  memset(&LockArea, 0, sizeof(LockArea));
+  memset(&UnlockArea, 0, sizeof(UnlockArea));
+  assert( pFile!=0 );
+  assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK );
+  OSTRACE4( "UNLOCK %d to %d was %d\n", pFile->h, locktype, pFile->locktype );
+  type = pFile->locktype;
+  if( type>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
+    LockArea.lOffset = 0L;
+    LockArea.lRange = 0L;
+    UnlockArea.lOffset = SHARED_FIRST;
+    UnlockArea.lRange = SHARED_SIZE;
+    res = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, LOCK_TIMEOUT, 0L );
+    OSTRACE3( "UNLOCK %d exclusive lock res=%d\n", pFile->h, res );
+    if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && getReadLock(pFile) != NO_ERROR ){
+      /* This should never happen.  We should always be able to
+      ** reacquire the read lock */
+      OSTRACE3( "UNLOCK %d to %d getReadLock() failed\n", pFile->h, locktype );
+      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
+    }
+  }
+  if( type>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
+    LockArea.lOffset = 0L;
+    LockArea.lRange = 0L;
+    UnlockArea.lOffset = RESERVED_BYTE;
+    UnlockArea.lRange = 1L;
+    res = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, LOCK_TIMEOUT, 0L );
+    OSTRACE3( "UNLOCK %d reserved res=%d\n", pFile->h, res );
+  }
+  if( locktype==NO_LOCK && type>=SHARED_LOCK ){
+    res = unlockReadLock(pFile);
+    OSTRACE5( "UNLOCK %d is %d want %d res=%d\n", pFile->h, type, locktype, res );
+  }
+  if( type>=PENDING_LOCK ){
+    LockArea.lOffset = 0L;
+    LockArea.lRange = 0L;
+    UnlockArea.lOffset = PENDING_BYTE;
+    UnlockArea.lRange = 1L;
+    res = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, LOCK_TIMEOUT, 0L );
+    OSTRACE3( "UNLOCK %d pending res=%d\n", pFile->h, res );
+  }
+  pFile->locktype = locktype;
+  OSTRACE3( "UNLOCK %d now %d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype );
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Control and query of the open file handle.
+*/
+static int os2FileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
+  switch( op ){
+    case SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE: {
+      *(int*)pArg = ((os2File*)id)->locktype;
+      OSTRACE3( "FCNTL_LOCKSTATE %d lock=%d\n", ((os2File*)id)->h, ((os2File*)id)->locktype );
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_ERROR;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the sector size in bytes of the underlying block device for
+** the specified file. This is almost always 512 bytes, but may be
+** larger for some devices.
+**
+** SQLite code assumes this function cannot fail. It also assumes that
+** if two files are created in the same file-system directory (i.e.
+** a database and its journal file) that the sector size will be the
+** same for both.
+*/
+static int os2SectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){
+  return SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a vector of device characteristics.
+*/
+static int os2DeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Character set conversion objects used by conversion routines.
+*/
+static UconvObject ucUtf8 = NULL; /* convert between UTF-8 and UCS-2 */
+static UconvObject uclCp = NULL;  /* convert between local codepage and UCS-2 */
+
+/*
+** Helper function to initialize the conversion objects from and to UTF-8.
+*/
+static void initUconvObjects( void ){
+  if( UniCreateUconvObject( UTF_8, &ucUtf8 ) != ULS_SUCCESS )
+    ucUtf8 = NULL;
+  if ( UniCreateUconvObject( (UniChar *)L"@path=yes", &uclCp ) != ULS_SUCCESS )
+    uclCp = NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+** Helper function to free the conversion objects from and to UTF-8.
+*/
+static void freeUconvObjects( void ){
+  if ( ucUtf8 )
+    UniFreeUconvObject( ucUtf8 );
+  if ( uclCp )
+    UniFreeUconvObject( uclCp );
+  ucUtf8 = NULL;
+  uclCp = NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+** Helper function to convert UTF-8 filenames to local OS/2 codepage.
+** The two-step process: first convert the incoming UTF-8 string
+** into UCS-2 and then from UCS-2 to the current codepage.
+** The returned char pointer has to be freed.
+*/
+static char *convertUtf8PathToCp( const char *in ){
+  UniChar tempPath[CCHMAXPATH];
+  char *out = (char *)calloc( CCHMAXPATH, 1 );
+
+  if( !out )
+    return NULL;
+
+  if( !ucUtf8 || !uclCp )
+    initUconvObjects();
+
+  /* determine string for the conversion of UTF-8 which is CP1208 */
+  if( UniStrToUcs( ucUtf8, tempPath, (char *)in, CCHMAXPATH ) != ULS_SUCCESS )
+    return out; /* if conversion fails, return the empty string */
+
+  /* conversion for current codepage which can be used for paths */
+  UniStrFromUcs( uclCp, out, tempPath, CCHMAXPATH );
+
+  return out;
+}
+
+/*
+** Helper function to convert filenames from local codepage to UTF-8.
+** The two-step process: first convert the incoming codepage-specific
+** string into UCS-2 and then from UCS-2 to the codepage of UTF-8.
+** The returned char pointer has to be freed.
+**
+** This function is non-static to be able to use this in shell.c and
+** similar applications that take command line arguments.
+*/
+char *convertCpPathToUtf8( const char *in ){
+  UniChar tempPath[CCHMAXPATH];
+  char *out = (char *)calloc( CCHMAXPATH, 1 );
+
+  if( !out )
+    return NULL;
+
+  if( !ucUtf8 || !uclCp )
+    initUconvObjects();
+
+  /* conversion for current codepage which can be used for paths */
+  if( UniStrToUcs( uclCp, tempPath, (char *)in, CCHMAXPATH ) != ULS_SUCCESS )
+    return out; /* if conversion fails, return the empty string */
+
+  /* determine string for the conversion of UTF-8 which is CP1208 */
+  UniStrFromUcs( ucUtf8, out, tempPath, CCHMAXPATH );
+
+  return out;
+}
+
+/*
+** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an
+** sqlite3_file for os2.
+*/
+static const sqlite3_io_methods os2IoMethod = {
+  1,                        /* iVersion */
+  os2Close,
+  os2Read,
+  os2Write,
+  os2Truncate,
+  os2Sync,
+  os2FileSize,
+  os2Lock,
+  os2Unlock,
+  os2CheckReservedLock,
+  os2FileControl,
+  os2SectorSize,
+  os2DeviceCharacteristics
+};
+
+/***************************************************************************
+** Here ends the I/O methods that form the sqlite3_io_methods object.
+**
+** The next block of code implements the VFS methods.
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+** Create a temporary file name in zBuf.  zBuf must be big enough to
+** hold at pVfs->mxPathname characters.
+*/
+static int getTempname(int nBuf, char *zBuf ){
+  static const unsigned char zChars[] =
+    "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
+    "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"
+    "0123456789";
+  int i, j;
+  char zTempPathBuf[3];
+  PSZ zTempPath = (PSZ)&zTempPathBuf;
+  if( sqlite3_temp_directory ){
+    zTempPath = sqlite3_temp_directory;
+  }else{
+    if( DosScanEnv( (PSZ)"TEMP", &zTempPath ) ){
+      if( DosScanEnv( (PSZ)"TMP", &zTempPath ) ){
+        if( DosScanEnv( (PSZ)"TMPDIR", &zTempPath ) ){
+           ULONG ulDriveNum = 0, ulDriveMap = 0;
+           DosQueryCurrentDisk( &ulDriveNum, &ulDriveMap );
+           sprintf( (char*)zTempPath, "%c:", (char)( 'A' + ulDriveNum - 1 ) );
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  /* Strip off a trailing slashes or backslashes, otherwise we would get *
+   * multiple (back)slashes which causes DosOpen() to fail.              *
+   * Trailing spaces are not allowed, either.                            */
+  j = strlen(zTempPath);
+  while( j > 0 && ( zTempPath[j-1] == '\\' || zTempPath[j-1] == '/'
+                    || zTempPath[j-1] == ' ' ) ){
+    j--;
+  }
+  zTempPath[j] = '\0';
+  if( !sqlite3_temp_directory ){
+    char *zTempPathUTF = convertCpPathToUtf8( zTempPath );
+    sqlite3_snprintf( nBuf-30, zBuf,
+                      "%s\\"SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX, zTempPathUTF );
+    free( zTempPathUTF );
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_snprintf( nBuf-30, zBuf,
+                      "%s\\"SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX, zTempPath );
+  }
+  j = strlen( zBuf );
+  sqlite3_randomness( 20, &zBuf[j] );
+  for( i = 0; i < 20; i++, j++ ){
+    zBuf[j] = (char)zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ];
+  }
+  zBuf[j] = 0;
+  OSTRACE2( "TEMP FILENAME: %s\n", zBuf );
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname.  Write the full
+** pathname into zFull[].  zFull[] will be at least pVfs->mxPathname
+** bytes in size.
+*/
+static int os2FullPathname(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,          /* Pointer to vfs object */
+  const char *zRelative,      /* Possibly relative input path */
+  int nFull,                  /* Size of output buffer in bytes */
+  char *zFull                 /* Output buffer */
+){
+  char *zRelativeCp = convertUtf8PathToCp( zRelative );
+  char zFullCp[CCHMAXPATH] = "\0";
+  char *zFullUTF;
+  APIRET rc = DosQueryPathInfo( zRelativeCp, FIL_QUERYFULLNAME, zFullCp,
+                                CCHMAXPATH );
+  free( zRelativeCp );
+  zFullUTF = convertCpPathToUtf8( zFullCp );
+  sqlite3_snprintf( nFull, zFull, zFullUTF );
+  free( zFullUTF );
+  return rc == NO_ERROR ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Open a file.
+*/
+static int os2Open(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,            /* Not used */
+  const char *zName,            /* Name of the file */
+  sqlite3_file *id,             /* Write the SQLite file handle here */
+  int flags,                    /* Open mode flags */
+  int *pOutFlags                /* Status return flags */
+){
+  HFILE h;
+  ULONG ulFileAttribute = FILE_NORMAL;
+  ULONG ulOpenFlags = 0;
+  ULONG ulOpenMode = 0;
+  os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id;
+  APIRET rc = NO_ERROR;
+  ULONG ulAction;
+  char *zNameCp;
+  char zTmpname[CCHMAXPATH+1];    /* Buffer to hold name of temp file */
+
+  /* If the second argument to this function is NULL, generate a 
+  ** temporary file name to use 
+  */
+  if( !zName ){
+    int rc = getTempname(CCHMAXPATH+1, zTmpname);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+    zName = zTmpname;
+  }
+
+
+  memset( pFile, 0, sizeof(*pFile) );
+
+  OSTRACE2( "OPEN want %d\n", flags );
+
+  if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE ){
+    ulOpenMode |= OPEN_ACCESS_READWRITE;
+    OSTRACE1( "OPEN read/write\n" );
+  }else{
+    ulOpenMode |= OPEN_ACCESS_READONLY;
+    OSTRACE1( "OPEN read only\n" );
+  }
+
+  if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE ){
+    ulOpenFlags |= OPEN_ACTION_OPEN_IF_EXISTS | OPEN_ACTION_CREATE_IF_NEW;
+    OSTRACE1( "OPEN open new/create\n" );
+  }else{
+    ulOpenFlags |= OPEN_ACTION_OPEN_IF_EXISTS | OPEN_ACTION_FAIL_IF_NEW;
+    OSTRACE1( "OPEN open existing\n" );
+  }
+
+  if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB ){
+    ulOpenMode |= OPEN_SHARE_DENYNONE;
+    OSTRACE1( "OPEN share read/write\n" );
+  }else{
+    ulOpenMode |= OPEN_SHARE_DENYWRITE;
+    OSTRACE1( "OPEN share read only\n" );
+  }
+
+  if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE ){
+    char pathUtf8[CCHMAXPATH];
+#ifdef NDEBUG /* when debugging we want to make sure it is deleted */
+    ulFileAttribute = FILE_HIDDEN;
+#endif
+    os2FullPathname( pVfs, zName, CCHMAXPATH, pathUtf8 );
+    pFile->pathToDel = convertUtf8PathToCp( pathUtf8 );
+    OSTRACE1( "OPEN hidden/delete on close file attributes\n" );
+  }else{
+    pFile->pathToDel = NULL;
+    OSTRACE1( "OPEN normal file attribute\n" );
+  }
+
+  /* always open in random access mode for possibly better speed */
+  ulOpenMode |= OPEN_FLAGS_RANDOM;
+  ulOpenMode |= OPEN_FLAGS_FAIL_ON_ERROR;
+  ulOpenMode |= OPEN_FLAGS_NOINHERIT;
+
+  zNameCp = convertUtf8PathToCp( zName );
+  rc = DosOpen( (PSZ)zNameCp,
+                &h,
+                &ulAction,
+                0L,
+                ulFileAttribute,
+                ulOpenFlags,
+                ulOpenMode,
+                (PEAOP2)NULL );
+  free( zNameCp );
+  if( rc != NO_ERROR ){
+    OSTRACE7( "OPEN Invalid handle rc=%d: zName=%s, ulAction=%#lx, ulAttr=%#lx, ulFlags=%#lx, ulMode=%#lx\n",
+              rc, zName, ulAction, ulFileAttribute, ulOpenFlags, ulOpenMode );
+    if( pFile->pathToDel )
+      free( pFile->pathToDel );
+    pFile->pathToDel = NULL;
+    if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE ){
+      OSTRACE2( "OPEN %d Invalid handle\n", ((flags | SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY) & ~SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE) );
+      return os2Open( pVfs, zName, id,
+                      ((flags | SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY) & ~SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE),
+                      pOutFlags );
+    }else{
+      return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( pOutFlags ){
+    *pOutFlags = flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE ? SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE : SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY;
+  }
+
+  pFile->pMethod = &os2IoMethod;
+  pFile->h = h;
+  OpenCounter(+1);
+  OSTRACE3( "OPEN %d pOutFlags=%d\n", pFile->h, pOutFlags );
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete the named file.
+*/
+static int os2Delete(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,                     /* Not used on os2 */
+  const char *zFilename,                 /* Name of file to delete */
+  int syncDir                            /* Not used on os2 */
+){
+  APIRET rc = NO_ERROR;
+  char *zFilenameCp = convertUtf8PathToCp( zFilename );
+  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE );
+  rc = DosDelete( (PSZ)zFilenameCp );
+  free( zFilenameCp );
+  OSTRACE2( "DELETE \"%s\"\n", zFilename );
+  return rc == NO_ERROR ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR;
+}
+
+/*
+** Check the existance and status of a file.
+*/
+static int os2Access(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,        /* Not used on os2 */
+  const char *zFilename,    /* Name of file to check */
+  int flags,                /* Type of test to make on this file */
+  int *pOut                 /* Write results here */
+){
+  FILESTATUS3 fsts3ConfigInfo;
+  APIRET rc = NO_ERROR;
+  char *zFilenameCp = convertUtf8PathToCp( zFilename );
+
+  memset( &fsts3ConfigInfo, 0, sizeof(fsts3ConfigInfo) );
+  rc = DosQueryPathInfo( (PSZ)zFilenameCp, FIL_STANDARD,
+                         &fsts3ConfigInfo, sizeof(FILESTATUS3) );
+  free( zFilenameCp );
+  OSTRACE4( "ACCESS fsts3ConfigInfo.attrFile=%d flags=%d rc=%d\n",
+            fsts3ConfigInfo.attrFile, flags, rc );
+  switch( flags ){
+    case SQLITE_ACCESS_READ:
+    case SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS:
+      rc = (rc == NO_ERROR);
+      OSTRACE3( "ACCESS %s access of read and exists  rc=%d\n", zFilename, rc );
+      break;
+    case SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE:
+      rc = (rc == NO_ERROR) && ( (fsts3ConfigInfo.attrFile & FILE_READONLY) == 0 );
+      OSTRACE3( "ACCESS %s access of read/write  rc=%d\n", zFilename, rc );
+      break;
+    default:
+      assert( !"Invalid flags argument" );
+  }
+  *pOut = rc;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
+/*
+** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points
+** within the shared library, and closing the shared library.
+*/
+/*
+** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points
+** within the shared library, and closing the shared library.
+*/
+static void *os2DlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zFilename){
+  UCHAR loadErr[256];
+  HMODULE hmod;
+  APIRET rc;
+  char *zFilenameCp = convertUtf8PathToCp(zFilename);
+  rc = DosLoadModule((PSZ)loadErr, sizeof(loadErr), zFilenameCp, &hmod);
+  free(zFilenameCp);
+  return rc != NO_ERROR ? 0 : (void*)hmod;
+}
+/*
+** A no-op since the error code is returned on the DosLoadModule call.
+** os2Dlopen returns zero if DosLoadModule is not successful.
+*/
+static void os2DlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBufOut){
+/* no-op */
+}
+static void *os2DlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle, const char *zSymbol){
+  PFN pfn;
+  APIRET rc;
+  rc = DosQueryProcAddr((HMODULE)pHandle, 0L, zSymbol, &pfn);
+  if( rc != NO_ERROR ){
+    /* if the symbol itself was not found, search again for the same
+     * symbol with an extra underscore, that might be needed depending
+     * on the calling convention */
+    char _zSymbol[256] = "_";
+    strncat(_zSymbol, zSymbol, 255);
+    rc = DosQueryProcAddr((HMODULE)pHandle, 0L, _zSymbol, &pfn);
+  }
+  return rc != NO_ERROR ? 0 : (void*)pfn;
+}
+static void os2DlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){
+  DosFreeModule((HMODULE)pHandle);
+}
+#else /* if SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION is defined: */
+  #define os2DlOpen 0
+  #define os2DlError 0
+  #define os2DlSym 0
+  #define os2DlClose 0
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Write up to nBuf bytes of randomness into zBuf.
+*/
+static int os2Randomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf ){
+  ULONG sizeofULong = sizeof(ULONG);
+  int n = 0;
+  if( sizeof(DATETIME) <= nBuf - n ){
+    DATETIME x;
+    DosGetDateTime(&x);
+    memcpy(&zBuf[n], &x, sizeof(x));
+    n += sizeof(x);
+  }
+
+  if( sizeofULong <= nBuf - n ){
+    PPIB ppib;
+    DosGetInfoBlocks(NULL, &ppib);
+    memcpy(&zBuf[n], &ppib->pib_ulpid, sizeofULong);
+    n += sizeofULong;
+  }
+
+  if( sizeofULong <= nBuf - n ){
+    PTIB ptib;
+    DosGetInfoBlocks(&ptib, NULL);
+    memcpy(&zBuf[n], &ptib->tib_ptib2->tib2_ultid, sizeofULong);
+    n += sizeofULong;
+  }
+
+  /* if we still haven't filled the buffer yet the following will */
+  /* grab everything once instead of making several calls for a single item */
+  if( sizeofULong <= nBuf - n ){
+    ULONG ulSysInfo[QSV_MAX];
+    DosQuerySysInfo(1L, QSV_MAX, ulSysInfo, sizeofULong * QSV_MAX);
+
+    memcpy(&zBuf[n], &ulSysInfo[QSV_MS_COUNT - 1], sizeofULong);
+    n += sizeofULong;
+
+    if( sizeofULong <= nBuf - n ){
+      memcpy(&zBuf[n], &ulSysInfo[QSV_TIMER_INTERVAL - 1], sizeofULong);
+      n += sizeofULong;
+    }
+    if( sizeofULong <= nBuf - n ){
+      memcpy(&zBuf[n], &ulSysInfo[QSV_TIME_LOW - 1], sizeofULong);
+      n += sizeofULong;
+    }
+    if( sizeofULong <= nBuf - n ){
+      memcpy(&zBuf[n], &ulSysInfo[QSV_TIME_HIGH - 1], sizeofULong);
+      n += sizeofULong;
+    }
+    if( sizeofULong <= nBuf - n ){
+      memcpy(&zBuf[n], &ulSysInfo[QSV_TOTAVAILMEM - 1], sizeofULong);
+      n += sizeofULong;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return n;
+}
+
+/*
+** Sleep for a little while.  Return the amount of time slept.
+** The argument is the number of microseconds we want to sleep.
+** The return value is the number of microseconds of sleep actually
+** requested from the underlying operating system, a number which
+** might be greater than or equal to the argument, but not less
+** than the argument.
+*/
+static int os2Sleep( sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int microsec ){
+  DosSleep( (microsec/1000) );
+  return microsec;
+}
+
+/*
+** The following variable, if set to a non-zero value, becomes the result
+** returned from sqlite3OsCurrentTime().  This is used for testing.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_current_time = 0;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time).  Write the
+** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and
+** return 0.  Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found.
+*/
+int os2CurrentTime( sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, double *prNow ){
+  double now;
+  SHORT minute; /* needs to be able to cope with negative timezone offset */
+  USHORT second, hour,
+         day, month, year;
+  DATETIME dt;
+  DosGetDateTime( &dt );
+  second = (USHORT)dt.seconds;
+  minute = (SHORT)dt.minutes + dt.timezone;
+  hour = (USHORT)dt.hours;
+  day = (USHORT)dt.day;
+  month = (USHORT)dt.month;
+  year = (USHORT)dt.year;
+
+  /* Calculations from http://www.astro.keele.ac.uk/~rno/Astronomy/hjd.html
+     http://www.astro.keele.ac.uk/~rno/Astronomy/hjd-0.1.c */
+  /* Calculate the Julian days */
+  now = day - 32076 +
+    1461*(year + 4800 + (month - 14)/12)/4 +
+    367*(month - 2 - (month - 14)/12*12)/12 -
+    3*((year + 4900 + (month - 14)/12)/100)/4;
+
+  /* Add the fractional hours, mins and seconds */
+  now += (hour + 12.0)/24.0;
+  now += minute/1440.0;
+  now += second/86400.0;
+  *prNow = now;
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  if( sqlite3_current_time ){
+    *prNow = sqlite3_current_time/86400.0 + 2440587.5;
+  }
+#endif
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static int os2GetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize and deinitialize the operating system interface.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void){
+  static sqlite3_vfs os2Vfs = {
+    1,                 /* iVersion */
+    sizeof(os2File),   /* szOsFile */
+    CCHMAXPATH,        /* mxPathname */
+    0,                 /* pNext */
+    "os2",             /* zName */
+    0,                 /* pAppData */
+
+    os2Open,           /* xOpen */
+    os2Delete,         /* xDelete */
+    os2Access,         /* xAccess */
+    os2FullPathname,   /* xFullPathname */
+    os2DlOpen,         /* xDlOpen */
+    os2DlError,        /* xDlError */
+    os2DlSym,          /* xDlSym */
+    os2DlClose,        /* xDlClose */
+    os2Randomness,     /* xRandomness */
+    os2Sleep,          /* xSleep */
+    os2CurrentTime,    /* xCurrentTime */
+    os2GetLastError    /* xGetLastError */
+  };
+  sqlite3_vfs_register(&os2Vfs, 1);
+  initUconvObjects();
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void){
+  freeUconvObjects();
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_OS_OS2 */
+
+/************** End of os_os2.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file os_unix.c *****************************************/
+/*
+** 2004 May 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains code that is specific to Unix systems.
+**
+** $Id: os_unix.c,v 1.198 2008/08/22 18:41:37 aswift Exp $
+*/
+#if SQLITE_OS_UNIX              /* This file is used on unix only */
+
+/*
+** If SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE is defined, then several different 
+** locking implementations are provided:
+**
+**   * POSIX locking (the default),
+**   * No locking,
+**   * Dot-file locking,
+**   * flock() locking,
+**   * AFP locking (OSX only).
+*/
+/* #define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 0 */
+
+/*
+** These #defines should enable >2GB file support on Posix if the
+** underlying operating system supports it.  If the OS lacks
+** large file support, these should be no-ops.
+**
+** Large file support can be disabled using the -DSQLITE_DISABLE_LFS switch
+** on the compiler command line.  This is necessary if you are compiling
+** on a recent machine (ex: RedHat 7.2) but you want your code to work
+** on an older machine (ex: RedHat 6.0).  If you compile on RedHat 7.2
+** without this option, LFS is enable.  But LFS does not exist in the kernel
+** in RedHat 6.0, so the code won't work.  Hence, for maximum binary
+** portability you should omit LFS.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS
+# define _LARGE_FILE       1
+# ifndef _FILE_OFFSET_BITS
+#   define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64
+# endif
+# define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE 1
+#endif
+
+/*
+** standard include files.
+*/
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+#include <sys/ioctl.h>
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/mount.h>
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
+
+/*
+** If we are to be thread-safe, include the pthreads header and define
+** the SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS macro.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+# define SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS 1
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Default permissions when creating a new file
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS
+# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS 0644
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Maximum supported path-length.
+*/
+#define MAX_PATHNAME 512
+
+
+/*
+** The unixFile structure is subclass of sqlite3_file specific for the unix
+** protability layer.
+*/
+typedef struct unixFile unixFile;
+struct unixFile {
+  sqlite3_io_methods const *pMethod;  /* Always the first entry */
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  /* In test mode, increase the size of this structure a bit so that 
+  ** it is larger than the struct CrashFile defined in test6.c.
+  */
+  char aPadding[32];
+#endif
+  struct openCnt *pOpen;    /* Info about all open fd's on this inode */
+  struct lockInfo *pLock;   /* Info about locks on this inode */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+  void *lockingContext;     /* Locking style specific state */
+#endif
+  int h;                    /* The file descriptor */
+  unsigned char locktype;   /* The type of lock held on this fd */
+  int dirfd;                /* File descriptor for the directory */
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+  pthread_t tid;            /* The thread that "owns" this unixFile */
+#endif
+  int lastErrno;            /* The unix errno from the last I/O error */
+};
+
+/*
+** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files
+*/
+/************** Include os_common.h in the middle of os_unix.c ***************/
+/************** Begin file os_common.h ***************************************/
+/*
+** 2004 May 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains macros and a little bit of code that is common to
+** all of the platform-specific files (os_*.c) and is #included into those
+** files.
+**
+** This file should be #included by the os_*.c files only.  It is not a
+** general purpose header file.
+**
+** $Id: os_common.h,v 1.37 2008/05/29 20:22:37 shane Exp $
+*/
+#ifndef _OS_COMMON_H_
+#define _OS_COMMON_H_
+
+/*
+** At least two bugs have slipped in because we changed the MEMORY_DEBUG
+** macro to SQLITE_DEBUG and some older makefiles have not yet made the
+** switch.  The following code should catch this problem at compile-time.
+*/
+#ifdef MEMORY_DEBUG
+# error "The MEMORY_DEBUG macro is obsolete.  Use SQLITE_DEBUG instead."
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+ * When testing, this global variable stores the location of the
+ * pending-byte in the database file.
+ */
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API unsigned int sqlite3_pending_byte = 0x40000000;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OSTrace = 0;
+#define OSTRACE1(X)         if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X)
+#define OSTRACE2(X,Y)       if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y)
+#define OSTRACE3(X,Y,Z)     if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z)
+#define OSTRACE4(X,Y,Z,A)   if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A)
+#define OSTRACE5(X,Y,Z,A,B) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B)
+#define OSTRACE6(X,Y,Z,A,B,C) \
+    if(sqlite3OSTrace) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B,C)
+#define OSTRACE7(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D) \
+    if(sqlite3OSTrace) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D)
+#else
+#define OSTRACE1(X)
+#define OSTRACE2(X,Y)
+#define OSTRACE3(X,Y,Z)
+#define OSTRACE4(X,Y,Z,A)
+#define OSTRACE5(X,Y,Z,A,B)
+#define OSTRACE6(X,Y,Z,A,B,C)
+#define OSTRACE7(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Macros for performance tracing.  Normally turned off.  Only works
+** on i486 hardware.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE
+
+/* 
+** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing 
+** high-performance timing routines.
+*/
+/************** Include hwtime.h in the middle of os_common.h ****************/
+/************** Begin file hwtime.h ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 May 27
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains inline asm code for retrieving "high-performance"
+** counters for x86 class CPUs.
+**
+** $Id: hwtime.h,v 1.3 2008/08/01 14:33:15 shane Exp $
+*/
+#ifndef _HWTIME_H_
+#define _HWTIME_H_
+
+/*
+** The following routine only works on pentium-class (or newer) processors.
+** It uses the RDTSC opcode to read the cycle count value out of the
+** processor and returns that value.  This can be used for high-res
+** profiling.
+*/
+#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(_MSC_VER)) && \
+      (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86))
+
+  #if defined(__GNUC__)
+
+  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+     unsigned int lo, hi;
+     __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=a" (lo), "=d" (hi));
+     return (sqlite_uint64)hi << 32 | lo;
+  }
+
+  #elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+
+  __declspec(naked) __inline sqlite_uint64 __cdecl sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+     __asm {
+        rdtsc
+        ret       ; return value at EDX:EAX
+     }
+  }
+
+  #endif
+
+#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__))
+
+  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+      unsigned long val;
+      __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val));
+      return val;
+  }
+ 
+#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__))
+
+  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+      unsigned long long retval;
+      unsigned long junk;
+      __asm__ __volatile__ ("\n\
+          1:      mftbu   %1\n\
+                  mftb    %L0\n\
+                  mftbu   %0\n\
+                  cmpw    %0,%1\n\
+                  bne     1b"
+                  : "=r" (retval), "=r" (junk));
+      return retval;
+  }
+
+#else
+
+  #error Need implementation of sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform.
+
+  /*
+  ** To compile without implementing sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform,
+  ** you can remove the above #error and use the following
+  ** stub function.  You will lose timing support for many
+  ** of the debugging and testing utilities, but it should at
+  ** least compile and run.
+  */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ return ((sqlite_uint64)0); }
+
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !defined(_HWTIME_H_) */
+
+/************** End of hwtime.h **********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in os_common.h ******************/
+
+static sqlite_uint64 g_start;
+static sqlite_uint64 g_elapsed;
+#define TIMER_START       g_start=sqlite3Hwtime()
+#define TIMER_END         g_elapsed=sqlite3Hwtime()-g_start
+#define TIMER_ELAPSED     g_elapsed
+#else
+#define TIMER_START
+#define TIMER_END
+#define TIMER_ELAPSED     ((sqlite_uint64)0)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** If we compile with the SQLITE_TEST macro set, then the following block
+** of code will give us the ability to simulate a disk I/O error.  This
+** is used for testing the I/O recovery logic.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_hit = 0;            /* Total number of I/O Errors */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_hardhit = 0;        /* Number of non-benign errors */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_pending = 0;        /* Count down to first I/O error */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_persist = 0;        /* True if I/O errors persist */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_benign = 0;         /* True if errors are benign */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_diskfull_pending = 0;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_diskfull = 0;
+#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X) sqlite3_io_error_benign=(X)
+#define SimulateIOError(CODE)  \
+  if( (sqlite3_io_error_persist && sqlite3_io_error_hit) \
+       || sqlite3_io_error_pending-- == 1 )  \
+              { local_ioerr(); CODE; }
+static void local_ioerr(){
+  IOTRACE(("IOERR\n"));
+  sqlite3_io_error_hit++;
+  if( !sqlite3_io_error_benign ) sqlite3_io_error_hardhit++;
+}
+#define SimulateDiskfullError(CODE) \
+   if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending ){ \
+     if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending == 1 ){ \
+       local_ioerr(); \
+       sqlite3_diskfull = 1; \
+       sqlite3_io_error_hit = 1; \
+       CODE; \
+     }else{ \
+       sqlite3_diskfull_pending--; \
+     } \
+   }
+#else
+#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X)
+#define SimulateIOError(A)
+#define SimulateDiskfullError(A)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** When testing, keep a count of the number of open files.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_file_count = 0;
+#define OpenCounter(X)  sqlite3_open_file_count+=(X)
+#else
+#define OpenCounter(X)
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !defined(_OS_COMMON_H_) */
+
+/************** End of os_common.h *******************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in os_unix.c ********************/
+
+/*
+** Define various macros that are missing from some systems.
+*/
+#ifndef O_LARGEFILE
+# define O_LARGEFILE 0
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS
+# undef O_LARGEFILE
+# define O_LARGEFILE 0
+#endif
+#ifndef O_NOFOLLOW
+# define O_NOFOLLOW 0
+#endif
+#ifndef O_BINARY
+# define O_BINARY 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The DJGPP compiler environment looks mostly like Unix, but it
+** lacks the fcntl() system call.  So redefine fcntl() to be something
+** that always succeeds.  This means that locking does not occur under
+** DJGPP.  But it is DOS - what did you expect?
+*/
+#ifdef __DJGPP__
+# define fcntl(A,B,C) 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The threadid macro resolves to the thread-id or to 0.  Used for
+** testing and debugging only.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+#define threadid pthread_self()
+#else
+#define threadid 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Set or check the unixFile.tid field.  This field is set when an unixFile
+** is first opened.  All subsequent uses of the unixFile verify that the
+** same thread is operating on the unixFile.  Some operating systems do
+** not allow locks to be overridden by other threads and that restriction
+** means that sqlite3* database handles cannot be moved from one thread
+** to another.  This logic makes sure a user does not try to do that
+** by mistake.
+**
+** Version 3.3.1 (2006-01-15):  unixFile can be moved from one thread to
+** another as long as we are running on a system that supports threads
+** overriding each others locks (which now the most common behavior)
+** or if no locks are held.  But the unixFile.pLock field needs to be
+** recomputed because its key includes the thread-id.  See the 
+** transferOwnership() function below for additional information
+*/
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+# define SET_THREADID(X)   (X)->tid = pthread_self()
+# define CHECK_THREADID(X) (threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks==0 && \
+                            !pthread_equal((X)->tid, pthread_self()))
+#else
+# define SET_THREADID(X)
+# define CHECK_THREADID(X) 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Here is the dirt on POSIX advisory locks:  ANSI STD 1003.1 (1996)
+** section 6.5.2.2 lines 483 through 490 specify that when a process
+** sets or clears a lock, that operation overrides any prior locks set
+** by the same process.  It does not explicitly say so, but this implies
+** that it overrides locks set by the same process using a different
+** file descriptor.  Consider this test case:
+**       int fd2 = open("./file2", O_RDWR|O_CREAT, 0644);
+**
+** Suppose ./file1 and ./file2 are really the same file (because
+** one is a hard or symbolic link to the other) then if you set
+** an exclusive lock on fd1, then try to get an exclusive lock
+** on fd2, it works.  I would have expected the second lock to
+** fail since there was already a lock on the file due to fd1.
+** But not so.  Since both locks came from the same process, the
+** second overrides the first, even though they were on different
+** file descriptors opened on different file names.
+**
+** Bummer.  If you ask me, this is broken.  Badly broken.  It means
+** that we cannot use POSIX locks to synchronize file access among
+** competing threads of the same process.  POSIX locks will work fine
+** to synchronize access for threads in separate processes, but not
+** threads within the same process.
+**
+** To work around the problem, SQLite has to manage file locks internally
+** on its own.  Whenever a new database is opened, we have to find the
+** specific inode of the database file (the inode is determined by the
+** st_dev and st_ino fields of the stat structure that fstat() fills in)
+** and check for locks already existing on that inode.  When locks are
+** created or removed, we have to look at our own internal record of the
+** locks to see if another thread has previously set a lock on that same
+** inode.
+**
+** The sqlite3_file structure for POSIX is no longer just an integer file
+** descriptor.  It is now a structure that holds the integer file
+** descriptor and a pointer to a structure that describes the internal
+** locks on the corresponding inode.  There is one locking structure
+** per inode, so if the same inode is opened twice, both unixFile structures
+** point to the same locking structure.  The locking structure keeps
+** a reference count (so we will know when to delete it) and a "cnt"
+** field that tells us its internal lock status.  cnt==0 means the
+** file is unlocked.  cnt==-1 means the file has an exclusive lock.
+** cnt>0 means there are cnt shared locks on the file.
+**
+** Any attempt to lock or unlock a file first checks the locking
+** structure.  The fcntl() system call is only invoked to set a 
+** POSIX lock if the internal lock structure transitions between
+** a locked and an unlocked state.
+**
+** 2004-Jan-11:
+** More recent discoveries about POSIX advisory locks.  (The more
+** I discover, the more I realize the a POSIX advisory locks are
+** an abomination.)
+**
+** If you close a file descriptor that points to a file that has locks,
+** all locks on that file that are owned by the current process are
+** released.  To work around this problem, each unixFile structure contains
+** a pointer to an openCnt structure.  There is one openCnt structure
+** per open inode, which means that multiple unixFile can point to a single
+** openCnt.  When an attempt is made to close an unixFile, if there are
+** other unixFile open on the same inode that are holding locks, the call
+** to close() the file descriptor is deferred until all of the locks clear.
+** The openCnt structure keeps a list of file descriptors that need to
+** be closed and that list is walked (and cleared) when the last lock
+** clears.
+**
+** First, under Linux threads, because each thread has a separate
+** process ID, lock operations in one thread do not override locks
+** to the same file in other threads.  Linux threads behave like
+** separate processes in this respect.  But, if you close a file
+** descriptor in linux threads, all locks are cleared, even locks
+** on other threads and even though the other threads have different
+** process IDs.  Linux threads is inconsistent in this respect.
+** (I'm beginning to think that linux threads is an abomination too.)
+** The consequence of this all is that the hash table for the lockInfo
+** structure has to include the process id as part of its key because
+** locks in different threads are treated as distinct.  But the 
+** openCnt structure should not include the process id in its
+** key because close() clears lock on all threads, not just the current
+** thread.  Were it not for this goofiness in linux threads, we could
+** combine the lockInfo and openCnt structures into a single structure.
+**
+** 2004-Jun-28:
+** On some versions of linux, threads can override each others locks.
+** On others not.  Sometimes you can change the behavior on the same
+** system by setting the LD_ASSUME_KERNEL environment variable.  The
+** POSIX standard is silent as to which behavior is correct, as far
+** as I can tell, so other versions of unix might show the same
+** inconsistency.  There is no little doubt in my mind that posix
+** advisory locks and linux threads are profoundly broken.
+**
+** To work around the inconsistencies, we have to test at runtime 
+** whether or not threads can override each others locks.  This test
+** is run once, the first time any lock is attempted.  A static 
+** variable is set to record the results of this test for future
+** use.
+*/
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure serves as the key used
+** to locate a particular lockInfo structure given its inode.
+**
+** If threads cannot override each others locks, then we set the
+** lockKey.tid field to the thread ID.  If threads can override
+** each others locks then tid is always set to zero.  tid is omitted
+** if we compile without threading support.
+*/
+struct lockKey {
+  dev_t dev;       /* Device number */
+  ino_t ino;       /* Inode number */
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+  pthread_t tid;   /* Thread ID or zero if threads can override each other */
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each open
+** inode on each thread with a different process ID.  (Threads have
+** different process IDs on linux, but not on most other unixes.)
+**
+** A single inode can have multiple file descriptors, so each unixFile
+** structure contains a pointer to an instance of this object and this
+** object keeps a count of the number of unixFile pointing to it.
+*/
+struct lockInfo {
+  struct lockKey key;  /* The lookup key */
+  int cnt;             /* Number of SHARED locks held */
+  int locktype;        /* One of SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK etc. */
+  int nRef;            /* Number of pointers to this structure */
+  struct lockInfo *pNext, *pPrev;   /* List of all lockInfo objects */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure serves as the key used
+** to locate a particular openCnt structure given its inode.  This
+** is the same as the lockKey except that the thread ID is omitted.
+*/
+struct openKey {
+  dev_t dev;   /* Device number */
+  ino_t ino;   /* Inode number */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each open
+** inode.  This structure keeps track of the number of locks on that
+** inode.  If a close is attempted against an inode that is holding
+** locks, the close is deferred until all locks clear by adding the
+** file descriptor to be closed to the pending list.
+*/
+struct openCnt {
+  struct openKey key;   /* The lookup key */
+  int nRef;             /* Number of pointers to this structure */
+  int nLock;            /* Number of outstanding locks */
+  int nPending;         /* Number of pending close() operations */
+  int *aPending;        /* Malloced space holding fd's awaiting a close() */
+  struct openCnt *pNext, *pPrev;   /* List of all openCnt objects */
+};
+
+/*
+** List of all lockInfo and openCnt objects.  This used to be a hash
+** table.  But the number of objects is rarely more than a dozen and
+** never exceeds a few thousand.  And lookup is not on a critical
+** path oo a simple linked list will suffice.
+*/
+static struct lockInfo *lockList = 0;
+static struct openCnt *openList = 0;
+
+/*
+** The locking styles are associated with the different file locking
+** capabilities supported by different file systems.  
+**
+** POSIX locking style fully supports shared and exclusive byte-range locks 
+** AFP locking only supports exclusive byte-range locks
+** FLOCK only supports a single file-global exclusive lock
+** DOTLOCK isn't a true locking style, it refers to the use of a special
+**   file named the same as the database file with a '.lock' extension, this
+**   can be used on file systems that do not offer any reliable file locking
+** NO locking means that no locking will be attempted, this is only used for
+**   read-only file systems currently
+** UNSUPPORTED means that no locking will be attempted, this is only used for
+**   file systems that are known to be unsupported
+*/
+#define LOCKING_STYLE_POSIX        1
+#define LOCKING_STYLE_NONE         2
+#define LOCKING_STYLE_DOTFILE      3
+#define LOCKING_STYLE_FLOCK        4
+#define LOCKING_STYLE_AFP          5
+
+/*
+** Only set the lastErrno if the error code is a real error and not 
+** a normal expected return code of SQLITE_BUSY or SQLITE_OK
+*/
+#define IS_LOCK_ERROR(x)  ((x != SQLITE_OK) && (x != SQLITE_BUSY))
+
+/*
+** Helper functions to obtain and relinquish the global mutex.
+*/
+static void enterMutex(){
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
+}
+static void leaveMutex(){
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
+}
+
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+/*
+** This variable records whether or not threads can override each others
+** locks.
+**
+**    0:  No.  Threads cannot override each others locks.
+**    1:  Yes.  Threads can override each others locks.
+**   -1:  We don't know yet.
+**
+** On some systems, we know at compile-time if threads can override each
+** others locks.  On those systems, the SQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK macro
+** will be set appropriately.  On other systems, we have to check at
+** runtime.  On these latter systems, SQLTIE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK is
+** undefined.
+**
+** This variable normally has file scope only.  But during testing, we make
+** it a global so that the test code can change its value in order to verify
+** that the right stuff happens in either case.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK
+# define SQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK -1
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+int threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks = SQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK;
+#else
+static int threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks = SQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** This structure holds information passed into individual test
+** threads by the testThreadLockingBehavior() routine.
+*/
+struct threadTestData {
+  int fd;                /* File to be locked */
+  struct flock lock;     /* The locking operation */
+  int result;            /* Result of the locking operation */
+};
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE
+/*
+** Print out information about all locking operations.
+**
+** This routine is used for troubleshooting locks on multithreaded
+** platforms.  Enable by compiling with the -DSQLITE_LOCK_TRACE
+** command-line option on the compiler.  This code is normally
+** turned off.
+*/
+static int lockTrace(int fd, int op, struct flock *p){
+  char *zOpName, *zType;
+  int s;
+  int savedErrno;
+  if( op==F_GETLK ){
+    zOpName = "GETLK";
+  }else if( op==F_SETLK ){
+    zOpName = "SETLK";
+  }else{
+    s = fcntl(fd, op, p);
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl unknown %d %d %d\n", fd, op, s);
+    return s;
+  }
+  if( p->l_type==F_RDLCK ){
+    zType = "RDLCK";
+  }else if( p->l_type==F_WRLCK ){
+    zType = "WRLCK";
+  }else if( p->l_type==F_UNLCK ){
+    zType = "UNLCK";
+  }else{
+    assert( 0 );
+  }
+  assert( p->l_whence==SEEK_SET );
+  s = fcntl(fd, op, p);
+  savedErrno = errno;
+  sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl %d %d %s %s %d %d %d %d\n",
+     threadid, fd, zOpName, zType, (int)p->l_start, (int)p->l_len,
+     (int)p->l_pid, s);
+  if( s==(-1) && op==F_SETLK && (p->l_type==F_RDLCK || p->l_type==F_WRLCK) ){
+    struct flock l2;
+    l2 = *p;
+    fcntl(fd, F_GETLK, &l2);
+    if( l2.l_type==F_RDLCK ){
+      zType = "RDLCK";
+    }else if( l2.l_type==F_WRLCK ){
+      zType = "WRLCK";
+    }else if( l2.l_type==F_UNLCK ){
+      zType = "UNLCK";
+    }else{
+      assert( 0 );
+    }
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl-failure-reason: %s %d %d %d\n",
+       zType, (int)l2.l_start, (int)l2.l_len, (int)l2.l_pid);
+  }
+  errno = savedErrno;
+  return s;
+}
+#define fcntl lockTrace
+#endif /* SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE */
+
+/*
+** The testThreadLockingBehavior() routine launches two separate
+** threads on this routine.  This routine attempts to lock a file
+** descriptor then returns.  The success or failure of that attempt
+** allows the testThreadLockingBehavior() procedure to determine
+** whether or not threads can override each others locks.
+*/
+static void *threadLockingTest(void *pArg){
+  struct threadTestData *pData = (struct threadTestData*)pArg;
+  pData->result = fcntl(pData->fd, F_SETLK, &pData->lock);
+  return pArg;
+}
+
+/*
+** This procedure attempts to determine whether or not threads
+** can override each others locks then sets the 
+** threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks variable appropriately.
+*/
+static void testThreadLockingBehavior(int fd_orig){
+  int fd;
+  struct threadTestData d[2];
+  pthread_t t[2];
+
+  fd = dup(fd_orig);
+  if( fd<0 ) return;
+  memset(d, 0, sizeof(d));
+  d[0].fd = fd;
+  d[0].lock.l_type = F_RDLCK;
+  d[0].lock.l_len = 1;
+  d[0].lock.l_start = 0;
+  d[0].lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+  d[1] = d[0];
+  d[1].lock.l_type = F_WRLCK;
+  pthread_create(&t[0], 0, threadLockingTest, &d[0]);
+  pthread_create(&t[1], 0, threadLockingTest, &d[1]);
+  pthread_join(t[0], 0);
+  pthread_join(t[1], 0);
+  close(fd);
+  threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks =  d[0].result==0 && d[1].result==0;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_THREADSAFE */
+
+/*
+** Release a lockInfo structure previously allocated by findLockInfo().
+*/
+static void releaseLockInfo(struct lockInfo *pLock){
+  if( pLock ){
+    pLock->nRef--;
+    if( pLock->nRef==0 ){
+      if( pLock->pPrev ){
+        assert( pLock->pPrev->pNext==pLock );
+        pLock->pPrev->pNext = pLock->pNext;
+      }else{
+        assert( lockList==pLock );
+        lockList = pLock->pNext;
+      }
+      if( pLock->pNext ){
+        assert( pLock->pNext->pPrev==pLock );
+        pLock->pNext->pPrev = pLock->pPrev;
+      }
+      sqlite3_free(pLock);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Release a openCnt structure previously allocated by findLockInfo().
+*/
+static void releaseOpenCnt(struct openCnt *pOpen){
+  if( pOpen ){
+    pOpen->nRef--;
+    if( pOpen->nRef==0 ){
+      if( pOpen->pPrev ){
+        assert( pOpen->pPrev->pNext==pOpen );
+        pOpen->pPrev->pNext = pOpen->pNext;
+      }else{
+        assert( openList==pOpen );
+        openList = pOpen->pNext;
+      }
+      if( pOpen->pNext ){
+        assert( pOpen->pNext->pPrev==pOpen );
+        pOpen->pNext->pPrev = pOpen->pPrev;
+      }
+      sqlite3_free(pOpen->aPending);
+      sqlite3_free(pOpen);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+/*
+** Tests a byte-range locking query to see if byte range locks are 
+** supported, if not we fall back to dotlockLockingStyle.
+*/
+static int testLockingStyle(int fd){
+  struct flock lockInfo;
+
+  /* Test byte-range lock using fcntl(). If the call succeeds, 
+  ** assume that the file-system supports POSIX style locks. 
+  */
+  lockInfo.l_len = 1;
+  lockInfo.l_start = 0;
+  lockInfo.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+  lockInfo.l_type = F_RDLCK;
+  if( fcntl(fd, F_GETLK, &lockInfo)!=-1 ) {
+    return LOCKING_STYLE_POSIX;
+  }
+  
+  /* Testing for flock() can give false positives.  So if if the above 
+  ** test fails, then we fall back to using dot-file style locking.
+  */  
+  return LOCKING_STYLE_DOTFILE;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* 
+** If SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE is defined, this function Examines the 
+** f_fstypename entry in the statfs structure as returned by stat() for 
+** the file system hosting the database file and selects  the appropriate
+** locking style based on its value.  These values and assignments are 
+** based on Darwin/OSX behavior and have not been thoroughly tested on 
+** other systems.
+**
+** If SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE is not defined, this function always
+** returns LOCKING_STYLE_POSIX.
+*/
+static int detectLockingStyle(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,
+  const char *filePath, 
+  int fd
+){
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+  struct Mapping {
+    const char *zFilesystem;
+    int eLockingStyle;
+  } aMap[] = {
+    { "hfs",    LOCKING_STYLE_POSIX },
+    { "ufs",    LOCKING_STYLE_POSIX },
+    { "afpfs",  LOCKING_STYLE_AFP },
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_AFP_LOCKING_SMB
+    { "smbfs",  LOCKING_STYLE_AFP },
+#else
+    { "smbfs",  LOCKING_STYLE_FLOCK },
+#endif
+    { "msdos",  LOCKING_STYLE_DOTFILE },
+    { "webdav", LOCKING_STYLE_NONE },
+    { 0, 0 }
+  };
+  int i;
+  struct statfs fsInfo;
+
+  if( !filePath ){
+    return LOCKING_STYLE_NONE;
+  }
+  if( pVfs->pAppData ){
+    return SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pVfs->pAppData);
+  }
+
+  if( statfs(filePath, &fsInfo) != -1 ){
+    if( fsInfo.f_flags & MNT_RDONLY ){
+      return LOCKING_STYLE_NONE;
+    }
+    for(i=0; aMap[i].zFilesystem; i++){
+      if( strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, aMap[i].zFilesystem)==0 ){
+        return aMap[i].eLockingStyle;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Default case. Handles, amongst others, "nfs". */
+  return testLockingStyle(fd);  
+#endif
+  return LOCKING_STYLE_POSIX;
+}
+
+/*
+** Given a file descriptor, locate lockInfo and openCnt structures that
+** describes that file descriptor.  Create new ones if necessary.  The
+** return values might be uninitialized if an error occurs.
+**
+** Return an appropriate error code.
+*/
+static int findLockInfo(
+  int fd,                      /* The file descriptor used in the key */
+  struct lockInfo **ppLock,    /* Return the lockInfo structure here */
+  struct openCnt **ppOpen      /* Return the openCnt structure here */
+){
+  int rc;
+  struct lockKey key1;
+  struct openKey key2;
+  struct stat statbuf;
+  struct lockInfo *pLock;
+  struct openCnt *pOpen;
+  rc = fstat(fd, &statbuf);
+  if( rc!=0 ){
+#ifdef EOVERFLOW
+    if( errno==EOVERFLOW ) return SQLITE_NOLFS;
+#endif
+    return SQLITE_IOERR;
+  }
+
+  /* On OS X on an msdos filesystem, the inode number is reported
+  ** incorrectly for zero-size files.  See ticket #3260.  To work
+  ** around this problem (we consider it a bug in OS X, not SQLite)
+  ** we always increase the file size to 1 by writing a single byte
+  ** prior to accessing the inode number.  The one byte written is
+  ** an ASCII 'S' character which also happens to be the first byte
+  ** in the header of every SQLite database.  In this way, if there
+  ** is a race condition such that another thread has already populated
+  ** the first page of the database, no damage is done.
+  */
+  if( statbuf.st_size==0 ){
+    write(fd, "S", 1);
+    rc = fstat(fd, &statbuf);
+    if( rc!=0 ){
+      return SQLITE_IOERR;
+    }
+  }
+
+  memset(&key1, 0, sizeof(key1));
+  key1.dev = statbuf.st_dev;
+  key1.ino = statbuf.st_ino;
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+  if( threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks<0 ){
+    testThreadLockingBehavior(fd);
+  }
+  key1.tid = threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks ? 0 : pthread_self();
+#endif
+  memset(&key2, 0, sizeof(key2));
+  key2.dev = statbuf.st_dev;
+  key2.ino = statbuf.st_ino;
+  pLock = lockList;
+  while( pLock && memcmp(&key1, &pLock->key, sizeof(key1)) ){
+    pLock = pLock->pNext;
+  }
+  if( pLock==0 ){
+    pLock = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pLock) );
+    if( pLock==0 ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      goto exit_findlockinfo;
+    }
+    pLock->key = key1;
+    pLock->nRef = 1;
+    pLock->cnt = 0;
+    pLock->locktype = 0;
+    pLock->pNext = lockList;
+    pLock->pPrev = 0;
+    if( lockList ) lockList->pPrev = pLock;
+    lockList = pLock;
+  }else{
+    pLock->nRef++;
+  }
+  *ppLock = pLock;
+  if( ppOpen!=0 ){
+    pOpen = openList;
+    while( pOpen && memcmp(&key2, &pOpen->key, sizeof(key2)) ){
+      pOpen = pOpen->pNext;
+    }
+    if( pOpen==0 ){
+      pOpen = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pOpen) );
+      if( pOpen==0 ){
+        releaseLockInfo(pLock);
+        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+        goto exit_findlockinfo;
+      }
+      pOpen->key = key2;
+      pOpen->nRef = 1;
+      pOpen->nLock = 0;
+      pOpen->nPending = 0;
+      pOpen->aPending = 0;
+      pOpen->pNext = openList;
+      pOpen->pPrev = 0;
+      if( openList ) openList->pPrev = pOpen;
+      openList = pOpen;
+    }else{
+      pOpen->nRef++;
+    }
+    *ppOpen = pOpen;
+  }
+
+exit_findlockinfo:
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+/*
+** Helper function for printing out trace information from debugging
+** binaries. This returns the string represetation of the supplied
+** integer lock-type.
+*/
+static const char *locktypeName(int locktype){
+  switch( locktype ){
+  case NO_LOCK: return "NONE";
+  case SHARED_LOCK: return "SHARED";
+  case RESERVED_LOCK: return "RESERVED";
+  case PENDING_LOCK: return "PENDING";
+  case EXCLUSIVE_LOCK: return "EXCLUSIVE";
+  }
+  return "ERROR";
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** If we are currently in a different thread than the thread that the
+** unixFile argument belongs to, then transfer ownership of the unixFile
+** over to the current thread.
+**
+** A unixFile is only owned by a thread on systems where one thread is
+** unable to override locks created by a different thread.  RedHat9 is
+** an example of such a system.
+**
+** Ownership transfer is only allowed if the unixFile is currently unlocked.
+** If the unixFile is locked and an ownership is wrong, then return
+** SQLITE_MISUSE.  SQLITE_OK is returned if everything works.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+static int transferOwnership(unixFile *pFile){
+  int rc;
+  pthread_t hSelf;
+  if( threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks ){
+    /* Ownership transfers not needed on this system */
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  hSelf = pthread_self();
+  if( pthread_equal(pFile->tid, hSelf) ){
+    /* We are still in the same thread */
+    OSTRACE1("No-transfer, same thread\n");
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  if( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK ){
+    /* We cannot change ownership while we are holding a lock! */
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+  OSTRACE4("Transfer ownership of %d from %d to %d\n",
+            pFile->h, pFile->tid, hSelf);
+  pFile->tid = hSelf;
+  if (pFile->pLock != NULL) {
+    releaseLockInfo(pFile->pLock);
+    rc = findLockInfo(pFile->h, &pFile->pLock, 0);
+    OSTRACE5("LOCK    %d is now %s(%s,%d)\n", pFile->h,
+           locktypeName(pFile->locktype),
+           locktypeName(pFile->pLock->locktype), pFile->pLock->cnt);
+    return rc;
+  } else {
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+}
+#else
+  /* On single-threaded builds, ownership transfer is a no-op */
+# define transferOwnership(X) SQLITE_OK
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Seek to the offset passed as the second argument, then read cnt 
+** bytes into pBuf. Return the number of bytes actually read.
+**
+** NB:  If you define USE_PREAD or USE_PREAD64, then it might also
+** be necessary to define _XOPEN_SOURCE to be 500.  This varies from
+** one system to another.  Since SQLite does not define USE_PREAD
+** any any form by default, we will not attempt to define _XOPEN_SOURCE.
+** See tickets #2741 and #2681.
+*/
+static int seekAndRead(unixFile *id, sqlite3_int64 offset, void *pBuf, int cnt){
+  int got;
+  i64 newOffset;
+  TIMER_START;
+#if defined(USE_PREAD)
+  got = pread(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset);
+  SimulateIOError( got = -1 );
+#elif defined(USE_PREAD64)
+  got = pread64(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset);
+  SimulateIOError( got = -1 );
+#else
+  newOffset = lseek(id->h, offset, SEEK_SET);
+  SimulateIOError( newOffset-- );
+  if( newOffset!=offset ){
+    return -1;
+  }
+  got = read(id->h, pBuf, cnt);
+#endif
+  TIMER_END;
+  OSTRACE5("READ    %-3d %5d %7lld %llu\n", id->h, got, offset, TIMER_ELAPSED);
+  return got;
+}
+
+/*
+** Read data from a file into a buffer.  Return SQLITE_OK if all
+** bytes were read successfully and SQLITE_IOERR if anything goes
+** wrong.
+*/
+static int unixRead(
+  sqlite3_file *id, 
+  void *pBuf, 
+  int amt,
+  sqlite3_int64 offset
+){
+  int got;
+  assert( id );
+  got = seekAndRead((unixFile*)id, offset, pBuf, amt);
+  if( got==amt ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }else if( got<0 ){
+    return SQLITE_IOERR_READ;
+  }else{
+    memset(&((char*)pBuf)[got], 0, amt-got);
+    return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Seek to the offset in id->offset then read cnt bytes into pBuf.
+** Return the number of bytes actually read.  Update the offset.
+*/
+static int seekAndWrite(unixFile *id, i64 offset, const void *pBuf, int cnt){
+  int got;
+  i64 newOffset;
+  TIMER_START;
+#if defined(USE_PREAD)
+  got = pwrite(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset);
+#elif defined(USE_PREAD64)
+  got = pwrite64(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset);
+#else
+  newOffset = lseek(id->h, offset, SEEK_SET);
+  if( newOffset!=offset ){
+    return -1;
+  }
+  got = write(id->h, pBuf, cnt);
+#endif
+  TIMER_END;
+  OSTRACE5("WRITE   %-3d %5d %7lld %llu\n", id->h, got, offset, TIMER_ELAPSED);
+  return got;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Write data from a buffer into a file.  Return SQLITE_OK on success
+** or some other error code on failure.
+*/
+static int unixWrite(
+  sqlite3_file *id, 
+  const void *pBuf, 
+  int amt,
+  sqlite3_int64 offset 
+){
+  int wrote = 0;
+  assert( id );
+  assert( amt>0 );
+  while( amt>0 && (wrote = seekAndWrite((unixFile*)id, offset, pBuf, amt))>0 ){
+    amt -= wrote;
+    offset += wrote;
+    pBuf = &((char*)pBuf)[wrote];
+  }
+  SimulateIOError(( wrote=(-1), amt=1 ));
+  SimulateDiskfullError(( wrote=0, amt=1 ));
+  if( amt>0 ){
+    if( wrote<0 ){
+      return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE;
+    }else{
+      return SQLITE_FULL;
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+/*
+** Count the number of fullsyncs and normal syncs.  This is used to test
+** that syncs and fullsyncs are occuring at the right times.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sync_count = 0;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fullsync_count = 0;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Use the fdatasync() API only if the HAVE_FDATASYNC macro is defined.
+** Otherwise use fsync() in its place.
+*/
+#ifndef HAVE_FDATASYNC
+# define fdatasync fsync
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Define HAVE_FULLFSYNC to 0 or 1 depending on whether or not
+** the F_FULLFSYNC macro is defined.  F_FULLFSYNC is currently
+** only available on Mac OS X.  But that could change.
+*/
+#ifdef F_FULLFSYNC
+# define HAVE_FULLFSYNC 1
+#else
+# define HAVE_FULLFSYNC 0
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** The fsync() system call does not work as advertised on many
+** unix systems.  The following procedure is an attempt to make
+** it work better.
+**
+** The SQLITE_NO_SYNC macro disables all fsync()s.  This is useful
+** for testing when we want to run through the test suite quickly.
+** You are strongly advised *not* to deploy with SQLITE_NO_SYNC
+** enabled, however, since with SQLITE_NO_SYNC enabled, an OS crash
+** or power failure will likely corrupt the database file.
+*/
+static int full_fsync(int fd, int fullSync, int dataOnly){
+  int rc;
+
+  /* Record the number of times that we do a normal fsync() and 
+  ** FULLSYNC.  This is used during testing to verify that this procedure
+  ** gets called with the correct arguments.
+  */
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  if( fullSync ) sqlite3_fullsync_count++;
+  sqlite3_sync_count++;
+#endif
+
+  /* If we compiled with the SQLITE_NO_SYNC flag, then syncing is a
+  ** no-op
+  */
+#ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC
+  rc = SQLITE_OK;
+#else
+
+#if HAVE_FULLFSYNC
+  if( fullSync ){
+    rc = fcntl(fd, F_FULLFSYNC, 0);
+  }else{
+    rc = 1;
+  }
+  /* If the FULLFSYNC failed, fall back to attempting an fsync().
+   * It shouldn't be possible for fullfsync to fail on the local 
+   * file system (on OSX), so failure indicates that FULLFSYNC
+   * isn't supported for this file system. So, attempt an fsync 
+   * and (for now) ignore the overhead of a superfluous fcntl call.  
+   * It'd be better to detect fullfsync support once and avoid 
+   * the fcntl call every time sync is called.
+   */
+  if( rc ) rc = fsync(fd);
+
+#else 
+  if( dataOnly ){
+    rc = fdatasync(fd);
+  }else{
+    rc = fsync(fd);
+  }
+#endif /* HAVE_FULLFSYNC */
+#endif /* defined(SQLITE_NO_SYNC) */
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk.
+**
+** If dataOnly==0 then both the file itself and its metadata (file
+** size, access time, etc) are synced.  If dataOnly!=0 then only the
+** file data is synced.
+**
+** Under Unix, also make sure that the directory entry for the file
+** has been created by fsync-ing the directory that contains the file.
+** If we do not do this and we encounter a power failure, the directory
+** entry for the journal might not exist after we reboot.  The next
+** SQLite to access the file will not know that the journal exists (because
+** the directory entry for the journal was never created) and the transaction
+** will not roll back - possibly leading to database corruption.
+*/
+static int unixSync(sqlite3_file *id, int flags){
+  int rc;
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+
+  int isDataOnly = (flags&SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY);
+  int isFullsync = (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
+
+  /* Check that one of SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL or FULL was passed */
+  assert((flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL
+      || (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
+  );
+
+  assert( pFile );
+  OSTRACE2("SYNC    %-3d\n", pFile->h);
+  rc = full_fsync(pFile->h, isFullsync, isDataOnly);
+  SimulateIOError( rc=1 );
+  if( rc ){
+    return SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC;
+  }
+  if( pFile->dirfd>=0 ){
+    OSTRACE4("DIRSYNC %-3d (have_fullfsync=%d fullsync=%d)\n", pFile->dirfd,
+            HAVE_FULLFSYNC, isFullsync);
+#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC
+    /* The directory sync is only attempted if full_fsync is
+    ** turned off or unavailable.  If a full_fsync occurred above,
+    ** then the directory sync is superfluous.
+    */
+    if( (!HAVE_FULLFSYNC || !isFullsync) && full_fsync(pFile->dirfd,0,0) ){
+       /*
+       ** We have received multiple reports of fsync() returning
+       ** errors when applied to directories on certain file systems.
+       ** A failed directory sync is not a big deal.  So it seems
+       ** better to ignore the error.  Ticket #1657
+       */
+       /* return SQLITE_IOERR; */
+    }
+#endif
+    close(pFile->dirfd);  /* Only need to sync once, so close the directory */
+    pFile->dirfd = -1;    /* when we are done. */
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Truncate an open file to a specified size
+*/
+static int unixTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, i64 nByte){
+  int rc;
+  assert( id );
+  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE );
+  rc = ftruncate(((unixFile*)id)->h, (off_t)nByte);
+  if( rc ){
+    return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE;
+  }else{
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Determine the current size of a file in bytes
+*/
+static int unixFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, i64 *pSize){
+  int rc;
+  struct stat buf;
+  assert( id );
+  rc = fstat(((unixFile*)id)->h, &buf);
+  SimulateIOError( rc=1 );
+  if( rc!=0 ){
+    return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
+  }
+  *pSize = buf.st_size;
+
+  /* When opening a zero-size database, the findLockInfo() procedure
+  ** writes a single byte into that file in order to work around a bug
+  ** in the OS-X msdos filesystem.  In order to avoid problems with upper
+  ** layers, we need to report this file size as zero even though it is
+  ** really 1.   Ticket #3260.
+  */
+  if( *pSize==1 ) *pSize = 0;
+
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine translates a standard POSIX errno code into something
+** useful to the clients of the sqlite3 functions.  Specifically, it is
+** intended to translate a variety of "try again" errors into SQLITE_BUSY
+** and a variety of "please close the file descriptor NOW" errors into 
+** SQLITE_IOERR
+** 
+** Errors during initialization of locks, or file system support for locks,
+** should handle ENOLCK, ENOTSUP, EOPNOTSUPP separately.
+*/
+static int sqliteErrorFromPosixError(int posixError, int sqliteIOErr) {
+  switch (posixError) {
+  case 0: 
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+    
+  case EAGAIN:
+  case ETIMEDOUT:
+  case EBUSY:
+  case EINTR:
+  case ENOLCK:  
+    /* random NFS retry error, unless during file system support 
+     * introspection, in which it actually means what it says */
+    return SQLITE_BUSY;
+    
+  case EACCES: 
+    /* EACCES is like EAGAIN during locking operations, but not any other time*/
+    if( (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK) || 
+	(sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK) || 
+	(sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK) ||
+	(sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK) ){
+      return SQLITE_BUSY;
+    }
+    /* else fall through */
+  case EPERM: 
+    return SQLITE_PERM;
+    
+  case EDEADLK:
+    return SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED;
+    
+#if EOPNOTSUPP!=ENOTSUP
+  case EOPNOTSUPP: 
+    /* something went terribly awry, unless during file system support 
+     * introspection, in which it actually means what it says */
+#endif
+  case ENOTSUP: 
+    /* invalid fd, unless during file system support introspection, in which 
+     * it actually means what it says */
+  case EIO:
+  case EBADF:
+  case EINVAL:
+  case ENOTCONN:
+  case ENODEV:
+  case ENXIO:
+  case ENOENT:
+  case ESTALE:
+  case ENOSYS:
+    /* these should force the client to close the file and reconnect */
+    
+  default: 
+    return sqliteIOErr;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
+** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut
+** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero.  The return value
+** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking.
+*/
+static int unixCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int reserved = 0;
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+
+  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
+
+  assert( pFile );
+  enterMutex(); /* Because pFile->pLock is shared across threads */
+
+  /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
+  if( pFile->pLock->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){
+    reserved = 1;
+  }
+
+  /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it.
+  */
+  if( !reserved ){
+    struct flock lock;
+    lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+    lock.l_start = RESERVED_BYTE;
+    lock.l_len = 1;
+    lock.l_type = F_WRLCK;
+    if (-1 == fcntl(pFile->h, F_GETLK, &lock)) {
+      int tErrno = errno;
+      rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK);
+      pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+    } else if( lock.l_type!=F_UNLCK ){
+      reserved = 1;
+    }
+  }
+  
+  leaveMutex();
+  OSTRACE4("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved);
+
+  *pResOut = reserved;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one
+** of the following:
+**
+**     (1) SHARED_LOCK
+**     (2) RESERVED_LOCK
+**     (3) PENDING_LOCK
+**     (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
+**
+** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
+** are inserted in between.  The locking might fail on one of the later
+** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
+** still short of its goal.  The following chart shows the allowed
+** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
+**
+**    UNLOCKED -> SHARED
+**    SHARED -> RESERVED
+**    SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+**    RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+**    PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
+**
+** This routine will only increase a lock.  Use the sqlite3OsUnlock()
+** routine to lower a locking level.
+*/
+static int unixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){
+  /* The following describes the implementation of the various locks and
+  ** lock transitions in terms of the POSIX advisory shared and exclusive
+  ** lock primitives (called read-locks and write-locks below, to avoid
+  ** confusion with SQLite lock names). The algorithms are complicated
+  ** slightly in order to be compatible with windows systems simultaneously
+  ** accessing the same database file, in case that is ever required.
+  **
+  ** Symbols defined in os.h indentify the 'pending byte' and the 'reserved
+  ** byte', each single bytes at well known offsets, and the 'shared byte
+  ** range', a range of 510 bytes at a well known offset.
+  **
+  ** To obtain a SHARED lock, a read-lock is obtained on the 'pending
+  ** byte'.  If this is successful, a random byte from the 'shared byte
+  ** range' is read-locked and the lock on the 'pending byte' released.
+  **
+  ** A process may only obtain a RESERVED lock after it has a SHARED lock.
+  ** A RESERVED lock is implemented by grabbing a write-lock on the
+  ** 'reserved byte'. 
+  **
+  ** A process may only obtain a PENDING lock after it has obtained a
+  ** SHARED lock. A PENDING lock is implemented by obtaining a write-lock
+  ** on the 'pending byte'. This ensures that no new SHARED locks can be
+  ** obtained, but existing SHARED locks are allowed to persist. A process
+  ** does not have to obtain a RESERVED lock on the way to a PENDING lock.
+  ** This property is used by the algorithm for rolling back a journal file
+  ** after a crash.
+  **
+  ** An EXCLUSIVE lock, obtained after a PENDING lock is held, is
+  ** implemented by obtaining a write-lock on the entire 'shared byte
+  ** range'. Since all other locks require a read-lock on one of the bytes
+  ** within this range, this ensures that no other locks are held on the
+  ** database. 
+  **
+  ** The reason a single byte cannot be used instead of the 'shared byte
+  ** range' is that some versions of windows do not support read-locks. By
+  ** locking a random byte from a range, concurrent SHARED locks may exist
+  ** even if the locking primitive used is always a write-lock.
+  */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+  struct lockInfo *pLock = pFile->pLock;
+  struct flock lock;
+  int s;
+
+  assert( pFile );
+  OSTRACE7("LOCK    %d %s was %s(%s,%d) pid=%d\n", pFile->h,
+      locktypeName(locktype), locktypeName(pFile->locktype),
+      locktypeName(pLock->locktype), pLock->cnt , getpid());
+
+  /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the
+  ** unixFile, do nothing. Don't use the end_lock: exit path, as
+  ** enterMutex() hasn't been called yet.
+  */
+  if( pFile->locktype>=locktype ){
+    OSTRACE3("LOCK    %d %s ok (already held)\n", pFile->h,
+            locktypeName(locktype));
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct
+  */
+  assert( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK || locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
+  assert( locktype!=PENDING_LOCK );
+  assert( locktype!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
+
+  /* This mutex is needed because pFile->pLock is shared across threads
+  */
+  enterMutex();
+
+  /* Make sure the current thread owns the pFile.
+  */
+  rc = transferOwnership(pFile);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    leaveMutex();
+    return rc;
+  }
+  pLock = pFile->pLock;
+
+  /* If some thread using this PID has a lock via a different unixFile*
+  ** handle that precludes the requested lock, return BUSY.
+  */
+  if( (pFile->locktype!=pLock->locktype && 
+          (pLock->locktype>=PENDING_LOCK || locktype>SHARED_LOCK))
+  ){
+    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+    goto end_lock;
+  }
+
+  /* If a SHARED lock is requested, and some thread using this PID already
+  ** has a SHARED or RESERVED lock, then increment reference counts and
+  ** return SQLITE_OK.
+  */
+  if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && 
+      (pLock->locktype==SHARED_LOCK || pLock->locktype==RESERVED_LOCK) ){
+    assert( locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
+    assert( pFile->locktype==0 );
+    assert( pLock->cnt>0 );
+    pFile->locktype = SHARED_LOCK;
+    pLock->cnt++;
+    pFile->pOpen->nLock++;
+    goto end_lock;
+  }
+
+  lock.l_len = 1L;
+
+  lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+
+  /* A PENDING lock is needed before acquiring a SHARED lock and before
+  ** acquiring an EXCLUSIVE lock.  For the SHARED lock, the PENDING will
+  ** be released.
+  */
+  if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK 
+      || (locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->locktype<PENDING_LOCK)
+  ){
+    lock.l_type = (locktype==SHARED_LOCK?F_RDLCK:F_WRLCK);
+    lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE;
+    s = fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock);
+    if( s==(-1) ){
+      int tErrno = errno;
+      rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
+      if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
+        pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+      }
+      goto end_lock;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  /* If control gets to this point, then actually go ahead and make
+  ** operating system calls for the specified lock.
+  */
+  if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){
+    int tErrno = 0;
+    assert( pLock->cnt==0 );
+    assert( pLock->locktype==0 );
+
+    /* Now get the read-lock */
+    lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
+    lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
+    if( (s = fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock))==(-1) ){
+      tErrno = errno;
+    }
+    /* Drop the temporary PENDING lock */
+    lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE;
+    lock.l_len = 1L;
+    lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
+    if( fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock)!=0 ){
+      if( s != -1 ){
+        /* This could happen with a network mount */
+        tErrno = errno; 
+        rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK); 
+        if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
+          pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+        }
+        goto end_lock;
+      }
+    }
+    if( s==(-1) ){
+      rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
+      if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
+        pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+      }
+    }else{
+      pFile->locktype = SHARED_LOCK;
+      pFile->pOpen->nLock++;
+      pLock->cnt = 1;
+    }
+  }else if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pLock->cnt>1 ){
+    /* We are trying for an exclusive lock but another thread in this
+    ** same process is still holding a shared lock. */
+    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+  }else{
+    /* The request was for a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock.  It is
+    ** assumed that there is a SHARED or greater lock on the file
+    ** already.
+    */
+    assert( 0!=pFile->locktype );
+    lock.l_type = F_WRLCK;
+    switch( locktype ){
+      case RESERVED_LOCK:
+        lock.l_start = RESERVED_BYTE;
+        break;
+      case EXCLUSIVE_LOCK:
+        lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
+        lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
+        break;
+      default:
+        assert(0);
+    }
+    s = fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock);
+    if( s==(-1) ){
+      int tErrno = errno;
+      rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
+      if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
+        pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pFile->locktype = locktype;
+    pLock->locktype = locktype;
+  }else if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
+    pFile->locktype = PENDING_LOCK;
+    pLock->locktype = PENDING_LOCK;
+  }
+
+end_lock:
+  leaveMutex();
+  OSTRACE4("LOCK    %d %s %s\n", pFile->h, locktypeName(locktype), 
+      rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed");
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to locktype.  locktype
+** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
+**
+** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
+** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
+*/
+static int unixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){
+  struct lockInfo *pLock;
+  struct flock lock;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+  int h;
+
+  assert( pFile );
+  OSTRACE7("UNLOCK  %d %d was %d(%d,%d) pid=%d\n", pFile->h, locktype,
+      pFile->locktype, pFile->pLock->locktype, pFile->pLock->cnt, getpid());
+
+  assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK );
+  if( pFile->locktype<=locktype ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  if( CHECK_THREADID(pFile) ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+  enterMutex();
+  h = pFile->h;
+  pLock = pFile->pLock;
+  assert( pLock->cnt!=0 );
+  if( pFile->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){
+    assert( pLock->locktype==pFile->locktype );
+    SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
+    SimulateIOError( h=(-1) )
+    SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
+    if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){
+      lock.l_type = F_RDLCK;
+      lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+      lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
+      lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
+      if( fcntl(h, F_SETLK, &lock)==(-1) ){
+        int tErrno = errno;
+        rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK);
+        if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
+          pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+        }
+				goto end_unlock;
+      }
+    }
+    lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
+    lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+    lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE;
+    lock.l_len = 2L;  assert( PENDING_BYTE+1==RESERVED_BYTE );
+    if( fcntl(h, F_SETLK, &lock)!=(-1) ){
+      pLock->locktype = SHARED_LOCK;
+    }else{
+      int tErrno = errno;
+      rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK);
+      if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
+        pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+      }
+			goto end_unlock;
+    }
+  }
+  if( locktype==NO_LOCK ){
+    struct openCnt *pOpen;
+
+    /* Decrement the shared lock counter.  Release the lock using an
+    ** OS call only when all threads in this same process have released
+    ** the lock.
+    */
+    pLock->cnt--;
+    if( pLock->cnt==0 ){
+      lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
+      lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+      lock.l_start = lock.l_len = 0L;
+      SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
+      SimulateIOError( h=(-1) )
+      SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
+      if( fcntl(h, F_SETLK, &lock)!=(-1) ){
+        pLock->locktype = NO_LOCK;
+      }else{
+        int tErrno = errno;
+				rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK);
+        if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
+          pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+        }
+        pLock->cnt = 1;
+				goto end_unlock;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Decrement the count of locks against this same file.  When the
+    ** count reaches zero, close any other file descriptors whose close
+    ** was deferred because of outstanding locks.
+    */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      pOpen = pFile->pOpen;
+      pOpen->nLock--;
+      assert( pOpen->nLock>=0 );
+      if( pOpen->nLock==0 && pOpen->nPending>0 ){
+        int i;
+        for(i=0; i<pOpen->nPending; i++){
+          close(pOpen->aPending[i]);
+        }
+        sqlite3_free(pOpen->aPending);
+        pOpen->nPending = 0;
+        pOpen->aPending = 0;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+	
+end_unlock:
+  leaveMutex();
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) pFile->locktype = locktype;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function performs the parts of the "close file" operation 
+** common to all locking schemes. It closes the directory and file
+** handles, if they are valid, and sets all fields of the unixFile
+** structure to 0.
+*/
+static int closeUnixFile(sqlite3_file *id){
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+  if( pFile ){
+    if( pFile->dirfd>=0 ){
+      close(pFile->dirfd);
+    }
+    if( pFile->h>=0 ){
+      close(pFile->h);
+    }
+    OSTRACE2("CLOSE   %-3d\n", pFile->h);
+    OpenCounter(-1);
+    memset(pFile, 0, sizeof(unixFile));
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a file.
+*/
+static int unixClose(sqlite3_file *id){
+  if( id ){
+    unixFile *pFile = (unixFile *)id;
+    unixUnlock(id, NO_LOCK);
+    enterMutex();
+    if( pFile->pOpen && pFile->pOpen->nLock ){
+      /* If there are outstanding locks, do not actually close the file just
+      ** yet because that would clear those locks.  Instead, add the file
+      ** descriptor to pOpen->aPending.  It will be automatically closed when
+      ** the last lock is cleared.
+      */
+      int *aNew;
+      struct openCnt *pOpen = pFile->pOpen;
+      aNew = sqlite3_realloc(pOpen->aPending, (pOpen->nPending+1)*sizeof(int) );
+      if( aNew==0 ){
+        /* If a malloc fails, just leak the file descriptor */
+      }else{
+        pOpen->aPending = aNew;
+        pOpen->aPending[pOpen->nPending] = pFile->h;
+        pOpen->nPending++;
+        pFile->h = -1;
+      }
+    }
+    releaseLockInfo(pFile->pLock);
+    releaseOpenCnt(pFile->pOpen);
+    closeUnixFile(id);
+    leaveMutex();
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+#pragma mark AFP Support
+
+/*
+ ** The afpLockingContext structure contains all afp lock specific state
+ */
+typedef struct afpLockingContext afpLockingContext;
+struct afpLockingContext {
+  unsigned long long sharedLockByte;
+  const char *filePath;
+};
+
+struct ByteRangeLockPB2
+{
+  unsigned long long offset;        /* offset to first byte to lock */
+  unsigned long long length;        /* nbr of bytes to lock */
+  unsigned long long retRangeStart; /* nbr of 1st byte locked if successful */
+  unsigned char unLockFlag;         /* 1 = unlock, 0 = lock */
+  unsigned char startEndFlag;       /* 1=rel to end of fork, 0=rel to start */
+  int fd;                           /* file desc to assoc this lock with */
+};
+
+#define afpfsByteRangeLock2FSCTL        _IOWR('z', 23, struct ByteRangeLockPB2)
+
+/* 
+ ** Return SQLITE_OK on success, SQLITE_BUSY on failure.
+ */
+static int _AFPFSSetLock(
+  const char *path, 
+  unixFile *pFile, 
+  unsigned long long offset, 
+  unsigned long long length, 
+  int setLockFlag
+){
+  struct ByteRangeLockPB2       pb;
+  int                     err;
+  
+  pb.unLockFlag = setLockFlag ? 0 : 1;
+  pb.startEndFlag = 0;
+  pb.offset = offset;
+  pb.length = length; 
+  pb.fd = pFile->h;
+  OSTRACE5("AFPLOCK setting lock %s for %d in range %llx:%llx\n", 
+    (setLockFlag?"ON":"OFF"), pFile->h, offset, length);
+  err = fsctl(path, afpfsByteRangeLock2FSCTL, &pb, 0);
+  if ( err==-1 ) {
+    int rc;
+    int tErrno = errno;
+    OSTRACE4("AFPLOCK failed to fsctl() '%s' %d %s\n", path, tErrno, strerror(tErrno));
+    rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, setLockFlag ? SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK : SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK); /* error */
+    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
+      pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+    }
+    return rc;
+  } else {
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+}
+
+/* AFP-style reserved lock checking following the behavior of 
+** unixCheckReservedLock, see the unixCheckReservedLock function comments */
+static int afpCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int reserved = 0;
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+  
+  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
+  
+  assert( pFile );
+  afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext;
+  
+  /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
+  if( pFile->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){
+    reserved = 1;
+  }
+  
+  /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it.
+   */
+  if( !reserved ){
+    /* lock the RESERVED byte */
+    int lrc = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1,1);  
+    if( SQLITE_OK==lrc ){
+      /* if we succeeded in taking the reserved lock, unlock it to restore
+      ** the original state */
+      lrc = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1, 0);
+    } else {
+      /* if we failed to get the lock then someone else must have it */
+      reserved = 1;
+    }
+    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc) ){
+      rc=lrc;
+    }
+  }
+  
+  OSTRACE4("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved);
+  
+  *pResOut = reserved;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* AFP-style locking following the behavior of unixLock, see the unixLock 
+** function comments for details of lock management. */
+static int afpLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+  afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext;
+  
+  assert( pFile );
+  OSTRACE5("LOCK    %d %s was %s pid=%d\n", pFile->h,
+         locktypeName(locktype), locktypeName(pFile->locktype), getpid());
+
+  /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the
+  ** unixFile, do nothing. Don't use the afp_end_lock: exit path, as
+  ** enterMutex() hasn't been called yet.
+  */
+  if( pFile->locktype>=locktype ){
+    OSTRACE3("LOCK    %d %s ok (already held)\n", pFile->h,
+           locktypeName(locktype));
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct
+  */
+  assert( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK || locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
+  assert( locktype!=PENDING_LOCK );
+  assert( locktype!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
+  
+  /* This mutex is needed because pFile->pLock is shared across threads
+  */
+  enterMutex();
+
+  /* Make sure the current thread owns the pFile.
+  */
+  rc = transferOwnership(pFile);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    leaveMutex();
+    return rc;
+  }
+    
+  /* A PENDING lock is needed before acquiring a SHARED lock and before
+  ** acquiring an EXCLUSIVE lock.  For the SHARED lock, the PENDING will
+  ** be released.
+  */
+  if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK 
+      || (locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->locktype<PENDING_LOCK)
+  ){
+    int failed;
+    failed = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 1);
+    if (failed) {
+      rc = failed;
+      goto afp_end_lock;
+    }
+  }
+  
+  /* If control gets to this point, then actually go ahead and make
+  ** operating system calls for the specified lock.
+  */
+  if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){
+    int lk, lrc1, lrc2, lrc1Errno;
+    
+    /* Now get the read-lock SHARED_LOCK */
+    /* note that the quality of the randomness doesn't matter that much */
+    lk = random(); 
+    context->sharedLockByte = (lk & 0x7fffffff)%(SHARED_SIZE - 1);
+    lrc1 = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile, 
+          SHARED_FIRST+context->sharedLockByte, 1, 1);
+    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc1) ){
+      lrc1Errno = pFile->lastErrno;
+    }
+    /* Drop the temporary PENDING lock */
+    lrc2 = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 0);
+    
+    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc1) ) {
+      pFile->lastErrno = lrc1Errno;
+      rc = lrc1;
+      goto afp_end_lock;
+    } else if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc2) ){
+      rc = lrc2;
+      goto afp_end_lock;
+    } else if( lrc1 != SQLITE_OK ) {
+      rc = lrc1;
+    } else {
+      pFile->locktype = SHARED_LOCK;
+    }
+  }else{
+    /* The request was for a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock.  It is
+    ** assumed that there is a SHARED or greater lock on the file
+    ** already.
+    */
+    int failed = 0;
+    assert( 0!=pFile->locktype );
+    if (locktype >= RESERVED_LOCK && pFile->locktype < RESERVED_LOCK) {
+        /* Acquire a RESERVED lock */
+        failed = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1,1);
+    }
+    if (!failed && locktype == EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) {
+      /* Acquire an EXCLUSIVE lock */
+        
+      /* Remove the shared lock before trying the range.  we'll need to 
+      ** reestablish the shared lock if we can't get the  afpUnlock
+      */
+      if (!(failed = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST +
+                         context->sharedLockByte, 1, 0))) {
+        /* now attemmpt to get the exclusive lock range */
+        failed = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST, 
+                               SHARED_SIZE, 1);
+        if (failed && (failed = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile, 
+                       SHARED_FIRST + context->sharedLockByte, 1, 1))) {
+          rc = failed;
+        }
+      } else {
+        rc = failed; 
+      }
+    }
+    if( failed ){
+      rc = failed;
+    }
+  }
+  
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pFile->locktype = locktype;
+  }else if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
+    pFile->locktype = PENDING_LOCK;
+  }
+  
+afp_end_lock:
+  leaveMutex();
+  OSTRACE4("LOCK    %d %s %s\n", pFile->h, locktypeName(locktype), 
+         rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed");
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to locktype.  locktype
+** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
+**
+** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
+** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
+*/
+static int afpUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) {
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+  afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext;
+
+  assert( pFile );
+  OSTRACE5("UNLOCK  %d %d was %d pid=%d\n", pFile->h, locktype,
+         pFile->locktype, getpid());
+
+  assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK );
+  if( pFile->locktype<=locktype ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  if( CHECK_THREADID(pFile) ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+  enterMutex();
+  int failed = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( pFile->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){
+    if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){
+
+      /* unlock the exclusive range - then re-establish the shared lock */
+      if (pFile->locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) {
+        failed = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST, 
+                                 SHARED_SIZE, 0);
+        if (!failed) {
+          /* successfully removed the exclusive lock */
+          if ((failed = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST+
+                            context->sharedLockByte, 1, 1))) {
+            /* failed to re-establish our shared lock */
+            rc = failed;
+          }
+        } else {
+          rc = failed;
+        } 
+      }
+    }
+    if (rc == SQLITE_OK && pFile->locktype>=PENDING_LOCK) {
+      if ((failed = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile, 
+                                  PENDING_BYTE, 1, 0))){
+        /* failed to release the pending lock */
+        rc = failed; 
+      }
+    } 
+    if (rc == SQLITE_OK && pFile->locktype>=RESERVED_LOCK) {
+      if ((failed = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile, 
+                                  RESERVED_BYTE, 1, 0))) {
+        /* failed to release the reserved lock */
+        rc = failed;  
+      }
+    } 
+  }
+  if( locktype==NO_LOCK ){
+    int failed = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile, 
+                               SHARED_FIRST + context->sharedLockByte, 1, 0);
+    if (failed) {
+      rc = failed;  
+    }
+  }
+  if (rc == SQLITE_OK)
+    pFile->locktype = locktype;
+  leaveMutex();
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a file & cleanup AFP specific locking context 
+*/
+static int afpClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
+  if( id ){
+    unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+    afpUnlock(id, NO_LOCK);
+    sqlite3_free(pFile->lockingContext);
+  }
+  return closeUnixFile(id);
+}
+
+
+#pragma mark flock() style locking
+
+/*
+** The flockLockingContext is not used
+*/
+typedef void flockLockingContext;
+
+/* flock-style reserved lock checking following the behavior of 
+ ** unixCheckReservedLock, see the unixCheckReservedLock function comments */
+static int flockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int reserved = 0;
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+  
+  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
+  
+  assert( pFile );
+  
+  /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
+  if( pFile->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){
+    reserved = 1;
+  }
+  
+  /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. */
+  if( !reserved ){
+    /* attempt to get the lock */
+    int lrc = flock(pFile->h, LOCK_EX | LOCK_NB);
+    if( !lrc ){
+      /* got the lock, unlock it */
+      lrc = flock(pFile->h, LOCK_UN);
+      if ( lrc ) {
+        int tErrno = errno;
+        /* unlock failed with an error */
+        lrc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK); 
+        if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc) ){
+          pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+          rc = lrc;
+        }
+      }
+    } else {
+      int tErrno = errno;
+      reserved = 1;
+      /* someone else might have it reserved */
+      lrc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK); 
+      if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc) ){
+        pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+        rc = lrc;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  OSTRACE4("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved);
+
+  *pResOut = reserved;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+static int flockLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) {
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int lrc;
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+
+  assert( pFile );
+
+  /* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive.  
+  ** Just adjust level and punt on outta here. */
+  if (pFile->locktype > NO_LOCK) {
+    pFile->locktype = locktype;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  
+  /* grab an exclusive lock */
+  
+  if (flock(pFile->h, LOCK_EX | LOCK_NB)) {
+    int tErrno = errno;
+    /* didn't get, must be busy */
+    rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
+    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
+      pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+    }
+  } else {
+    /* got it, set the type and return ok */
+    pFile->locktype = locktype;
+  }
+  OSTRACE4("LOCK    %d %s %s\n", pFile->h, locktypeName(locktype), 
+           rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed");
+  return rc;
+}
+
+static int flockUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) {
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+  
+  assert( pFile );
+  OSTRACE5("UNLOCK  %d %d was %d pid=%d\n", pFile->h, locktype,
+           pFile->locktype, getpid());
+  assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK );
+  
+  /* no-op if possible */
+  if( pFile->locktype==locktype ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  
+  /* shared can just be set because we always have an exclusive */
+  if (locktype==SHARED_LOCK) {
+    pFile->locktype = locktype;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  
+  /* no, really, unlock. */
+  int rc = flock(pFile->h, LOCK_UN);
+  if (rc) {
+    int r, tErrno = errno;
+    r = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK);
+    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(r) ){
+      pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+    }
+    return r;
+  } else {
+    pFile->locktype = NO_LOCK;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a file.
+*/
+static int flockClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
+  if( id ){
+    flockUnlock(id, NO_LOCK);
+  }
+  return closeUnixFile(id);
+}
+
+#pragma mark Old-School .lock file based locking
+
+/* Dotlock-style reserved lock checking following the behavior of 
+** unixCheckReservedLock, see the unixCheckReservedLock function comments */
+static int dotlockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut) {
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int reserved = 0;
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+
+  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
+  
+  assert( pFile );
+
+  /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
+  if( pFile->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){
+    reserved = 1;
+  }
+  
+  /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. */
+  if( !reserved ){
+    char *zLockFile = (char *)pFile->lockingContext;
+    struct stat statBuf;
+    
+    if( lstat(zLockFile, &statBuf)==0 ){
+      /* file exists, someone else has the lock */
+      reserved = 1;
+    }else{
+      /* file does not exist, we could have it if we want it */
+			int tErrno = errno;
+      if( ENOENT != tErrno ){
+        rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK);
+        pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  OSTRACE4("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved);
+
+  *pResOut = reserved;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+static int dotlockLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) {
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+  int fd;
+  char *zLockFile = (char *)pFile->lockingContext;
+  int rc=SQLITE_OK;
+
+  /* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive.  
+  ** Just adjust level and punt on outta here. */
+  if (pFile->locktype > NO_LOCK) {
+    pFile->locktype = locktype;
+    
+    /* Always update the timestamp on the old file */
+    utimes(zLockFile, NULL);
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    goto dotlock_end_lock;
+  }
+  
+  /* check to see if lock file already exists */
+  struct stat statBuf;
+  if (lstat(zLockFile,&statBuf) == 0){
+    rc = SQLITE_BUSY; /* it does, busy */
+    goto dotlock_end_lock;
+  }
+  
+  /* grab an exclusive lock */
+  fd = open(zLockFile,O_RDONLY|O_CREAT|O_EXCL,0600);
+  if( fd<0 ){
+    /* failed to open/create the file, someone else may have stolen the lock */
+    int tErrno = errno;
+    if( EEXIST == tErrno ){
+      rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+    } else {
+      rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
+      if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
+	pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+      }
+    }
+    goto dotlock_end_lock;
+  } 
+  close(fd);
+  
+  /* got it, set the type and return ok */
+  pFile->locktype = locktype;
+
+ dotlock_end_lock:
+  return rc;
+}
+
+static int dotlockUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) {
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+  char *zLockFile = (char *)pFile->lockingContext;
+
+  assert( pFile );
+  OSTRACE5("UNLOCK  %d %d was %d pid=%d\n", pFile->h, locktype,
+	   pFile->locktype, getpid());
+  assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK );
+  
+  /* no-op if possible */
+  if( pFile->locktype==locktype ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  
+  /* shared can just be set because we always have an exclusive */
+  if (locktype==SHARED_LOCK) {
+    pFile->locktype = locktype;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  
+  /* no, really, unlock. */
+  if (unlink(zLockFile) ) {
+    int rc, tErrno = errno;
+    if( ENOENT != tErrno ){
+      rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK);
+    }
+    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
+      pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+    }
+    return rc; 
+  }
+  pFile->locktype = NO_LOCK;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ ** Close a file.
+ */
+static int dotlockClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
+  if( id ){
+    unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+    dotlockUnlock(id, NO_LOCK);
+    sqlite3_free(pFile->lockingContext);
+  }
+  return closeUnixFile(id);
+}
+
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
+
+/*
+** The nolockLockingContext is void
+*/
+typedef void nolockLockingContext;
+
+static int nolockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut) {
+  *pResOut = 0;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+static int nolockLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) {
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+static int nolockUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) {
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a file.
+*/
+static int nolockClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
+  return closeUnixFile(id);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Information and control of an open file handle.
+*/
+static int unixFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
+  switch( op ){
+    case SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE: {
+      *(int*)pArg = ((unixFile*)id)->locktype;
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_ERROR;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the sector size in bytes of the underlying block device for
+** the specified file. This is almost always 512 bytes, but may be
+** larger for some devices.
+**
+** SQLite code assumes this function cannot fail. It also assumes that
+** if two files are created in the same file-system directory (i.e.
+** a database and its journal file) that the sector size will be the
+** same for both.
+*/
+static int unixSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){
+  return SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the device characteristics for the file. This is always 0.
+*/
+static int unixDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize the contents of the unixFile structure pointed to by pId.
+**
+** When locking extensions are enabled, the filepath and locking style 
+** are needed to determine the unixFile pMethod to use for locking operations.
+** The locking-style specific lockingContext data structure is created 
+** and assigned here also.
+*/
+static int fillInUnixFile(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,      /* Pointer to vfs object */
+  int h,                  /* Open file descriptor of file being opened */
+  int dirfd,              /* Directory file descriptor */
+  sqlite3_file *pId,      /* Write to the unixFile structure here */
+  const char *zFilename,  /* Name of the file being opened */
+  int noLock              /* Omit locking if true */
+){
+  int eLockingStyle;
+  unixFile *pNew = (unixFile *)pId;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  /* Macro to define the static contents of an sqlite3_io_methods 
+  ** structure for a unix backend file. Different locking methods
+  ** require different functions for the xClose, xLock, xUnlock and
+  ** xCheckReservedLock methods.
+  */
+  #define IOMETHODS(xClose, xLock, xUnlock, xCheckReservedLock) {    \
+    1,                          /* iVersion */                           \
+    xClose,                     /* xClose */                             \
+    unixRead,                   /* xRead */                              \
+    unixWrite,                  /* xWrite */                             \
+    unixTruncate,               /* xTruncate */                          \
+    unixSync,                   /* xSync */                              \
+    unixFileSize,               /* xFileSize */                          \
+    xLock,                      /* xLock */                              \
+    xUnlock,                    /* xUnlock */                            \
+    xCheckReservedLock,         /* xCheckReservedLock */                 \
+    unixFileControl,            /* xFileControl */                       \
+    unixSectorSize,             /* xSectorSize */                        \
+    unixDeviceCharacteristics   /* xDeviceCapabilities */                \
+  }
+  static sqlite3_io_methods aIoMethod[] = {
+    IOMETHODS(unixClose, unixLock, unixUnlock, unixCheckReservedLock) 
+   ,IOMETHODS(nolockClose, nolockLock, nolockUnlock, nolockCheckReservedLock)
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+   ,IOMETHODS(dotlockClose, dotlockLock, dotlockUnlock,dotlockCheckReservedLock)
+   ,IOMETHODS(flockClose, flockLock, flockUnlock, flockCheckReservedLock)
+   ,IOMETHODS(afpClose, afpLock, afpUnlock, afpCheckReservedLock)
+#endif
+  };
+  /* The order of the IOMETHODS macros above is important.  It must be the
+  ** same order as the LOCKING_STYLE numbers
+  */
+  assert(LOCKING_STYLE_POSIX==1);
+  assert(LOCKING_STYLE_NONE==2);
+  assert(LOCKING_STYLE_DOTFILE==3);
+  assert(LOCKING_STYLE_FLOCK==4);
+  assert(LOCKING_STYLE_AFP==5);
+
+  assert( pNew->pLock==NULL );
+  assert( pNew->pOpen==NULL );
+
+  OSTRACE3("OPEN    %-3d %s\n", h, zFilename);    
+  pNew->h = h;
+  pNew->dirfd = dirfd;
+  SET_THREADID(pNew);
+
+  if( noLock ){
+    eLockingStyle = LOCKING_STYLE_NONE;
+  }else{
+    eLockingStyle = detectLockingStyle(pVfs, zFilename, h);
+  }
+
+  switch( eLockingStyle ){
+
+    case LOCKING_STYLE_POSIX: {
+      enterMutex();
+      rc = findLockInfo(h, &pNew->pLock, &pNew->pOpen);
+      leaveMutex();
+      break;
+    }
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+    case LOCKING_STYLE_AFP: {
+      /* AFP locking uses the file path so it needs to be included in
+      ** the afpLockingContext.
+      */
+      afpLockingContext *pCtx;
+      pNew->lockingContext = pCtx = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pCtx) );
+      if( pCtx==0 ){
+        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }else{
+        /* NB: zFilename exists and remains valid until the file is closed
+        ** according to requirement F11141.  So we do not need to make a
+        ** copy of the filename. */
+        pCtx->filePath = zFilename;
+        srandomdev();
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case LOCKING_STYLE_DOTFILE: {
+      /* Dotfile locking uses the file path so it needs to be included in
+      ** the dotlockLockingContext 
+      */
+      char *zLockFile;
+      int nFilename;
+      nFilename = strlen(zFilename) + 6;
+      zLockFile = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(nFilename);
+      if( zLockFile==0 ){
+        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }else{
+        sqlite3_snprintf(nFilename, zLockFile, "%s.lock", zFilename);
+      }
+      pNew->lockingContext = zLockFile;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case LOCKING_STYLE_FLOCK: 
+    case LOCKING_STYLE_NONE: 
+      break;
+#endif
+  }
+  
+  pNew->lastErrno = 0;
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( dirfd>=0 ) close(dirfd);
+    close(h);
+  }else{
+    pNew->pMethod = &aIoMethod[eLockingStyle-1];
+    OpenCounter(+1);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Open a file descriptor to the directory containing file zFilename.
+** If successful, *pFd is set to the opened file descriptor and
+** SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error occurs, either SQLITE_NOMEM
+** or SQLITE_CANTOPEN is returned and *pFd is set to an undefined
+** value.
+**
+** If SQLITE_OK is returned, the caller is responsible for closing
+** the file descriptor *pFd using close().
+*/
+static int openDirectory(const char *zFilename, int *pFd){
+  int ii;
+  int fd = -1;
+  char zDirname[MAX_PATHNAME+1];
+
+  sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATHNAME, zDirname, "%s", zFilename);
+  for(ii=strlen(zDirname); ii>=0 && zDirname[ii]!='/'; ii--);
+  if( ii>0 ){
+    zDirname[ii] = '\0';
+    fd = open(zDirname, O_RDONLY|O_BINARY, 0);
+    if( fd>=0 ){
+#ifdef FD_CLOEXEC
+      fcntl(fd, F_SETFD, fcntl(fd, F_GETFD, 0) | FD_CLOEXEC);
+#endif
+      OSTRACE3("OPENDIR %-3d %s\n", fd, zDirname);
+    }
+  }
+  *pFd = fd;
+  return (fd>=0?SQLITE_OK:SQLITE_CANTOPEN);
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a temporary file name in zBuf.  zBuf must be allocated
+** by the calling process and must be big enough to hold at least
+** pVfs->mxPathname bytes.
+*/
+static int getTempname(int nBuf, char *zBuf){
+  static const char *azDirs[] = {
+     0,
+     "/var/tmp",
+     "/usr/tmp",
+     "/tmp",
+     ".",
+  };
+  static const unsigned char zChars[] =
+    "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
+    "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"
+    "0123456789";
+  int i, j;
+  struct stat buf;
+  const char *zDir = ".";
+
+  /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just
+  ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this
+  ** function failing. 
+  */
+  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR );
+
+  azDirs[0] = sqlite3_temp_directory;
+  for(i=0; i<sizeof(azDirs)/sizeof(azDirs[0]); i++){
+    if( azDirs[i]==0 ) continue;
+    if( stat(azDirs[i], &buf) ) continue;
+    if( !S_ISDIR(buf.st_mode) ) continue;
+    if( access(azDirs[i], 07) ) continue;
+    zDir = azDirs[i];
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /* Check that the output buffer is large enough for the temporary file 
+  ** name. If it is not, return SQLITE_ERROR.
+  */
+  if( (strlen(zDir) + strlen(SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX) + 17) >= nBuf ){
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  do{
+    sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf-17, zBuf, "%s/"SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX, zDir);
+    j = strlen(zBuf);
+    sqlite3_randomness(15, &zBuf[j]);
+    for(i=0; i<15; i++, j++){
+      zBuf[j] = (char)zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ];
+    }
+    zBuf[j] = 0;
+  }while( access(zBuf,0)==0 );
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Open the file zPath.
+** 
+** Previously, the SQLite OS layer used three functions in place of this
+** one:
+**
+**     sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite();
+**     sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly();
+**     sqlite3OsOpenExclusive();
+**
+** These calls correspond to the following combinations of flags:
+**
+**     ReadWrite() ->     (READWRITE | CREATE)
+**     ReadOnly()  ->     (READONLY) 
+**     OpenExclusive() -> (READWRITE | CREATE | EXCLUSIVE)
+**
+** The old OpenExclusive() accepted a boolean argument - "delFlag". If
+** true, the file was configured to be automatically deleted when the
+** file handle closed. To achieve the same effect using this new 
+** interface, add the DELETEONCLOSE flag to those specified above for 
+** OpenExclusive().
+*/
+static int unixOpen(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, 
+  const char *zPath, 
+  sqlite3_file *pFile,
+  int flags,
+  int *pOutFlags
+){
+  int fd = 0;                    /* File descriptor returned by open() */
+  int dirfd = -1;                /* Directory file descriptor */
+  int oflags = 0;                /* Flags to pass to open() */
+  int eType = flags&0xFFFFFF00;  /* Type of file to open */
+  int noLock;                    /* True to omit locking primitives */
+
+  int isExclusive  = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE);
+  int isDelete     = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE);
+  int isCreate     = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE);
+  int isReadonly   = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
+  int isReadWrite  = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE);
+
+  /* If creating a master or main-file journal, this function will open
+  ** a file-descriptor on the directory too. The first time unixSync()
+  ** is called the directory file descriptor will be fsync()ed and close()d.
+  */
+  int isOpenDirectory = (isCreate && 
+      (eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL)
+  );
+
+  /* If argument zPath is a NULL pointer, this function is required to open
+  ** a temporary file. Use this buffer to store the file name in.
+  */
+  char zTmpname[MAX_PATHNAME+1];
+  const char *zName = zPath;
+
+  /* Check the following statements are true: 
+  **
+  **   (a) Exactly one of the READWRITE and READONLY flags must be set, and 
+  **   (b) if CREATE is set, then READWRITE must also be set, and
+  **   (c) if EXCLUSIVE is set, then CREATE must also be set.
+  **   (d) if DELETEONCLOSE is set, then CREATE must also be set.
+  */
+  assert((isReadonly==0 || isReadWrite==0) && (isReadWrite || isReadonly));
+  assert(isCreate==0 || isReadWrite);
+  assert(isExclusive==0 || isCreate);
+  assert(isDelete==0 || isCreate);
+
+  /* The main DB, main journal, and master journal are never automatically
+  ** deleted
+  */
+  assert( eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB || !isDelete );
+  assert( eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || !isDelete );
+  assert( eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL || !isDelete );
+
+  /* Assert that the upper layer has set one of the "file-type" flags. */
+  assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB      || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB 
+       || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL 
+       || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL   || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL 
+       || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB
+  );
+
+  memset(pFile, 0, sizeof(unixFile));
+
+  if( !zName ){
+    int rc;
+    assert(isDelete && !isOpenDirectory);
+    rc = getTempname(MAX_PATHNAME+1, zTmpname);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+    zName = zTmpname;
+  }
+
+  if( isReadonly )  oflags |= O_RDONLY;
+  if( isReadWrite ) oflags |= O_RDWR;
+  if( isCreate )    oflags |= O_CREAT;
+  if( isExclusive ) oflags |= (O_EXCL|O_NOFOLLOW);
+  oflags |= (O_LARGEFILE|O_BINARY);
+
+  fd = open(zName, oflags, isDelete?0600:SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS);
+  if( fd<0 && errno!=EISDIR && isReadWrite && !isExclusive ){
+    /* Failed to open the file for read/write access. Try read-only. */
+    flags &= ~(SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE);
+    flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY;
+    return unixOpen(pVfs, zPath, pFile, flags, pOutFlags);
+  }
+  if( fd<0 ){
+    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+  }
+  if( isDelete ){
+    unlink(zName);
+  }
+  if( pOutFlags ){
+    *pOutFlags = flags;
+  }
+
+  assert(fd!=0);
+  if( isOpenDirectory ){
+    int rc = openDirectory(zPath, &dirfd);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      close(fd);
+      return rc;
+    }
+  }
+
+#ifdef FD_CLOEXEC
+  fcntl(fd, F_SETFD, fcntl(fd, F_GETFD, 0) | FD_CLOEXEC);
+#endif
+
+  noLock = eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB;
+  return fillInUnixFile(pVfs, fd, dirfd, pFile, zPath, noLock);
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete the file at zPath. If the dirSync argument is true, fsync()
+** the directory after deleting the file.
+*/
+static int unixDelete(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath, int dirSync){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE);
+  unlink(zPath);
+  if( dirSync ){
+    int fd;
+    rc = openDirectory(zPath, &fd);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( fsync(fd) ){
+        rc = SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC;
+      }
+      close(fd);
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Test the existance of or access permissions of file zPath. The
+** test performed depends on the value of flags:
+**
+**     SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS: Return 1 if the file exists
+**     SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE: Return 1 if the file is read and writable.
+**     SQLITE_ACCESS_READONLY: Return 1 if the file is readable.
+**
+** Otherwise return 0.
+*/
+static int unixAccess(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, 
+  const char *zPath, 
+  int flags, 
+  int *pResOut
+){
+  int amode = 0;
+  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS; );
+  switch( flags ){
+    case SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS:
+      amode = F_OK;
+      break;
+    case SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE:
+      amode = W_OK|R_OK;
+      break;
+    case SQLITE_ACCESS_READ:
+      amode = R_OK;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      assert(!"Invalid flags argument");
+  }
+  *pResOut = (access(zPath, amode)==0);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname. The relative path
+** is stored as a nul-terminated string in the buffer pointed to by
+** zPath. 
+**
+** zOut points to a buffer of at least sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname bytes 
+** (in this case, MAX_PATHNAME bytes). The full-path is written to
+** this buffer before returning.
+*/
+static int unixFullPathname(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,            /* Pointer to vfs object */
+  const char *zPath,            /* Possibly relative input path */
+  int nOut,                     /* Size of output buffer in bytes */
+  char *zOut                    /* Output buffer */
+){
+
+  /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just
+  ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this
+  ** function failing. This function could fail if, for example, the
+  ** current working directly has been unlinked.
+  */
+  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR );
+
+  assert( pVfs->mxPathname==MAX_PATHNAME );
+  zOut[nOut-1] = '\0';
+  if( zPath[0]=='/' ){
+    sqlite3_snprintf(nOut, zOut, "%s", zPath);
+  }else{
+    int nCwd;
+    if( getcwd(zOut, nOut-1)==0 ){
+      return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+    }
+    nCwd = strlen(zOut);
+    sqlite3_snprintf(nOut-nCwd, &zOut[nCwd], "/%s", zPath);
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+
+#if 0
+  /*
+  ** Remove "/./" path elements and convert "/A/./" path elements
+  ** to just "/".
+  */
+  if( zFull ){
+    int i, j;
+    for(i=j=0; zFull[i]; i++){
+      if( zFull[i]=='/' ){
+        if( zFull[i+1]=='/' ) continue;
+        if( zFull[i+1]=='.' && zFull[i+2]=='/' ){
+          i += 1;
+          continue;
+        }
+        if( zFull[i+1]=='.' && zFull[i+2]=='.' && zFull[i+3]=='/' ){
+          while( j>0 && zFull[j-1]!='/' ){ j--; }
+          i += 3;
+          continue;
+        }
+      }
+      zFull[j++] = zFull[i];
+    }
+    zFull[j] = 0;
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
+/*
+** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points
+** within the shared library, and closing the shared library.
+*/
+#include <dlfcn.h>
+static void *unixDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zFilename){
+  return dlopen(zFilename, RTLD_NOW | RTLD_GLOBAL);
+}
+
+/*
+** SQLite calls this function immediately after a call to unixDlSym() or
+** unixDlOpen() fails (returns a null pointer). If a more detailed error
+** message is available, it is written to zBufOut. If no error message
+** is available, zBufOut is left unmodified and SQLite uses a default
+** error message.
+*/
+static void unixDlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBufOut){
+  char *zErr;
+  enterMutex();
+  zErr = dlerror();
+  if( zErr ){
+    sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBufOut, "%s", zErr);
+  }
+  leaveMutex();
+}
+static void *unixDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle, const char *zSymbol){
+  return dlsym(pHandle, zSymbol);
+}
+static void unixDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){
+  dlclose(pHandle);
+}
+#else /* if SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION is defined: */
+  #define unixDlOpen  0
+  #define unixDlError 0
+  #define unixDlSym   0
+  #define unixDlClose 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Write nBuf bytes of random data to the supplied buffer zBuf.
+*/
+static int unixRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){
+
+  assert(nBuf>=(sizeof(time_t)+sizeof(int)));
+
+  /* We have to initialize zBuf to prevent valgrind from reporting
+  ** errors.  The reports issued by valgrind are incorrect - we would
+  ** prefer that the randomness be increased by making use of the
+  ** uninitialized space in zBuf - but valgrind errors tend to worry
+  ** some users.  Rather than argue, it seems easier just to initialize
+  ** the whole array and silence valgrind, even if that means less randomness
+  ** in the random seed.
+  **
+  ** When testing, initializing zBuf[] to zero is all we do.  That means
+  ** that we always use the same random number sequence.  This makes the
+  ** tests repeatable.
+  */
+  memset(zBuf, 0, nBuf);
+#if !defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+  {
+    int pid, fd;
+    fd = open("/dev/urandom", O_RDONLY);
+    if( fd<0 ){
+      time_t t;
+      time(&t);
+      memcpy(zBuf, &t, sizeof(t));
+      pid = getpid();
+      memcpy(&zBuf[sizeof(t)], &pid, sizeof(pid));
+    }else{
+      read(fd, zBuf, nBuf);
+      close(fd);
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Sleep for a little while.  Return the amount of time slept.
+** The argument is the number of microseconds we want to sleep.
+** The return value is the number of microseconds of sleep actually
+** requested from the underlying operating system, a number which
+** might be greater than or equal to the argument, but not less
+** than the argument.
+*/
+static int unixSleep(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int microseconds){
+#if defined(HAVE_USLEEP) && HAVE_USLEEP
+  usleep(microseconds);
+  return microseconds;
+#else
+  int seconds = (microseconds+999999)/1000000;
+  sleep(seconds);
+  return seconds*1000000;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** The following variable, if set to a non-zero value, becomes the result
+** returned from sqlite3OsCurrentTime().  This is used for testing.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_current_time = 0;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time).  Write the
+** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and
+** return 0.  Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found.
+*/
+static int unixCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, double *prNow){
+#ifdef NO_GETTOD
+  time_t t;
+  time(&t);
+  *prNow = t/86400.0 + 2440587.5;
+#else
+  struct timeval sNow;
+  gettimeofday(&sNow, 0);
+  *prNow = 2440587.5 + sNow.tv_sec/86400.0 + sNow.tv_usec/86400000000.0;
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  if( sqlite3_current_time ){
+    *prNow = sqlite3_current_time/86400.0 + 2440587.5;
+  }
+#endif
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static int unixGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize the operating system interface.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void){ 
+  /* Macro to define the static contents of an sqlite3_vfs structure for
+  ** the unix backend. The two parameters are the values to use for
+  ** the sqlite3_vfs.zName and sqlite3_vfs.pAppData fields, respectively.
+  ** 
+  */
+  #define UNIXVFS(zVfsName, pVfsAppData) {                  \
+    1,                    /* iVersion */                    \
+    sizeof(unixFile),     /* szOsFile */                    \
+    MAX_PATHNAME,         /* mxPathname */                  \
+    0,                    /* pNext */                       \
+    zVfsName,             /* zName */                       \
+    (void *)pVfsAppData,  /* pAppData */                    \
+    unixOpen,             /* xOpen */                       \
+    unixDelete,           /* xDelete */                     \
+    unixAccess,           /* xAccess */                     \
+    unixFullPathname,     /* xFullPathname */               \
+    unixDlOpen,           /* xDlOpen */                     \
+    unixDlError,          /* xDlError */                    \
+    unixDlSym,            /* xDlSym */                      \
+    unixDlClose,          /* xDlClose */                    \
+    unixRandomness,       /* xRandomness */                 \
+    unixSleep,            /* xSleep */                      \
+    unixCurrentTime,      /* xCurrentTime */                \
+    unixGetLastError      /* xGetLastError */               \
+  }
+
+  static sqlite3_vfs unixVfs = UNIXVFS("unix", 0);
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+#if 0
+  int i;
+  static sqlite3_vfs aVfs[] = {
+    UNIXVFS("unix-posix",   LOCKING_STYLE_POSIX), 
+    UNIXVFS("unix-afp",     LOCKING_STYLE_AFP), 
+    UNIXVFS("unix-flock",   LOCKING_STYLE_FLOCK), 
+    UNIXVFS("unix-dotfile", LOCKING_STYLE_DOTFILE), 
+    UNIXVFS("unix-none",    LOCKING_STYLE_NONE)
+  };
+  for(i=0; i<(sizeof(aVfs)/sizeof(sqlite3_vfs)); i++){
+    sqlite3_vfs_register(&aVfs[i], 0);
+  }
+#endif
+#endif
+  sqlite3_vfs_register(&unixVfs, 1);
+  return SQLITE_OK; 
+}
+
+/*
+** Shutdown the operating system interface. This is a no-op for unix.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void){ 
+  return SQLITE_OK; 
+}
+ 
+#endif /* SQLITE_OS_UNIX */
+
+/************** End of os_unix.c *********************************************/
+/************** Begin file os_win.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2004 May 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains code that is specific to windows.
+**
+** $Id: os_win.c,v 1.132 2008/07/31 01:34:34 shane Exp $
+*/
+#if SQLITE_OS_WIN               /* This file is used for windows only */
+
+
+/*
+** A Note About Memory Allocation:
+**
+** This driver uses malloc()/free() directly rather than going through
+** the SQLite-wrappers sqlite3_malloc()/sqlite3_free().  Those wrappers
+** are designed for use on embedded systems where memory is scarce and
+** malloc failures happen frequently.  Win32 does not typically run on
+** embedded systems, and when it does the developers normally have bigger
+** problems to worry about than running out of memory.  So there is not
+** a compelling need to use the wrappers.
+**
+** But there is a good reason to not use the wrappers.  If we use the
+** wrappers then we will get simulated malloc() failures within this
+** driver.  And that causes all kinds of problems for our tests.  We
+** could enhance SQLite to deal with simulated malloc failures within
+** the OS driver, but the code to deal with those failure would not
+** be exercised on Linux (which does not need to malloc() in the driver)
+** and so we would have difficulty writing coverage tests for that
+** code.  Better to leave the code out, we think.
+**
+** The point of this discussion is as follows:  When creating a new
+** OS layer for an embedded system, if you use this file as an example,
+** avoid the use of malloc()/free().  Those routines work ok on windows
+** desktops but not so well in embedded systems.
+*/
+
+#include <winbase.h>
+
+#ifdef __CYGWIN__
+# include <sys/cygwin.h>
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Macros used to determine whether or not to use threads.
+*/
+#if defined(THREADSAFE) && THREADSAFE
+# define SQLITE_W32_THREADS 1
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files
+*/
+/************** Include os_common.h in the middle of os_win.c ****************/
+/************** Begin file os_common.h ***************************************/
+/*
+** 2004 May 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains macros and a little bit of code that is common to
+** all of the platform-specific files (os_*.c) and is #included into those
+** files.
+**
+** This file should be #included by the os_*.c files only.  It is not a
+** general purpose header file.
+**
+** $Id: os_common.h,v 1.37 2008/05/29 20:22:37 shane Exp $
+*/
+#ifndef _OS_COMMON_H_
+#define _OS_COMMON_H_
+
+/*
+** At least two bugs have slipped in because we changed the MEMORY_DEBUG
+** macro to SQLITE_DEBUG and some older makefiles have not yet made the
+** switch.  The following code should catch this problem at compile-time.
+*/
+#ifdef MEMORY_DEBUG
+# error "The MEMORY_DEBUG macro is obsolete.  Use SQLITE_DEBUG instead."
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+ * When testing, this global variable stores the location of the
+ * pending-byte in the database file.
+ */
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API unsigned int sqlite3_pending_byte = 0x40000000;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OSTrace = 0;
+#define OSTRACE1(X)         if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X)
+#define OSTRACE2(X,Y)       if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y)
+#define OSTRACE3(X,Y,Z)     if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z)
+#define OSTRACE4(X,Y,Z,A)   if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A)
+#define OSTRACE5(X,Y,Z,A,B) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B)
+#define OSTRACE6(X,Y,Z,A,B,C) \
+    if(sqlite3OSTrace) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B,C)
+#define OSTRACE7(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D) \
+    if(sqlite3OSTrace) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D)
+#else
+#define OSTRACE1(X)
+#define OSTRACE2(X,Y)
+#define OSTRACE3(X,Y,Z)
+#define OSTRACE4(X,Y,Z,A)
+#define OSTRACE5(X,Y,Z,A,B)
+#define OSTRACE6(X,Y,Z,A,B,C)
+#define OSTRACE7(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Macros for performance tracing.  Normally turned off.  Only works
+** on i486 hardware.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE
+
+/* 
+** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing 
+** high-performance timing routines.
+*/
+/************** Include hwtime.h in the middle of os_common.h ****************/
+/************** Begin file hwtime.h ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 May 27
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains inline asm code for retrieving "high-performance"
+** counters for x86 class CPUs.
+**
+** $Id: hwtime.h,v 1.3 2008/08/01 14:33:15 shane Exp $
+*/
+#ifndef _HWTIME_H_
+#define _HWTIME_H_
+
+/*
+** The following routine only works on pentium-class (or newer) processors.
+** It uses the RDTSC opcode to read the cycle count value out of the
+** processor and returns that value.  This can be used for high-res
+** profiling.
+*/
+#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(_MSC_VER)) && \
+      (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86))
+
+  #if defined(__GNUC__)
+
+  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+     unsigned int lo, hi;
+     __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=a" (lo), "=d" (hi));
+     return (sqlite_uint64)hi << 32 | lo;
+  }
+
+  #elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+
+  __declspec(naked) __inline sqlite_uint64 __cdecl sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+     __asm {
+        rdtsc
+        ret       ; return value at EDX:EAX
+     }
+  }
+
+  #endif
+
+#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__))
+
+  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+      unsigned long val;
+      __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val));
+      return val;
+  }
+ 
+#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__))
+
+  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+      unsigned long long retval;
+      unsigned long junk;
+      __asm__ __volatile__ ("\n\
+          1:      mftbu   %1\n\
+                  mftb    %L0\n\
+                  mftbu   %0\n\
+                  cmpw    %0,%1\n\
+                  bne     1b"
+                  : "=r" (retval), "=r" (junk));
+      return retval;
+  }
+
+#else
+
+  #error Need implementation of sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform.
+
+  /*
+  ** To compile without implementing sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform,
+  ** you can remove the above #error and use the following
+  ** stub function.  You will lose timing support for many
+  ** of the debugging and testing utilities, but it should at
+  ** least compile and run.
+  */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ return ((sqlite_uint64)0); }
+
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !defined(_HWTIME_H_) */
+
+/************** End of hwtime.h **********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in os_common.h ******************/
+
+static sqlite_uint64 g_start;
+static sqlite_uint64 g_elapsed;
+#define TIMER_START       g_start=sqlite3Hwtime()
+#define TIMER_END         g_elapsed=sqlite3Hwtime()-g_start
+#define TIMER_ELAPSED     g_elapsed
+#else
+#define TIMER_START
+#define TIMER_END
+#define TIMER_ELAPSED     ((sqlite_uint64)0)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** If we compile with the SQLITE_TEST macro set, then the following block
+** of code will give us the ability to simulate a disk I/O error.  This
+** is used for testing the I/O recovery logic.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_hit = 0;            /* Total number of I/O Errors */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_hardhit = 0;        /* Number of non-benign errors */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_pending = 0;        /* Count down to first I/O error */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_persist = 0;        /* True if I/O errors persist */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_benign = 0;         /* True if errors are benign */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_diskfull_pending = 0;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_diskfull = 0;
+#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X) sqlite3_io_error_benign=(X)
+#define SimulateIOError(CODE)  \
+  if( (sqlite3_io_error_persist && sqlite3_io_error_hit) \
+       || sqlite3_io_error_pending-- == 1 )  \
+              { local_ioerr(); CODE; }
+static void local_ioerr(){
+  IOTRACE(("IOERR\n"));
+  sqlite3_io_error_hit++;
+  if( !sqlite3_io_error_benign ) sqlite3_io_error_hardhit++;
+}
+#define SimulateDiskfullError(CODE) \
+   if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending ){ \
+     if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending == 1 ){ \
+       local_ioerr(); \
+       sqlite3_diskfull = 1; \
+       sqlite3_io_error_hit = 1; \
+       CODE; \
+     }else{ \
+       sqlite3_diskfull_pending--; \
+     } \
+   }
+#else
+#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X)
+#define SimulateIOError(A)
+#define SimulateDiskfullError(A)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** When testing, keep a count of the number of open files.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_file_count = 0;
+#define OpenCounter(X)  sqlite3_open_file_count+=(X)
+#else
+#define OpenCounter(X)
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !defined(_OS_COMMON_H_) */
+
+/************** End of os_common.h *******************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in os_win.c *********************/
+
+/*
+** Determine if we are dealing with WindowsCE - which has a much
+** reduced API.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_OS_WINCE)
+# define AreFileApisANSI() 1
+#endif
+
+/*
+** WinCE lacks native support for file locking so we have to fake it
+** with some code of our own.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+typedef struct winceLock {
+  int nReaders;       /* Number of reader locks obtained */
+  BOOL bPending;      /* Indicates a pending lock has been obtained */
+  BOOL bReserved;     /* Indicates a reserved lock has been obtained */
+  BOOL bExclusive;    /* Indicates an exclusive lock has been obtained */
+} winceLock;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The winFile structure is a subclass of sqlite3_file* specific to the win32
+** portability layer.
+*/
+typedef struct winFile winFile;
+struct winFile {
+  const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod;/* Must be first */
+  HANDLE h;               /* Handle for accessing the file */
+  unsigned char locktype; /* Type of lock currently held on this file */
+  short sharedLockByte;   /* Randomly chosen byte used as a shared lock */
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+  WCHAR *zDeleteOnClose;  /* Name of file to delete when closing */
+  HANDLE hMutex;          /* Mutex used to control access to shared lock */  
+  HANDLE hShared;         /* Shared memory segment used for locking */
+  winceLock local;        /* Locks obtained by this instance of winFile */
+  winceLock *shared;      /* Global shared lock memory for the file  */
+#endif
+};
+
+
+/*
+** The following variable is (normally) set once and never changes
+** thereafter.  It records whether the operating system is Win95
+** or WinNT.
+**
+** 0:   Operating system unknown.
+** 1:   Operating system is Win95.
+** 2:   Operating system is WinNT.
+**
+** In order to facilitate testing on a WinNT system, the test fixture
+** can manually set this value to 1 to emulate Win98 behavior.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_type = 0;
+#else
+static int sqlite3_os_type = 0;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Return true (non-zero) if we are running under WinNT, Win2K, WinXP,
+** or WinCE.  Return false (zero) for Win95, Win98, or WinME.
+**
+** Here is an interesting observation:  Win95, Win98, and WinME lack
+** the LockFileEx() API.  But we can still statically link against that
+** API as long as we don't call it win running Win95/98/ME.  A call to
+** this routine is used to determine if the host is Win95/98/ME or
+** WinNT/2K/XP so that we will know whether or not we can safely call
+** the LockFileEx() API.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+# define isNT()  (1)
+#else
+  static int isNT(void){
+    if( sqlite3_os_type==0 ){
+      OSVERSIONINFO sInfo;
+      sInfo.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(sInfo);
+      GetVersionEx(&sInfo);
+      sqlite3_os_type = sInfo.dwPlatformId==VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT ? 2 : 1;
+    }
+    return sqlite3_os_type==2;
+  }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WINCE */
+
+/*
+** Convert a UTF-8 string to microsoft unicode (UTF-16?). 
+**
+** Space to hold the returned string is obtained from malloc.
+*/
+static WCHAR *utf8ToUnicode(const char *zFilename){
+  int nChar;
+  WCHAR *zWideFilename;
+
+  nChar = MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, zFilename, -1, NULL, 0);
+  zWideFilename = malloc( nChar*sizeof(zWideFilename[0]) );
+  if( zWideFilename==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  nChar = MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, zFilename, -1, zWideFilename, nChar);
+  if( nChar==0 ){
+    free(zWideFilename);
+    zWideFilename = 0;
+  }
+  return zWideFilename;
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert microsoft unicode to UTF-8.  Space to hold the returned string is
+** obtained from malloc().
+*/
+static char *unicodeToUtf8(const WCHAR *zWideFilename){
+  int nByte;
+  char *zFilename;
+
+  nByte = WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zWideFilename, -1, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+  zFilename = malloc( nByte );
+  if( zFilename==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  nByte = WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zWideFilename, -1, zFilename, nByte,
+                              0, 0);
+  if( nByte == 0 ){
+    free(zFilename);
+    zFilename = 0;
+  }
+  return zFilename;
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert an ansi string to microsoft unicode, based on the
+** current codepage settings for file apis.
+** 
+** Space to hold the returned string is obtained
+** from malloc.
+*/
+static WCHAR *mbcsToUnicode(const char *zFilename){
+  int nByte;
+  WCHAR *zMbcsFilename;
+  int codepage = AreFileApisANSI() ? CP_ACP : CP_OEMCP;
+
+  nByte = MultiByteToWideChar(codepage, 0, zFilename, -1, NULL,0)*sizeof(WCHAR);
+  zMbcsFilename = malloc( nByte*sizeof(zMbcsFilename[0]) );
+  if( zMbcsFilename==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  nByte = MultiByteToWideChar(codepage, 0, zFilename, -1, zMbcsFilename, nByte);
+  if( nByte==0 ){
+    free(zMbcsFilename);
+    zMbcsFilename = 0;
+  }
+  return zMbcsFilename;
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert microsoft unicode to multibyte character string, based on the
+** user's Ansi codepage.
+**
+** Space to hold the returned string is obtained from
+** malloc().
+*/
+static char *unicodeToMbcs(const WCHAR *zWideFilename){
+  int nByte;
+  char *zFilename;
+  int codepage = AreFileApisANSI() ? CP_ACP : CP_OEMCP;
+
+  nByte = WideCharToMultiByte(codepage, 0, zWideFilename, -1, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+  zFilename = malloc( nByte );
+  if( zFilename==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  nByte = WideCharToMultiByte(codepage, 0, zWideFilename, -1, zFilename, nByte,
+                              0, 0);
+  if( nByte == 0 ){
+    free(zFilename);
+    zFilename = 0;
+  }
+  return zFilename;
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert multibyte character string to UTF-8.  Space to hold the
+** returned string is obtained from malloc().
+*/
+static char *mbcsToUtf8(const char *zFilename){
+  char *zFilenameUtf8;
+  WCHAR *zTmpWide;
+
+  zTmpWide = mbcsToUnicode(zFilename);
+  if( zTmpWide==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  zFilenameUtf8 = unicodeToUtf8(zTmpWide);
+  free(zTmpWide);
+  return zFilenameUtf8;
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert UTF-8 to multibyte character string.  Space to hold the 
+** returned string is obtained from malloc().
+*/
+static char *utf8ToMbcs(const char *zFilename){
+  char *zFilenameMbcs;
+  WCHAR *zTmpWide;
+
+  zTmpWide = utf8ToUnicode(zFilename);
+  if( zTmpWide==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  zFilenameMbcs = unicodeToMbcs(zTmpWide);
+  free(zTmpWide);
+  return zFilenameMbcs;
+}
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+/*************************************************************************
+** This section contains code for WinCE only.
+*/
+/*
+** WindowsCE does not have a localtime() function.  So create a
+** substitute.
+*/
+struct tm *__cdecl localtime(const time_t *t)
+{
+  static struct tm y;
+  FILETIME uTm, lTm;
+  SYSTEMTIME pTm;
+  sqlite3_int64 t64;
+  t64 = *t;
+  t64 = (t64 + 11644473600)*10000000;
+  uTm.dwLowDateTime = t64 & 0xFFFFFFFF;
+  uTm.dwHighDateTime= t64 >> 32;
+  FileTimeToLocalFileTime(&uTm,&lTm);
+  FileTimeToSystemTime(&lTm,&pTm);
+  y.tm_year = pTm.wYear - 1900;
+  y.tm_mon = pTm.wMonth - 1;
+  y.tm_wday = pTm.wDayOfWeek;
+  y.tm_mday = pTm.wDay;
+  y.tm_hour = pTm.wHour;
+  y.tm_min = pTm.wMinute;
+  y.tm_sec = pTm.wSecond;
+  return &y;
+}
+
+/* This will never be called, but defined to make the code compile */
+#define GetTempPathA(a,b)
+
+#define LockFile(a,b,c,d,e)       winceLockFile(&a, b, c, d, e)
+#define UnlockFile(a,b,c,d,e)     winceUnlockFile(&a, b, c, d, e)
+#define LockFileEx(a,b,c,d,e,f)   winceLockFileEx(&a, b, c, d, e, f)
+
+#define HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(a) (winFile*)&((char*)a)[-offsetof(winFile,h)]
+
+/*
+** Acquire a lock on the handle h
+*/
+static void winceMutexAcquire(HANDLE h){
+   DWORD dwErr;
+   do {
+     dwErr = WaitForSingleObject(h, INFINITE);
+   } while (dwErr != WAIT_OBJECT_0 && dwErr != WAIT_ABANDONED);
+}
+/*
+** Release a lock acquired by winceMutexAcquire()
+*/
+#define winceMutexRelease(h) ReleaseMutex(h)
+
+/*
+** Create the mutex and shared memory used for locking in the file
+** descriptor pFile
+*/
+static BOOL winceCreateLock(const char *zFilename, winFile *pFile){
+  WCHAR *zTok;
+  WCHAR *zName = utf8ToUnicode(zFilename);
+  BOOL bInit = TRUE;
+
+  /* Initialize the local lockdata */
+  ZeroMemory(&pFile->local, sizeof(pFile->local));
+
+  /* Replace the backslashes from the filename and lowercase it
+  ** to derive a mutex name. */
+  zTok = CharLowerW(zName);
+  for (;*zTok;zTok++){
+    if (*zTok == '\\') *zTok = '_';
+  }
+
+  /* Create/open the named mutex */
+  pFile->hMutex = CreateMutexW(NULL, FALSE, zName);
+  if (!pFile->hMutex){
+    free(zName);
+    return FALSE;
+  }
+
+  /* Acquire the mutex before continuing */
+  winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex);
+  
+  /* Since the names of named mutexes, semaphores, file mappings etc are 
+  ** case-sensitive, take advantage of that by uppercasing the mutex name
+  ** and using that as the shared filemapping name.
+  */
+  CharUpperW(zName);
+  pFile->hShared = CreateFileMappingW(INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE, NULL,
+                                       PAGE_READWRITE, 0, sizeof(winceLock),
+                                       zName);  
+
+  /* Set a flag that indicates we're the first to create the memory so it 
+  ** must be zero-initialized */
+  if (GetLastError() == ERROR_ALREADY_EXISTS){
+    bInit = FALSE;
+  }
+
+  free(zName);
+
+  /* If we succeeded in making the shared memory handle, map it. */
+  if (pFile->hShared){
+    pFile->shared = (winceLock*)MapViewOfFile(pFile->hShared, 
+             FILE_MAP_READ|FILE_MAP_WRITE, 0, 0, sizeof(winceLock));
+    /* If mapping failed, close the shared memory handle and erase it */
+    if (!pFile->shared){
+      CloseHandle(pFile->hShared);
+      pFile->hShared = NULL;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If shared memory could not be created, then close the mutex and fail */
+  if (pFile->hShared == NULL){
+    winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);
+    CloseHandle(pFile->hMutex);
+    pFile->hMutex = NULL;
+    return FALSE;
+  }
+  
+  /* Initialize the shared memory if we're supposed to */
+  if (bInit) {
+    ZeroMemory(pFile->shared, sizeof(winceLock));
+  }
+
+  winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);
+  return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*
+** Destroy the part of winFile that deals with wince locks
+*/
+static void winceDestroyLock(winFile *pFile){
+  if (pFile->hMutex){
+    /* Acquire the mutex */
+    winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex);
+
+    /* The following blocks should probably assert in debug mode, but they
+       are to cleanup in case any locks remained open */
+    if (pFile->local.nReaders){
+      pFile->shared->nReaders --;
+    }
+    if (pFile->local.bReserved){
+      pFile->shared->bReserved = FALSE;
+    }
+    if (pFile->local.bPending){
+      pFile->shared->bPending = FALSE;
+    }
+    if (pFile->local.bExclusive){
+      pFile->shared->bExclusive = FALSE;
+    }
+
+    /* De-reference and close our copy of the shared memory handle */
+    UnmapViewOfFile(pFile->shared);
+    CloseHandle(pFile->hShared);
+
+    /* Done with the mutex */
+    winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);    
+    CloseHandle(pFile->hMutex);
+    pFile->hMutex = NULL;
+  }
+}
+
+/* 
+** An implementation of the LockFile() API of windows for wince
+*/
+static BOOL winceLockFile(
+  HANDLE *phFile,
+  DWORD dwFileOffsetLow,
+  DWORD dwFileOffsetHigh,
+  DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockLow,
+  DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockHigh
+){
+  winFile *pFile = HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(phFile);
+  BOOL bReturn = FALSE;
+
+  if (!pFile->hMutex) return TRUE;
+  winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex);
+
+  /* Wanting an exclusive lock? */
+  if (dwFileOffsetLow == SHARED_FIRST
+       && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == SHARED_SIZE){
+    if (pFile->shared->nReaders == 0 && pFile->shared->bExclusive == 0){
+       pFile->shared->bExclusive = TRUE;
+       pFile->local.bExclusive = TRUE;
+       bReturn = TRUE;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Want a read-only lock? */
+  else if ((dwFileOffsetLow >= SHARED_FIRST &&
+            dwFileOffsetLow < SHARED_FIRST + SHARED_SIZE) &&
+            nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){
+    if (pFile->shared->bExclusive == 0){
+      pFile->local.nReaders ++;
+      if (pFile->local.nReaders == 1){
+        pFile->shared->nReaders ++;
+      }
+      bReturn = TRUE;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Want a pending lock? */
+  else if (dwFileOffsetLow == PENDING_BYTE && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){
+    /* If no pending lock has been acquired, then acquire it */
+    if (pFile->shared->bPending == 0) {
+      pFile->shared->bPending = TRUE;
+      pFile->local.bPending = TRUE;
+      bReturn = TRUE;
+    }
+  }
+  /* Want a reserved lock? */
+  else if (dwFileOffsetLow == RESERVED_BYTE && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){
+    if (pFile->shared->bReserved == 0) {
+      pFile->shared->bReserved = TRUE;
+      pFile->local.bReserved = TRUE;
+      bReturn = TRUE;
+    }
+  }
+
+  winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);
+  return bReturn;
+}
+
+/*
+** An implementation of the UnlockFile API of windows for wince
+*/
+static BOOL winceUnlockFile(
+  HANDLE *phFile,
+  DWORD dwFileOffsetLow,
+  DWORD dwFileOffsetHigh,
+  DWORD nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow,
+  DWORD nNumberOfBytesToUnlockHigh
+){
+  winFile *pFile = HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(phFile);
+  BOOL bReturn = FALSE;
+
+  if (!pFile->hMutex) return TRUE;
+  winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex);
+
+  /* Releasing a reader lock or an exclusive lock */
+  if (dwFileOffsetLow >= SHARED_FIRST &&
+       dwFileOffsetLow < SHARED_FIRST + SHARED_SIZE){
+    /* Did we have an exclusive lock? */
+    if (pFile->local.bExclusive){
+      pFile->local.bExclusive = FALSE;
+      pFile->shared->bExclusive = FALSE;
+      bReturn = TRUE;
+    }
+
+    /* Did we just have a reader lock? */
+    else if (pFile->local.nReaders){
+      pFile->local.nReaders --;
+      if (pFile->local.nReaders == 0)
+      {
+        pFile->shared->nReaders --;
+      }
+      bReturn = TRUE;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Releasing a pending lock */
+  else if (dwFileOffsetLow == PENDING_BYTE && nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == 1){
+    if (pFile->local.bPending){
+      pFile->local.bPending = FALSE;
+      pFile->shared->bPending = FALSE;
+      bReturn = TRUE;
+    }
+  }
+  /* Releasing a reserved lock */
+  else if (dwFileOffsetLow == RESERVED_BYTE && nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == 1){
+    if (pFile->local.bReserved) {
+      pFile->local.bReserved = FALSE;
+      pFile->shared->bReserved = FALSE;
+      bReturn = TRUE;
+    }
+  }
+
+  winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);
+  return bReturn;
+}
+
+/*
+** An implementation of the LockFileEx() API of windows for wince
+*/
+static BOOL winceLockFileEx(
+  HANDLE *phFile,
+  DWORD dwFlags,
+  DWORD dwReserved,
+  DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockLow,
+  DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockHigh,
+  LPOVERLAPPED lpOverlapped
+){
+  /* If the caller wants a shared read lock, forward this call
+  ** to winceLockFile */
+  if (lpOverlapped->Offset == SHARED_FIRST &&
+      dwFlags == 1 &&
+      nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == SHARED_SIZE){
+    return winceLockFile(phFile, SHARED_FIRST, 0, 1, 0);
+  }
+  return FALSE;
+}
+/*
+** End of the special code for wince
+*****************************************************************************/
+#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WINCE */
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+** The next group of routines implement the I/O methods specified
+** by the sqlite3_io_methods object.
+******************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+** Close a file.
+**
+** It is reported that an attempt to close a handle might sometimes
+** fail.  This is a very unreasonable result, but windows is notorious
+** for being unreasonable so I do not doubt that it might happen.  If
+** the close fails, we pause for 100 milliseconds and try again.  As
+** many as MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT attempts to close the handle are made before
+** giving up and returning an error.
+*/
+#define MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT 3
+static int winClose(sqlite3_file *id){
+  int rc, cnt = 0;
+  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
+  OSTRACE2("CLOSE %d\n", pFile->h);
+  do{
+    rc = CloseHandle(pFile->h);
+  }while( rc==0 && cnt++ < MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT && (Sleep(100), 1) );
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+#define WINCE_DELETION_ATTEMPTS 3
+  winceDestroyLock(pFile);
+  if( pFile->zDeleteOnClose ){
+    int cnt = 0;
+    while(
+           DeleteFileW(pFile->zDeleteOnClose)==0
+        && GetFileAttributesW(pFile->zDeleteOnClose)!=0xffffffff 
+        && cnt++ < WINCE_DELETION_ATTEMPTS
+    ){
+       Sleep(100);  /* Wait a little before trying again */
+    }
+    free(pFile->zDeleteOnClose);
+  }
+#endif
+  OpenCounter(-1);
+  return rc ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR;
+}
+
+/*
+** Some microsoft compilers lack this definition.
+*/
+#ifndef INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER
+# define INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER ((DWORD)-1)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Read data from a file into a buffer.  Return SQLITE_OK if all
+** bytes were read successfully and SQLITE_IOERR if anything goes
+** wrong.
+*/
+static int winRead(
+  sqlite3_file *id,          /* File to read from */
+  void *pBuf,                /* Write content into this buffer */
+  int amt,                   /* Number of bytes to read */
+  sqlite3_int64 offset       /* Begin reading at this offset */
+){
+  LONG upperBits = (offset>>32) & 0x7fffffff;
+  LONG lowerBits = offset & 0xffffffff;
+  DWORD rc;
+  DWORD got;
+  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
+  assert( id!=0 );
+  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_READ);
+  OSTRACE3("READ %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype);
+  rc = SetFilePointer(pFile->h, lowerBits, &upperBits, FILE_BEGIN);
+  if( rc==INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER && GetLastError()!=NO_ERROR ){
+    return SQLITE_FULL;
+  }
+  if( !ReadFile(pFile->h, pBuf, amt, &got, 0) ){
+    return SQLITE_IOERR_READ;
+  }
+  if( got==(DWORD)amt ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    memset(&((char*)pBuf)[got], 0, amt-got);
+    return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Write data from a buffer into a file.  Return SQLITE_OK on success
+** or some other error code on failure.
+*/
+static int winWrite(
+  sqlite3_file *id,         /* File to write into */
+  const void *pBuf,         /* The bytes to be written */
+  int amt,                  /* Number of bytes to write */
+  sqlite3_int64 offset      /* Offset into the file to begin writing at */
+){
+  LONG upperBits = (offset>>32) & 0x7fffffff;
+  LONG lowerBits = offset & 0xffffffff;
+  DWORD rc;
+  DWORD wrote;
+  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
+  assert( id!=0 );
+  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE);
+  SimulateDiskfullError(return SQLITE_FULL);
+  OSTRACE3("WRITE %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype);
+  rc = SetFilePointer(pFile->h, lowerBits, &upperBits, FILE_BEGIN);
+  if( rc==INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER && GetLastError()!=NO_ERROR ){
+    return SQLITE_FULL;
+  }
+  assert( amt>0 );
+  while(
+     amt>0
+     && (rc = WriteFile(pFile->h, pBuf, amt, &wrote, 0))!=0
+     && wrote>0
+  ){
+    amt -= wrote;
+    pBuf = &((char*)pBuf)[wrote];
+  }
+  if( !rc || amt>(int)wrote ){
+    return SQLITE_FULL;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Truncate an open file to a specified size
+*/
+static int winTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, sqlite3_int64 nByte){
+  LONG upperBits = (nByte>>32) & 0x7fffffff;
+  LONG lowerBits = nByte & 0xffffffff;
+  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
+  OSTRACE3("TRUNCATE %d %lld\n", pFile->h, nByte);
+  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE);
+  SetFilePointer(pFile->h, lowerBits, &upperBits, FILE_BEGIN);
+  SetEndOfFile(pFile->h);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+/*
+** Count the number of fullsyncs and normal syncs.  This is used to test
+** that syncs and fullsyncs are occuring at the right times.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sync_count = 0;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fullsync_count = 0;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk.
+*/
+static int winSync(sqlite3_file *id, int flags){
+  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
+  OSTRACE3("SYNC %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype);
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  if( flags & SQLITE_SYNC_FULL ){
+    sqlite3_fullsync_count++;
+  }
+  sqlite3_sync_count++;
+#endif
+  if( FlushFileBuffers(pFile->h) ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    return SQLITE_IOERR;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Determine the current size of a file in bytes
+*/
+static int winFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, sqlite3_int64 *pSize){
+  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
+  DWORD upperBits, lowerBits;
+  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT);
+  lowerBits = GetFileSize(pFile->h, &upperBits);
+  *pSize = (((sqlite3_int64)upperBits)<<32) + lowerBits;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY is undefined on some Windows systems.
+*/
+#ifndef LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY
+# define LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY 1
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Acquire a reader lock.
+** Different API routines are called depending on whether or not this
+** is Win95 or WinNT.
+*/
+static int getReadLock(winFile *pFile){
+  int res;
+  if( isNT() ){
+    OVERLAPPED ovlp;
+    ovlp.Offset = SHARED_FIRST;
+    ovlp.OffsetHigh = 0;
+    ovlp.hEvent = 0;
+    res = LockFileEx(pFile->h, LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY,
+                     0, SHARED_SIZE, 0, &ovlp);
+  }else{
+    int lk;
+    sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(lk), &lk);
+    pFile->sharedLockByte = (lk & 0x7fffffff)%(SHARED_SIZE - 1);
+    res = LockFile(pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST+pFile->sharedLockByte, 0, 1, 0);
+  }
+  return res;
+}
+
+/*
+** Undo a readlock
+*/
+static int unlockReadLock(winFile *pFile){
+  int res;
+  if( isNT() ){
+    res = UnlockFile(pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0);
+  }else{
+    res = UnlockFile(pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST + pFile->sharedLockByte, 0, 1, 0);
+  }
+  return res;
+}
+
+/*
+** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one
+** of the following:
+**
+**     (1) SHARED_LOCK
+**     (2) RESERVED_LOCK
+**     (3) PENDING_LOCK
+**     (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
+**
+** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
+** are inserted in between.  The locking might fail on one of the later
+** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
+** still short of its goal.  The following chart shows the allowed
+** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
+**
+**    UNLOCKED -> SHARED
+**    SHARED -> RESERVED
+**    SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+**    RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+**    PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
+**
+** This routine will only increase a lock.  The winUnlock() routine
+** erases all locks at once and returns us immediately to locking level 0.
+** It is not possible to lower the locking level one step at a time.  You
+** must go straight to locking level 0.
+*/
+static int winLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;    /* Return code from subroutines */
+  int res = 1;           /* Result of a windows lock call */
+  int newLocktype;       /* Set pFile->locktype to this value before exiting */
+  int gotPendingLock = 0;/* True if we acquired a PENDING lock this time */
+  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
+
+  assert( pFile!=0 );
+  OSTRACE5("LOCK %d %d was %d(%d)\n",
+          pFile->h, locktype, pFile->locktype, pFile->sharedLockByte);
+
+  /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the
+  ** OsFile, do nothing. Don't use the end_lock: exit path, as
+  ** sqlite3OsEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet.
+  */
+  if( pFile->locktype>=locktype ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct
+  */
+  assert( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK || locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
+  assert( locktype!=PENDING_LOCK );
+  assert( locktype!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
+
+  /* Lock the PENDING_LOCK byte if we need to acquire a PENDING lock or
+  ** a SHARED lock.  If we are acquiring a SHARED lock, the acquisition of
+  ** the PENDING_LOCK byte is temporary.
+  */
+  newLocktype = pFile->locktype;
+  if( pFile->locktype==NO_LOCK
+   || (locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->locktype==RESERVED_LOCK)
+  ){
+    int cnt = 3;
+    while( cnt-->0 && (res = LockFile(pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0))==0 ){
+      /* Try 3 times to get the pending lock.  The pending lock might be
+      ** held by another reader process who will release it momentarily.
+      */
+      OSTRACE2("could not get a PENDING lock. cnt=%d\n", cnt);
+      Sleep(1);
+    }
+    gotPendingLock = res;
+  }
+
+  /* Acquire a shared lock
+  */
+  if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && res ){
+    assert( pFile->locktype==NO_LOCK );
+    res = getReadLock(pFile);
+    if( res ){
+      newLocktype = SHARED_LOCK;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Acquire a RESERVED lock
+  */
+  if( locktype==RESERVED_LOCK && res ){
+    assert( pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
+    res = LockFile(pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
+    if( res ){
+      newLocktype = RESERVED_LOCK;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Acquire a PENDING lock
+  */
+  if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res ){
+    newLocktype = PENDING_LOCK;
+    gotPendingLock = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Acquire an EXCLUSIVE lock
+  */
+  if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res ){
+    assert( pFile->locktype>=SHARED_LOCK );
+    res = unlockReadLock(pFile);
+    OSTRACE2("unreadlock = %d\n", res);
+    res = LockFile(pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0);
+    if( res ){
+      newLocktype = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK;
+    }else{
+      OSTRACE2("error-code = %d\n", GetLastError());
+      getReadLock(pFile);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If we are holding a PENDING lock that ought to be released, then
+  ** release it now.
+  */
+  if( gotPendingLock && locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){
+    UnlockFile(pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
+  }
+
+  /* Update the state of the lock has held in the file descriptor then
+  ** return the appropriate result code.
+  */
+  if( res ){
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    OSTRACE4("LOCK FAILED %d trying for %d but got %d\n", pFile->h,
+           locktype, newLocktype);
+    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+  }
+  pFile->locktype = newLocktype;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
+** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, return
+** non-zero, otherwise zero.
+*/
+static int winCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){
+  int rc;
+  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
+  assert( pFile!=0 );
+  if( pFile->locktype>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
+    rc = 1;
+    OSTRACE3("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d (local)\n", pFile->h, rc);
+  }else{
+    rc = LockFile(pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
+    if( rc ){
+      UnlockFile(pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
+    }
+    rc = !rc;
+    OSTRACE3("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d (remote)\n", pFile->h, rc);
+  }
+  *pResOut = rc;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Lower the locking level on file descriptor id to locktype.  locktype
+** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
+**
+** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
+** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
+**
+** It is not possible for this routine to fail if the second argument
+** is NO_LOCK.  If the second argument is SHARED_LOCK then this routine
+** might return SQLITE_IOERR;
+*/
+static int winUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){
+  int type;
+  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  assert( pFile!=0 );
+  assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK );
+  OSTRACE5("UNLOCK %d to %d was %d(%d)\n", pFile->h, locktype,
+          pFile->locktype, pFile->sharedLockByte);
+  type = pFile->locktype;
+  if( type>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
+    UnlockFile(pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0);
+    if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && !getReadLock(pFile) ){
+      /* This should never happen.  We should always be able to
+      ** reacquire the read lock */
+      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
+    }
+  }
+  if( type>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
+    UnlockFile(pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
+  }
+  if( locktype==NO_LOCK && type>=SHARED_LOCK ){
+    unlockReadLock(pFile);
+  }
+  if( type>=PENDING_LOCK ){
+    UnlockFile(pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
+  }
+  pFile->locktype = locktype;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Control and query of the open file handle.
+*/
+static int winFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
+  switch( op ){
+    case SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE: {
+      *(int*)pArg = ((winFile*)id)->locktype;
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_ERROR;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the sector size in bytes of the underlying block device for
+** the specified file. This is almost always 512 bytes, but may be
+** larger for some devices.
+**
+** SQLite code assumes this function cannot fail. It also assumes that
+** if two files are created in the same file-system directory (i.e.
+** a database and its journal file) that the sector size will be the
+** same for both.
+*/
+static int winSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){
+  return SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a vector of device characteristics.
+*/
+static int winDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an
+** sqlite3_file for win32.
+*/
+static const sqlite3_io_methods winIoMethod = {
+  1,                        /* iVersion */
+  winClose,
+  winRead,
+  winWrite,
+  winTruncate,
+  winSync,
+  winFileSize,
+  winLock,
+  winUnlock,
+  winCheckReservedLock,
+  winFileControl,
+  winSectorSize,
+  winDeviceCharacteristics
+};
+
+/***************************************************************************
+** Here ends the I/O methods that form the sqlite3_io_methods object.
+**
+** The next block of code implements the VFS methods.
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+** Convert a UTF-8 filename into whatever form the underlying
+** operating system wants filenames in.  Space to hold the result
+** is obtained from malloc and must be freed by the calling
+** function.
+*/
+static void *convertUtf8Filename(const char *zFilename){
+  void *zConverted = 0;
+  if( isNT() ){
+    zConverted = utf8ToUnicode(zFilename);
+  }else{
+    zConverted = utf8ToMbcs(zFilename);
+  }
+  /* caller will handle out of memory */
+  return zConverted;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a temporary file name in zBuf.  zBuf must be big enough to
+** hold at pVfs->mxPathname characters.
+*/
+static int getTempname(int nBuf, char *zBuf){
+  static char zChars[] =
+    "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
+    "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"
+    "0123456789";
+  size_t i, j;
+  char zTempPath[MAX_PATH+1];
+  if( sqlite3_temp_directory ){
+    sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATH-30, zTempPath, "%s", sqlite3_temp_directory);
+  }else if( isNT() ){
+    char *zMulti;
+    WCHAR zWidePath[MAX_PATH];
+    GetTempPathW(MAX_PATH-30, zWidePath);
+    zMulti = unicodeToUtf8(zWidePath);
+    if( zMulti ){
+      sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATH-30, zTempPath, "%s", zMulti);
+      free(zMulti);
+    }else{
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+  }else{
+    char *zUtf8;
+    char zMbcsPath[MAX_PATH];
+    GetTempPathA(MAX_PATH-30, zMbcsPath);
+    zUtf8 = mbcsToUtf8(zMbcsPath);
+    if( zUtf8 ){
+      sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATH-30, zTempPath, "%s", zUtf8);
+      free(zUtf8);
+    }else{
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+  }
+  for(i=strlen(zTempPath); i>0 && zTempPath[i-1]=='\\'; i--){}
+  zTempPath[i] = 0;
+  sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf-30, zBuf,
+                   "%s\\"SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX, zTempPath);
+  j = strlen(zBuf);
+  sqlite3_randomness(20, &zBuf[j]);
+  for(i=0; i<20; i++, j++){
+    zBuf[j] = (char)zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ];
+  }
+  zBuf[j] = 0;
+  OSTRACE2("TEMP FILENAME: %s\n", zBuf);
+  return SQLITE_OK; 
+}
+
+/*
+** The return value of getLastErrorMsg
+** is zero if the error message fits in the buffer, or non-zero
+** otherwise (if the message was truncated).
+*/
+static int getLastErrorMsg(int nBuf, char *zBuf){
+  DWORD error = GetLastError();
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+  sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBuf, "OsError 0x%x (%u)", error, error);
+#else
+  /* FormatMessage returns 0 on failure.  Otherwise it
+  ** returns the number of TCHARs written to the output
+  ** buffer, excluding the terminating null char.
+  */
+  if (!FormatMessageA(FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM,
+                      NULL,
+                      error,
+                      0,
+                      zBuf,
+                      nBuf-1,
+                      0))
+  {
+    sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBuf, "OsError 0x%x (%u)", error, error);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Open a file.
+*/
+static int winOpen(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,        /* Not used */
+  const char *zName,        /* Name of the file (UTF-8) */
+  sqlite3_file *id,         /* Write the SQLite file handle here */
+  int flags,                /* Open mode flags */
+  int *pOutFlags            /* Status return flags */
+){
+  HANDLE h;
+  DWORD dwDesiredAccess;
+  DWORD dwShareMode;
+  DWORD dwCreationDisposition;
+  DWORD dwFlagsAndAttributes = 0;
+  int isTemp;
+  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
+  void *zConverted;                 /* Filename in OS encoding */
+  const char *zUtf8Name = zName;    /* Filename in UTF-8 encoding */
+  char zTmpname[MAX_PATH+1];        /* Buffer used to create temp filename */
+
+  /* If the second argument to this function is NULL, generate a 
+  ** temporary file name to use 
+  */
+  if( !zUtf8Name ){
+    int rc = getTempname(MAX_PATH+1, zTmpname);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+    zUtf8Name = zTmpname;
+  }
+
+  /* Convert the filename to the system encoding. */
+  zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zUtf8Name);
+  if( zConverted==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+
+  if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE ){
+    dwDesiredAccess = GENERIC_READ | GENERIC_WRITE;
+  }else{
+    dwDesiredAccess = GENERIC_READ;
+  }
+  if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE ){
+    dwCreationDisposition = OPEN_ALWAYS;
+  }else{
+    dwCreationDisposition = OPEN_EXISTING;
+  }
+  if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB ){
+    dwShareMode = FILE_SHARE_READ | FILE_SHARE_WRITE;
+  }else{
+    dwShareMode = 0;
+  }
+  if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE ){
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+    dwFlagsAndAttributes = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN;
+#else
+    dwFlagsAndAttributes = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TEMPORARY
+                               | FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN
+                               | FILE_FLAG_DELETE_ON_CLOSE;
+#endif
+    isTemp = 1;
+  }else{
+    dwFlagsAndAttributes = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL;
+    isTemp = 0;
+  }
+  /* Reports from the internet are that performance is always
+  ** better if FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS is used.  Ticket #2699. */
+  dwFlagsAndAttributes |= FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS;
+  if( isNT() ){
+    h = CreateFileW((WCHAR*)zConverted,
+       dwDesiredAccess,
+       dwShareMode,
+       NULL,
+       dwCreationDisposition,
+       dwFlagsAndAttributes,
+       NULL
+    );
+  }else{
+    h = CreateFileA((char*)zConverted,
+       dwDesiredAccess,
+       dwShareMode,
+       NULL,
+       dwCreationDisposition,
+       dwFlagsAndAttributes,
+       NULL
+    );
+  }
+  if( h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){
+    free(zConverted);
+    if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE ){
+      return winOpen(0, zName, id, 
+             ((flags|SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY)&~SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE), pOutFlags);
+    }else{
+      return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+    }
+  }
+  if( pOutFlags ){
+    if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE ){
+      *pOutFlags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE;
+    }else{
+      *pOutFlags = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY;
+    }
+  }
+  memset(pFile, 0, sizeof(*pFile));
+  pFile->pMethod = &winIoMethod;
+  pFile->h = h;
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+  if( (flags & (SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB)) ==
+               (SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB)
+       && !winceCreateLock(zName, pFile)
+  ){
+    CloseHandle(h);
+    free(zConverted);
+    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+  }
+  if( isTemp ){
+    pFile->zDeleteOnClose = zConverted;
+  }else
+#endif
+  {
+    free(zConverted);
+  }
+  OpenCounter(+1);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete the named file.
+**
+** Note that windows does not allow a file to be deleted if some other
+** process has it open.  Sometimes a virus scanner or indexing program
+** will open a journal file shortly after it is created in order to do
+** whatever it does.  While this other process is holding the
+** file open, we will be unable to delete it.  To work around this
+** problem, we delay 100 milliseconds and try to delete again.  Up
+** to MX_DELETION_ATTEMPTs deletion attempts are run before giving
+** up and returning an error.
+*/
+#define MX_DELETION_ATTEMPTS 5
+static int winDelete(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,          /* Not used on win32 */
+  const char *zFilename,      /* Name of file to delete */
+  int syncDir                 /* Not used on win32 */
+){
+  int cnt = 0;
+  int rc;
+  DWORD error;
+  void *zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zFilename);
+  if( zConverted==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE);
+  if( isNT() ){
+    do{
+      DeleteFileW(zConverted);
+    }while(   (   ((rc = GetFileAttributesW(zConverted)) != INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES)
+               || ((error = GetLastError()) == ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED))
+           && (cnt++ < MX_DELETION_ATTEMPTS)
+           && (Sleep(100), 1) );
+  }else{
+    do{
+      DeleteFileA(zConverted);
+    }while(   (   ((rc = GetFileAttributesA(zConverted)) != INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES)
+               || ((error = GetLastError()) == ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED))
+           && (cnt++ < MX_DELETION_ATTEMPTS)
+           && (Sleep(100), 1) );
+  }
+  free(zConverted);
+  OSTRACE2("DELETE \"%s\"\n", zFilename);
+  return (   (rc==INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES) 
+          && (error == ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND)) ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE;
+}
+
+/*
+** Check the existance and status of a file.
+*/
+static int winAccess(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,         /* Not used on win32 */
+  const char *zFilename,     /* Name of file to check */
+  int flags,                 /* Type of test to make on this file */
+  int *pResOut               /* OUT: Result */
+){
+  DWORD attr;
+  int rc;
+  void *zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zFilename);
+  if( zConverted==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  if( isNT() ){
+    attr = GetFileAttributesW((WCHAR*)zConverted);
+  }else{
+    attr = GetFileAttributesA((char*)zConverted);
+  }
+  free(zConverted);
+  switch( flags ){
+    case SQLITE_ACCESS_READ:
+    case SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS:
+      rc = attr!=INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES;
+      break;
+    case SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE:
+      rc = (attr & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_READONLY)==0;
+      break;
+    default:
+      assert(!"Invalid flags argument");
+  }
+  *pResOut = rc;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname.  Write the full
+** pathname into zOut[].  zOut[] will be at least pVfs->mxPathname
+** bytes in size.
+*/
+static int winFullPathname(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,            /* Pointer to vfs object */
+  const char *zRelative,        /* Possibly relative input path */
+  int nFull,                    /* Size of output buffer in bytes */
+  char *zFull                   /* Output buffer */
+){
+
+#if defined(__CYGWIN__)
+  cygwin_conv_to_full_win32_path(zRelative, zFull);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+#endif
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+  /* WinCE has no concept of a relative pathname, or so I am told. */
+  sqlite3_snprintf(pVfs->mxPathname, zFull, "%s", zRelative);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+#endif
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !defined(__CYGWIN__)
+  int nByte;
+  void *zConverted;
+  char *zOut;
+  zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zRelative);
+  if( isNT() ){
+    WCHAR *zTemp;
+    nByte = GetFullPathNameW((WCHAR*)zConverted, 0, 0, 0) + 3;
+    zTemp = malloc( nByte*sizeof(zTemp[0]) );
+    if( zTemp==0 ){
+      free(zConverted);
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    GetFullPathNameW((WCHAR*)zConverted, nByte, zTemp, 0);
+    free(zConverted);
+    zOut = unicodeToUtf8(zTemp);
+    free(zTemp);
+  }else{
+    char *zTemp;
+    nByte = GetFullPathNameA((char*)zConverted, 0, 0, 0) + 3;
+    zTemp = malloc( nByte*sizeof(zTemp[0]) );
+    if( zTemp==0 ){
+      free(zConverted);
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    GetFullPathNameA((char*)zConverted, nByte, zTemp, 0);
+    free(zConverted);
+    zOut = mbcsToUtf8(zTemp);
+    free(zTemp);
+  }
+  if( zOut ){
+    sqlite3_snprintf(pVfs->mxPathname, zFull, "%s", zOut);
+    free(zOut);
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
+/*
+** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points
+** within the shared library, and closing the shared library.
+*/
+/*
+** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points
+** within the shared library, and closing the shared library.
+*/
+static void *winDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zFilename){
+  HANDLE h;
+  void *zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zFilename);
+  if( zConverted==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  if( isNT() ){
+    h = LoadLibraryW((WCHAR*)zConverted);
+  }else{
+    h = LoadLibraryA((char*)zConverted);
+  }
+  free(zConverted);
+  return (void*)h;
+}
+static void winDlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBufOut){
+  getLastErrorMsg(nBuf, zBufOut);
+}
+void *winDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle, const char *zSymbol){
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+  /* The GetProcAddressA() routine is only available on wince. */
+  return GetProcAddressA((HANDLE)pHandle, zSymbol);
+#else
+  /* All other windows platforms expect GetProcAddress() to take
+  ** an Ansi string regardless of the _UNICODE setting */
+  return GetProcAddress((HANDLE)pHandle, zSymbol);
+#endif
+}
+void winDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){
+  FreeLibrary((HANDLE)pHandle);
+}
+#else /* if SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION is defined: */
+  #define winDlOpen  0
+  #define winDlError 0
+  #define winDlSym   0
+  #define winDlClose 0
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Write up to nBuf bytes of randomness into zBuf.
+*/
+static int winRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){
+  int n = 0;
+  if( sizeof(SYSTEMTIME)<=nBuf-n ){
+    SYSTEMTIME x;
+    GetSystemTime(&x);
+    memcpy(&zBuf[n], &x, sizeof(x));
+    n += sizeof(x);
+  }
+  if( sizeof(DWORD)<=nBuf-n ){
+    DWORD pid = GetCurrentProcessId();
+    memcpy(&zBuf[n], &pid, sizeof(pid));
+    n += sizeof(pid);
+  }
+  if( sizeof(DWORD)<=nBuf-n ){
+    DWORD cnt = GetTickCount();
+    memcpy(&zBuf[n], &cnt, sizeof(cnt));
+    n += sizeof(cnt);
+  }
+  if( sizeof(LARGE_INTEGER)<=nBuf-n ){
+    LARGE_INTEGER i;
+    QueryPerformanceCounter(&i);
+    memcpy(&zBuf[n], &i, sizeof(i));
+    n += sizeof(i);
+  }
+  return n;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Sleep for a little while.  Return the amount of time slept.
+*/
+static int winSleep(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int microsec){
+  Sleep((microsec+999)/1000);
+  return ((microsec+999)/1000)*1000;
+}
+
+/*
+** The following variable, if set to a non-zero value, becomes the result
+** returned from sqlite3OsCurrentTime().  This is used for testing.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_current_time = 0;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time).  Write the
+** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and
+** return 0.  Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found.
+*/
+int winCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, double *prNow){
+  FILETIME ft;
+  /* FILETIME structure is a 64-bit value representing the number of 
+     100-nanosecond intervals since January 1, 1601 (= JD 2305813.5). 
+  */
+  double now;
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+  SYSTEMTIME time;
+  GetSystemTime(&time);
+  /* if SystemTimeToFileTime() fails, it returns zero. */
+  if (!SystemTimeToFileTime(&time,&ft)){
+    return 1;
+  }
+#else
+  GetSystemTimeAsFileTime( &ft );
+#endif
+  now = ((double)ft.dwHighDateTime) * 4294967296.0; 
+  *prNow = (now + ft.dwLowDateTime)/864000000000.0 + 2305813.5;
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  if( sqlite3_current_time ){
+    *prNow = sqlite3_current_time/86400.0 + 2440587.5;
+  }
+#endif
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** The idea is that this function works like a combination of
+** GetLastError() and FormatMessage() on windows (or errno and
+** strerror_r() on unix). After an error is returned by an OS
+** function, SQLite calls this function with zBuf pointing to
+** a buffer of nBuf bytes. The OS layer should populate the
+** buffer with a nul-terminated UTF-8 encoded error message
+** describing the last IO error to have occured within the calling
+** thread.
+**
+** If the error message is too large for the supplied buffer,
+** it should be truncated. The return value of xGetLastError
+** is zero if the error message fits in the buffer, or non-zero
+** otherwise (if the message was truncated). If non-zero is returned,
+** then it is not necessary to include the nul-terminator character
+** in the output buffer.
+**
+** Not supplying an error message will have no adverse effect
+** on SQLite. It is fine to have an implementation that never
+** returns an error message:
+**
+**   int xGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){
+**     assert(zBuf[0]=='\0');
+**     return 0;
+**   }
+**
+** However if an error message is supplied, it will be incorporated
+** by sqlite into the error message available to the user using
+** sqlite3_errmsg(), possibly making IO errors easier to debug.
+*/
+static int winGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){
+  return getLastErrorMsg(nBuf, zBuf);
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize and deinitialize the operating system interface.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void){
+  static sqlite3_vfs winVfs = {
+    1,                 /* iVersion */
+    sizeof(winFile),   /* szOsFile */
+    MAX_PATH,          /* mxPathname */
+    0,                 /* pNext */
+    "win32",           /* zName */
+    0,                 /* pAppData */
+ 
+    winOpen,           /* xOpen */
+    winDelete,         /* xDelete */
+    winAccess,         /* xAccess */
+    winFullPathname,   /* xFullPathname */
+    winDlOpen,         /* xDlOpen */
+    winDlError,        /* xDlError */
+    winDlSym,          /* xDlSym */
+    winDlClose,        /* xDlClose */
+    winRandomness,     /* xRandomness */
+    winSleep,          /* xSleep */
+    winCurrentTime,    /* xCurrentTime */
+    winGetLastError    /* xGetLastError */
+  };
+  sqlite3_vfs_register(&winVfs, 1);
+  return SQLITE_OK; 
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void){ 
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WIN */
+
+/************** End of os_win.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file bitvec.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 February 16
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file implements an object that represents a fixed-length
+** bitmap.  Bits are numbered starting with 1.
+**
+** A bitmap is used to record what pages a database file have been
+** journalled during a transaction.  Usually only a few pages are
+** journalled.  So the bitmap is usually sparse and has low cardinality.
+** But sometimes (for example when during a DROP of a large table) most
+** or all of the pages get journalled.  In those cases, the bitmap becomes
+** dense.  The algorithm needs to handle both cases well.
+**
+** The size of the bitmap is fixed when the object is created.
+**
+** All bits are clear when the bitmap is created.  Individual bits
+** may be set or cleared one at a time.
+**
+** Test operations are about 100 times more common that set operations.
+** Clear operations are exceedingly rare.  There are usually between
+** 5 and 500 set operations per Bitvec object, though the number of sets can
+** sometimes grow into tens of thousands or larger.  The size of the
+** Bitvec object is the number of pages in the database file at the
+** start of a transaction, and is thus usually less than a few thousand,
+** but can be as large as 2 billion for a really big database.
+**
+** @(#) $Id: bitvec.c,v 1.6 2008/06/20 14:59:51 danielk1977 Exp $
+*/
+
+#define BITVEC_SZ        512
+/* Round the union size down to the nearest pointer boundary, since that's how 
+** it will be aligned within the Bitvec struct. */
+#define BITVEC_USIZE     (((BITVEC_SZ-12)/sizeof(Bitvec*))*sizeof(Bitvec*))
+#define BITVEC_NCHAR     BITVEC_USIZE
+#define BITVEC_NBIT      (BITVEC_NCHAR*8)
+#define BITVEC_NINT      (BITVEC_USIZE/4)
+#define BITVEC_MXHASH    (BITVEC_NINT/2)
+#define BITVEC_NPTR      (BITVEC_USIZE/sizeof(Bitvec *))
+
+#define BITVEC_HASH(X)   (((X)*37)%BITVEC_NINT)
+
+/*
+** A bitmap is an instance of the following structure.
+**
+** This bitmap records the existance of zero or more bits
+** with values between 1 and iSize, inclusive.
+**
+** There are three possible representations of the bitmap.
+** If iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT, then Bitvec.u.aBitmap[] is a straight
+** bitmap.  The least significant bit is bit 1.
+**
+** If iSize>BITVEC_NBIT and iDivisor==0 then Bitvec.u.aHash[] is
+** a hash table that will hold up to BITVEC_MXHASH distinct values.
+**
+** Otherwise, the value i is redirected into one of BITVEC_NPTR
+** sub-bitmaps pointed to by Bitvec.u.apSub[].  Each subbitmap
+** handles up to iDivisor separate values of i.  apSub[0] holds
+** values between 1 and iDivisor.  apSub[1] holds values between
+** iDivisor+1 and 2*iDivisor.  apSub[N] holds values between
+** N*iDivisor+1 and (N+1)*iDivisor.  Each subbitmap is normalized
+** to hold deal with values between 1 and iDivisor.
+*/
+struct Bitvec {
+  u32 iSize;      /* Maximum bit index */
+  u32 nSet;       /* Number of bits that are set */
+  u32 iDivisor;   /* Number of bits handled by each apSub[] entry */
+  union {
+    u8 aBitmap[BITVEC_NCHAR];    /* Bitmap representation */
+    u32 aHash[BITVEC_NINT];      /* Hash table representation */
+    Bitvec *apSub[BITVEC_NPTR];  /* Recursive representation */
+  } u;
+};
+
+/*
+** Create a new bitmap object able to handle bits between 0 and iSize,
+** inclusive.  Return a pointer to the new object.  Return NULL if 
+** malloc fails.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitvec *sqlite3BitvecCreate(u32 iSize){
+  Bitvec *p;
+  assert( sizeof(*p)==BITVEC_SZ );
+  p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) );
+  if( p ){
+    p->iSize = iSize;
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Check to see if the i-th bit is set.  Return true or false.
+** If p is NULL (if the bitmap has not been created) or if
+** i is out of range, then return false.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecTest(Bitvec *p, u32 i){
+  if( p==0 ) return 0;
+  if( i>p->iSize || i==0 ) return 0;
+  if( p->iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT ){
+    i--;
+    return (p->u.aBitmap[i/8] & (1<<(i&7)))!=0;
+  }
+  if( p->iDivisor>0 ){
+    u32 bin = (i-1)/p->iDivisor;
+    i = (i-1)%p->iDivisor + 1;
+    return sqlite3BitvecTest(p->u.apSub[bin], i);
+  }else{
+    u32 h = BITVEC_HASH(i);
+    while( p->u.aHash[h] ){
+      if( p->u.aHash[h]==i ) return 1;
+      h++;
+      if( h>=BITVEC_NINT ) h = 0;
+    }
+    return 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the i-th bit.  Return 0 on success and an error code if
+** anything goes wrong.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecSet(Bitvec *p, u32 i){
+  u32 h;
+  assert( p!=0 );
+  assert( i>0 );
+  assert( i<=p->iSize );
+  if( p->iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT ){
+    i--;
+    p->u.aBitmap[i/8] |= 1 << (i&7);
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  if( p->iDivisor ){
+    u32 bin = (i-1)/p->iDivisor;
+    i = (i-1)%p->iDivisor + 1;
+    if( p->u.apSub[bin]==0 ){
+      sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+      p->u.apSub[bin] = sqlite3BitvecCreate( p->iDivisor );
+      sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+      if( p->u.apSub[bin]==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    return sqlite3BitvecSet(p->u.apSub[bin], i);
+  }
+  h = BITVEC_HASH(i);
+  while( p->u.aHash[h] ){
+    if( p->u.aHash[h]==i ) return SQLITE_OK;
+    h++;
+    if( h==BITVEC_NINT ) h = 0;
+  }
+  p->nSet++;
+  if( p->nSet>=BITVEC_MXHASH ){
+    int j, rc;
+    u32 aiValues[BITVEC_NINT];
+    memcpy(aiValues, p->u.aHash, sizeof(aiValues));
+    memset(p->u.apSub, 0, sizeof(p->u.apSub[0])*BITVEC_NPTR);
+    p->iDivisor = (p->iSize + BITVEC_NPTR - 1)/BITVEC_NPTR;
+    rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(p, i);
+    for(j=0; j<BITVEC_NINT; j++){
+      if( aiValues[j] ) rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p, aiValues[j]);
+    }
+    return rc;
+  }
+  p->u.aHash[h] = i;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Clear the i-th bit.  Return 0 on success and an error code if
+** anything goes wrong.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BitvecClear(Bitvec *p, u32 i){
+  assert( p!=0 );
+  assert( i>0 );
+  if( p->iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT ){
+    i--;
+    p->u.aBitmap[i/8] &= ~(1 << (i&7));
+  }else if( p->iDivisor ){
+    u32 bin = (i-1)/p->iDivisor;
+    i = (i-1)%p->iDivisor + 1;
+    if( p->u.apSub[bin] ){
+      sqlite3BitvecClear(p->u.apSub[bin], i);
+    }
+  }else{
+    int j;
+    u32 aiValues[BITVEC_NINT];
+    memcpy(aiValues, p->u.aHash, sizeof(aiValues));
+    memset(p->u.aHash, 0, sizeof(p->u.aHash[0])*BITVEC_NINT);
+    p->nSet = 0;
+    for(j=0; j<BITVEC_NINT; j++){
+      if( aiValues[j] && aiValues[j]!=i ){
+        sqlite3BitvecSet(p, aiValues[j]);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Destroy a bitmap object.  Reclaim all memory used.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BitvecDestroy(Bitvec *p){
+  if( p==0 ) return;
+  if( p->iDivisor ){
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; i<BITVEC_NPTR; i++){
+      sqlite3BitvecDestroy(p->u.apSub[i]);
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(p);
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
+/*
+** Let V[] be an array of unsigned characters sufficient to hold
+** up to N bits.  Let I be an integer between 0 and N.  0<=I<N.
+** Then the following macros can be used to set, clear, or test
+** individual bits within V.
+*/
+#define SETBIT(V,I)      V[I>>3] |= (1<<(I&7))
+#define CLEARBIT(V,I)    V[I>>3] &= ~(1<<(I&7))
+#define TESTBIT(V,I)     (V[I>>3]&(1<<(I&7)))!=0
+
+/*
+** This routine runs an extensive test of the Bitvec code.
+**
+** The input is an array of integers that acts as a program
+** to test the Bitvec.  The integers are opcodes followed
+** by 0, 1, or 3 operands, depending on the opcode.  Another
+** opcode follows immediately after the last operand.
+**
+** There are 6 opcodes numbered from 0 through 5.  0 is the
+** "halt" opcode and causes the test to end.
+**
+**    0          Halt and return the number of errors
+**    1 N S X    Set N bits beginning with S and incrementing by X
+**    2 N S X    Clear N bits beginning with S and incrementing by X
+**    3 N        Set N randomly chosen bits
+**    4 N        Clear N randomly chosen bits
+**    5 N S X    Set N bits from S increment X in array only, not in bitvec
+**
+** The opcodes 1 through 4 perform set and clear operations are performed
+** on both a Bitvec object and on a linear array of bits obtained from malloc.
+** Opcode 5 works on the linear array only, not on the Bitvec.
+** Opcode 5 is used to deliberately induce a fault in order to
+** confirm that error detection works.
+**
+** At the conclusion of the test the linear array is compared
+** against the Bitvec object.  If there are any differences,
+** an error is returned.  If they are the same, zero is returned.
+**
+** If a memory allocation error occurs, return -1.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest(int sz, int *aOp){
+  Bitvec *pBitvec = 0;
+  unsigned char *pV = 0;
+  int rc = -1;
+  int i, nx, pc, op;
+
+  /* Allocate the Bitvec to be tested and a linear array of
+  ** bits to act as the reference */
+  pBitvec = sqlite3BitvecCreate( sz );
+  pV = sqlite3_malloc( (sz+7)/8 + 1 );
+  if( pBitvec==0 || pV==0 ) goto bitvec_end;
+  memset(pV, 0, (sz+7)/8 + 1);
+
+  /* Run the program */
+  pc = 0;
+  while( (op = aOp[pc])!=0 ){
+    switch( op ){
+      case 1:
+      case 2:
+      case 5: {
+        nx = 4;
+        i = aOp[pc+2] - 1;
+        aOp[pc+2] += aOp[pc+3];
+        break;
+      }
+      case 3:
+      case 4: 
+      default: {
+        nx = 2;
+        sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(i), &i);
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    if( (--aOp[pc+1]) > 0 ) nx = 0;
+    pc += nx;
+    i = (i & 0x7fffffff)%sz;
+    if( (op & 1)!=0 ){
+      SETBIT(pV, (i+1));
+      if( op!=5 ){
+        if( sqlite3BitvecSet(pBitvec, i+1) ) goto bitvec_end;
+      }
+    }else{
+      CLEARBIT(pV, (i+1));
+      sqlite3BitvecClear(pBitvec, i+1);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Test to make sure the linear array exactly matches the
+  ** Bitvec object.  Start with the assumption that they do
+  ** match (rc==0).  Change rc to non-zero if a discrepancy
+  ** is found.
+  */
+  rc = sqlite3BitvecTest(0,0) + sqlite3BitvecTest(pBitvec, sz+1)
+          + sqlite3BitvecTest(pBitvec, 0);
+  for(i=1; i<=sz; i++){
+    if(  (TESTBIT(pV,i))!=sqlite3BitvecTest(pBitvec,i) ){
+      rc = i;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Free allocated structure */
+bitvec_end:
+  sqlite3_free(pV);
+  sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pBitvec);
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */
+
+/************** End of bitvec.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file pcache.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 August 05
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file implements that page cache.
+**
+** @(#) $Id: pcache.c,v 1.24 2008/08/29 09:10:03 danielk1977 Exp $
+*/
+
+/*
+** A complete page cache is an instance of this structure.
+**
+** A cache may only be deleted by its owner and while holding the
+** SQLITE_MUTEX_STATUS_LRU mutex.
+*/
+struct PCache {
+  /*********************************************************************
+  ** The first group of elements may be read or written at any time by
+  ** the cache owner without holding the mutex.  No thread other than the
+  ** cache owner is permitted to access these elements at any time.
+  */
+  PgHdr *pDirty, *pDirtyTail;         /* List of dirty pages in LRU order */
+  PgHdr *pSynced;                     /* Last synced page in dirty page list */
+  int nRef;                           /* Number of pinned pages */
+  int nPinned;                        /* Number of pinned and/or dirty pages */
+  int nMax;                           /* Configured cache size */
+  int nMin;                           /* Configured minimum cache size */
+  /**********************************************************************
+  ** The next group of elements are fixed when the cache is created and
+  ** may not be changed afterwards.  These elements can read at any time by
+  ** the cache owner or by any thread holding the the mutex.  Non-owner
+  ** threads must hold the mutex when reading these elements to prevent
+  ** the entire PCache object from being deleted during the read.
+  */
+  int szPage;                         /* Size of every page in this cache */
+  int szExtra;                        /* Size of extra space for each page */
+  int bPurgeable;                     /* True if pages are on backing store */
+  void (*xDestroy)(PgHdr*);           /* Called when refcnt goes 1->0 */
+  int (*xStress)(void*,PgHdr*);       /* Call to try make a page clean */
+  void *pStress;                      /* Argument to xStress */
+  /**********************************************************************
+  ** The final group of elements can only be accessed while holding the
+  ** mutex.  Both the cache owner and any other thread must hold the mutex
+  ** to read or write any of these elements.
+  */
+  int nPage;                          /* Total number of pages in apHash */
+  int nHash;                          /* Number of slots in apHash[] */
+  PgHdr **apHash;                     /* Hash table for fast lookup by pgno */
+  PgHdr *pClean;                      /* List of clean pages in use */
+};
+
+/*
+** Free slots in the page block allocator
+*/
+typedef struct PgFreeslot PgFreeslot;
+struct PgFreeslot {
+  PgFreeslot *pNext;  /* Next free slot */
+};
+
+/*
+** Global data for the page cache.
+*/
+static struct PCacheGlobal {
+  int isInit;                         /* True when initialized */
+  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;               /* static mutex MUTEX_STATIC_LRU */
+
+  int nMaxPage;                       /* Sum of nMaxPage for purgeable caches */
+  int nMinPage;                       /* Sum of nMinPage for purgeable caches */
+  int nCurrentPage;                   /* Number of purgeable pages allocated */
+  PgHdr *pLruHead, *pLruTail;         /* LRU list of unused clean pgs */
+
+  /* Variables related to SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE settings. */
+  int szSlot;                         /* Size of each free slot */
+  void *pStart, *pEnd;                /* Bounds of pagecache malloc range */
+  PgFreeslot *pFree;                  /* Free page blocks */
+} pcache = {0};
+
+/*
+** All global variables used by this module (all of which are grouped 
+** together in global structure "pcache" above) are protected by the static 
+** SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU mutex. A pointer to this mutex is stored in
+** variable "pcache.mutex".
+**
+** Some elements of the PCache and PgHdr structures are protected by the 
+** SQLITE_MUTEX_STATUS_LRU mutex and other are not.  The protected
+** elements are grouped at the end of the structures and are clearly
+** marked.
+**
+** Use the following macros must surround all access (read or write)
+** of protected elements.  The mutex is not recursive and may not be
+** entered more than once.  The pcacheMutexHeld() macro should only be
+** used within an assert() to verify that the mutex is being held.
+*/
+#define pcacheEnterMutex() sqlite3_mutex_enter(pcache.mutex)
+#define pcacheExitMutex()  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pcache.mutex)
+#define pcacheMutexHeld()  sqlite3_mutex_held(pcache.mutex)
+
+/*
+** Some of the assert() macros in this code are too expensive to run
+** even during normal debugging.  Use them only rarely on long-running
+** tests.  Enable the expensive asserts using the
+** -DSQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT=1 compile-time option.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT
+# define expensive_assert(X)  assert(X)
+#else
+# define expensive_assert(X)
+#endif
+
+/********************************** Linked List Management ********************/
+
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT)
+/*
+** This routine verifies that the number of entries in the hash table
+** is pCache->nPage.  This routine is used within assert() statements
+** only and is therefore disabled during production builds.
+*/
+static int pcacheCheckHashCount(PCache *pCache){
+  int i;
+  int nPage = 0;
+  for(i=0; i<pCache->nHash; i++){
+    PgHdr *p;
+    for(p=pCache->apHash[i]; p; p=p->pNextHash){
+      nPage++;
+    }
+  }
+  assert( nPage==pCache->nPage );
+  return 1;
+}
+#endif /* !NDEBUG && SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT */
+
+
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT)
+/*
+** Based on the current value of PCache.nRef and the contents of the
+** PCache.pDirty list, return the expected value of the PCache.nPinned
+** counter. This is only used in debugging builds, as follows:
+**
+**   expensive_assert( pCache->nPinned==pcachePinnedCount(pCache) );
+*/
+static int pcachePinnedCount(PCache *pCache){
+  PgHdr *p;
+  int nPinned = pCache->nRef;
+  for(p=pCache->pDirty; p; p=p->pNext){
+    if( p->nRef==0 ){
+      nPinned++;
+    }
+  }
+  return nPinned;
+}
+#endif /* !NDEBUG && SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT */
+
+
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT)
+/*
+** Check that the pCache->pSynced variable is set correctly. If it
+** is not, either fail an assert or return zero. Otherwise, return
+** non-zero. This is only used in debugging builds, as follows:
+**
+**   expensive_assert( pcacheCheckSynced(pCache) );
+*/
+static int pcacheCheckSynced(PCache *pCache){
+  PgHdr *p = pCache->pDirtyTail;
+  for(p=pCache->pDirtyTail; p!=pCache->pSynced; p=p->pPrev){
+    assert( p->nRef || (p->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) );
+  }
+  return (p==0 || p->nRef || (p->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0);
+}
+#endif /* !NDEBUG && SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT */
+
+
+
+/*
+** Remove a page from its hash table (PCache.apHash[]).
+*/
+static void pcacheRemoveFromHash(PgHdr *pPage){
+  assert( pcacheMutexHeld() );
+  if( pPage->pPrevHash ){
+    pPage->pPrevHash->pNextHash = pPage->pNextHash;
+  }else{
+    PCache *pCache = pPage->pCache;
+    u32 h = pPage->pgno % pCache->nHash;
+    assert( pCache->apHash[h]==pPage );
+    pCache->apHash[h] = pPage->pNextHash;
+  }
+  if( pPage->pNextHash ){
+    pPage->pNextHash->pPrevHash = pPage->pPrevHash;
+  }
+  pPage->pCache->nPage--;
+  expensive_assert( pcacheCheckHashCount(pPage->pCache) );
+}
+
+/*
+** Insert a page into the hash table
+**
+** The mutex must be held by the caller.
+*/
+static void pcacheAddToHash(PgHdr *pPage){
+  PCache *pCache = pPage->pCache;
+  u32 h = pPage->pgno % pCache->nHash;
+  assert( pcacheMutexHeld() );
+  pPage->pNextHash = pCache->apHash[h];
+  pPage->pPrevHash = 0;
+  if( pCache->apHash[h] ){
+    pCache->apHash[h]->pPrevHash = pPage;
+  }
+  pCache->apHash[h] = pPage;
+  pCache->nPage++;
+  expensive_assert( pcacheCheckHashCount(pCache) );
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to increase the size the hash table to contain
+** at least nHash buckets.
+*/
+static int pcacheResizeHash(PCache *pCache, int nHash){
+  PgHdr *p;
+  PgHdr **pNew;
+  assert( pcacheMutexHeld() );
+#ifdef SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT
+  if( nHash*sizeof(PgHdr*)>SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT ){
+    nHash = SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT/sizeof(PgHdr *);
+  }
+#endif
+  pcacheExitMutex();
+  pNew = (PgHdr **)sqlite3Malloc(sizeof(PgHdr*)*nHash);
+  pcacheEnterMutex();
+  if( !pNew ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(PgHdr *)*nHash);
+  sqlite3_free(pCache->apHash);
+  pCache->apHash = pNew;
+  pCache->nHash = nHash;
+  pCache->nPage = 0;
+ 
+  for(p=pCache->pClean; p; p=p->pNext){
+    pcacheAddToHash(p);
+  }
+  for(p=pCache->pDirty; p; p=p->pNext){
+    pcacheAddToHash(p);
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Remove a page from a linked list that is headed by *ppHead.
+** *ppHead is either PCache.pClean or PCache.pDirty.
+*/
+static void pcacheRemoveFromList(PgHdr **ppHead, PgHdr *pPage){
+  int isDirtyList = (ppHead==&pPage->pCache->pDirty);
+  assert( ppHead==&pPage->pCache->pClean || ppHead==&pPage->pCache->pDirty );
+  assert( pcacheMutexHeld() || ppHead!=&pPage->pCache->pClean );
+
+  if( pPage->pPrev ){
+    pPage->pPrev->pNext = pPage->pNext;
+  }else{
+    assert( *ppHead==pPage );
+    *ppHead = pPage->pNext;
+  }
+  if( pPage->pNext ){
+    pPage->pNext->pPrev = pPage->pPrev;
+  }
+
+  if( isDirtyList ){
+    PCache *pCache = pPage->pCache;
+    assert( pPage->pNext || pCache->pDirtyTail==pPage );
+    if( !pPage->pNext ){
+      pCache->pDirtyTail = pPage->pPrev;
+    }
+    if( pCache->pSynced==pPage ){
+      PgHdr *pSynced = pPage->pPrev;
+      while( pSynced && (pSynced->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) ){
+        pSynced = pSynced->pPrev;
+      }
+      pCache->pSynced = pSynced;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Add a page from a linked list that is headed by *ppHead.
+** *ppHead is either PCache.pClean or PCache.pDirty.
+*/
+static void pcacheAddToList(PgHdr **ppHead, PgHdr *pPage){
+  int isDirtyList = (ppHead==&pPage->pCache->pDirty);
+  assert( ppHead==&pPage->pCache->pClean || ppHead==&pPage->pCache->pDirty );
+
+  if( (*ppHead) ){
+    (*ppHead)->pPrev = pPage;
+  }
+  pPage->pNext = *ppHead;
+  pPage->pPrev = 0;
+  *ppHead = pPage;
+
+  if( isDirtyList ){
+    PCache *pCache = pPage->pCache;
+    if( !pCache->pDirtyTail ){
+      assert( pPage->pNext==0 );
+      pCache->pDirtyTail = pPage;
+    }
+    if( !pCache->pSynced && 0==(pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) ){
+      pCache->pSynced = pPage;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Remove a page from the global LRU list
+*/
+static void pcacheRemoveFromLruList(PgHdr *pPage){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pcache.mutex) );
+  assert( (pPage->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY)==0 );
+  if( pPage->pCache->bPurgeable==0 ) return;
+  if( pPage->pNextLru ){
+    assert( pcache.pLruTail!=pPage );
+    pPage->pNextLru->pPrevLru = pPage->pPrevLru;
+  }else{
+    assert( pcache.pLruTail==pPage );
+    pcache.pLruTail = pPage->pPrevLru;
+  }
+  if( pPage->pPrevLru ){
+    assert( pcache.pLruHead!=pPage );
+    pPage->pPrevLru->pNextLru = pPage->pNextLru;
+  }else{
+    assert( pcache.pLruHead==pPage );
+    pcache.pLruHead = pPage->pNextLru;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Add a page to the global LRU list.  The page is normally added
+** to the front of the list so that it will be the last page recycled.
+** However, if the PGHDR_REUSE_UNLIKELY bit is set, the page is added
+** to the end of the LRU list so that it will be the next to be recycled.
+*/
+static void pcacheAddToLruList(PgHdr *pPage){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pcache.mutex) );
+  assert( (pPage->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY)==0 );
+  if( pPage->pCache->bPurgeable==0 ) return;
+  if( pcache.pLruTail && (pPage->flags & PGHDR_REUSE_UNLIKELY)!=0 ){
+    /* If reuse is unlikely.  Put the page at the end of the LRU list
+    ** where it will be recycled sooner rather than later. 
+    */
+    assert( pcache.pLruHead );
+    pPage->pNextLru = 0;
+    pPage->pPrevLru = pcache.pLruTail;
+    pcache.pLruTail->pNextLru = pPage;
+    pcache.pLruTail = pPage;
+    pPage->flags &= ~PGHDR_REUSE_UNLIKELY;
+  }else{
+    /* If reuse is possible. the page goes at the beginning of the LRU
+    ** list so that it will be the last to be recycled.
+    */
+    if( pcache.pLruHead ){
+      pcache.pLruHead->pPrevLru = pPage;
+    }
+    pPage->pNextLru = pcache.pLruHead;
+    pcache.pLruHead = pPage;
+    pPage->pPrevLru = 0;
+    if( pcache.pLruTail==0 ){
+      pcache.pLruTail = pPage;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*********************************************** Memory Allocation ***********
+**
+** Initialize the page cache memory pool.
+**
+** This must be called at start-time when no page cache lines are
+** checked out. This function is not threadsafe.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup(void *pBuf, int sz, int n){
+  PgFreeslot *p;
+  sz &= ~7;
+  pcache.szSlot = sz;
+  pcache.pStart = pBuf;
+  pcache.pFree = 0;
+  while( n-- ){
+    p = (PgFreeslot*)pBuf;
+    p->pNext = pcache.pFree;
+    pcache.pFree = p;
+    pBuf = (void*)&((char*)pBuf)[sz];
+  }
+  pcache.pEnd = pBuf;
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate a page cache line.  Look in the page cache memory pool first
+** and use an element from it first if available.  If nothing is available
+** in the page cache memory pool, go to the general purpose memory allocator.
+*/
+void *pcacheMalloc(int sz, PCache *pCache){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pcache.mutex) );
+  if( sz<=pcache.szSlot && pcache.pFree ){
+    PgFreeslot *p = pcache.pFree;
+    pcache.pFree = p->pNext;
+    sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE, sz);
+    sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED, 1);
+    return (void*)p;
+  }else{
+    void *p;
+
+    /* Allocate a new buffer using sqlite3Malloc. Before doing so, exit the
+    ** global pcache mutex and unlock the pager-cache object pCache. This is 
+    ** so that if the attempt to allocate a new buffer causes the the 
+    ** configured soft-heap-limit to be breached, it will be possible to
+    ** reclaim memory from this pager-cache.
+    */
+    pcacheExitMutex();
+    p = sqlite3Malloc(sz);
+    pcacheEnterMutex();
+
+    if( p ){
+      sz = sqlite3MallocSize(p);
+      sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW, sz);
+    }
+    return p;
+  }
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PageMalloc(sz){
+  void *p;
+  pcacheEnterMutex();
+  p = pcacheMalloc(sz, 0);
+  pcacheExitMutex();
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Release a pager memory allocation
+*/
+void pcacheFree(void *p){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pcache.mutex) );
+  if( p==0 ) return;
+  if( p>=pcache.pStart && p<pcache.pEnd ){
+    PgFreeslot *pSlot;
+    sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED, -1);
+    pSlot = (PgFreeslot*)p;
+    pSlot->pNext = pcache.pFree;
+    pcache.pFree = pSlot;
+  }else{
+    int iSize = sqlite3MallocSize(p);
+    sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW, -iSize);
+    sqlite3_free(p);
+  }
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PageFree(void *p){
+  pcacheEnterMutex();
+  pcacheFree(p);
+  pcacheExitMutex();
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate a new page.
+*/
+static PgHdr *pcachePageAlloc(PCache *pCache){
+  PgHdr *p;
+  int sz = sizeof(*p) + pCache->szPage + pCache->szExtra;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pcache.mutex) );
+  p = pcacheMalloc(sz, pCache);
+  if( p==0 ) return 0;
+  memset(p, 0, sizeof(PgHdr));
+  p->pData = (void*)&p[1];
+  p->pExtra = (void*)&((char*)p->pData)[pCache->szPage];
+  if( pCache->bPurgeable ){
+    pcache.nCurrentPage++;
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Deallocate a page
+*/
+static void pcachePageFree(PgHdr *p){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pcache.mutex) );
+  if( p->pCache->bPurgeable ){
+    pcache.nCurrentPage--;
+  }
+  pcacheFree(p->apSave[0]);
+  pcacheFree(p->apSave[1]);
+  pcacheFree(p);
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
+/*
+** Return the number of bytes that will be returned to the heap when
+** the argument is passed to pcachePageFree().
+*/
+static int pcachePageSize(PgHdr *p){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pcache.mutex) );
+  assert( !pcache.pStart );
+  assert( p->apSave[0]==0 );
+  assert( p->apSave[1]==0 );
+  assert( p && p->pCache );
+  return sqlite3MallocSize(p);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Attempt to 'recycle' a page from the global LRU list. Only clean,
+** unreferenced pages from purgeable caches are eligible for recycling.
+**
+** This function removes page pcache.pLruTail from the global LRU list,
+** and from the hash-table and PCache.pClean list of the owner pcache.
+** There should be no other references to the page.
+**
+** A pointer to the recycled page is returned, or NULL if no page is
+** eligible for recycling.
+*/
+static PgHdr *pcacheRecyclePage(){
+  PgHdr *p = 0;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pcache.mutex) );
+
+  if( (p=pcache.pLruTail) ){
+    assert( (p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY)==0 );
+    pcacheRemoveFromLruList(p);
+    pcacheRemoveFromHash(p);
+    pcacheRemoveFromList(&p->pCache->pClean, p);
+  }
+
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Obtain space for a page. Try to recycle an old page if the limit on the 
+** number of pages has been reached. If the limit has not been reached or
+** there are no pages eligible for recycling, allocate a new page.
+**
+** Return a pointer to the new page, or NULL if an OOM condition occurs.
+*/
+static int pcacheRecycleOrAlloc(PCache *pCache, PgHdr **ppPage){
+  PgHdr *p = 0;
+
+  int szPage = pCache->szPage;
+  int szExtra = pCache->szExtra;
+
+  assert( pcache.isInit );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pcache.mutex) );
+
+  *ppPage = 0;
+
+  /* If we have reached the limit for pinned/dirty pages, and there is at
+  ** least one dirty page, invoke the xStress callback to cause a page to
+  ** become clean.
+  */
+  expensive_assert( pCache->nPinned==pcachePinnedCount(pCache) );
+  expensive_assert( pcacheCheckSynced(pCache) );
+  if( pCache->xStress
+   && pCache->pDirty
+   && pCache->nPinned>=(pcache.nMaxPage+pCache->nMin-pcache.nMinPage)
+  ){
+    PgHdr *pPg;
+    assert(pCache->pDirtyTail);
+
+    for(pPg=pCache->pSynced; 
+        pPg && (pPg->nRef || (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)); 
+        pPg=pPg->pPrev
+    );
+    if( !pPg ){
+      for(pPg=pCache->pDirtyTail; pPg && pPg->nRef; pPg=pPg->pPrev);
+    }
+    if( pPg ){
+      int rc;
+      pcacheExitMutex();
+      rc = pCache->xStress(pCache->pStress, pPg);
+      pcacheEnterMutex();
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
+        return rc;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If the global page limit has been reached, try to recycle a page. */
+  if( pCache->bPurgeable && pcache.nCurrentPage>=pcache.nMaxPage ){
+    p = pcacheRecyclePage();
+  }
+
+  /* If a page has been recycled but it is the wrong size, free it. */
+  if( p && (p->pCache->szPage!=szPage || p->pCache->szPage!=szExtra) ){
+    pcachePageFree(p);
+    p = 0;
+  }
+
+  if( !p ){
+    p = pcachePageAlloc(pCache);
+  }
+
+  *ppPage = p;
+  return (p?SQLITE_OK:SQLITE_NOMEM);
+}
+
+/*************************************************** General Interfaces ******
+**
+** Initialize and shutdown the page cache subsystem. Neither of these 
+** functions are threadsafe.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheInitialize(void){
+  assert( pcache.isInit==0 );
+  memset(&pcache, 0, sizeof(pcache));
+  if( sqlite3Config.bCoreMutex ){
+    /* No need to check the return value of sqlite3_mutex_alloc(). 
+    ** Allocating a static mutex cannot fail.
+    */
+    pcache.mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU);
+  }
+  pcache.isInit = 1;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheShutdown(void){
+  memset(&pcache, 0, sizeof(pcache));
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the size in bytes of a PCache object.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheSize(void){ return sizeof(PCache); }
+
+/*
+** Create a new PCache object.  Storage space to hold the object
+** has already been allocated and is passed in as the p pointer.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheOpen(
+  int szPage,                  /* Size of every page */
+  int szExtra,                 /* Extra space associated with each page */
+  int bPurgeable,              /* True if pages are on backing store */
+  void (*xDestroy)(PgHdr*),    /* Called to destroy a page */
+  int (*xStress)(void*,PgHdr*),/* Call to try to make pages clean */
+  void *pStress,               /* Argument to xStress */
+  PCache *p                    /* Preallocated space for the PCache */
+){
+  assert( pcache.isInit );
+  memset(p, 0, sizeof(PCache));
+  p->szPage = szPage;
+  p->szExtra = szExtra;
+  p->bPurgeable = bPurgeable;
+  p->xDestroy = xDestroy;
+  p->xStress = xStress;
+  p->pStress = pStress;
+  p->nMax = 100;
+  p->nMin = 10;
+
+  pcacheEnterMutex();
+  if( bPurgeable ){
+    pcache.nMaxPage += p->nMax;
+    pcache.nMinPage += p->nMin;
+  }
+
+  pcacheExitMutex();
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the page size for PCache object.  This can only happen
+** when the cache is empty.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(PCache *pCache, int szPage){
+  assert(pCache->nPage==0);
+  pCache->szPage = szPage;
+}
+
+/*
+** Try to obtain a page from the cache.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheFetch(
+  PCache *pCache,       /* Obtain the page from this cache */
+  Pgno pgno,            /* Page number to obtain */
+  int createFlag,       /* If true, create page if it does not exist already */
+  PgHdr **ppPage        /* Write the page here */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  PgHdr *pPage = 0;
+
+  assert( pcache.isInit );
+  assert( pCache!=0 );
+  assert( pgno>0 );
+  expensive_assert( pCache->nPinned==pcachePinnedCount(pCache) );
+
+  pcacheEnterMutex();
+
+  /* Search the hash table for the requested page. Exit early if it is found. */
+  if( pCache->apHash ){
+    u32 h = pgno % pCache->nHash;
+    for(pPage=pCache->apHash[h]; pPage; pPage=pPage->pNextHash){
+      if( pPage->pgno==pgno ){
+        if( pPage->nRef==0 ){
+          if( 0==(pPage->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) ){
+            pcacheRemoveFromLruList(pPage);
+            pCache->nPinned++;
+          }
+          pCache->nRef++;
+        }
+        pPage->nRef++;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( !pPage && createFlag ){
+    if( pCache->nHash<=pCache->nPage ){
+      rc = pcacheResizeHash(pCache, pCache->nHash<256 ? 256 : pCache->nHash*2);
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = pcacheRecycleOrAlloc(pCache, &pPage);
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      pPage->pPager = 0;
+      pPage->flags = 0;
+      pPage->pDirty = 0;
+      pPage->pgno = pgno;
+      pPage->pCache = pCache;
+      pPage->nRef = 1;
+      pCache->nRef++;
+      pCache->nPinned++;
+      pcacheAddToList(&pCache->pClean, pPage);
+      pcacheAddToHash(pPage);
+    }
+  }
+
+  pcacheExitMutex();
+
+  *ppPage = pPage;
+  expensive_assert( pCache->nPinned==pcachePinnedCount(pCache) );
+  assert( pPage || !createFlag || rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Dereference a page.  When the reference count reaches zero,
+** move the page to the LRU list if it is clean.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheRelease(PgHdr *p){
+  assert( p->nRef>0 );
+  p->nRef--;
+  if( p->nRef==0 ){
+    PCache *pCache = p->pCache;
+    if( p->pCache->xDestroy ){
+      p->pCache->xDestroy(p);
+    }
+    pCache->nRef--;
+    if( (p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY)==0 ){
+      pCache->nPinned--;
+      pcacheEnterMutex();
+      if( pcache.nCurrentPage>pcache.nMaxPage ){
+        pcacheRemoveFromList(&pCache->pClean, p);
+        pcacheRemoveFromHash(p);
+        pcachePageFree(p);
+      }else{
+        pcacheAddToLruList(p);
+      }
+      pcacheExitMutex();
+    }else{
+      /* Move the page to the head of the caches dirty list. */
+      pcacheRemoveFromList(&pCache->pDirty, p);
+      pcacheAddToList(&pCache->pDirty, p);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheRef(PgHdr *p){
+  assert(p->nRef>0);
+  p->nRef++;
+}
+
+/*
+** Drop a page from the cache. There must be exactly one reference to the
+** page. This function deletes that reference, so after it returns the
+** page pointed to by p is invalid.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheDrop(PgHdr *p){
+  PCache *pCache;
+  assert( p->nRef==1 );
+  assert( 0==(p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) );
+  pCache = p->pCache;
+  pCache->nRef--;
+  pCache->nPinned--;
+  pcacheEnterMutex();
+  pcacheRemoveFromList(&pCache->pClean, p);
+  pcacheRemoveFromHash(p);
+  pcachePageFree(p);
+  pcacheExitMutex();
+}
+
+/*
+** Make sure the page is marked as dirty.  If it isn't dirty already,
+** make it so.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(PgHdr *p){
+  PCache *pCache;
+  p->flags &= ~PGHDR_DONT_WRITE;
+  if( p->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY ) return;
+  assert( (p->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY)==0 );
+  assert( p->nRef>0 );
+  pCache = p->pCache;
+  pcacheEnterMutex();
+  pcacheRemoveFromList(&pCache->pClean, p);
+  pcacheAddToList(&pCache->pDirty, p);
+  pcacheExitMutex();
+  p->flags |= PGHDR_DIRTY;
+}
+
+void pcacheMakeClean(PgHdr *p){
+  PCache *pCache = p->pCache;
+  assert( p->apSave[0]==0 && p->apSave[1]==0 );
+  assert( p->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY );
+  pcacheRemoveFromList(&pCache->pDirty, p);
+  pcacheAddToList(&pCache->pClean, p);
+  p->flags &= ~PGHDR_DIRTY;
+  if( p->nRef==0 ){
+    pcacheAddToLruList(p);
+    pCache->nPinned--;
+  }
+  expensive_assert( pCache->nPinned==pcachePinnedCount(pCache) );
+}
+
+/*
+** Make sure the page is marked as clean.  If it isn't clean already,
+** make it so.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(PgHdr *p){
+  if( (p->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY) ){
+    pcacheEnterMutex();
+    pcacheMakeClean(p);
+    pcacheExitMutex();
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Make every page in the cache clean.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(PCache *pCache){
+  PgHdr *p;
+  pcacheEnterMutex();
+  while( (p = pCache->pDirty)!=0 ){
+    assert( p->apSave[0]==0 && p->apSave[1]==0 );
+    pcacheRemoveFromList(&pCache->pDirty, p);
+    p->flags &= ~PGHDR_DIRTY;
+    pcacheAddToList(&pCache->pClean, p);
+    if( p->nRef==0 ){
+      pcacheAddToLruList(p);
+      pCache->nPinned--;
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3PcacheAssertFlags(pCache, 0, PGHDR_DIRTY);
+  expensive_assert( pCache->nPinned==pcachePinnedCount(pCache) );
+  pcacheExitMutex();
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the page number of page p to newPgno. If newPgno is 0, then the
+** page object is added to the clean-list and the PGHDR_REUSE_UNLIKELY 
+** flag set.
+*/